■■'4 
 
 
 •S'# 
 
 I 
 
 •■9 
 
 ■■■fe 
 
 f 
 
 :\k 
 
 \ 
 
i 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 

 
J* 
 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 

 .it 
 
 ] 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 I' 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 •V-' 
 
 4 
 
 
 
4 
 
>. ^ 'vV'^. ■• 
 
 
 ■ • '.V'-* ’»l'. • 
 
 »»V„ •.-. ^ ;, 
 
 WM' •■ -■ 
 
 .■- ■ ,-r^ 
 
 '■ . ■ -‘:^ - ■■ 
 
 .i^v 
 
 “. ' i, ..^^■- r'. 
 
 ‘:pt 
 
 . ■+ 
 
 1 . .. ESMKT — •»?« . V 
 
 ■ '• ■ ■•■ ■ ■"■ ■ ■ ^ •.■• r ■ 
 
 >rr-^ r^. T '^p.- ’ " 
 
 .» ■«»-» — -^.i 1 • \i * • •• ^'♦•X • •*• « ^ • - • - 
 
 • *■/ .- , .» • - • » ^ ^ 
 
 h 3X,,^V- .<"■■ 
 
 ■ i.l' 
 
 t • >v 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •t 't 
 
 
 * . • .;, , - 
 
 
 
 
 
 _ V ’ V . ' 
 
 
 'i “ : -i!- 
 
 
 V *l 
 
 x- 
 
 ''4-^ * 
 
 
 . ^ « 
 
 • --*^ ■ \ 
 I .•■-.- 
 
 r:|i t 
 '-..life VC . ^ 
 
 ’ 7^ . 
 
 ■fj '■ 
 
 
 ••"■. 4 . 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 ^ i 
 
 
 
 •'f 
 
 ) .- 
 
 / ’-SI- 
 
 
 A* 
 
 ‘J . 
 
 .X 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 
 
 vl;;:>j1i;. ' , » 
 
 
 
 ^ ~ h 
 
 
 
 . .' -‘rv -• - ' 
 
 •i .. ' 
 
 
 _ ' ^ 
 
 
 ' X • v«ic ■ .' 
 
 .'•■> -'lire' 
 
 /;:■? 
 
 
 
 >'-lv, 
 
 •> c l 
 
 
 
 •• • . . •^. ' 
 
 'fy >- 1 
 
 *j%'i 
 
 . >' 
 
 » 
 
 M^. 
 
 .. •'* 
 
 
 J ■..*■' i: 
 
 " - v« 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 » > 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 " • .’ •}- 
 
 • 2 
 
 
 •* 
 
 
 H 
 
 t.*. 
 
 .. ^4' 
 
 
 'ri 
 
 ..^•' 
 
 !'r- 
 
 
 'V 
 
 V: ,: 
 
 
 . t 
 
 < *r 
 
 ■^i'O 
 
 - . f" '■ 
 
 ■ ' ■ 
 
 ',- -• ^ ■ 
 
 .v.-;T''r- 
 
 o>. 
 
 'VrO« -V' ' ./"/: :.., 
 
 ■; •< , . *ii- k'/, j, .• _-', 
 
 2 ^ • .Am -■ - .'( . 
 
 
 
 
 
 U', 
 
 .f* 
 
 
 i'-"' .w'. 
 
 
 
 
 WT,V^ ;. ■■ ' '. < 
 
 ^.. -V 
 
 4,.S. 1?''’ 
 
 r-;' 
 
 ' - . * ». • ». ' * *• I 
 
 ■”1 ■■» fe-.*|f.;li, f'v^'--,r^ 
 
 • ■'. ^ri '-•<>■; '-7-.-- -■■ 
 
 .' , C'i^. , ig 
 
 ■■'f 
 
 
 
 • n-' ,., . 
 
 .«■ > f 
 
 ■or W 
 
 
 
 '■^ ' 
 
 i%,'. 
 
 'y"* .- .- 
 
 X-,,,.-: -i- 
 
 . r 
 
 ^ ^ . ■^ ^. . Afc. . 
 
 j- jE ' -.*/'« 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 »V- 
 
 
 iy,. 
 
 •♦* 
 
 /t’ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ® '-v ■ 
 
 I * 
 
 
 ':f?' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t- ■ 
 
 
 .i % 
 
 
 
 i*. 
 
 .-fp 
 
 • ' -i^r: • f* ' 
 
 ^ ‘ ^ S 
 
 - ’^' • •■ ' 
 
 • ' A ‘ 
 
 V.-**.'. :> • . - 
 
 
 
 
 f'Cy 
 
 m- 
 
 
 
 
 ■■•Vj'. r '■^ -, T : ■•, * 4 
 
 n. y r •: :^: A.- 
 
 .X •» > « 
 
 
 
 s<,_. 
 
 
 
 
 ':i:r 
 
 jif»- 
 
 f ;^y • ^ 
 
 ""5*^ 'Hi-'' 
 
 ■ 
 
 -:’v. ■' y . * ' . ?' 
 
 ■'“y. ••.. . .~~''' *- . :, ’ '■■ ■ • ■ » ■ • . * 
 
 - ivt ,': \,;.' - 
 
 
 , .-f 
 
 ; I- . 51 
 
 ■■■«'' . -j. . 
 
 ' S. --^-- ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 y •» . .'^.'^A*.,-:^ -v.v'f 
 
 "’si . iis ^ 
 
 
 
 ‘:^-S 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 ^ M 
 
 
 
 §i^- 
 
 
 '-r 
 
 
 < tl 
 
 
 ••- •■ •■' -'7 .*5-.-.- -^' ■ -.V 
 
 W- 
 
 vCi-* 
 
 
 
 
 ■*«fe 
 
 4$- 
 
 .►■•.. V . • 
 
 -V* * ■*" . . . - . • 
 
the 
 
 ANATOM Y 
 HUMANE BODIES 
 
 WITH FIGURES 
 
 DRAWN AFTER THE LIFE 
 
 BT SOME OF THE BEST MASTERS Tn EUROPE, 
 
 AND CURIOUSLY ENGRAVEN IN ONE HUNDRED AND PORTEEN COPPER PLATES) 
 
 ILLUSTRATED IT H 
 
 LARGE EXPLICATIONS. 
 
 CONTAINING MANT N E U' 
 
 ANATOMICAL DISCOVERIES 
 
 2d © 
 
 CHIRURGICAL OBSERVATIONS^ 
 
 To which is Added an Introduction Explaining the 
 
 ANIMAL OECONOMY, 
 
 WITH A COPIOUS INDEX. 
 
 By WILLIAM COWPER 
 
 REPRISED AND PUBLISH'D 
 
 By C. B. A L B I N U S. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF MEDICINE, AN ATOMT,SURGERT AND PR ACTICE^ 
 In the Univebsitt op Utrecht. 
 
 The Second Edition. 
 
 L E r D E N, 
 
 Printed for J OH. A R N. L A N O E R A K) 1737. 
 
 And to be had in LONDON from Mefs"INN YS and MANBY at the Weft End St. Paul’s. 
 
f 
 
 I- 
 
 r 
 
 t. 
 
 r ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 -,- .'>¥• j -»• 
 
 
 
 .5^:’ 
 
 (v-i\ 
 
 j, * t ^ 
 
 kfi 
 
 A 
 
 ,r 
 
 <s. 
 
 ■ U> 
 
 '•if I 5^' 
 
 .^* *- 
 
 5?*. “ - * :^-'- 
 
 u- 
 
 .1 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 ‘I /' 
 
 W''"- 
 
 !ri) 
 
 
 ■‘■■^ if 
 
 P'i' 
 
 < i 
 
 
 
To the READER. 
 
 HE Fate of Authors ^ when they appear on the Publick Stage of the PP^orld^ is 
 extreamly uncertain Good or III Succefs , deputation or Difgrace frequently depend 
 more on the Humour and Prejudice of the Reader , than the Merit of the P er~ 
 formance. This hard Fortune of ail JT^r iters has made it Dangerous for any Book 
 to venture Abroad without fome Harangue or Apology before it^ to bejpeak u fa- 
 vourable Treatment. For my Part^ I have no excufe to offer for not Complying 
 with this reafonable Cufom^ but wholly refgn my Caufe to all JA^ell-wifhers ^ to 
 the Advancement of Anatomy , the proper Judges of this Matter y whofe Candor and Indulgence , I doubt not ^ 
 will he a better Protetlion , from the Defetls that fhalL be DifcovePd in this HAork , than any Reqfons If hall 
 he able to alledge in my Defence. 
 
 This T^olume contains a General Defer iption of the ' Fabrick of Humane Bodies^ after the Manner of a 
 Commentary on the Tables^ which Keprefent their fever al Organs. The prefent and lafi Age ^ have been In- 
 duftrioUS in making Difeovertes in the Animal Machine, by Detelling the Strudure of the Heart , and Arti- 
 fice of the Circulation , the Origin and Courfe of the Lymphe-duds , the fever al Salival Glands and their Chan- 
 nels^ the Texture of the Bones ^ and Medullary Cells ^ the Mucilaginous Glands of the Joints^ the Organs and 
 Procefs of Generation ^ the Organs of the External Senfes ^ in reforming the Myology^ (an Effay on the Laji 
 of Thefe^ with fome Bxmarks on the Strudure and Eredion of the Penis, I fome time fmee Publish d^ ) all 
 which the Reader will find in the following Deferiptions , with my own Obfervations and Conjedures ^ which 
 in many Places differ from the General received Opinions, Befides the Hiftory of the Natural Strudure ^ 
 1 have thrtf the whole Series of the TP^ork^Inferted fome Phaenomena, 1 have found in Diffeding Morbid 
 Bodies , and Juch P radical Injlrudions , as I hope will be Vfeful in many Cafes , to the Chirurgical Operator. 
 
 The whole is dijpqs^din this Order : In the firjl Hundred and Five Tables^ after a Profped of the Body^ 
 with the Teguments Hair^ &c* the Parts of the Head, Neck^ Brain ^ Medulla Spinalis follow, and fo 
 proceeds to thofe of the Breaji , Back^ Loins , Lower^belly , Uterus with the Foetus and its Adjunds', next 
 the Mufcles of the Limbs, and lajily the Ofteology. Thefe Figures where Drawn after the Life, by the 
 Majierly Painter G. de Lairefs, and Engraved by no lefs a Hand, and deprefent the Parts ^Humane Bodies 
 far beyond any Exftant\ and were fome time fince PublisFd by Dr* BidJoo, now Profefibr of Anatomy in 
 the Vniverjity of Leyden* If hall take the Liberty here to acquaint the Reader, That in thefe Tables I have 
 added above Seven-hundred deferences , all which are Lettered with a Pen in the fever al Figures among which 
 it is hardly poffible , but Miftakes may occur in fome Places , ( by thofe who have Inferted them ) which I hope 
 
 will not be imputed to my Inadvertence. The Parts which in many Places had their Nomenclature barely an- 
 nexed, are here Copioujly DefcriFd', to which, as I before Noted, are added fuch Obfervations of the Male 
 Conformation and Hitiated Strudure , as may Illuflrate the Pathology or Hiftory of Difeafes , their Symptotns 
 and Caufes ; I have likewife interfpers^d fever al demarks on the tfual Method of Chirurgical Operations , with 
 Diredions jor performing them in a more Exad and Succefsful Manner \ and lafely given an Account of fever al 
 Cafes and Accidents rarely occurring , and not (at leaf commonly^ obferv'd by Authors. The Appendix is partly 
 a Supplement to the preceeding Tables , and partly a Corredion of Juch Things as are not well Exprefe; for 
 Injlance, The two Firfi Tables prefent a Projped or General f^iewof the whole Body, both on the Fore and 
 
 2 Back- 
 
To the READ E R. 
 
 Eachjlde , Denuded of its Teguments , and Cleared from its Fat ; TJ^here the External Mtfcles with their 
 
 Tendons^ Fafciculi and Series of Fibres^ appear on the Surface. Theje are not Drawn by Invention^ hut 
 
 are ToucFd on after an Original Cafi from the Life in Plaifter of Paris , which I have now by me. The Third 
 
 Table contains a Syflem of the Arteries Difjetledfrom a Foetus ^ with their fever al Trunks and Ramifications 
 
 Delineated from the Life , which I have alfo by me Injetled with JT^aX \ how much this differs from that DefcriFd 
 
 (Tab. 23.) may be foon Difcover*d. In two otFkr Figures of the fame Table are the ProJpeEls of the Extre^ 
 
 mities of the V'eins and Arteries as they Appear in the Tranfparent Finns of a Grigg and Flounder viewed 
 
 thro"* a Microfcope. Here the Method of Circulation , the Continuity of the P^enous and Arterious Channels\ 
 
 • « 
 
 the Globuli pajfing them in an uninterrupted Current , is Demonfirated. In another Figure is Exprefi our Con- 
 
 jedure of the Rife of thofe Dutls ^ which export the Lympha and redundant Nutriment.In the Fourth Tabky 
 
 the Receptaculum Chyli is Reprefinted, FilPd with the p^arious Courfe of the Chyle- Hejfels and Lymphe- 
 
 duds,, their Communicant Branches,, the Lumbal Glands,, the Triple-Divifion of the Receptacle, hitherto Un- 
 
 obferv^d, at leafi not delineated. In the remaining Tables (/ fear the tedious Enumeration of Particulars may tire 
 
 the Reader^ Patience) are the Organs *of Hearing, with the Meatus h Palato ad Aurem, and that from the 
 
 Inner Ear to the External Meatus : the Foramina of the Tonfils which Evacuate the Pituita; the fever al Parts 
 
 > 
 
 of the Tongue and Afpera Arteria; the Bafis of the Brain, that of the Cranium 3 the Mufcles of the Face and 
 Lips , fever al of which are not DefcriPd, and the refi Erroneoufiy, 
 
 In this Undertaking I have been Oblifd to my Learned Friend Dr. Tancred Robinfbn, inRevifingasmany 
 Sheets as his Leafiire would give him leave. In the laft Place , to render the whole more Ufeful, a Copious 
 Index is added at the End', which if the Reader finds Ufeful, he is Obliged to return his Thanks to the Deferv 
 ing Mr. James Fern the Surgeon, who was at the Trouble of digefiing the Contents of this Ff^ork^ into an 
 Alphabetical Order , which my Avocations would by no means permit me to do. 
 
 . ‘t. . . • 
 
 WILLIAMCOWPER. 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 ^ ..... 
 
 ^ • • ... . . 
 
TO THE 
 
 RIGHT HONOURABLE 
 
 CHARLES 
 
 MOUN TAGUE, 
 
 FIRST LORD OF THE TREASURY; 
 
 CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER 
 ONE OF THE LORDS OF HIS MA- 
 JESTY’S MOST HONOURABLE PRI- 
 VYCOUNCIL: AND PRESIDENT OF 
 THE ROYAL-SOCIETY. 
 
 IR. 
 
 Having heard from thofe Perfons who have often the Happinefe of waiting on 
 
 You, how eafie an Accels You give to All* I have preium’d to ask the Honour of 
 
 being admitted into Your Prefence. If this Addrels may be thought too forward* it 
 
 will be fome Excule, to have it known > that I was juftly afraid of being prevented 
 
 a by 
 
The DEDICATION. 
 
 by thofe !b7unibers of Men> Eminent in all Faculties and Profeflions, who are pre- 
 paring to make the lame Attempt upon You. The Feacey which His Moll; Sacred 
 Majesty has with the greateft Glory brought Home to us> as much as it owes 
 to the Influence of Your particular Counlels, will be very far from allowing You 
 any Share of that Reftj which it affords to all Europe befides: Believe me, SiR> the 
 Men of Letters knowing now, that Your Thoughts are no longer taken up by the 
 War, are all ready to break in upon You with their Offerings; they look on You- 
 as their declar’d Patron and Protedor; they have upon this Profped recover’d their 
 Spirits, and enlarg’d their Hopes; and fome of them have gone lb far, as to think 
 they find You Born for their Advancement, under that very Star, which was ne- 
 ver before oblerv’d to Ihine out in all its Luftre, but only at the Birth of the Ro- 
 man Meunas , and the French Bjcbelieu and Colbert. 
 
 Every Art and Science pretends a Right to approach You, becaule every one 
 of 'em is Familiarly known to you: ANATOMY has this allb in particular to Al- 
 ledge for it felf, that, having receiv’d its Chief Improvements and Advantages from 
 our own Country- men, it may be accounted o£ Englijh Growth; which the World 
 will agree, is the molt effedual Thing that can be laid of it, to Recommend it to 
 Your Protedion , who lay the Honour and Interell of England fo near Your Heart, 
 and whole Love for Your Country, is not to be out-done but by the Love Your 
 
 Country returns You. 
 
 The Favour of Great Minillers to the Learned, is a Subjed that takes up but little 
 Room in our Britijb Annals. It has been thought to be the Defed of Ibme Former 
 
 Reigns, Famous in all other relpeds ; and was referv’d, we believe, to Compleat 
 
 t 
 
 the Glories of This;. My Lord Treafurer Burleigh was a better Servant to Qpeen 
 Elizabeth, than Patron to the. Mufes: But were Spenfer, who had the Misfortune of 
 being born a Hundred years too foon , Alive at this Time , we have Inftances fuf- 
 
 ( 
 
 'ficient to Convince us, that his Applications would meet with no Repulfe.A/r.Jifi?’^, 
 
 Mr. 
 
The DEDICATION.- 
 
 Mr. Prior, Mr. Congreve^ and many more, are as much Diftinguifh’d by Your Favour) 
 as by their own Merits; the World at laft being fatisfied, that Polite Learning in 
 good Hands } is lb far from excluding Bufinefs, that it gives a Grace to it; and that 
 a Genius truly Great? will} which way fbever it is Directed , Exert its Force and 
 Maintain its Rank. 
 
 You will pleafe to bear this Freedom, Sir, in a Perlbn, who as little Capable as 
 he is himfelf of making a right Judgment of Men, yet living in a Place , where he 
 is ever furrounded on all fides with Your Praifes, may have leave to Remember 
 what he fo often hears from the Knowing and Judicious, and to repeat a Character , 
 that comes Warranted to him , by the moft allow'd Authorities. 
 
 The trueft Mark of Worth, Sir, is to be Valued there, where One isttioft 
 Known. The People of Wepminjler , who were acquainted with the Firft Parts of 
 Your Life, and have had the longefl: Experience of Your Virtues, own Openly 
 
 their juft Efteem of You, by Placing in You the Truft of Reprefenting them in 
 Parliament. Tis there , in the Midft of Thole that Choofe You, that Your Excellent 
 Condudt of Publick Affairs is ftill Supplying Them, and all the World, withFrelli 
 
 9 * 
 
 Matter of Applaufe and Admiration : But they had never more Realbn to be Satis- 
 fied with their Choice, than on that Glorious Day, when Right was done to Your 
 
 Merit, by the Teftimony of the Nation in a Vote of the Houje of Commons; where it 
 was Refolvd, That it is the Opinion of this Houfe, That the Honourable CHARLES 
 MOUNTAGUE Esquire, Chancellor of the Excheq,uer, / er 
 
 his Good Services to this Government , do s Deferve His Majefly s Pavour, A Vote, that carries 
 
 • ' N 
 
 more Honour in it, than all the Titles and Patents of Modern Heraldry, than aU 
 the Inlcriptions of Ancient Greece or Rome, What has ever happen’d like this to any 
 of our Anceftors, in all the Courfe of our Records and Hiftories? Who befides, 
 has Receiv’d fo Solemn, fo Noble, and lb Publick a Panegyrick from the Voice of 
 
 a a his 
 
 
 
The DEDICATION. 
 
 his Country; Pronounc’d within thofe Walls, where the Tongue is left to its Li- 
 berty, and no Man Oblig’d to Speak otherwife than he Thinks? Tis without doubt, 
 the Firft Wilh an EngUjh-wum would make, thus to Deferve, and Poffels the United 
 Favours of Prince and People; and this Degree of Happinefe has been Granted to 
 You alone: The Next is, to have a Place in the Good Opinion of Him that is fo 
 Univerfally Valued; and this is the Utmoft Ambition of 
 
 , w 
 
 S I R. 
 
 Your tSHoft Humble 
 and Obedient 
 
 t 
 
 Servant 
 
 A 
 
 WILLIAM COWPER. 
 
II 
 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 INTRODUGTI ON 
 
 Explaining the 
 
 ANIMAL OECONOMY. 
 
 IE Contemplation of Humane Bodies isdoubtlefs 
 one of the moll Diverting and NobleAmufements, 
 in which a Philofophical Mind can employ it felf. 
 The Structure, Contrivance, and Difpolition of 
 the Parts are Allonilhing, and we can hardly defire 
 more plain and convincing Proofs of the Wifdom andProvi- 
 deiige of the Author of Nature, than what may be deduc’d 
 from this Source. How furprizing are the Difcoveries which 
 the Happy Indullry of the prefent Age has made in the Animal 
 World : The Dodlrine of the Circulation of the Blood; the Uni- 
 ty of the V eins and Arteries ; the Origin and Dillribution of the 
 Chyle and Lympha ; the Ovaria in Females ; the Embriunculi in 
 ’ the MafcuJine Seed, are equally certain and amazing; befides a 
 Multitude of otlier Curious Obfervations we Daily make by 
 the Help of Microfcopes, Mercurial Injedions , and fuchlike 
 Methods. 
 
 Thefe are fufficient Motives to induce all Inquifitive Perfons, 
 and Lovers of Natural Hillory , to the Study of Anatomy ; but 
 all Profeflbrs of Medicine are more immediately concern’d to 
 be Acquainted with it; this being little lels than the Ba/is and 
 Foundation of their Art. Without a due Knowledge of tiieA- 
 nimal Mechanifm , I doubt all our Attempts to Explain the 
 Multiform Appearance of Animal Bodies, will be Vain and 
 Ineffectual, and our Ideas of the Caufes of Difeafes and their 
 Symptoms , as Extravagant and Abfurd as thofe of the Chi- 
 nefe and Indians', nay 1 am afraid die whole Art of Phyfick 
 ^will be little better than Empirical. 
 
 But if the Knowledge of our Bodies do’s fo much conduce to 
 advance true Philofophy and Medicine ; it is not lefs required 
 in the PraCtice of Surgery: In this Cafeitfeemsnotmeerly con- 
 venient , but abfolutely necelfary ; I mean fo far as concerns the 
 External Parts , fince the Artill here , do’s not as in the former 
 Inllances, Acquiefce in Contemplating his SubjeCl, and the 
 Manner how it is AffeCled; but is often ^lig’d to Perform fome 
 Difficult, and perhaps Hazardous Operation on it. For my 
 Part 1 cannot forbear wondring at the Confidence of Ignorant 
 Men , who dare Attack a Humane Body, make Incifions , apply 
 Caufticks Actual and Potential ; witliout a due Knowledge of 
 the Site , Pofition , Dependance, and other necelfary Confide- 
 rations of the Parts concern’d. The Fatal Confequences of thefe 
 bold PraClices are frequently felt, an Inftance or Two of which, 
 are Accidentally (hewn. Tab. 13. Fig. i. Tab. 1$. Fig. 2. 
 
 I mud confeis frequent feeing and affilling at Chirurgical 
 Operations may difpofe Men to Perform the like again , when 
 Circumftances in all Points ffiall agree; but without a Com- 
 petent, if not Accurate Knowledge of Anatomy, and aClual 
 Adminiflration of DilfeCUon, fuch Perfons mud be a long Time 
 Spectators, before they can Arrive at a tolerable Pretence to a 
 General PraCtice : And therefore as I cannot but deplore tJie 
 Profound and Univcrfal Ignorance which prevails, fo 1 would 
 candidly recommend it to mod of the Surgeons in this vad and 
 populous City 5 to apply themfelves with more Indudry than 
 they have hitherto done , to foUfeful a Part of their Art; who 
 wouldfoon then be convinc’d tJiis was no Didionour to them- 
 felves, and ceafe to Reproach others who have fpent fome of 
 their vacant Hours in thefe Exercifes. 
 
 But this is foreign to my purpofe , and therefore I (hall 
 Addrefs my felf to the Bufinels now before me , which is to 
 Prefent the Reader with a Brief and General Plan of die Animal 
 OeconomyyTis an Introduction to the following Tables. 
 
 All the Functions of an Animate Body may be well enough 
 divffied into Natural and Animal ; by Natural, 1 mean all 
 which Terminate in the Body, and Conduce to the prefervation 
 of the Individual or Propagation of die Species; hy Animal, \ 
 underdand fuch , in which the Soul is concern’d , which in Re- 
 ^rd of theBody to which it is United , are Pafllve or ACtive ; 
 tlieFirdis Senfe; the Latter Voluntary Motion. For the more 
 Orderly Didribution of the Whole, we (hall fird Treat of the 
 Former , leaving the ^«/w^/FunCtions to fucceed ; and here we 
 (hall follow the Procefs of Nature; beginning with the Fird 
 Reception of the Aliment in the Mouth, and purfuing it thence 
 thro* its feveral Stages. 
 
 After the Aliment is taken into the Mouth, (for the more 
 Commodious doing of which, the T)entes Inciforii are oftert 
 Employ’d) it here differs Comminution, andismixtwith Sa-‘ 
 liva , whichis Previous to the Second Preparation , it receives 
 in the Stomach. This Operation is call’d Mallication^ and is 
 perform’d by the Lower faw, Varioully mov’d by its Proper 
 Mufcles, and Affided by the Tongue, Cheeks , and Lips; which 
 lad, dill apply the Lefs divided Parts of the Mafs, to the T)entes 
 Molar es, for it’s due Comminution; while all the Neighbouring 
 Mufcles in their feveral Actions, Comprefs the Parotid , Maxil- 
 lary, Sublingual Salivary Glands, and thofe of the Lips, 
 Cheeks , £«pr. and force them to Difcharge their Contents to 
 mix with the Madicated Aliment, now ready ioTT)eglutition, 
 
 The Aliment after it has undergone this Alteration , do’s 
 not Defcend into the Stomach by its own Weight, but is con- 
 vey’d thither by the joint Action of the Mufcles of the Tongue, 
 Os Hy aides. Fauces, and Oefophagus-, all which Cpnfpire in 
 T>eglutition, by Raifing and Dilating the Ga 4 /,and Protrud- 
 ing the Meat into it. The whole Action do’s very much 
 refemble the pouring Corn into a Sack, and is done in the 
 Mpner I (hall jud now Defcribe. The Root of the Tongue 
 being Depred by means of its Mufcular Fibres , its Tip and 
 Sides are applied in a Semicircular Manner to the Infides of the 
 whole Range of Teeth of the Upper Jaw or Gums , when thefe 
 happen to be wanting ; and the Whole in this Pofition is drawn 
 Upwards, by the MufeuH StylogloJJi and Stylobyoidei, Tab. 
 14. Fig. I. Tab. i $. Fi^. i. At the fame Time the Fauces are 
 Rais’d by the Mufeuli Stylopharyngai , which by their Oblique 
 Pofition , ( as is Noted App. Fig. 38 . ) draw open their Mouth, 
 and Dilate that Cavity. Now Two Thirds at lead of the Upper 
 Surface of theTongue, being applied to the Roof oftJie Mouth, 
 and drawn as we have now Defcrib’d , Upwards , and Inwards ; 
 the Epiglottis is Depred in fuch Manner, that the Aliment is 
 Protruded over it ( as on a Bridge ) into the Dilated Cavity of 
 the Fauces, and thence by the Contraction of the Mufculus 
 Fterygopharyngaus and Oefopbagaus, App. Fig, 38. it is De- 
 pred into the Gula , which Helps its Defcent into the Stomach, 
 by the ACtion of its Mufcular Fibres. 
 
 We mud not omit toobferve here, That intlieindant the 
 Aliment palfes thro* the JJlhmus of the Throat, the Gargareon 
 is drawn Upwards and Backwards, by the Mufeuli Spbcenojla* 
 pbylini , ( Expred Append. Fig. 8. ) and the Foramina Nariunt 
 by this means occluded, while die Ap/g/oZZ/i below covers the 
 Rimula , as was above Noted ; and by this means the Matter in 
 its Palfage is hindred from Reverting by theNofe orDefeending 
 into the Wind-Pipe ; The fird happens when the Gargareon l% 
 wanting , whether by Venereal Exulcerations or odierwife ; or 
 Intumined and Inflamed as in the Small Pox, and cannot yield 
 to this Motion. We maylikewife Note, That the Mufculus 
 Mylobyoideus ( T. 1 ^ T. i . ) in its AClion does prefs die Sublin- 
 gual and Maxillary Glands , and force them to difcharge their 
 fficre ted Liquors, by the , lltuated at the Franum or 
 
 Ligament of the Tongue; and that die Mufcles which Con traCl 
 the Fauces, have the fame jEffeCl on die Tonfills and other 
 Glands of that Part } all which Liquors , difeharged from the 
 Mouths of their Excretory Channels , do facilitate the Palfage 
 thro’ the Gula , and ferve to Compofe the Stomachick Men- 
 Jlruum ; of which further in the next Paragraph. 
 
 After the Aliment, thus alter’d by Comminution and Ad- 
 midion wdth the Salim , is received into the Stomach , we pro- 
 ceed next to confider,how its Second Preparation is perform’d. 
 The great Agentin Digedionis the Stomachick Juice, fecreted 
 from die Blood by numerous Glands in this Part, and difeharged 
 into its Cavity , in Conjunction with the Spittle. This is that 
 which acts promptly upon the Meat lodg’d in the Capacity of 
 the Stomacn , and from the Mixture of thefe two Juices , is com- 
 pounded a proper by which the Parts of the Ali- 
 
 ment are dilfolved , and receive tneir fird Tranfmutation with- 
 in theBody. Indus Adion, whichis a Dilfolution of the Tex- 
 ture of the Alimentary Mafs , the Aerial Parts included in its 
 Pores, now efcape from theirformerPrifons,and being rari- 
 fied , dldend die whole Body of the Stomach ; and this 1 take to 
 
The INTRO 
 
 be the true Reafou why moft Men have lefs Appetite atfome 
 dillance of Time, viz. when tliis Intumefcence is made, than 
 immediately after they ceafe from Eating: From the fame Caufe 
 arife frequent Emulations , great Inflation from divers Meats , 
 fuch as Old Peafe , Cabbage, Roots, Herbs, and other Ve- 
 getables , which very much diilurb decay d debilitated 
 btomachs. I am apt to fufpedt the Stomachick. MenJlTuum may 
 excite an Inteftine motion of the Particles of the Mafs in 
 Digeftion; which yet I do not think fit to call Fermentation, 
 fearing fo bold a Term may millead us into a Falfe Idea of 
 a greater Conflidl than really happens. 
 
 The Intumefcence orDilatation of the Stomach has two Ef- 
 fecls: Firll to comprefs the Gall Bladder and Pancreas and 
 oblige their Dudus Excretorii to fpue out tlieir Contents into 
 the Duodenum ; next to retard the Refluent Blood , and by this 
 means difpofe the Mufcular Fibres of the Ventricle to a Con- 
 tradion. The Reafon ofthis lafl; Hint will appear by what we 
 have ofFerM concerning Mufcular Motion , in the Intro- 
 duction to our Myotomia Reformata. 
 
 For the Caufe of Hunger which is an obfervable P hanomenon 
 belonging to this part, I conceive it to be an Irritation of the 
 Stomach , arifing from a copious Quantity of this Menflruum , 
 when it wants Matter to ad upon. This conjedure feems more 
 probable , fince it is Natural to difcharge the Spittle out of the 
 Mouth which comes into it at that Time, rather than fufter it 
 to defcend into the Stomach 9 and we may perpetually obferve 
 a depraved Appetite does follow a Vitiation of the Saliva ^ 
 as inScorbutick Habits, Salivations by Mercurial Medicines, 
 and fuch like Cafes. 
 
 When the Mafs is fufficiently prepar’d and reduced to a Pul- 
 taceousConfiftence,theStomach by the help of its Mufcular 
 Fibres contrads it felf, and expels its Contents thro’ rPi^Pylorus 
 into the Duodenum ; where theDigefted Mafs is mixed with the 
 Bile and Pancreatick Juice, (forced to difcharge it felf here as 
 was juft now defcribed) which Volatilize, Subtiliate, and Se- 
 parate the more Fluid and Fine Parts of the Aliment , from the 
 more Impure and Grofs , and here it is that Chylification is firft 
 madeperfed. Now the Bile abounding with Lixi vial Salt, is 
 apt to intangle with the grolfer Parts 01 :he Chylaccous Mafs , 
 and its Saline Quality not only cleanfes the Cavities of the Guts 
 from the Mucus ^ Excreted by their Glands (^pp. Fig. 4.0. ) (to 
 fmear their Inmoft Coat, and defend the OJlia of the Ladeal 
 Vellels from being injured by Extraneous Bodies , which may 
 happen to pafs chat way ) but Stimulates the Inteftines in 
 their Periftalcick Motion. 
 
 The Periftakick or Wormlike Motion of tlie Guts being 
 thus Accelerated by the Acrimony of the Bile , the Contents 
 of the Inteftines are carried on, and the Thinner and more 
 Fluid Parts, fitted for the Pores of the Ladeal Velfels, is ab* 
 forbed by them, and the Thicker move on moreflowly, till by 
 the many Stops they meet with in the Connivent Valves, all 
 tlie Chyle is at length abforbed , and the Remains being meerly 
 Excrementitious , are only fit to be excluded by Stool. 
 
 This Vermicular Motion of the Guts, is perform’d by the 
 Alternate Contradion of their Longitudinal and Tranfverfe 
 Fibres, {Mpp- Fig. 39, 40.} which at the fame Time convey the 
 Digefted Mafs thro’ the Inteftinal Tube , and exprefs die Chyle 
 into the Orifices of the Ladeal Velfels adapted to receive it; 
 whofe Progrefs from die Inteftines , till it is difcharged into the 
 Mafs of Blood, next prefents it felf to our Confideration : By 
 die reciprocal Adion of thefe differing Fibres, and the Appo- 
 rtion of the Connivent Valves (TaZ'. '^9 Fig. %.') the Chyle is 
 forced into the Ladeal V effels , f Tab. ib. Fig. 1 . ) and hence it 
 is we cannot make any Fluid pafs from the Cavity of the Guts 
 into the fame Veflels, when die Periftakick Motion ceafes. A 
 farther Ufe of die Contradion of thefe Mufcular Fibres, is to 
 Accelerate the Chyle in its Progrefs , till the Lympha derived 
 from the Arteries of the Guts joyn with it, wlhch is done before 
 it leaves the External Surface of the Inteftines; by this Addition 
 the Chyle is diluted and alTifted in its Progrefs towards the Me- 
 fenterick Glands ; in the Cells of which it is a Second Time 
 Mixed with a Juice or Lymphatick Liquor there Secreted from 
 the Arteries , and fo carried on to the Fdjd Ladea fecundi Gene- 
 ris. Thefe Velfels refembling Pipes, convey the Chyle from 
 hence, all emptyingthemfelves into the Common Receptacle or 
 OyZmz; the happy Difcoveryofwhich, we owe to the Obfer- 
 vmonoiMonLTecquet here t\\t Lympha returned from 
 the 1 nferior Limbs and adjacent Parts, is mixed with the Chyle, 
 
 ( yJpp. Fig. II.) which not only ferves to dilute , but promotes 
 its Afcent thro’ the Thoracick Dud , {Fig. ib. ) to the Left Sub- 
 clavian Vein , ( Fig. ib. ) where diis Channel empties its Con- 
 tents into the main Current of the Blood. If we conlider in this 
 Dud , its feveral Divifions and Inofculations , ( refembling the 
 Veins of theT efticles) its numerous V al ves looking from below 
 Upwards , its advantageous Situation between the Great Arte- 
 ry and VerUbr^ of die Back, together with the Duds difcharg- 
 
 D U C T I O N. 
 
 ine their Rellaent Lympha from the Lungs, and the other 
 Neighbouring Parts, we lhall find all conduce to demonltrate 
 the utmoft Arc ofNature, ufed in furthering die Steep and 
 Perpendicular Afcent of the Chyle ;wliich Beautiful Order is 
 Reprefented App. Fig. 1 1. aiid cannot but equally Create in us 
 
 Delight and Admiration. ^ . • . .1 
 
 Having traced this Animal Juice to its Reception into tlie 
 Blood, with which it is at laft Circulated and Alfimulated , vye 
 lhall proceed to the Blood it felf, whofe Circular Motion , the 
 various Artifices ofNature for adjufting the Proportions and 
 other fubordinate Contrivances ; the Manner and Caufe 01 the 
 Contradion of the Heart and Arteries , Refpmation , with the 
 whole Theory of t\iQ Lympha and Glandular Secretion in the 
 Order ofNature, follow. , 
 
 The Refluent Blood in the Upper andLowerTrunk of the 
 F^ena Cava meeting in the Right Auricle of the Heart , is thence 
 expelled by its Contradion into the Right Ventricle, when 
 thcHearcisinitsDiaftole;but by its Syftole or Contraction, 
 it is thence driven into the Arteria Fulmonaris ^ from whole 
 Capillary Velfels it palfes into the Extremities of the Fena FuF 
 monaris, and thence returning , is difcharged into the Left Au- 
 ricle and Ventricle of the Heart: From ivhence it is again by the 
 Syftole driven into the Aorta , by whofe Branches it is con- 
 vey’d thro’ the whole Syftem of the Body : But when it arrives 
 in die Capillary Arteries , it do’s not ftop there , but palfes into 
 the like Capillary Veins, and from dience into the greater 
 Branches, next into the Trunk of ^tVena Cava^ and 16 into 
 the Right Ventricle again. In themean time the ThreeTricuf- 
 pid Valves in the R\gh.i{Tab.22iFig.6.') and the two Mitral 
 Valves ( Tab. ead. Fig. 1 2.) in the Left Ventricle of the Heart , 
 oppofe its return into die Vena Cava and Vena T ulmonaris\ and 
 the Semilunary Valves of the Arteria Pulmonaris ( Tab. ead* 
 Fig. 14 .. ) and Aorta^ (Tab. ib. Fig 1 3. ) prevent its Reflux into 
 the Ventricles. The Strudure and Polition of which Mem- 
 branes, are fufficient alone to lead all Obferving Men into* 
 compleat Knowledge of its Motion and Progrefs. 
 
 TJie Circular Motion of the Blood was firll Explain’d , and 
 the whole Demonftrated in a T reatife exprelly Writ upon that 
 Subjed, and Publifhed in the Year 1628. by our Learned and 
 Ingenious Dr. To omit all difputes here how far this 
 was known to Cafalpinus , Columbus , Servetus , or any of the 
 Anatomifts or Virtuofo’s of the laft Age. But the Manner how, 
 this Animal Liquor is tranfmitted from the Arteries to the 
 Veins , has remained hitherto a Secret , and afforded Matter of 
 Controverlie. Some pretend this is done by fome blind Imper- 
 ceptible Meatus in the Carnous Parts , and perplex themfelves 
 to give Irrational and Chimerical Accounts , which we lhall not 
 here lofe Time to enumerate or refute. But the late great Im- 
 provement of Microfcopes has put an end to all thefe uncertain 
 Conjedures , by difcovering to our N aked Eye, that the Veins 
 and Arteries are but one continued infleded Tube, and the 
 Blood palfes from one to the other in an uninterrupted Cur- 
 rent; which Unity of the Blood- Velfels bya Parity ofReafon, 
 we infer extends to the whole Syftem j and will hardly be 
 queftioned by thofe who confider the Prompt Pallage of Mer- 
 cury, and other injeded Liquors from the Arteries to the 
 Veins, or fee the Globules of Blood palfing thtit Angujlia y 
 and reverting with incredible Rapidity in the Fins of Fifties ; 
 (App. jF.4., y.) which curious Difcovery ought not to be re- 
 puted the leaft Advancement wLich this Part ofNatural Hiftory 
 has receiv’d. 
 
 The great Engine which fets all this Motion on Foot , is the 
 Heart, {Tab. 11. Fig. 9.) by whofe repeated Elaftick Con- 
 tradion , the Blood is driven to the remoteft Parts thro’ the 
 Arterial Syftem, ( App. Fig. 3.) and forced to continue its 
 Motion back thro’ the Venous Channels. This Elaftick Force 
 is primarily feated in its own Mufcular Fibres, whofe Spiral 
 Contortion ( Tab. 22. Fig. 2, 3. ) is very well defcribed by Dr. 
 Lower mKis P>ookDeCorde\hnt the Pendulous Pofition and 
 the Fibres 5 which compofe its Great Arteries, i.e. the Fulmo- 
 war A and y^or/^z,aifi ft very much; and the Heart taken out of 
 the Body and held up by the Arteries , will continue the leaft 
 gentle Motion impreft on it for a conliderableTime, which 
 Effed can only be afcribed to the Elafticity of the Arterial 
 Trunks by which it is fufpended. 
 
 The Heart is the immediate Inftrument,butwliatisthe^5 
 Matrix which forces its Fibres to a Contradion,is a far greater 
 Difficulty , and one of the moft Abftrufe, Infcrutable Myfte- 
 ries ofNature. Itisinthis refped our Bodies differfrom Ar- 
 tificial Machines; the Former having in themfelves a perpetual 
 Principle of Motion, which the Latter by no Invention of 
 Men can arrive at. In my Opinion the Heart of an Animal 
 bears a great Analogy to the Pendulums of thofe Artificial 
 Automata., Clocks and Watches, Whilft its Motion is per- 
 form’d like that of other Mufcles , the Blood doing the Office 
 of a Pondus. The Obfervation of the Curious Monf. Feyer in 
 
 ■Fa- 
 
Tlie INTRO 
 
 ‘P ar ergo Sept Imo to favour this Opinion; who tells us, ( 
 
 He has with Pleafure feen die Heart renew its Contradlion , by- 
 blowing into the Thoracick Dud , when the Parts have began 
 to grow llifFafter Death. The like Motion of the Heart I have 
 more than once obferv’d to be reftor’d, by blowing into the 
 Veins of a Dog, and pouring warm Water on it , or applying 
 the Palm of the Hand not long after its Celfation. 
 
 Befides the Quantity , doubtJefs the Quality ofthe Blood has 
 a Share, lince all Diftempers which alter the Mafs , at the fame 
 Time create a Hurry and Diforder inks Motion. To explain 
 the Adion of the Blood in tliis Cafe , and the Influence it has 
 over the Motion of the Heart, wemuft confider its Nature, 
 Conflituent Parts , and the Alterations it is difpofed to receive. 
 This Animal Fluid confifts of Two Parts, Serous and Globular. 
 The Diftindion of thefe Parts of the Blood is evident to the 
 Naked Eye, after its Stagnation in any VelTel, but is clearly 
 evinced by the Microfcope in its Circulation thro^ the Tails 
 and Fins of Fiflies, and other Tranfparent Parts, in the fame 
 manner as is Reprefented Appendix T/g.4, y. where the Glo- 
 bules feem to Swim in the Serum in thisftate of Mixture. Now 
 the blood being in this manner a Heterogeneous Liquor, Com- 
 pos’d of Particles of various Magnitude and Figure, mufl: be 
 fubjed to an Inteftine Motion; but the great Rapidity of its 
 Current thro"* the Arteries, and the Angujlia in the Extremities 
 ofthe Blood- V elfels , not admitting any Retrograde Motion to 
 be there made , it is deferr’d till it arrives in the Great Veins , 
 where its Progrefsis retarded, and the Room more fpatious, 
 and the Inteftine Motion there Commences, which arifes to a 
 Greater or Lefs Height, as the Blood is more or lefs Charged 
 with Incongruous Parts. The Alteration which the Blood by 
 this means receives , has no inconfiderable Share in the Heart’s 
 Contradion; and tho’ it be not the prime efficient Caufe , yet 
 we cannot deny but that itis Partial and Incitative, as appears 
 in Fevers and feveral other Diftempers , where the whole Mafs 
 is Accelerated, and the Pulfe more frequent. 
 
 Befides all thefe Caufes, the Brain by its Nervous Trunks 
 fent to this Part, which are very Thick and Tenfe, yet lie 
 very loofe, contributes much to this Adion. And here we may 
 obferve , not only thefe of the Heart , but the whole Syftem of 
 Nerves which ferve the Vifcera in theThor^:r and Lower Belly, 
 have their Propagines very Numerous and Tenfe, notwith- 
 ftanding which, they lie Loofe or Free in their Progrefs from 
 the Brain to their refpedive Parts > both which concur in dif- 
 pofing them to Receive and Retain all Impreflions from their 
 Extremities : This Faculty beginning to Exert it felf even while 
 the Foetus is in Utero^ grows Familiar and Natural, and from 
 this early Habit and Pra&ce ofthe Infant, they after perform 
 their Duty Sleeping or Waking, without the leaft Advertence; 
 but this by the by. And now if what has been Noted, fhall be 
 thought fufficient to give ground to Hope Future Enquiries 
 may difcover more Adequate Caufes of this great Fhanomenont 
 we have obtained our Defire, and fhall leave thefe Hints to be 
 improv’d by Men of more Induftry and Leafure. 
 
 Before we leave this Subjed , we muft not omit to Remark 
 fome Obfervable Artifices of Nature, for the better carrying 
 on the Circulation. The Firft is the Valves placed in the feveral 
 Divarications of the Veins , between their Capillar Extremities 
 and Larger Trunks: Thefe are Membranes proceeding from 
 the inner Coat of the VefTels, in the Form of a Crefcent or C* 
 which was the Ancient Greek Sigma^eLn^ are generally Double, 
 with their Concavity looking towards the Heart, and readily 
 give way to the Current of the Blood thither, as is Reprefent- 
 ed: {Tab. 2‘i.Fig.y.) Butifby its Weight, or any other Caufe, 
 the Blood ffiould Revert , they oppofe it , and being Diftended, 
 prevent its Return from the Great Trunks of Veins to the 
 Lelfer , and at the fame time hinder the Superincumbing Blood 
 from’ preffing on the Inferior; concerning which confultTk^. 
 2.'^. Fig. 6. 
 
 Another Confiderable Artifice in Nature , is the Conveying 
 great Quantities of Refluent Blood from feveral Parts of the 
 Trunk by particular Channels , inftead ofdifchargingit by the 
 next and moft immediate Paflage into the Neighbouring Cur- 
 rent Dr. Lower well Obferv’d , that the Heart is not placed 
 in the Center of the Body, but inclines to its Upper Part, which 
 Pofition is necelfary to Drive the Blood in its Syftole to the 
 Head , with more Force tlien is required to make it Defcend to 
 tlieFeet,to which its own Weight and Fluidity do’s not a little 
 Conduce. N 0 w the Heart being feated fo near the Upper Part, 
 as diat Two Parts in Three of the whole Fabrick , appear to be 
 below it, there muft be a like Inequality of Blood fent to the 
 Inferior Parts, to that which Afeends to the Superior. And 
 this we fee Confirm’d by comparing the Diameter of the 
 Blood-Velfels Defcending with the Afcending, the Former 
 being much Larger then the Latter. This great Difproportion 
 ofBlood in the Upper Syftem to that of tlie Lower, feems to 
 threaten a great Difturbance in the Animal Order, but is pre- 
 
 D U C T I O N* 
 
 ! vented by the Provident Care of the Author of Nature , in 
 the Manner we are now about to Defcribe. 
 
 The Intercoftal Arteries App^ F. 3. which arifefrom the 
 Lower Syftem, are accompanied with Veins (that Return the 
 Blood they Exported} which do not enter into the next Large 
 Trunk according to the ordinary Procefs of Nature in other 
 Parts ; but are all United into One Channel ( and fometimes 
 Two ) which Afeends by the Side ofthe Aorta , and Empties it 
 felfinto the Defcending Trunk of the F’enaCa’Oa^ there Dif- 
 charging all its Refluent Blood ; which had it been Inferted into 
 the Afcending Trunk, it muft have added fo great a Weight, 
 that the Blood could not have paft up to the Heart, which it 
 now eafily do’s. Befide thefe, the Mammary Veins likewife 
 Empty themfelves into the Subclavian , fo tliat all the Blood 
 Arifing from the Parietes of the Thorax y the Back audits Muf- 
 cles , as well as tJiofe ofthe Scapula y returns again to the Heart, 
 by tJie Upper Trunk of the Vena Cam^ tho’ it was fent th - 
 tiler from the Lower Trunk of the Arteria Magna. 
 
 Another Contrivance of this Nature is Obfervable in the 
 Vena Porta y which Receives the Blood from the Stomach, 
 Omentum , Pancreas, Guts and Mefentery, fent thitlier 
 
 by the Coeliack and Mefenterick Arteries , which large Qiian- 
 tity haditEnter’d into the Vena immediately below the 
 Liver or Kidneys, its Weightfofarbeneath the Diaphragm, 
 muft have Hindrcd its Afcent; wherefore the Vena Porta ( not 
 VLnYikQthQ Azygos oi th.tTboraxh&£or& Noted} carries up all 
 the Blood by another Channel , and Difeharges it into the Ex- 
 tremities ofthe Vena Cava witJiin the Liver , where it is Dilut- 
 ed and Propell’d by the Refluent Blood from the Splenick 
 V ein , and afterwards aflifted in its Afcent , by the Contradion 
 of the Diaphragm. 
 
 Here 1 cannot forbear making a Digreflion, and prefenting 
 my Conjedures ofthe Ufe and Office of the Spleen , fince it mi- 
 nifters in this Part ofthe Animal O economy. The Arteria Sple- 
 nica is not only very large in Proportion to tJie Magnitude of 
 the Spleen , but has a Remarkable Tortuous Palfage to it, {Tab. 
 $6. F. I.) whence we may conceive as the Quaiitity ofBlood 
 fent to the Spleen is very great, fo its Impetus h very much 
 Abated; Next the Communications between the Extremities 
 ofits Arteries and Veins are very Large, as appears by the 
 Prompt Exit, which W ater pour’d into one Finds by the other, 
 and the Inflation ofthe Veins which is eafdy made by Blowing 
 into the Arteries, when the whole Spleen and its Veins become 
 Diftended with it. The Lymphe-duds of the Spleen we have 
 Obferv’d , ( Tab. 36. Fig. i. ) to Arife from the Vejlcula at the 
 Extremities ofits Veins , andDifcharge their Contents into the 
 Neighbouring Lymphatick Glands, whence it is fent into the 
 ofthe Chyle: Its Nerves are Diftributed thro’ its 
 whole Subftance , and ferve to preferve its Tone and Regulate 
 the Separation ofits Lympha and Nutritive Juice. But the moft 
 exad Scrutiny o£Anatomifls could never yet Difcover any Ex- 
 cretory-dud arifing from this Vifeus; and indeed the Patent 
 Communication ofitsVelfels feems a convincing Proof, that 
 nofucIiExcretory-dudcanExift but muft appear very plain. 
 Befides it feems Extravagant and Unbecoming the W onderful 
 Providence of Nature, to Separate any particular Juice in the 
 Arteries here to be inftantly Refunded into the Veins, and we 
 can hardly conceive the Blood can fuffer any Alteration, in a 
 Place where the Tranlit from the one to tJie other, is fo Ample. 
 
 After thefe Confiderations Premis’d, if the Problem be Pro- 
 pos’d, What can be the Defigii of the great Archited of our 
 Bodies, in the Fabrication offo Large and Remarkable a Part, 
 witliout any Fluid Secretedin it,befides its own Nutritive Juice 
 and Lympha ? I believe our Hypothefis will enable us to give 
 a fufficient Reply to this feeming invincible Difficulty, with 
 which Learned Men have exceedingly perplex’d themfelves. 
 I conceive then the Spleen is Defign’d by Nature , as a Diver- 
 tide to receive a large Proportion ofBlood to be Refunded by 
 its Veins into the and promote the Reflux of the Blood 
 
 Imported thither from the Stomach, Guts, Pancreas, Mefen- 
 tery , by whofe flow Progrefs thro’ the innumerable 
 Glands of thofe Parts, it returnsThick and unfit for Motion: 
 And this feems but Necelfary that a new Quantity of Blood , 
 charg’d with a Copious 5frw;7,lhould be Infunded into this Re- 
 fluent Liquor before it Arrives at the Liver, to difpofe it to pafs 
 the Extremities of the Vena Cava , and add a frelh Impetus to its 
 Languid Motion caus'd by its Long andTortutous Progrefs. 
 This I take to be the Ufe and Offi ce of the Spleen , and feems to 
 have all the Circumftances the Laws ofMechanifm require for 
 this Purpofe. The Novelty of which Opinion v/ill ( I hope ) be 
 no Prejudice to its Reception in the Minds of Candid and Im- 
 partial Men. 
 
 Having thus Reprefented the Circulation ; the Order of Na- 
 ture leads us to Refpiration, which ferves in conveying the 
 Blood from the Right to the Left Ventricle ofthe Heart, and 
 Impregnates it widi Parts proper for its further Elaborations. 
 
 b X Re- 
 
the INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Kefpiration or Breathing Is a double A^lion, /. e. Infpira- 
 tion or Receiving of Air into the Lungs; and Expiration or Ex- 
 ^^elling it again : The whole is doneby means of Widening and 
 Straitning the Cavity of the Thorax y in which the Lungs are 
 containM. 
 
 How the Cavity oftiie may be Enlarged and Con- 
 
 tracted 5 we may eafily conceive , if we confider the Order of its 
 Bony Farietes, (Tab.i'iyznd 28.) and obferve the Oblique Def- 
 cending Polition of the Ribs from xh&Vertebra oftJieBack, 
 with their Cartilaginous Connection to the Os Pedioris^ and the 
 Pofition and ACtion of the Diaphragm , as is explained Tab. 
 whence it appears when the Ribs are drawn up 5 and die Supe- 
 rior Convex Surface of the Diaphragm depreft towards a Plain, 
 the Included Space mull necelfarily be Enlarged; and on the 
 contrary very much Straitned when the Ribs are drawn down, 
 and the Upper Surface ofthe Diaphragm Convex towards the 
 Lungs , as it is Reprefented in the lall mention’d Table. 
 
 The Elevation and Depreffion of the Ribs is perform’d by 
 the Proper and Common Mufcles of the Thorax : The Firft have 
 their Rife andTermination confined to die Parts Compofing its 
 Tar let es : The Other , notwithllanding their Relation to other 
 Parts , yet chiefly refpecl TJiis : Of the Common Mufcles fome 
 are immediately moving This , together with thofe 
 
 Parts from which they are derived: Odiers are A\77//?ry, which 
 by moving die Contiguous Bodies, Contribute to the better 
 performing the Grand MotioniTlius the Elevation of the Shoul- 
 der-Blades is required in violent Refpirations, without which 
 the MufeuU Serrati {Tab. 20.) ( whichfpring from the Scapula) 
 ( Tab. 29. V. W.) could not ACt ; hence it happens diatRefpira- 
 tion is Interrupted when the Arms arein Aftion, by reafon the 
 Scapula at that time engage all dieir Mufcles (cfpecially die S rr- 
 rati T 20.) to render them Stable ; and die Extenfion of the 
 Vertebra ofthe Neck becomes neceffary, to die end the Mufeuli 
 Scaleni ( Tab. 18.BB.} may Raife the Upper Ribs. 
 
 The Proper Mufcles ofthe Thorax Intercoflales Ex- 
 terni and Interniy ( Tab. 26. Fig. i. ) the Triangulares , ( Tab. 
 and Fig. ead. ) the Serrati Super iores and Inferiores Pojlici , 
 Tab. 28. 
 
 The Principal Common Mufcles , are the Scaleni , {Tab. 18.) 
 the Subclavii, Tab. 20. the Serrati Major es £=? Minores Anticiy 
 ( Tab. ead. ) and the Sacrolumbales , C Tab. 29 . ) 
 
 The Auxiliary Mufcles are fuch as Raife the Scapula, and 
 draw them Backwards, and diofe wJiich Extend the whole 
 Spine. 
 
 The Cavity of the Thorax being dilated in the manner above 
 mention^, the Ambient Air neceflarily ruflies thro* die Afpera 
 Arteria and Bronchia , into the Veficula of the Lungs , where- 
 by their whole Subftance becomes Diflended; and tliis we call 
 Infpiration. 
 
 In Expiration, the Air contain’d in die Vejtcula oitht Lungs, 
 is Excluded ; in this Atflion the Lungs are not meerly Paflive as 
 in the Former, but the Elafticity of the Ligaments of their 
 Bronchia, draw their Small Cartilages over each other, and 
 Conduce to the Expulfion of the Air contain’d in their Ve- 
 ficula. 
 
 This Alternate Diaftole andSyiloIe ofthe Lungs and Tho- 
 rax, bears an Analogy to a Pair of Bellows, whofe T wo Boards 
 being drawn from each other, die Ambient Air neceffarily 
 rufhes in between them , and Fills the Internal Space enlarg’d 
 by the DedudUon of their Sides ; which Air is again Expell’d 
 from thence, by Approaching them towards each other. 
 
 The Inducements the Author oil Nature had to Frame this 
 Pulmonary Organ, are many; by this the Aerial Particles 
 pafs to the Mafs of Blood , which Rarifle, Subtilize and render 
 it fit for thofe Elaborations it afterwards undergoes : By diefe 
 the Tenacious Serum of the Blood is Attenuated, and the 
 whole Mafs rendred fit for Motion ; the Effedts of which are 
 Evident in thofe Rhumatick AJlhmas and other Cafes j which 
 Oblige fome to leave this Town for a Clearer Air. 
 
 The Lungs are the Intermediate Paffage between the Tv/o 
 V entricles of the Heart , whereby the whole Mafs of Blood paf- 
 fes thro’ their Large Blood-Vdfels in an equal Rapidity and 
 (Quantity, with that of all other Parts of the Body belides, and 
 do by this means difeharge the Blood of a great Quantity of its 
 Serum , by Halitus in Expiration ; wherefore the Accurate Dr. 
 Tjfon Reckons them among the Number of Glands. 
 
 This Alternate Adtion in which Refpiration confifts , is Ne- 
 celfary , to the End the Blood may pafs the Lungs , whole Ve- 
 Jidda, if they were conllantly Diflended by thelnfpiredAir, 
 the Extremities of the Pulmonick Blood- Veflels would be 
 Comprefl; and on the contrary, if thefc Veficula were Col- 
 laps’d (as after Expiration) their Blood- Velfels would becon- 
 fequently Corrugated; but by this VicilTitude they become 
 Permeable , and the Blood ealily palfes their Extremities. 
 
 We have Traced the Aliment from its Firfl Reception till 
 it is Elaborated into Blood, and purfued in its Motion and 
 
 Circulation thro’ its feveral Channels. W^ e ought next to^ take 
 a View of the feveral Liquors or Fluids feparated from it in its 
 Tour. All Animal Juices except the Chyle are feparatedfrqm the 
 Arterial Blood, which common Material in its Percolation in 
 the Brain and Nerves, yield the Contents of their Fibres; in the 
 Glands of the Mouth and Throat, xh^SalivaJm t\\t Mammae 
 the Milk; in the Kidneys, the Urine; in the Tejles , Sperm; 
 (not to name the Sweat, Mucilage of the Joints, £s?r.) and 
 thro’ the Univerfal Body, a Copious duantity of Lympha; 
 which is not applied to any diflind Ufe in the Animal 
 Oeconomy , but is all difeharg’d into the Great Cyflern 
 or Receptacle of the Chyle and Subclavian Vein, andfo 
 Refunded into the Refluent Blood. 
 
 The Dodlrine of Secretions is the laft and only remaining 
 Part of thofe Natural Fundions, which pe directed to the 
 Prefervation and Subflfling of the Individual. For tlie Na- 
 ture and Properties of thefe Liquors, their Ufe and Office, 
 and the peculiar Strudlure adapted for the Percolation of one , 
 and excluding the reft; we muft remit the Reader to the De- 
 feription of the Organs themfelves , contenting our felves 
 here with the Theory of the Origin of the Lympha , and Se- 
 cretion in General. 
 
 The Knowledge of this Animal-liquor call’d Lympha , and 
 the Dudls which Convey it, is owing to the Induftry and 
 Searches of this prefent Age. But whetlier Rudbeck, Bartholine 
 or our Countrey-man Dr. Jolwe ought to carry the Honour of 
 the Difeovery, I fliall not pretend to decide. But tlie Rife, 
 Courfe, and other particular Circumftances needful to inform 
 us oftheirUfe,andtheDeflgnofNature in the Fabrication of 
 thefe Duds, has not been hitherto, at leaft fully, Demon- 
 ftrated. Some have pretended to derive thefe Duds from the 
 Nerves , otliers from the Membranes or T endinous Parts of the 
 Mufcles; but thefe are Impertinencies fcarce worth aferious 
 Refutation. 
 
 The diligent Malpighius in his to t\\t Royal-Society* 
 is follicitous in enquiring whether they are not Excretory- 
 duds to Export the Juice Secreted in the Conglobate Glands , 
 fince there is none of thefe Glands fo inconiiderable to be 
 found which has not its Lymphe-duds belonging to it, as 
 well as its Nerves and Blood- Veflels. After feveral Obferva- 
 tions premis’d , he concludes tliey Arife in exceeding Minute , 
 and fcarce perceptible iS/rrM//, from the Lefler Glands, which 
 afterwards are United to thofe Arifing from other Glands, 
 forming Greater Trunks, and fo proceed till tiiey Empty 
 themfelves into the Common Cyflern oftl7e Chyle. I lhall not 
 repeat the Reafons or Experiments of that Curious Gentle- 
 man to fuftain his Opinion, which mainly amounts to this , 
 That in purfuing thefe Duds, we cannot by the motl exad 
 Scrutiny, or any Art yet known. Trace them further. But 
 we muft crave leave to differ from him in this Point, and per- 
 haps the Reafons we fhall offer, will be fufficient to juftifie 
 our Diffent, and give a more clear and fatisfadory Account 
 of the Firft Source of this Fluid. 
 
 The Glands I muft confefs haveagreat Concern in prepar- 
 ing the , infomuch that no Lymphe-dud can abfolve 
 
 its Courfe without Touching on them; and their Neceffity ap- 
 pears yet further , while we fee other Lymphe-duds, (when die 
 main Trunk palfes by,) yet emit feveral Lateral Branches 
 which Infert themfelves into thefe Glands, and after being 
 remitted from thence, are rejoin’d to the Former Trunk 
 ( App. Fig. 14. ) Befides thefe Lymphe-duds which Enter the 
 Glands, are frequently divided into feveral Branches; wJiich 
 make their Exit again divided, and after approaching each 
 other, join into one Current, ib. Fig. 13. But however Im- 
 portant the Glands may be, I think they are far enough from 
 being their Source. 
 
 The Glands of die Mefentery have their Ladeals which 
 Import, and others which Export the Chyle irom them. We 
 lhall find the Cafe of thefe Velfels to be entirely Parallel ; 
 every Lymphatick Gland we have yet been able to Difeover 
 having both Species of Duds , the one to Import , the other to 
 Export the Lympha from them ; whence it is probable the 
 Lelfer not differing from the Greater in Strudure , but Magni. 
 tude only, they ferve to Tranfmit the Lympha ,?.nd not give 
 it its Firft Rife: This will be ftill more evident, if we 
 conlider the Great Communication between the Blood-Velfels 
 and thefe Duds. 
 
 The Firft Origination and E.xtremities of thefe Lymphe- 
 duds, are coo Subtile and Fine to be difeern’d by the Eye , even 
 Aflifted by the Microfeope, and muft give Room for Sufpi- 
 cion and Conjedure. The Arteries and Veins , we have above 
 Demonftrated, are but one continuous Refleded Tube: For 
 the Truth of this Alfertion, in theTranfparent Parts of Ani- 
 mals {App. Fig. 4, j. ) we have the Evidence of our Senfes ; 
 and that die fame Continuity is kept thro’ the whole Syftem 
 of tiie Body, no Rational Man who will pleafe to Refled on 
 
 the 
 
The INTRO 
 
 the Uniformity of Nature, can with any Pretence Of Reafon 
 doubt Now as tJiefe Velfels Communicate witii eacli other, 
 and admit a Prompt PafTage of Air, Tinded Liquors, Mercury 
 from each to other, fo by fome Experiments we find 
 they have with the Excretory-duds , and Vice verfa, thole Li- 
 quors which we can convey into the Excretory-duds after 
 Deatli, will pafs from them into the Blood- Veflels and Lym- 
 phe-duds, which Experiment I have remark’d (Tab. 43.AVg. y.) 
 as an Objedion to thofe who fuppofe Valves in the begin- 
 nii^ of the Excretory-duds. 
 
 From thefeDemonllrativeand ConvincingExperiments, we 
 may conceive the true Origin of the Lymphe-duds, is from 
 the Extremities of die Blood- Velfels ; and their Office to catry 
 Back the fuperfluousdVraw, which is more Copious in the Ar- 
 teries , than is perhaps convenient in the V eins , where the Pro- 
 grefs of theBloodis Slower, and the Quantity much greater. 
 This Rife of the Lympha is IHll more clfear, if we confider in 
 fome States or Habits of Body , when the Cra_^s of the Blood is 
 deprav’d, fome Parts of it pafs this way, and the Lynipba is 
 Ting’d by it; as it happens by Injeding Water by the Arteries 
 after Death , when Part of the Blood Hill remains in its Velfels , 
 you will fee the Lymphe.duds fill’d with a Bloody Water. 
 
 This Origination or the Lymphe-duds from the Extremi- 
 ties of the Blood- Velfels , we don’t take to be altogether im- 
 mediately from their Sides, as we do that of the Secretory 
 Tubes , (^jipp. Fig. 7.) but that they have a Double Origin , tlie 
 one from the Extremities of the Arteries, and the other from 
 the Cells or Tubes which contain the Nourilhment of the 
 Parts they Arife from : By this means not only the fuper- 
 abundant Serum of the Blood in die Arteries, is carried olf 
 before it Arrives in the Veins, but the fuperfluous Nutritive 
 Juice alfo , is return’d with the Lyfnpha. 
 
 In thofe Parts where we find the PalTage of the Blood be- 
 tween the Arteries and Veins very Patent, as in the Spleen 
 and Tenis, the Lymphe-duds Arife from their Vejicula ; as has 
 been Obferv’d in the Former by the Accurate Nuck , and by 
 my felf in the Latter. 
 
 The like Origin of thefe Duds may be Obferv’d from the 
 Spermatick V eins of the Tefles and Omria , in which the Blood 
 returns very little Divelled of its Serofity, to the end its 
 Globular Parts may the better Afcend in thofe Veins , with 
 a Lefs Proportion of Serum. 
 
 Thefe Duds Empty themfelves into the Veftcula of their 
 Glands, as is Reprefented (Jpp. Fig. 13 , 14.) from whence 
 the Exporting Duds Arife, and carry the Lympha on to 
 the next Gland or Thoracick-dud, (App. Fig. 11.^ andfo to 
 the Subclavian Vein. Thus we find the MotionofdieZy;^' 
 and Nutritive Juice, is propelfd by means of the 
 Sy Hole of the Heart, by which all the Secretions of the Ani* 
 mal Fluids , are in like Manner carried on; 
 
 In the Seventh Figure of our Appendix we have Exprell the 
 Secretory Tubes Arifing from the Venous,aswellas theAr- 
 teriousPartofthe Sanguineous Channel before its Infledion; 
 becaufe we find there is a Tranfit from the Veins into thefe 
 Velfels; yet in my Opinion moll of them Arife from the 
 Artery, where it Commences to grow Conical, where the 
 Sides of the Velfel thro* the Efforts made by the Parts of the 
 Blood propell’d , receive a more dired Prelfure than in their 
 Cylindrical Extremities, and the Particles Adapted to their 
 Pores, are driven into the Tubes deriv’d from them. 
 
 By this Scheme, the Origin of theZ^»/phiZ,andtheMan- 
 ner of Secretion , is well enough Explain’d. But why theiS^sr- 
 Urn is feparated in the Parotid Maxillary and Sublingual 
 Glands, the Bile in thofe of the Liver, the Urine bytheKid- 
 Jieys , ^c. mull be deduc’d from their peculiar Strudure ; the 
 Magnitude, Figure of their Pores, and Various Difpofi- 
 tion of their Arteries, having a mighty lhare in thefe Opera- 
 tions. Thus we may Obferve the Arteries of the Tefles , 
 have a long and Flexuous Progrefs, and contrary to the 
 ordinary Method of Nature, are fmaller at their Origina- 
 tions from the Aorta -i than in their Trunks after a farther 
 Defcent, as we have Noted (Tab. 45’.) all which conduce 
 to abate the Impetus of the Blood, before it Arrives in the 
 Tefles. On the other Hand the Current of the Blood to 
 the Kidneys, (by the Largenefs , Short andStreight Courfe 
 of the Emulgents, and their Vicinity to the Left Ventri- 
 cle of the Heart,} is very Rapid, which difeharges a great 
 Quantity of Urine, foon after the Ufe of Chalybeat Wa- 
 tersjor other plentiful Drinking, whilll it is infinitely more 
 flow in the Salival Glands, Pancreas Liver, ^c. We 
 Ihall not here recite any further Particulars ^ hoping the Rea- 
 der will perufe our Tables and Difeourfe of thefeveral Organs. 
 
 Having done with our Dodrine of the Firll Order of Natu- 
 ral Fundions, we proceed to the Second, or thofe which ferve 
 for the Propagation ofthe Species ; which Naturally divides its 
 felf into Two Parts, (m.} Generation, and Accretion , or 
 
 D U C T I 6 In. 
 
 what concerns the Foetus in its Formation, and by what 
 me^hs arid Heps it’s carried on to an Adult State. Since 
 Animal Bodies are Tranfient and Temporary, the Author of 
 Nature has endued them with the Power of Propagation , and 
 a Set of Proper Organs to continue their Specie ^ , and furniffi a 
 conllant Supply of new Individuals. From the Difference of 
 which Organs of Generation Arifes tiie difference of Sexes. 
 
 All Animals have been Divided into Viviparous and Ovi- 
 parous , till Dr. Harvey remov’d the Dillindion , by Demofi- 
 llrating all Living Creatures to derive their Original from 
 Eggs , with this Difference only ; in one the Foetus is perfeded 
 within , and in the other without the Mothers Body. This 
 Dodrine of that great Man has fmee been fully evinc’d by. 
 the repeated DilfedionsjObfervations, and Experiments of 
 Later Anatomifts: No Species of Fowls, Fiflies and QuadrU- 
 pedes are found to want them : The Foetiis being fometimes 
 found in the pafTage between the Ovarium and llterut , and 
 the Alveoli deferted by them , are fufficieritly difcernable in 
 all Animals after Impregnation; fo that the Exifterice of 
 Thefe cannot be doubted , or that there is a perfed Confor- 
 mity betweeri the Fullus in Ovo , and the Foetus in the Womb. 
 But here we mull dillinguifli the Effential and Conllitueric 
 Parts , from thofe which are only Alimentary and Acceflbry. 
 It is the Cicatricula alone in the Eggs ofFowls , in which re- 
 fide the Rudiments of the Foetus^ whilll the Fitellus and Albu • 
 men prepare and fupply its Nourilhment; both bearing an 
 exad Analogy to the Lobes and Plantula Seminalis in Vegeta- 
 ble Seeds. The Seminal V flcula or Ovum found in the Tefles of 
 W omen , agrees in every refped with the Cicatricula^ and 
 
 the other Parts are unnecelfary, becaufe the Foetus is nourilh’d 
 by Aliment fupplied from the Mothers Body. Since the Dif- 
 Cove^ of thefe Eggs , the Ancient Dodrine that the Foetus 
 was Form’d from the Commiftion of the Male and Female 
 Seed, has beenbyallRejeded, and that Liquour v/hich has 
 been taken by all preceding Ages for Seed in the Latter, is 
 found to be onlya Mucous Matter, Secreted from the Glands 
 ofthe Vagina .i (Tab. ji.A. 3. C) and difeharg’d without the 
 Body ; which in Mares , Cows , and many other Animals is in 
 much greater Quantity, than is poflible to be contain’d in 
 their Tefles. 
 
 Tho’ Generation ex Ovo may be jullly reputed among the 
 Modern Improvements of Anatomy, yet this did not altoge- 
 ther efcape the Notice of tlie Sagacious Hippocrates, vnio 
 in his Book De Naturn Pueri^ informs us, the Embryo eStte 
 Conception is Included in a Membrane, exadly refembling 
 an Egg without its Shell, and deferibes the Rudiments ofthe 
 Umbilicus nn^ Placenta t with its Plexus of Blood- Velfels, 
 and the Pellucid Liquor of the Amnios after the fame Manner 
 as Reprefented (flPab. y^.Fig. x. ) This Accurate Obfervaticn, 
 he acquaints us he made from an Abortion artificially pro- 
 cur’d witliin Six Days after Conception, to preferve the 
 Reputation of an Incontinent Wench ; which remarkable 
 Palfage (riot ordinarily taken Notice of) was Ihewn me by 
 my very Ingenious Friend De.Fern^ Much of the fame Age 
 or fomething more , and agreeing with the DCfcription of 
 Hippocrates, are the Secundines which the Learned Dr. 
 Hannes keeps among his other Anatomical Colledlions. 
 
 Upon the Invention of thefe Ova,T>e Graaf and Others, 
 who have fuccefsfully employ’d tliemfelves in their Enquiries 
 on this Subjeft, began to Eredl an Opinion, That the Fe- 
 male only furnifli’d die Matter of the Foetus, and the Male 
 ferv’d to Adluate it by itsProlifick lafluence. This Opinion, 
 which derogates much from the Dignity of the Male-Sex, 
 prevail’d till J/ow/i Leeuwenhoeck by the Help of his Exquilite 
 Microfeope, in which he has been well purfued by Mr. Melling, 
 detedled Innumerable fmall in the Mafeuline Sperm, 
 and by this Noble Difeovery, at once remov’d that Difficulty, 
 and added much to the Theory of Generation! In his Let- 
 ter to the Royal-Society Acquaints them he had obferv’d 
 Incredible Numbers of thefe Anlmalcula in the Tefticles of 
 Frogs, fq llender, as not to exceed dieTlioufandthPart of a 
 Hngle Hair, with a Head proportionably larger than the rell 
 of their Body^ all Varioully moving to and fro ; Thathehad 
 found the fame in the Tefticles of all Animals M\\zl\ he had 
 Infpedled; and in another, he gives them an Account, That 
 in the Spawn of a Cabelidw he had found them to be Hill 
 Lelfer , and more than TenThoufand Swimming about in a 
 Portion of Seed, not exceeding a Grain of Sand; and pre- 
 tending to find by a Formal Computation all the Animats 
 contain’d in the Lades of this Fifil , to exceed more than Ten 
 times the Number of Men on the Surface of the Earth. Foe- 
 cundation he efteems to proceed from one of thefe Nume- 
 rous Animalcula, after Ejeftion, Ilriking thro’ the Pores of 
 Perforations on tlie Sides of the Ovum , and Lodging it felf in 
 the Cicatricula is difpos’d to Receive and Nourifti it. 
 
 From tills furprizing Difeovery j it is evident That no 
 
 ® Aura 
 
The INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Aura SeminaJiSi or Influx of Adive Spirituous Matter do’s 
 Delineate the Fcetus; and that Obfervation of Malpighius 
 llluftrated. That before Impregnation, no Fejligia of the 
 Fullus could be found, and yet in fome few Hours after, it is 
 diftind and vilible. Having thus taken a Ihort Profped of the 
 Materials , we muft proceed to the Order and Progrefs of 
 Generation, from the Inchoation, till the Perfection of the 
 Fcetus in the Womb , and its Exclufion, and thence till its full 
 Growth, or Dimenfions prefcrib’d by Nature to the Species. 
 
 ThQ Arteria Spermatic^ in Men bring the Blood to the 
 Tejies, in whofe Convolutions , it is Prepar’d and carry’d by the 
 J^afa Deferentia to the Vejicula where it is Lodg’d 
 
 till in the Time of Coition , it is Injeded into the Vagina 
 Uteri. The Manner of theEredion of thtFenis in applying 
 it to the Tranfverfe Ligament of tliQ OJfa Tubis , by the 
 JMufcuH Erigentes and the Conllridion of the Corpus Caver- 
 nofum Urethra^ by the Mufculi AcceJeratores , to Stop the 
 Refluent Blood, and Inflate the Bulb and Cavernous Bodies, 
 1 fliall wave Repeating , having amply Defcrib’d tliis Artifice, 
 in the Appendix to my Myotomia Reformata. 
 
 The Hemen Injeded into the Vagina of the Woman , is 
 Convey’d to the Ovaria^ thro* the Womb it felf and the Fallop- 
 pian Tubes; which, in the Time of Coition, by means of their 
 Reticular Strudure, are Inflated and Ilridly Embrace them. 
 W e have Defcrib’d the Manner how tlie Foliated Expanfions 
 of the Left FalloppianTube, Embrace the Ovarium on that 
 Side, and are Dilleiided by the Refluent Blood from the 
 Vagina , whofe V eins being Compreft by the Eenis in Coition, 
 all, or the greatefl: Part of its Blood, palfes up by theSper- 
 matick Veins, (which Inofculate witJi the Hypogaftrick ) and 
 the Diftended Tubes are Incurvated by the Broad Ligaments 
 of the Uterus^ and the Fundus Uteri being Diftended alfo, 
 and at the fame Time tJie External Air Pent out by the TeniSy 
 a free Palfage is left for the Semen to the Ovarium. This I 
 prefer as a more Compendious way of Conveying it , than 
 either thro* the whole Mafs of Blood, which muft in my 
 Opinion too much alter it, or thro* the Porous Subftance 
 of the Uterus y as others would have us believe. Nor can I 
 conceive why any Man fliould fcruple to think thefe fmall 
 Animals may pafs fome Pore in the External Membranes , as 
 they do in Frogs , Fifli , where the Ovula are ejeded out 
 
 of the Female, before they are Impregnated by the Male, 
 rather than fuppofe they fliould pafs by the Spermatick Arteries 
 to the Ovarium , after feveral Circulations thro* the whole 
 Syftemofthe Body. The immediate and dired Palfage oftJie 
 Semen is very much confirm’d, by comparing the Appea- 
 rances of thefe Uterine Parts in Fowl, efpecially Hens. 
 
 One, or fometimes more of thefe Ova happening to be 
 Foecundated at a Time , are diftended and break the Tedunculiy 
 by which tJiey are affix’d , and leaving their Folliculi , pafs into 
 the Falloppian Tube , which refembling the O vi-duds in Birds, 
 receive and convey them to the Fundus Vteri. The manner 
 how tiiey are carry’d on is not lefs Mechanical, than moft 
 other Operations in the Animal Oeconomy ; for as the 
 Turgefcence of the Penis firft remits in its Extremity, fo 
 do’s this exadly after the fame manner, and by Confequence 
 drives die Ovum contain’d in it to the Fundus of the Womb. 
 
 After the Ovum is arriv’d here, it Fluduates about fome 
 Time without being fix’d, and receives Noiirifliment by 
 Appofition only, till at length fome of its Velfels begin to 
 Germinate, and afterwards Inofculate with thofe of the 
 The Arteries of die Ovum protruding themfelves into 
 the Veins of the Uterus y and the Veins Vice verfa into the 
 Arteries, from which mutual Intertexture of the Velfels , die 
 Placenta is compos’d. 
 
 By Intervention of the and Umbilical Velfels, the 
 
 A’cr/wj receives Blood from the Mother, and a common Circu- 
 lation is continu’d, the Particulars of which , and the Difference 
 of its Courfe from the Circulation after the Birth , is 
 Defcrib'd in the Explication of the following Tables. 
 
 Nutrition of the Fcetus y feems to be a 
 fort of Chylous Juice feparated by the Glands of the Placentay 
 and repofited in the Capacity of the Amnios {Tab. 58.) 
 which Grows conljderable for its Quantity in the Second and 
 fiiird Month , and the Fcetus begins to take it in at its Afouth 
 for fome time before its Birth, whence it is convey’d to the 
 Stomach and Inteftines , and Part palfes into Chyle and Blood- 
 Velfels, according to the Ordinary Method of Nature in an 
 Adult; the remainder Compoling the Excrement we find in 
 the Inteftines of the Fcetus y and fometimes Floating in the 
 Liquor of the Befides which, t\iQ Mammilla 
 
 Recent-born Infants of both Sexes, contain a Serous Milky 
 Liquor, which is difdiarg’d into the Liquor of the Amnios. 
 
 After the Fcetus has lain Nine Months in the Womb, it 
 Arrives at fuch a Magnitude as makes it uneafie both for 
 want of Room and Aliment. Belldes the Excrements 
 voided from its Anus foul the Contents of the Amnios y affd 
 
 moleft the Fcetus ,'wh\ch.hy its frequent and ftrenuous Strug- 
 lings, (hakes the Placentay and breaks the (lender Velfels, 
 which Conned: it to tlie Uterus; from the Confpiring of 
 wJiich Circumftances , Parturition muft necelfarily follow. 
 
 After the Secundines are remov’d, and the Infant firft Opens 
 its Mouth , the Ambient Air rulhes into the Lungs , and 
 Diftends the Veftcula Aereay which afterwards remain in fome 
 meafure Inflated , becaufe the Extremity of the Bronchia which 
 Open into them, are much Lefs than the themfelves, 
 and fome Part of the Air will ftill continue in them ; whence 
 they Gain a greater Specifick Lightnefs , and Swim in Water. 
 The Pulmonick Blood-VelTels which before the Birth lay 
 Collaps’d , have their Trunks and Ramifications Extended , 
 and admit the Blood to pafs thro* them ; the Foramen Ovahy 
 and Canalis Arteriofus not lying in a Dired Line to the 
 Propulfion of the Blood; thefe raflages in Trad of Time, 
 become Obliterated, and all the Blood from the Right 
 Ventricle of the Heart, palfes tliro’ the Lungs,bcloreitcan 
 Arrive at the Left. Thefe Alterations of the Oeconomy happen 
 after the Foetus is brought into the World, and Expos’d to 
 the External Air. 
 
 Having feen how the Infant is Generated and Ulher’d into 
 the World, with the Alterations which attend its Birth , we 
 muft conlider next by what means Nutrition and Accretion 
 are Effeded , or the Steps by which it proceeds infenfibly 
 from fuch fmall Beginnings, to its due Size and Dimenfions. 
 It is certain, that the Bodies ofy^w/w^/j are nothing elfe than a 
 Vafcular Compages, and all their Parts Exift in the Foecun- 
 dated Ovum y which by the AccelTion of New Matter, are only 
 Diftended and ^become Vilible. From which Confideration 
 we may infer. That the Augmentation of the Body is made 
 by a Simple Extenfion of all the Tubes, Velfels and Cells; 
 which when they will no longer recede to admit the Nutri- 
 tious Particles , to be Lodg’d in the Interftices of the Fibres 
 wJiich Compofe tJieir Parietes, and there remain no more 
 Oftiola in the Sides of their Velfels, by which the Fluids can 
 Open a Palfage, the Body is Arriv’d at the utmoft limits of 
 its Growth. This Tenfenefs and Contiguity of the Fibres 
 which refufes to admit more of the Nutritious Parts, is that 
 which Determines the Magnitude of Animals y and the fame 
 Hypothefis will ferve to Explicate the differing Sizes of 
 Individuals of the fame Species. In this Manner the Bones 
 Arrive at their full Dimenfions , and then preferve their Sta- 
 bility and Figure, whofe Accretion and other Accidents Aris- 
 ing from its Vitiation, are very well ExplaiiPd hyTSv. Havers 
 in Tiis Ojleologia. But befides the gradual Increafe and For- 
 mation of the Tubes and Velfels, there is a necelfity for a 
 Supply of Fluids to maintain a Plenitude, with a conftant 
 Reparation of the Blood and Humours to prevent the Col- 
 lapfe: Thus in an Atrophy y the great Emaciation and appa- 
 rent Lofs of the Subftance, proceeds from a want of Proper 
 Fluids to preferve the Arteries Veins, Lymphe-dufls, ^c. and 
 other Channels of the Body in their due Diftention. I mull 
 confefs aCorrofive Salt in fome deprav’d Crafes of the Blood, 
 may confume the Stable and Organick Parts, as in the Spina 
 V mtofa j and fuch like Cafes , where the Bones fometimes ( as 
 I have feen in one of the Fingers ) are wholly Dilfolv’d , while 
 the External Teguments have not been injur’d; but in this 
 Cafe, contrary to the other, the Lofs is Irreparable. Hence 
 Appears the necelfary DiftindUon between Accretion and Nu- 
 trition , the Firft being an Accelfion to the Organical Parts , by 
 New Matter Intruding into the Interftices of their Fibres, and 
 there remaining; and the Latter only a Supply ofa Proper 
 P abulum to thoYhiidsy to preferve them in a due Temper and 
 Proportion. The Firft being fix’d and permanent, and fcarce 
 alter’d once in the Term ofa Man’s Life, and theLaftin a per- 
 petual Succeifion and Flux; which tlierefore requires the fuper- 
 fluous Part of the Succus Nutritius y not retain’d in the Proper 
 Tubes and Cells to be Infunded into the Lymphe-du(fts , by 
 which it is again return’d to the General Mafs; the Manner of 
 which we may Conceive by Fig. 6 . of the Appendix, 
 
 From the Natural yViopdFsto the.«^«/w< 7 /Fun(ftions:That 
 the Brain and Nervous Syftem are the Common Medium of 
 Senfe and Motion is uncontefted ; but the manner how the 
 Impreflions are convey’d from the External Organs to the 
 Sedes Animay ?enAVice verfa from tlience to the Organ ^ and 
 how a Material Subftance can affeft and be afteded by an 
 Immaterial, is Obfeure and fcarce to be conceiv’d. Where- 
 fore waving all Precarious Hypothefes, I (hall confine my 
 felf to the Defeription of fuch Phanomena as are Matters of 
 Fadl, and undeniable, and leave the Reader at Liberty to 
 eredt what Syftem he pleafes. The Seat of Senfe is the Brain, 
 whofe Nervous Difpenfations are the Intermediate Bodies 
 between it and the Organs, on which the External Objefts 
 adl. When the Imprelfion is made by the Objedl , and receiv’d 
 into the Organ of Senfe , it is convey’d from thence with the 
 fame Type or Chara<fter, by an Agitation of its Nervous Ex- 
 pan- 
 
 
The INTRODUCTION. 
 
 panfions and their continued Trunks , to the conimon Senfory : 
 This is common to Men and Brutes, and is by T)es Cartes made 
 the Firft Degree ofSenfation: The Second is the Perception of 
 the Soul attending that Motion , which immediately follows the 
 former Degree , by reafon of the intimate Connexion of the 
 Soul to the Senforium Commune. The Third comprehends all 
 thofe Judgments which we form by the Occafion of tliofe 
 Motions : Hence it follows , all Corporeal Objedls are only Per- 
 ceivable by us 5 in as much as they affedl the Nerves expanded , 
 infuchandfuch Organs. This is the general Idea of Senfationfb 
 far as can be explain’d withoutEngaging in particular Schemes. 
 
 Before we enter on the Confideration of the External Senfes, 
 we fliall offer afhort Account of the Structure of die Brain and 
 Nerves in general. The Cpr^’^r«/«5('Tab. lo. Fig. i.) Cerebellum 
 and Medulla Spinalis (Tab. and Fig. ib.) are evidently com- 
 pos’d of Two Parts: the firfl which appears on the Surface of 
 the Cerebrum and Cerebellum is of a Cineritious Colour, and is 
 call’d the Cortical and Glandulous Part; the other or internal is 
 Whiter and Harder , and is call’d the Medullary , Callofe , and 
 Fibrous Part -.This Order is inverted in the Spinal Marrow, 
 where the External Part is Callofe and White , and it’s Internal, 
 Soft and Cineritious. The Cineritious or Cortical Part of the 
 Cerebrum is remarkable in thofe Turnings and Windings 
 which are deeply divided by the Fia Mater within the Body 
 €)^ the Cerebrum (Tab. lo.FVg.i.C.) from whence it appears to 
 have a very large Surface. The like Contrivance is obfervable 
 in the Cerebellum', the outward Appearance of the Sulci of 
 which differ from thofe of the Cerebrum y and are ranged in 
 Parallel Lines according to its Length, as exprefl Tab. j.Fig.i. 
 Befides tJie Cineritious Part of tiie Cerebrum plac’d on its Sur- 
 face , it has flill otlier Cineritious Bodies or Protuberances 
 added to its Corpus Callofum;zs the Corpora Striata y ( App. 
 Fig. 30. A A.) Nates and Tejles. ( Tab. 10. Fig. i . ) 
 
 In a Horizontal Sedion of the Cerebrum , its Cortical and 
 Medullary Parts Appear, as Reprefented Fig. 30. In a 
 Tranfverfe Sedion of tJie Cerebellum , an Arboreous Difpo- 
 fition of the Latter Appear within the Former 10. Fig. i ._) 
 
 The Cineritious Colour of the Cortical Parts of the Brain 
 Arifes from the Number and Contortion of its Proper Blood- 
 Veffels, which Pafs according to die Length of the Fibres 
 in the Callofe and White Part. 
 
 In Viewing the Surface of the Cortical Parts, it Appears 
 Compos’d ofavaft Number of fmall Glands of a Deprefl Oval 
 Figure, from each of ‘which Spring the Medullary Fibres , 
 which Compofe the Callofe or White Part; all which make the 
 Centrum Ovale of Fieufjens (App. Fig. 30. nn.) before they 
 Compofe the Crura MedulU Oblongata , ( App. Fig. 29. BB. J 
 In this Progrefs, the Medullary Fibres of the Cerebrum y give 
 Originals to the Olfadory and Optick Nerves : At the Con- 
 jundion of the Cruruy the Third Pair ofNerves kn^tyApp, 
 Fig. 28, 3> 33: foon after the Annular Procefs or Pons Farolii , 
 (which partly Arifies from the Cerebellum) {App. Fig. 28- s s.) 
 is J oin’d with die Crura. In this Part of the Conjundion of the 
 Medullary Parts of the Cerebrum with the feveral Proceffes of 
 the Cerebellum y the Fourth, Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Pair of 
 Nerves Arife : and at the Beginning of the Medulla Oblongata , 
 (whence Spring the Eighth and Ninth Pair ofNerves,) there 
 is a compleat Union of all the Medullary Parts of the Cerebrum 
 andCrr^Z>f//tt»i; Wherea Cineritious Part may be feen in its 
 Middle, as Appears App. Fig. 29. dd. This Inverlion of the 
 Order of the Callofe and Cineritious Parts, is kept thro’ the 
 whole Medulla Spinalis. 
 
 From whathas been above Obferv’d , it Appears , the Sur- 
 faces of the Cortical Parts of the Cerebrum and Cerebellum are 
 much larger than thofe ofdieir Medullary , confequcntly each 
 Gland which helps to Compofe them , muft be larger in its 
 Diameter than the Medullary Fibre, which Arifes from it. This 
 Confideration will lead us ftill farther; for fince it's plain, the 
 Surfaces ofdie Medullary Parts of the Brain and Cerebellum i 
 are much larger than they are afterwards in the Medulla Ob- 
 longatay therefore the Fibres which Compofe them , mull necef- 
 farily be thicker in their Diameters , at each Gland , than they 
 are afterwards in their Progrefs to the Beginnings of the 
 Nerves , where they are conliderably contraded,and frame the 
 Apex of a Cone. 
 
 Here we muft not omit to take notice , that all thofe 
 Medullary Fibres infervient to Motion in general, and the 
 Organs of Tailing and Touching, are very muchContraded 
 at the Beginnings of their Nerves, without the Body of the 
 Brain and Medulla Spinalis \2ind. on the other hand, all thofe 
 f Medullary Fibres employ’d in the Organs of Seeing , Hearing 
 and Smelling are contracted , or have the Apices of their 
 Cones within the Body of the Brain: Thus the Nervous 
 Fibres concern’d in Motion in general, and fuch as are Mov’d 
 by the ContaCl of Grofs Objects , are lelfen’d between their 
 Originals and feveral Divarications, Cerebrum ; but thofe 
 
 alfefted by the Mediation of Light and Air , within the Brain. 
 The utmoft I could yet Obferve in Viewing die Nervous 
 
 Fibrilla with a Microfcope ( whether Compofing the 
 Callofum of the Brain , or the Bodies of the Nerves themfelves ) 
 is, that they are Form’d of a Reticulated Compages of Fi- 
 bres ; which in the Latter Appear Globular ; but in the For- 
 mer or Corpus Callofum (by reafon of die irregular Section, 
 or Expanding aThin Divided Tranfparent Part ofiton the Ob- 
 je(ft-Plate of the Microfcope ) it Appears Reticulated , and the 
 Interftices ofits Rete of various Angles. Tliis StruClure of 
 the Nervous Syftem ,feems to Plead againft thofe Hypothefes 
 of the Animal Functions, Founded on the Motions of the 
 Spirits or Fluids , Deriv’d immediately from the Brain , and 
 Tranfmitted by the Nervous Channels. We lhall here only 
 prefent the Reader with an Anatomical Plan of the Organs 
 of the External Senfes , and fliew how ObjeCts may be .Im- 
 preft on them and Convey’d to the Senforium Commune , and 
 leave him to Contemplate on the Elegant Fabrick of the Brain, 
 whofe particular Contrivances have hitherto efcap’d the 
 Difcovery of the moll Sagacious Enquirers. 
 
 The Five External Senfes , are fo many differing Species 
 of Perception from the Applications of Bodies to their feveral 
 Organs i either Immediate , as in Feeling and Tailing ; or thro’ 
 a Proper Medium y as in Smelling, Hearing and Seeing. The 
 Senfe of Feeling is Extended thro* the whole Body, except 
 fome few Parts , as the Bones , Cartilages , but chiefly Re- 
 
 fides in the True Skin, whofe Structure, fo far as it Relates 
 to this Senfe , is as follows. The Cuticula , (Tab. 4. Fig.i,x,3.) 
 
 ( which is a common Covering to the whole Surface of the 
 Skin) being Remov’d, certain Papillary Protuberances Dif- 
 cover themfelves , which View’d with a Microfcope 4. 
 Fig. 6. ) Appear made up of many Roundilh Sudoriferous 
 Glands, with a vail Number of Nervous AVZ»n 7 /<e Expanded 
 on their Surface : This Uneven Papillary Surface is necelfary , 
 to the end thofe may be the more Expanded and Ap- 
 
 ply’d to Tangible ObjeCls ; fo that the Figure , Modification 
 and other manifeft Qualities may be Difcern’d, and the Im- 
 preflions Convey’d to the Common Senfory j by the Media- 
 tion of their Nerves. Since the Extremities of the Fingers and 
 Thumbs are ( for many Reafons ) necelfary Parts to be En- 
 dued with an Exquifite Senfe of Feeling; merefore the Or- 
 der of thefe Papilla are tliere Converted to a Contorted Series, 
 which Appear like fo many Ruga under the Cuticula , as is 
 Reprefented in the laft Mention’d Table , Fig. 4. The Cuti- 
 cula here , as well as in other Parts of die Skin, is a necelfary 
 Medium between the ObjeCt and the Organ;but when it Grows 
 very Thick , as in fome Laborious Mechanicks , it becom s an 
 Impediment. From the vail Number of diefe Nervous Fila- 
 ments, any Solution of Continuity of the Skin itfelf, is mors 
 Painful , than moll of its fubjacent Parts. 
 
 The Fabrication of the Tongue, its Papillary Surface, and 
 the Manner of its Application to ObjeCls , bears a great Simi- 
 litude to that of the Skin now Defcrib’d , in fo much that fome 
 have reckond the Senfe of Tailing a Species of Tadus. The 
 Structure of this Part, as well as its Coverings and Papillary 
 Bodies, are Reprefented Tab. 13. where Fig. Shews the 
 External Membrane , in which the Papillary Bodies lying un- 
 der it , Appear varioully Figur’d , fome Conical, others Round, 
 and others with their Extremities Forked. In fome Animals 
 thefe Papilla are externally Large ^ and their Extremities 
 Cartilaginous and Florny, but in Humane Tongues it is far 
 odierwife ; the Outward Membrane here being very Soft j the 
 Papilla Numerous and Small, and appearing Villous to die 
 Naked Eye.This Membrane being Rais’d (after fufficient Boyl- 
 ing the Tongue ) the next which offers, is more Spongy, Softer 
 and full of Blood- Vellels, Tab. ib. Fig. 6, 7. This is Perfo- 
 rated by the many Nervous ^P^p/ 74 ?, immediately Plac’d un- 
 der it : ( Tab. ib. Fig. 8. ) the Tops of which are afterwards Re- 
 ceiv’d in tiiQFaginula of the External Membrane. Thefe 
 pilla Cleave to the Flelhy Fibres of the Tongue, and are of 
 various Sizes and Figures as above Noted. In die Interftices 
 ofthefe Papilla are Plac’d Divers Salival Glands,the Excretory 
 Tubes of which, Difcharge themfelves by certain Aper- 
 tures; {Tab. ib. Fig. 2. GG.) whereby the Villous Covering 
 of the Tongue is Moiften’d, and the Saporiferous Particles 
 are readily Admitted to the Corpora Papillaria^ whofe Ner- 
 vous Expanfions (on their Surface, like thofe of the Cutis) 
 Tranfmit the feveral Impreflions (made by ObjeCls of Va- 
 rious Figures) to die Common Senfory, by the Mediation 
 of the Par Quintum, Thus the StruClure of die External 
 Parcs of the Tongue, Agree with that of the Skin , with this 
 Difference, the Former being Cloth’d (in Humane Bodies) 
 with a very Thin Soft Membrane, and its Papilla very Nu- 
 merous, Lefs and more Extruded or Longer; whereas the 
 Papilla Cutis , are Larger , Shorter , and Cover’d with a more 
 Denfe Membrane or Hence the Tongue Appears to 
 
 be an Exquifite Organ oiTadus. However the Senfe ofTafte 
 principally Refides in the Tongue , yet we muft Refer the Or- 
 gans of Smelling hither , fmee Experience Shews us the Former 
 Senfe cannot be Compleat , where die Latter is Deficient. 
 
 c 2 The 
 
The INTRODUCTION. 
 
 'TheEfct^^nal Organ of Smelling is not Confin’d within the 
 Cavities of the Noftrils, but is Compos’d of a yery Large 
 Glanduloiis Nervous Membrane j in like manner Extended 
 within the Cavities of the Ojja /^ro«^/i(Tab.89.Fig.i.ib.Tab.9i. 
 Eig.2.)F ourth Pair of Bones of the Upper-JavVjCT^^- 9 2 • J • 
 
 30 and in that Part of the Os Sphenoid^S compofing the Sella 
 Turcica^ ( Tab. 89- Fig. 2. ) all which Open into the Foramina 
 Narium, Befides thefe Cavities , the Noftrils are furnifli’d with 
 Divers 0 [fa Spongiofa 3 Defcrib’d , Tab. 92. Fig. i . H. on which 
 the fame Membrane is Expanded. This Membrane is in a great 
 Meafure compos’d of the Extremities of the Olfadlory Nerves , 
 and is the Organ of this Senfe , which receives the ImprelTion 
 made by the Odoriferous liffiuvia , whether in Infpiration, as in 
 the Proper Adtion of'Smelling; or Expiration, as inTaiUng, 
 which happens in Maftication or Deglutition of the Aliment. 
 What we have hinted concerning the Complication of Tailing 
 with Smelling , will in fome Manner be evinc'd , if we refledl on 
 that Common Pradlice of Holding the Nofe to avoid Naufeous 
 Tafts : And when the Foramina Narium are partly Obftrudted, 
 ( as after taking Cold ) how little we Diftinguifti the Proper 
 Tafts of fome Things, efpecially fuch as are Odoriferous. 
 
 The Oj’gans ofthe Fourth External Senfe, are theTwo Ears, 
 by which uie Various Sounds Impreft on the Ambient Air , are 
 Reprefented to the Common Senfory* The External Ear or 
 jiurkula fTab. ii.Fig. 1.) is Compos’d of a Cartilage Cover’d 
 with the Cuticula 2ind.Cutis \ whofe many Contorted Foldings, 
 are Fitted for the Reception of the External Undulating Air, 
 andTranfmitting it to the Meatus Auditor ius. The Winding 
 Progrefs of the Meatus purpofely contriv'd, to prevent 
 fome Inconveniences which might Arile, from the Violent Ir- 
 ruption of the Air thro’ too Diredt a Paflage to the Membrana 
 Tympanic, plac’d at the farther End of it : (^Ap. Fig. 1 5:. c. ) For 
 the fame Intent , the Cerumen or Ear-Wax, feems to be Sepa- 
 rated by the Numerous Glands in the Membrane ofthe Meatus^ 
 to Infringe its Motion. The Air which thus PalTes the Meatus 
 Shakes the Membrana Tympani more or lefs, according to the 
 Various Imprelfions made on it ab Extra : The Long Procefs 
 of the Malleus (App. Fig. i J.) which is Contiguous to this 
 Membrane, is neceflarily Mov’d, confequently die Incus which 
 is Articulated with the Malleus , ( App. Fig. 16. H, I. ) and die 
 Stapes , which is Articulated widi die Incus ^ by the Mediation 
 Os Orbicular (App. Fig. 17. HI.) are all fucceflively 
 Mov’d by each other: Nor could any Tremulous Motions be 
 Impreft on the Membrana Tympani by the External Air , if the 
 Cavity of the Tympanum it felf had no Aperture , by which its 
 Contain’d Air could Fludluate, no more than a Drum it felf 
 would Sound ifthere were no Holes in its Sides. For this Rea- 
 fon a Palfage from die Palate to the Tympanum is Form’d , {Pid. 
 App. Fig. 8- NN.) By this Curious Artifice the Various Sounds 
 Arifing from the Vibrations of the External Air , are Modifi’d , 
 and Articulately Reprefented to the Auditory Nerve , Expand- 
 ed within the Winding Cavities of the Labyrinth otTbnQQ Se- 
 micircular Dudts and ( App. Fig. 17, 18.) by means of 
 
 the Stapes , whofe Baps immediately Covers die Foramen Ova- 
 le or Entrance to thofe Cavities , where the Aer Infitus or Qon- 
 genituSi is faid to Refide^ This Air tho’ call’d Innate.^ mull Arife 
 from that Contain’d in the Tympanum ^ and necelfarily has a 
 Communication with it, elfe we cannot fee how the Vibrations 
 made by the Stapes ^ ftiould be Communicated to thefe 
 Contorted Channels. Nor can it be fuppos’d, the Baps 
 of the Stapes has any loofe Membranous Connexion to 
 the Margin of the Foramen Ovale ( which it mull have , to keep 
 out the Air Contain’d in the Tympanum;^ Or xhzt tht Stapes 
 adequately Clofes that Foramen : Both which would meet with 
 Equal Impediments from the Grolfer Air in the Tympanum, 
 preflingon thtBaps of the and hindring its Elevation. 
 
 The Small Mufcles which move the Malleus , and that of the 
 Stapes, like the Heart , Diaphragm and Mufcles concern'd in 
 Relpiration , do their Office Inadvertently , and are Ufeful 
 herein, as we have Reprefented them in App. Fig. 15-, 16, 17. 
 This Structure of the Auricula and Parts within the Tympa- 
 num i?rep^rQ the Impreffions made in the External Air , and 
 Reprefentthem to the Expanlionsofthe Audicory Nerve; not 
 unlike the Membranes and Humours ofthe Eye , Refrading 
 the Rays of Light inpafling to the Tunica Be t ina hi tliQ Eye, 
 wdiich fulls next under our Confideration. 
 
 As the Airis the Vehicle of theObjeds to theTwo Former 
 Organs, fo the Light is to this. The Nature and Properties of 
 Light, the Magnitude, Figure or Motion of Luminous Parti- 
 cles, as well as the Shape or Conformation of thofe Parts, 
 which Affed the Organs of the other Senfes , we omit as more 
 Proper for the Difputes of the Schools than an Anatomical 
 Difcourfe , confining our Theory of Vifion to the Strudure of 
 the Parts. 
 
 In the Fabrication of thefe Organs , the Eye-lids or Palpebra 
 (Tab. II. Fig. i, 2, 3,4, $.) are none of the leaft Remarkable. 
 The Upperis Elevated and Depreft by Two Mufcles, the Ex- 
 ternal of which is Circular and call’d Orbicularis. 1 2,Fig.4.-) 
 
 This Draws the Upper Eye-lid down; the Internal is 
 Straight ( Tab. 1 1 . Eg. 4. ) and Pulls it up. By this Contrivance 
 the Eye is not only Defended from Extraneous Bodies , but the 
 Difcharge ofthe Lachrimal Humour is Accelerated by the fe- 
 veral Duds , into the Internal Part of the Palpebra next the Bulb 
 ofthe Eye , Ftd. Tab. ii.Fig. $. The Eye it felf is Spherical and 
 Mov’d by its Proper Mufcles , Reprefented in the laft mention’d 
 Tab. Pig.7,^,9,10. Its Membranes , Humours , and the Parts 
 which Compofe it being ExpreftZ/2^.^^ Fig.ii, 12, 13, 14, if, 
 16, 17, 1 8, 1 p, XI, 22, 23, 24. we fliall here only take Notice of 
 its Strudure, fo far as Relates to its Adion , and Defcribe the 
 Plan ma 4 e by a Sedion thro’ tbo Axis of Vilion, which will 
 Conduce to the right Apprehending the Manner, how Objeds 
 arc Reprefented in the Senjortum Commune. 
 
 A A, The Tunica Cornea., whofe External Surface is a 
 little more Convex than the Bulb ofthe Eye it felf. 
 
 B B , The Tunica Sclerotica or Dura. 
 
 CC, Parts of the Tunica Adnata or ConjunEliva ,y/biQ\\ are 
 Continu’d to the Internal Parts ofthe 
 
 D D , The Choroeides , the Fore-part of which is call’d Vvea ; 
 Its Blood- Veflels Appear very Beautiful, when Injeded with 
 Mercury , and feem to Compofe Divers Glandulous Bodies. 
 
 EE , The Retina or Expanfions ofthe Optick Nerve, on 
 which Objeds are Depided. 
 
 FF, Tho Iris which lies Loofe or Floating in the Aqueous 
 Humour. 
 
 GG, The Ligamentum Ciliare. 
 
 H, The Aqueous Humour. 
 
 I, The Ch^ftalline. 
 
 K, The Vitreous Humour. 
 
 L , Part of the Optick Nerve.’ 
 
 The Receives the Various Rays of Light pro- 
 
 ceeding from all Points ofthe Objed,Colleds andTranfmits 
 them thro’ the Foramen ofthe Uvea, orPupill,Refradingthe 
 Diverging Rays on each Side toward the Perpendicular. The 
 Chryllalline Humour Receives the Rays Firft Infraded in the 
 Cornea, and beginning to Diverge again in the Aqueous Hu- 
 mour, and Refrads themaSecondTime;SothatalltheRays 
 proceeding from the fame Point ofthe Objed, byPafling thro’ 
 thisDenfe Medium, do Converge again, and Terminate in the 
 fame Point on the Retina. From this Refradion or Diredion of 
 the Rays of Light , to a Point , diftind Pidures or Images of 
 Vilible Objeds are Reprefented on theRr//»^>asthe Figures of 
 External Bodies in pafling thro’ a Single Convex Glafs on a 
 Paper on the Wall ofa dark Chamber, the whole will be better 
 Conceiv’d by the following Figure , which Reprefents the fame 
 Sedion ofthe Eye, as the Former with the Luminous Rays 
 pafling thro’. 
 
 Thus the Rays in Pafling thro’ the Cornea and Humours of the 
 Eyes 3 are Inverted , and the Image of the Objed is fo Depided 
 on the Concave of the Retina. How this Inverfion is Reduc’d in 
 the Senforium Commune to a Right Perception , may be Account- 
 ed for in our Proper Knowledge of Things, in the fame Manner, 
 as we know when we hold a Stick in each Hand crofs each other, 
 that the Stick in the Right Touches fuch an Objed, and that 
 in the Left another: Thus Vifion being made by the Rayes of 
 Light proceeding from tile Objed, and making Due and 
 Various Motions ofthe Nervous Fibres of the Retina,'w\h.eh are 
 Communicated to the Common Senfory by the Optick Nerves 
 with the fame Type and Charader; we may reckon this 
 Senfation to be not altogether unlike that oiTaBus. 
 
 The Laft of the Animal Fundions which we fliould here 
 fpeak of, is Mufcular Motion , but having already Publilh'd my 
 Thoughts concerning thuPhanomenon in my MyotomiaReforma^ 
 ta,\ih^\\ not trouble the Reader herewith a Repetition, lince 
 no Experiment, nor Obfervation (befides thatmentionM in 
 Tab. 64. Fig. 2. concerning the Flelhy Fibres ) has lince Occur’d, 
 which Ihould Add to tholb Conjedures, or Favour any other, 
 
 T O 
 
A. 
 
 THE 
 
 A Bdemen or Lower Belly Open’d,T<iJ.33, 40. of a 
 Woman, r. 49. with Child, T. 54, 55, 56. of a 
 Fxtus , T. 62. 63. its Integuments, T. 31. 
 Mufcles vide Mufdes. Cavity, T. 41, 49, 52. 
 Acetabulum , T. 99. Fi%. 2. 
 
 Accretion of Parts in General, v. IntroduSiion. 
 Acromion, v. Bones Scapula. 
 
 Adipofe Diifts their Ule , T4.F. 13. 
 
 Allantois , T 55, 56, 57 - F. 7. T 58, 59- whence call’d, T. 
 59. a Del'cription of it , ib. its Ufe , ib. whether 
 Exifient in Humane Bodies, T- 58. 
 
 Alvearium , v. Ear Meatus Auditorius. 
 
 Alveoli , T. 91. F. 5. 
 
 Amnios , T. 55. 56, 57. F. 37. T. 58, 59 - Tranfparent , full of 
 Veffels, T. 55,59. Ufes of its contain’d Liquor, T. 
 58- Glands in it in Cows, and their fuppos’d Ufe, 
 T. 55 - 
 
 Amygdals, v. Tonfils, 
 
 Anaftomofes of Arteries and Veins, v. Arteries. 
 
 Anatomy prov’d Ufeful in Surgery, Introdudi. T. 15. F. 
 
 z.T. i2.Ap.F.2. 
 
 Ancon, v. Bones Vina. 
 
 Animal Spirits, the Common concerning them, 
 
 Rejefted, T. 10. F. 6. 
 
 Annular Cartilage , T. 24. F. 5, 6, 7, 8. Ap. F. 20, 22, 23. 
 
 Ant helix , v. Ear External. 
 
 Antitragus, ib. 
 
 Acjuaduilus Auris , Ap. F. 8. 
 
 Arm , T. 1,2, 3. 
 
 Arteries their Tunicks External, T. 24. F. 4. Middle or [ 
 Fibrous, r. ead. F. 5. Internal, T.ead. F. 6. farther 
 they run from the Heart, they Subdivide and Grow 
 Thinner, ib. their Extremities Tranfparent, ibid. 
 View’d in the Fin of a Living Grig, Ap. F. 4. of a 
 Flounder, F. 5. Arteries and Veins a continu’d Chan- 
 nel, ib: Tying them Advis’d in cutting off the Breaft, 
 T. 19. F;5. in Amputation, r. 64. F. 8. Direftion for 
 Tying them in an Aneurifm of the Arm , Ap. F. 3. 
 how to Secure the Artery of the Lower-Part of the , 
 Face, err; in Incifions , T. 12. F. 14. Aneurifm in a 
 Small Artery coming out of the Skull to the Fore- 
 head, and how Cur’d, T. 5. F. i. a Syllem of them 
 by Erroneous, r. 24. F. 15. an Exaft one.wf;>. 
 F- 3 - 
 
 — — Aorta or great Artery. T. 22. F. r, j.Ap. F: 3. its Val- 
 ves Semilunar, T. 22. F. 13. Afcending Trunk, T. 24. 
 F. i.Ap.F.-^. Defcending Trunk, r. 41, 42,49, 50, 
 63 F. 1, 2. Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Coronal of the Heart, T. 22. F. ii, Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Subclavian, Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Carotid, r. 6. F. 6.T. g. F. 3.T. I4.r. i. T. 15.F. i, 2. 
 
 ^fF. 3 , 8 , 28, 30. their Contortions , T. 6. F. 6. Ap. F. 
 3. Reafon of them, T.6.F.6. paffing by the Sella Tur- 
 cica, Ap. F. 3, 26. 
 
 —— Vertebral, F. 3, 8, 28, 30. their Contortions , Ap. 
 F. 3. Reafon of them, ib. their Cavities fometimes Lar- 
 ge r there, /A Afcending on the Medulla Oblongata, ib. 
 
 Cervical, Ao. F. 28. 
 
 Communicant Branches, F. 3,28. 
 
 ■ Lower part of the Face, Tongue, T. 12. F. 4, ^jft.F.3. 
 
 ——Temporal, Ap: F. 3. its Branches to the Parotid 
 Gland, ib. Temples, ib. 
 
 — Occipital , ib. Inofculates with the Temporal , ib. 
 
 Of the Fauces, Uvula, &c. ib. 
 
 Larynx , &c. ib. 
 
 Mufcles of the Neck and Scapula , tb. 
 
 Mammary, r. 32. F. i. Ap. F. 3. Inofculate with the 
 
 Intercoftals and Epigaftrick, ib. 
 
 ^Mufcles of the Shoulder and Scapula, ib. 
 
 Axillary being the Beginning of the 
 
 • Brachial, T. 64. F. 8.^/1. F. 1,3. an Account of their 
 
 Progrefs, Ap.F.o,. their Divifion at the Cubit , ib.z 
 CommunicantBranch, ib. where Wounded in Letting 
 Blood , F. I, 
 
 ■ — 'Cubit which makes the Pulfe at the Wrifl, r. 67. 
 Ap. F. 3. 
 
 • Hands and Fingers , Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Bronchial, Ap.F. 3. their Rife,/^. Inofculate with 
 
 the Pulmonary, T. 24. F. i.Ap. F. 3. 
 
 • Of the Gula , Ap. 3. 
 
 Intercofial, ib. 
 
 ■ Celiack, T.42.AP. F. 3. its Various Ramifications 
 
 making the 
 
 Hepatick , T. 38. F. 5. Ap. F. 3. 
 
 ■ Syfiick , Ap F. 3. 
 
 • Coronary Inferior of the Stomach, T. 33, 34, F. 5. 
 
 Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Pylorick , Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Epiploick, ib. 
 
 — — Coronary Superior , T, 34. F. 5. Ap. 3. 
 
 ~ ^Phrenick, Ap. F. 3. their Origin , ib. 
 
 Splenick , T. 36. Ap. F. 3. 
 
 ' “ Of the Duodenum and Pancreas , Ap. F. 3. 
 
 • Mefenterick Superior , T. 40. F. 2. T. 41, 42, 50. ^ 
 F. 3. Inofculate with themfelves and Mefenterick li 
 ferior, Ap.F. 2. 
 
 •-—Mefenterick Inferior , T. 40. F. 2. Tab. 41, 42, 50. A 
 F. 3. its Branches to the Colon, Ap. F. 3, Reilum, ib, 
 
 • Emulgent , T. 42, 43. f. i. Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Vertebral of the Loins , Ap. F. 3, 
 
 • Spermatick of a Man, T. 41, 42, 44. F. 2 . T. 45. F. i, ; 
 T. 46. F. 1, 5. Ap. F. 3. their Rife, T. 42. an Error cor 
 cerning It Noted , and the Caufe ofit, ib. very fina 
 at their Beginning , r, 45. f. 2. Ap. F. 3. diflerent i 
 Men and Brutes, and the Reafon of it T 4.5 F 2 
 
 Spermatick of a Woman , r. 50, 53 . f. i, 3'. Com'inu 
 
 nicate with the HypogaOiricks , ib. 
 
 — — Sacra , Ap, F. 3. 
 
 ■ Iliack . T 49, 50. 63. F. 2. Ap. F. 3. External , T. 42, 
 
 50. F. 3. Internal, r. 50. Ap.F. 3. Larger Pro- 
 portionably in a Foetus than in an Adult, and the 
 Reafon , ib. 
 
 Umbilical, T. 59, 60. F. r, 5. T. 61.F. 3, 4, 5, 7, 9. r. j 
 
 62, 63. Ap. F. 3; Various Inequalities in their Trunks, 
 T. 61. F. 3,5. theCaiifesofthem ,F. 3. 
 
 Epigaffrick, T. 3 %. F.i.Ap.F.3. 
 
 Ofthe Oblique Mufcles of the Abdomen, Ap.F. 3. 
 
 Of the Extenfors and Obturators ofthe Thigh , ib. 
 
 Penis , T. 47, F.i.T. 48. F. i. Ap. F. 3, 
 
 Bladder , Ap. F- 3. 
 
 Internal of the Pudendum , Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Hypogaftrick how Compos’d , ib. 
 
 External of the Pudendum their Origin , ibi 
 
 •Crural, an Account of their Pregrefs, ib. 
 
 ■ Leg, ib. 
 
 Foot, ib 
 
 Pulmonary, T.22.F. i, S-f. 24. F. 2,3. T. 25, F. lO; 
 
 Arthrodia , T. 97. F. i. their Semilunar Valves , T, 22. | 
 
 P'. 14. 
 
 Arytenoides Cartilage , T. 24. F. 8, Ap. F. 20, 22, 23. 
 
 A peraArteria , v. Wind-Pipe. 
 
 Aftragalus, v. Bones. 
 
 Atlas , V. Fpiftropheus. 
 
 Atlas, V. Vertebra. 
 
 Auricles of the Heart, v. Heart; 
 
 B. 
 
 B Ladder of Urine of a Man in Situ, T. 41. taken out, 
 
 T. 42. F. 2 of a Woman in Situ , T. 49. taken out , T. 
 50. of a Foetus in Situ, T.63. F. i. taken out, F. 2. 
 its Back-part Cover’d with Fat,T4^ 44. F. 2 Fore- 
 part Open’d, T. 43- F. i. Stifpended by the r/r4c«r, 
 
 T 44. F. 2. its Situation,/^. Strufture, i^. Ufe, ib. its 
 I'lbres and Glands fometimes Tumified, and caufe a 
 Thicknefs of its Sides, ib. 
 
 Bladder of Gall , v. Gall-Bladder. 
 
 Blood, an Account of it according to the Chymifis, T. 23. 
 
 F. 15. View’d with a Microfeope , T. ead. F- 16. no 
 Fibres difcernable in it , ib. its Fibrous Appearance 
 caus’d by a Coagulation of the Serum , ib. another 
 way of examining it , ib. how made , introduSl 
 Bones in an Fw&rzo Cartilaginous, T, 160. F. 6. Time of 
 their Formation, Appendixes fometimes Broken 
 off, a Cafe Recited , T. 96. F. i; 
 
 AllinaSkelleton ofan Adult; its Fore part, T. 87. 
 
 Side and Back , T. 88. of a Foetus a Month after Con- 
 ception, T. 100. F. I. of Six Weeks, T. ead. F. 2. 
 of Three Months, r. ead. F. 3, 4. of Four Months 
 T. ead. F. 5, 6. of Nine Months , T. loi, 102. 
 
 Skull , the External Surface of its Upper-part , T. 91. 
 
 F. I. Internal of the fame , T. ead. F. 2. Channels 
 in it for the Paflage of Veffels , ib. very Large and 
 Tranfparent in an Apoplectick Perfon , ib. Inferior 
 Surface of its Bajis , T. 92. F. 2. Ap. F. 8, 36. In- 
 ternal Part ofthe fame , T. 9. F. 3. Ap. F. 26. 
 
 Forehead its Convext or Outer Part, F. 89.F. i. a 
 
 Defeription of its Cavity, ib. its Inner-part, T. ead. 
 
 F. 2. 
 
 5 /»cz^»r its External Part, T.oo. F. i. Internal,F- 2. 
 
 Occiput External Part , T. 90. F. 3, Internal, r. 7. F. 2. 
 
 T. 90. F. 4. 
 
 Temples External Part, T. 90. F. s.Ap.F. in a 
 
 I Foetus, Ap. F. 17. Internal Part, T. go. F. ( 5 . of a 
 Foetus, Ap. F. 18. 
 
 Ear, T. go.F.g, 10, ii, 12. Ap.F. 15, 16, 17, 18. 
 
 ■ Os Cune'iforme, T. 89. F- 1, 2 an Account of its Fora- 
 
 mina , ib. 
 
 Os Cribrofum,T. 8. F.3. T. 9. F. 3. T. 89. F.2. Ap. F.26. 
 
 Upper- Jaw , T. 89. F. i , 2. T. 92. F. i. their Number 
 
 and Defeription , ib. 
 
 Lower Jaw. T. 92. F. 3, 5. itsProceffes, Ap.F. 31. 
 
 -Teeth, v. Teeth- 
 
 Tongue T. 92, F, 9. 
 
 Vertebra their Number , and Reafon why Divided , 
 
 F. 93- Firfiof the Neck or Atlas, F. 1,2. Ap. F. 8- 
 Second with its Toothlike Procefs, F- 3, 4. Third, F. 
 
 5, 6. Firft of the Thotax, F. 7, 8- F. 10. F. 8- a Caries 
 found in them , the Cafe Related, ib. Of the Loins, 
 
 F. 9,10, II, 12. 
 
 Ribs their Number, Difiinftion , and Articulations, 
 
 F. 94. the Firft , F. r, 2. the Seventh , F. 3, 4. the 
 Eleventh, F. 5,6. rhe Twelfth, F. 7,8. 
 
 or Shoulder-blade, its External Part , F. 95. 
 
 F- r. Internal Part, F. 2. 
 
 Clavicle or Channel-bones, F. 95. F. 3,4. its Joint 
 
 with the Acromion fometimes Dillocated , and the 
 Symptoms, ib. 
 
 Sternum or Breaft-bone in an Aduft, F. 95. F. 5. in 
 
 a Foetus, T. loi. 
 
 Shoulder-bone, T. g6.F. 1,2. 
 
 Ulna , F. 96. F, 3 . 4. 
 
 Radius , F. 96. F. 5, 6. 
 
 Carpus, T.gj. their Number, Difpofition, and 
 
 Articulations, ib. 
 
 Metacarpus , F 97, F. i, 2. 
 
 Fingers and Thumb , F 97. F. r, 2. 
 
 Ojfa Sefamoidea of the Hand , F. 97, F. i. of the 
 
 Great Toe, F 105. F. 2. fometimes found on the 
 Lower Heads of the Thigh-bone, F. 103. F. 2. alfo 
 on the Tendon ofthe Peroneus Longus , ib. in the 
 ' 1 ‘endon of the Alujculus Stapedis , At>, F. 37. 
 
 Os Sacrum, T.g 3 .F.i,z. 
 
 Os Coccygis , F 98. F. 3, 4. 
 
 Os innominatum in a Fxtus confifts of Three , there- 
 fore DiflingitilVd into. 
 
 ' ' ' ' Os Ilium , T. 99, F. I, 2. 
 
 Os Ifchium , T. 99. F. i, 2. 
 
 Os Pubis , T.gf^.F. 1,2. 
 
 Thigh Bone, 1 . 103. F. 1,2. 
 
 Patella 01 Knee pzn , F. 103.F. 3, 4' 
 
 Libia, 104. F. i, 2. 
 
 Fibula , T. 104. F. 3, 3. 
 
 F4r/»i or Inftep ; which are the 
 
 Talus, T. 105, F. 1, 2. 
 
 Heel , ib. 
 
 Os Spongiofum of the Foot , ih. 
 
 Ojfa Cune'tformia , ib. 
 
 Os Naviculare, ib. 
 
 • Metatarfus, F. 105.F. r,2, 
 
 — 7" Toes, F. loy. F. 1,2. 
 
 Brain , its Upper-Part with its Membranes , F. j. F. 2. Ca- 
 ver’d with the F«r4 Mater, F6.F.1. Hinder and 
 Lateral Part with its Membranes, F 6. F. 4. Two 
 Hemifpheres , F 8 F. 5. Foremoft Lobes , F 9. F. i. 
 2. Ap. F. 28. Hinder Lobes, F 7. F. i. F 9. F. i. 
 Ap. F. 28. cut Tranfverfly , F. 10. F. i. Ap. F. 30. 
 Cortical Part, F. 10. F. i. Ap. F. 30. Anfrablus or 
 Windings on its Surface, F. 5 F. 2. F. 8. F. 5. 
 Medullary Part, F. 10. F. i. Ap. F- 30. View’d 
 with a Microfeope , the Diftribution ofBiood-Vef- 
 fels, the Glands and their Tubes, F. 10. F, 2. it# 
 Arteries , V; Arteries Carotid, Vertebral Veins before 
 they Enter the Longitudinal Sinus, T. 6.F.3.T.8. 
 F. 4. the Manner of their Entrance, and the Rea- 
 fon of it, F. 6. F. 3. a Large Vein emptying itfelf 
 at the Torcular , F 8. F. 2. Blood-Vcffels lying in 
 the Dupllcature of the Pia Mater , T. 5. F. 2, F 8- 
 F. 5. Wounds liable to great and dangerous F«»^«r. 
 F. 8. F. 5. in Concuflions what Veffels injur’d ,F 5; 
 F. 2. 
 
 Breafts of a Man, F. i, 19. F. 2. Foetus of both Sexes 
 they contain a Serous Liquor, F. 63. of a Wo- 
 man, F 2, 19. F. I. their Glands, LaftiferousDufbs, 
 Plexus of Blood Veffels, Saceuli Adipofi lying on 
 them , F. 19. F. I. Nipple and Areola , v. Nipple. 
 Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Lymphedufts, F19 . f- 5. 
 Laftiferous Dufts , v- Laftiferous Dufts. Milky Tu- 
 mors in them , how caus’d , F. 19. F. 4. 
 
 Bregma, v. Bones of the Sinciput. 
 
 Bronchia, T. 24, F. 2, 3, 4. F. 25. F. 5, 5 , 8 , 9 , t°. Ap. 
 F. 20. Glands in its Membranous Part, and their 
 Ufe , Ap. F- 20. its Cartilages of Various Forms , 
 and how Connefted, F, B5. F. 8. a ReprefentatiOn 
 of it in Tin, F. ead. F. ii. how to prepare it, 
 F. 10. 
 
 C 
 
 C Alamus Scriptortus , V. Ventricle , Fourth of the 
 Brain. 
 
 Calcis Os, V. Bones, Heel. 
 
 Canalis Arteriofus, Ap. F. 3. its Origin , Infertion , and 
 Ufe , ib. after the Birth it becomes a Ligament , ib, 
 Canalis Venofus turn’d into a Ligament, F. 3S. F. 5. 
 Canthus Greater and Lefs, v. Eye its External Part. 
 Caruncula Lachrymalis , ib. 
 
 Caruncula Myritformes how caus’d, F. 51. F. 3. 
 
 Carpus, Vi Bones. 
 
 Cartilage Enfiformal , F. 26. F. i. F. 95. F. 5. 
 
 Cartilages Semilunar on the Upper-head of the Tibia, 
 F. 84 - 
 
 Of the Larynx, T. 24. of the Wind-Pipe, F. 23. 
 
 F, 8. 
 
 Catarafts Direftions for Couching, F. ii. f. 24. 
 Catarrhs the Parts Affefted in them, Ap. f. lo- 
 Cavernous Bodies of the Penis, v. Penis. 
 
 Caul, V. Omentumi 
 
 Center of Gravity to the Whole Body, where, F. 82. 
 Centrum Ovale, Ap. F. 30. 
 
 Cerebel, F. 6. F. 2. T. 7. F. r, 2. F. 8. F. 5. F. 9. F. i.- 
 Ap. I. 28, 29, 30, 31. its Meditullium, T. 9. F. i. 
 F. 10. F. I. Ap. F. 31. Vermicular Procefs, F. 7, 
 F. 2.F. 8-F. 5. Ap. F. 31. Firft Procefs, F. 10. F. r. 
 Ap. F. 3r. a Tranfverfe Procefs joining them , ib. 
 Second Procefs, Ap. F. 28, 29. Third or Cordal 
 Procefs, Ap. F. 29, 31 - 
 Cheeks their Infide, F. 14. F, i. 
 
 Chorion, F. 55, 56, 57 - F. 3, 7. F. 58, 59, 60.F. 1,2,6. 
 
 Branching of its Veffels, F. 61. F. 7, 8. 
 
 Chyliferous Du6f , v. Thoracick Duft. 
 
 Chylification , Introd. 
 
 Cilia their Cartilages, F. ii. F. y. 
 
 Circulation between the Mother and the Foetus prov’d, 
 F. 54. Manner of it thro’ the Heart of a Foetus, Ap. 
 F. 3. 
 
 Clavicles, v. Bones. 
 
 Clitoris, T.gi. F. i. The Gians, F So, 51. F. i, 2. Pre- 
 puce, F. 50, 51. F. I, what it ls,z^. Crura,T. 51. F. t. 
 Contexture, F. 51. F. 2. Capfula or Proper Mem- 
 brane , ib. Septum, ib. Caufe of its Extenlion, F. 51. 
 
 F. I. 
 
 Coccygis Os, V, Bones. 
 
 Cochlea, v. Ear. 
 
 Cxcum, V. Inteftlnes. 
 
 Colon, V. Inteftines. 
 
 Columns Carnea, v. Heart. 
 
 Conception, Intred. 
 
 Concha , v. Ear External. 
 
 Condylus ProceJJus , v. Bones of the Lower Jaw. 
 Coracoidal Procefs, v. Bones Scapula. 
 
 Corpus Callofum, T. lo. F. i- Ap- F. 30. its Corpu} 
 Tranfverfale, T. lo. F. I. 
 
 Corpus Glandofum in Men, v. Projiates’, in Women, 
 V. Vagina. 
 
 Corpora Striata, T> 10. F. i. Ap, I, 30. 
 
 Corpora 
 
C rpora Pyrttmidalia , Ap. F. 28. 
 
 Corpora Olivana , Ap. F. 28. 
 
 Corpora Cavernoja Penis, v. Penis. 
 
 Corone , ib. 
 
 Cricoidal Cartilage , v. Annular. 
 
 Crifla Gain, v. Bones Os Cribrofum. 
 
 Cuticle, V. Scarf-Skin. 
 
 D. 
 
 D iaphragm , v. Mufcles. 
 
 Diadolc of the Heart, T. 22. F. I. v. Heartk 
 Diploe of the Skull , t. 5. F. 2. T. 9. F. 3. 
 
 Dislocation of the Clavicle and Acromion , v; Bones. 
 Dilllmilar Parts, what, r. 4. F. 6. 
 
 Dudlus Hygropthalmici Lachrymales , T. 1 1 , F. 3. Bilartus, 
 T.r^6.F. I. M, Pancreaticus ,T. ib. F. ead. 
 
 Thoracis, Ap. F. JO, ir, 12. A Palate ad Aurem , Ap, 
 
 F. 8 Hepaticus , T. 38. F. 5. 
 
 Duodenum , v. Inteflines. 
 
 Dura Mater, T. 5. F. 2. T. 6. F. 1, 2. T. 7. F. 2. T". 8. F. I, 2 , 
 4, 5. r. 9. F. 2, 3.r. 10. F. I, F. 26. Blood-Veffels 
 Dillended with Wind , T. 6. F. i- lying in its Duplica- 
 ture , r. 5. F. 2, pafs from it to the Skull , T, 5. F. 2. 
 T.6.F.I. a particular Account of them> Ap. F. 26. 
 Quadruplicatures , r. 7. F. i, T. 8. F. i. Firftprocefs, 
 wFalx. Second Procefs , T.-j.F.i, 
 
 E. 
 
 E ar External, T. 12. F. i. 2. the Meatus AudUortus ^ 
 T. 90. F. 5. Ap. F. 15. Cartilages of the Meatus ,Ap. 
 
 F. 8. its Glandulous Membrane , T. 90. F. 5. its Ule 
 and Difeafes, ib. The MembranaTympani or Drum, 
 Ap. F. 15. Annulus Ojjeus in Embrio’s , Ap. F. 17, 1 8i 
 Cavity of the Tympanum , Ap\ F. 16, 18. Lin’d with a 
 Membrane, F. r8. which is Communicated to its 
 Bones , ib. a PalTage into it from the Palate , Ap. 
 F. 8. another out of it into the Meatus, ib. The Ufe 
 of both, its Bones ,v; Bones: a Dillinft one in the 
 
 Ear of a Calf, Ap. F. 37: Labyrinth , T. 90. F. 7, 8. 
 Ap. F. 16, 18. Cochlea , T. 90. F 8. Ap. F. 17, 37. Fo- 
 ramen Rotundum , Ap. F. 37. its Mufcles , v. Mufcles. 
 Eggs taken from the Qvaria, T. 57. F. i. Impregnated, 
 F. 2. Introd. 
 
 F.mbrio , v. Fxtus. 
 
 Empyema Caution in Opening, T. 94 F, 4. 
 
 Epidydymid*,v. Telticles. 
 
 Fpiia/irium , T. I. 
 
 Epiglottis, T. 13, F. i.r. 24. F- 5, 6, 7 , 8. Ap. F, 20, 22, 23. 
 Glands attheRootofit,.<^Jp.F. 20. its Ufe,T. 14. F.r. 
 Ap. F. 23. miltaken by fome foranExcrefcence,r. 13. 
 
 F. I. 
 
 FpiftrophsLUs , T. 93 F. 4. 
 
 Eye its External Parts , r. ii. F. i, 2. Glands, v. Lachry- 
 mal Glands. 
 
 • Bulb, T. ir. F. 6, ir, 14. Ap. F. 34. its Mufcles, v. 
 
 Mufcles. 
 
 • OptickNerve, v. Nerve. 
 
 ^ — Tunica Adnata ,T. 11. F.r, 6,^. another Membrane 
 of Columbus, T. II. F. 9. 
 
 ■ Tunica Sclerotis, T. Ii. F. ri, 12, 16,17, ig* 
 
 • Tunica Cornea , T. ii.F. ii, 12,16, 17. 
 
 • TnicaChoroides , T. 1 1. F. 12, 1 7. Ligament. Ciliare, 
 
 T. II. F. 13. its Ufe,/^. 
 
 ■ Tunica Retina, T.n.F. 14,15,17,18. Iris 2nd Pupilla, 
 
 F.6. 
 
 ——Humor Cryflaline,!: ir. F. 19,21, 23. 
 
 • Humour Vitreous , r. 1 1. F. 20, 22, 24. 
 
 • Humour Aqueous, F. 21. 
 
 F. 
 
 F oetus of Seven Months in the Womb , T. 36. its Po- 
 Iture Various, when belt for Birth, ;6. of Twenty- 
 Five Days after Conception, T. 57. F 3. of Forty 
 Days, F. 4. of Two Months and a Half, f 5. of 
 Three Months , F. 6. of Eight Months , F. 7. Open’d, 
 r. 62,63! 
 
 Falloppian Tubes , t. 3, F. 3, 4. 
 
 Falx , T, 8. F. i, 3,4; its Ufe , F 8. 
 
 Fat, r. 4. F. 13. its Membranes , ib. Globules with their 
 Blood-Velfels , ib. what it is, ib. Lobi of it on the 
 Abdomen, T. 31. 
 
 Fauces their Glandulous Membrane , T. 14. F. 3. 
 Fermentation of the Aliment in Chylification , Introd. 
 Fermentation of the Blood in its Vellels, v. Inteftine 
 Motion of it. 
 
 Fibre of a Mufcle, T. 64. F. i. 
 
 Fibula, V. Bones. 
 
 F.flula Lachrymalis , its Caufe and way of Cure , T. ir. F. 3: 
 P'iftulous Ulcer in the Upper-part of the Thigh how 
 Cur’d , T. 72. 
 
 Foramen Ovale Defcrib’d , Ap. F. 3. 
 
 Fornix, Ap. F. 30. its Roots, T. 10. F. j. Ap. F. 30, 
 Crura, Ap. F. 30. 
 
 G. 
 
 G All-bladder , T. 37. E 1. T. 38. F 3, 4, 5. its Duft , T. 
 37. F 2. T. 38. F 3, 5. Internal Membrane of the 
 Du6t, T- 38- F. 3 - Valves in it how made and their 
 Ufe , ib. Gall-du£ts Enter it, none into the Bladder 
 prov’d, T. 38. F. 3. 
 
 Gangleon in the Neryes , r* 10. F. 6. Ap. F. 27. 
 Gargareon , v. Uvula. ’ , ■ • 
 
 Ginglimus . T. 96. F. i. 
 
 Glands Adipofe, v. Omentum. 
 
 Axillary, Ap. F. i. their Ufe, Tumours in them 
 
 how Caus’d, ib. 
 
 Inguinal, Ap. F. i. their Ufe, Caufes of Tumors in 
 
 them, Cafes related, One where itWeigh’d Six Pounds. 
 
 Lachrymal , T. 1 1. F. i, 3, 5, their Ducts , T. ead. F. 5. 
 
 ■ Lips,^/> F. 8. 
 
 I.ymphatick, Ap. F. 13, 14. thofe of the Neck 
 
 Tumid in Scrophulas and their Cure , F. 2. 
 
 ■ Lumbal, Ap. F. 10. ii. 
 
 Maxillary, T. 15 F. i. Ap. F. 19. their Arteries , 
 
 Veins, Nerves, Salival-dudt, Ap. F. 15. 
 
 Miliary, v. Skin. 
 
 ■ Mucilaginous of the Vertebra.T. 10.F.8. their Ufe, ib. 
 
 ——Parotide, T. 12. F. 2. Ap. F. i, 2, 33. a Remarkable 
 Cafe of an Abfeefs in it , Ap. F. 2. its Salival-dufl , 
 T. 12. F. 2, 3. Ap. F. h 33. Symptoms and Cure of 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 it when Wounded , Ap. F. 2 
 
 — Piliferous , T. 4. F. 6. 
 
 -Pinial,r. 10. F. r.Ap. F. 31. its Ufe, ibi 
 
 — Pituitary , T. 9. F. 2, 3. Ap. F. 26. 
 
 — Renales , ib. T, 42, 50. ins Foetus , T. 63. their 
 - Coinpofition and VelTels Defcrib’d , T. 42, 
 
 Subclavian , Ap. F. 12, 
 
 -Sublingual, X. 15. F 2. Ap. F. 19. their BlOod- 
 VelTels , Nerves, Salival-du6t, Ap. f. 19. 
 
 - Skin , or Sudoriferous , T. 4. F. 6. 
 
 -Thyroid , T. 15. F. 2. T. 24. F. 7. their Ufe, Colour 
 and Compadlnefs , T. 24. F. 7. 
 
 Gians Penis , T. 48. F. i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 
 
 Glottis how Compos’d, Ap.F.20. 
 
 Gula or Gullet, T. 24. F. i. 
 
 Gums, r. 13. F.r. View’d with aMicrofeope, F. 10. 
 
 H. 
 
 H aemorrhoids how Caus’d , T, 39. F. 7. 
 
 Hairs View’d with a Microfeope , T. 4. F. 7, 8, 9, 
 10, II, 12. their Rife , T. ead. F. 6. how Nourilh’d 
 and their Compofition , ib. 
 
 Hairy-Scalp, T.s-F.i. its Piliferous Bodies, and Miliary 
 Glands, ib. Number and Largenefs of its Blood- 
 Veflels Noted, ib. 
 
 Hearing how perform’d , Ap. F. 17. 
 
 Heart in Situ, T. 2i, 24. in a Foetus, T. 63. taken out, 
 T. 22. F. I. cut Tranfverfly, p, 9. its External 
 Membrane, F. i. Fibres, T. ead.F. 2, 3, 4,5. how 
 to prepare and Ihow them , F. 2. The Right Auri- 
 cle, T. 22. F. l, 2. Open’d, F. 6, 8. Left Auricle, 
 T. ead. F. i, 2, 7, 8. The Right Ventricle , T. 22. F. 
 8, 9. Left Ventricle , T. ead. F. y,g. Columna Car- 
 net, F. 7, 10. their Origin, Compofition , and Ufe, 
 F. 7. Valves Semilunar or Sigmoidal, F. 8, 13, 14. 
 Mitral or Tricufpid, F. 6, 7, 12. the Septum ,F y,g. 
 a Sinus between the Ventricles , F. 2, 3. Coronary 
 _ VelTels, F8,i I. Nerves , F. 8. Glands at its Bafis,T. 21. 
 Helix Auricula, T. 12. F. I* 
 
 Hernia of the Inteftines , how Incident to Women , T. 30. 
 Hircus Auricula, T. 12. F I. 
 
 Flumourofthe Amnios ,v. Amnios. 
 
 Humors of the Eyes,T. ii.F. 19, 20,21, 22, 23,24. 
 ifywjw how Fram’d and its different Appearance,r. 51- F 3. 
 
 Imperforated in a Married Woman , the Hiftory of it. 
 Hypochondrium , T.l. 
 
 Hypogaftrium, T. 1. 
 
 I. 
 
 I Lia, T. I. T. 32 .E 7 ^.i.RR. 
 inctis, v. Bones of the Ear. 
 
 Infundibulum , T. 9. F. 2, 3. Ap. F. 26. its Connedlion to 
 the Glandula Pituitaria , T.g.F.2. 
 
 Inguina, T.i. 
 
 Inteftine Motion of the Blood in its Large VelTels , Introd. 
 
 Of the Chyle , Introd- 
 
 Inteftines, r. 33, 40. F. i,a. their Fibres Dcfcrib’d, Ap. 
 F. 39. Glands their Kinds , Difpofition , and Ufe , 
 Ap. F. 40. 
 
 ■ — ' Duodenum , Ap. F. 38. its Membranes External , and 
 Mufcular, ib. Perforated by the Biliary and Pancrea- 
 tick Dufts , T. 36. F. i, Reafon of its Curvation , ib. 
 — jejunum, T. 39. F. i, 2. Ap. F. 39. External Mem- 
 brane , T. 39. F. i. Origin of it , ib. Mufcular Mem- 
 brane, Arteries, Veins, Nerves, ib. 
 
 — — ileum , T. 39. F. 3, 4, 3. Valvula Conniventes how 
 made , their Order , and Ufe , F 39. F. 2. 
 
 Caecum , T. 39. F. 4, 3. T. 40. F. I . 
 
 Colon ,T. 33, 39. F. 4, 5. its Cells, ib. Valves and 
 how Caus’d, ib. I.igament , T. 40. F.i.T. 54. Com- 
 pos’d of Flelhy B'ibres, and their Ufe, ib. Blood- 
 VelTeis , T. 39. F. 4, 3. Reafon why the Excrements 
 can’t return , ib. an Experiment illuftrating how it 
 happens in Iliack paflions , ib. 
 
 ■■■ ReHum , T. 39. F 6, 7. its External Coat whence 
 deriv’d, F. 6. Blood VelTels, i^. Fatty Appendages 
 of it, ib. Internal Coat, and its Compofition, F. 7. 
 its Difeafes, ib. 
 
 Itis , its Inner Surface next the Ligament urn Ciliare , T. 
 II. F. 17. V. Eye. 
 
 K 
 
 I 
 
 K. 
 
 Idneys in Situ, T: 41. in a Foetus Conglomerate , T. 
 63. taken out , T. 42, 43. F. i, 2. T. 50. their Adipofe 
 Membrane , T. 42. Proper Membrane, r. 43.F. i, 3, 5. 
 Pelvis ,Tt^8. F. 1,2, 3, 4, 6, 7. Glandulous Part , T. 43. 
 F. 3. View’d with a Microfeope , F. $.Tubuli Urinarii, 
 T. ead. F. 3, 4, 3, 6- Caruncula Papillares , T, ead. F. 4, 
 5,6. Emulgent Arteries and Veins, T. 42,43. F 1,2, 
 3,4,5* Nerves, Lymphe-duifts and their Ufe, T. 43. 
 Fi$. Manner of their Secretion,*^. Stones in them, 
 how they caufe Pain , ib. Ill Effefts of their Laxity 
 Related in a Cafe , ib. 
 
 L. 
 
 L Abyrinth, v. Ear. 
 
 Lachrymal Bone , v. Bones of the Upper-Jaw. 
 Lachrymal Dufts, v. Glands Lachrymal. 
 
 Ladtcal Vefiels, T. 39. F. i. T. 40. F. 5. Ap.F. 10. their 
 Valves,!T. 40-F. 5. Rife , Progrefs,andUfe,r.39.F r. 
 Laftiferous Vellels in theBreaft, T. 19. F. 1,3,4, 5 * “^^leir 
 Beginning , Form , and Orifices , F. 4. 
 
 Lambdoidal Suture , v. Suture. 
 
 Lamina Spiralis , T. 90. F. 8. 
 
 Larynx, its Fore-part, T. 24. F. 5, 7. Back part , T. 24. 
 F. 6, 8. Ap. F. 20. View’d Laterally, Ap.F. 22,2^. 
 its Cartilages, v. Thyroidal, Annular, Arytenoidal, 
 Epiglottis. 
 
 Ligament Annularofthe Wrift,T.64.F8.r.67,69-^/-E'r» 
 
 Of the Ancle, Ap.F. i. howCompos’d, T. 81. 
 
 — Imbanding the Tendons of the Fingers , T. 67. 
 
 Between the Ulna and Radius , T. 68, 71. 
 
 Between the Tibia and Fibula , T. 82. 
 
 ■ Round of the Thigh-bone Faften’d to the Acetabu- 
 
 lum , and its Ufe , T. 74, 99. F. 2. 
 
 • Broad Covering the Joint of the Thigh and Hip,T.79. 
 
 Invefting the Knee , T. 84. 
 
 Of the Ancle Joint , T. 82. 
 
 ■ Joining the Bones of the Tarfus , T. 82. 
 
 — — Oiojfa at their Articulation, T* 71. 
 
 ■ • Reaching from the Os Sacrum to the Appendix o{ the 
 ifehium, T. 72. 
 
 • Ciliare, v.Eye. 
 
 Linea Alba,T.8t. -rip. F. r. 
 
 Linea Semilunaris , ib. howCompos’d, ib. 
 
 Liver in Situ, T. 33, 4 L 49 - in a Foetus, T. 62. a Corn- 
 pages of VelTels and the feveral Offices of them, T. 
 38. F 5. how found in Dead Bodies, Three In- 
 ftances , ib. Scirrhoma Cur’d , ib. Proportionably 
 Larger in sFxtus, and by what means, T. 62. Dift 
 charges more Gall in Children , and the Benefit of 
 it, ib. taken out, T. 37, F. 1,2. its Convex Part, 
 T. 37.F. I. Concave Part , T. Mi. F. 2. Cut in Two to 
 Ihew its Infide , Portion of it View’d with aMi- 
 crofeope , T. 38. F. I. Lobuli of Glands , ib. B'ilTure in 
 it , T. 37. F. 2. Sufpenfory Ligament , T 3. 37. F.1,2. 
 Umbilical Ligament , r. 37. F. 1,2. T. 38. F. 3. T. 41, 
 49. External Membrane, r. 37 - F. 1, 2.T. 38. F. i., 
 Hcpatick Artery , T. 37. F. 2. T. 38- F 5. Vena Porta, 
 T. 37. F. 2. r. 38. F. 2, 5 . Vena Cava , T. 37. F. 2. T. 38. 
 F. 2, 5. Nerves , Lymphe-dufls , and their Ufe , r. 38. 
 F. 3. Hepatick, or Gall-Dufts, T. 37. F.2. T. 38. F. 
 I, 3, 5. their Orifice in the Duodenum , T. 36. F. i. 
 Gall-bladder, v. Gall-bladder, how to Prepare a 
 Scheme of the VelTels, T. 38. F. 5. Cap/ula of the 
 VelTels , T. 37. F. 2. T. 38. F. 5. 
 
 Lungs in Situ, T. 21. in aFoetusT.63. taken ®ut,r. 2*^ 
 F. I. Part of a Lobe Divided , T. ead. F. 2, 3. their 
 External Membrane , T. 24. F. 3. Ramification of their 
 Blood-VelTels , T. 24. F. 2, 3. they Communicate 
 with the Intercoftals and Bronchial , F. i. Adhsfions 
 how Caus’d , F. 3. 
 
 Courfe of it from the Inferior Parts , Ap.F. 10. 
 
 Lymphatick Glands , v. Glands. 
 
 Lymphedufts their Origination, Ap. F. 6. Manner of 
 Communication, Ap. F. 13, 14. of the Spleen, 
 Penis, Telticles , Arife from the Veins ,T. 36. F. i. 
 feveral Arifing from the Inferior Parts , Lungs , &c* 
 Ap. F. 10, II, 12. 
 
 M 
 
 M Alleus , V. Bones of the Ear. 
 
 Malleoli, v. Bones, Tibia, Fibula. 
 
 Mammillary or Maftoid Procefles,v.Bones of the Temples. 
 Maxillary Glands , v. Glands. 
 
 Meatus Auditorius , v. Ear. 
 
 Meatus from the Palate to the Ear, ib. 
 
 Meatus Cyfticus. v. Gall-bladder. 
 
 Mediaflinum , T. 21. a Continuation of the Pleura, an 
 Interftice in it Noted, its Ufe, ib. that it Divides 
 theBreaft, prov’d by an Hydropick Body, tb. its 
 Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Lymphe-dufts , ib. 
 Medulla Oblongata, its Crura, T. 9. F. i. Ap. F. 28,29. 
 Caudex, T.g.F.i.Ap.F.28. Hinder-part going out 
 of the Skull , T. 6. F. 2. T. 7. F 2. r. 9. F. i. a Portion 
 of it cut off and Divided . T. 10. F. 4. 
 
 Medulla Spinalis with all its Nerves Springing from it , 
 T. 10. F. i. its Beginning, Ap. F. 31. a Portion of 
 it taken out of the Back, T. 10. F. 7. Divided, 
 F. 5. its Common Membrane, T. 10. F. 7. Sacculi 
 of Fat between it, and the Proper, ib. its Proper 
 Membrane, T. ead. F. 5, 7. 
 
 Membrana Adipoja, v. Fat. 
 
 Membrana Carnofa , T. 4, F. 14. the fame with the Com- 
 mon Membrane of the Mufcles, T. 4. F. 15. its 
 Strufture and Extenfion , ib. 
 
 Membrane Pituitous of the Cavity of the Fore-head, T. 89- 
 F. I. its Ufe , ib. Maggots found in it in Sheep , ib. 
 why taken out for the Cure of the Staggers , ib. 
 
 Glandulous of the Meatus Auditorius , v. Ear. 
 
 Mucilaginous Incloling the Tendons of the Perfo- 
 
 rans , T. 67* 
 
 Of the Fauces , T. 13. F. i. T. 14. F. 3. Ap. F. 8. 
 
 Of the Palate, r. 13* F. i.r. I4.F.3,4 
 
 Mesentery ,r. 3i.F.i.r. 40. F. 1,2. its Origine , Strufture 
 and VelTels , T. 40. F. i. Glands , F. i, 2. Vafa Lablea, 
 V* Lafteal VelTels. Fat. T. 40. F. i. 
 
 Metacarpus , v. Bones. 
 
 Metatarfus , v. Bones. 
 
 Milk deriv’d from the Blood, T. 19. F. 3. aDefeription of 
 it, ib. 
 
 Monftrous Conception , T. 62. 
 
 Mucilaginous Glands , T. 74. Defeription of their Ex- 
 cretory-Duifts in General , T. 79. 
 
 Mucus Lubricating the Inteftines whence deriv’d , T. 34 
 F. 3. Ill Confequences of wanting it In a Remark- 
 able Cafe , ib. 
 
 Mufcles their Fibres ,T. 64. F i, 2, 3. Difpofition of them 
 in the Delteides , T. ead. F. 4. in the Biceps of the 
 Arm , F. 5. Memhranofus , F. 6. Gemellus , F. 7. 
 Motion how Perform’d by them , T. 64. F. 2. Introd. 
 redder than other Parts , the Caufe of it , ib. Ex- 
 tenfors oDheTibia, why Stronger than the Flexors, 
 T. 76. ‘the fame in the Talus and Toes , and the Rea- 
 fon, T. 84. Tibialis Divided, and the Ufe of the 
 Foot recover’d, T. 80. 
 
 Mufcles, Abdublor Auris , v. Retrahens Aurtculam. 
 
 — Abdublor Indicts , T. 68. H. 
 
 — Abdublor Minimi Dijiti Manus, ib. I, K. 
 
 — • Abdublor Minimi Digiti Pedis, T. 86. F. I. G, 
 
 — AbduBor Oculi, T. 12. F. 9. D. 
 
 — AbduBor Pollicis Manus , T. 64. I. 
 
 — AbduBor Pollicis Pedis, T. 84. M. 
 
 — Accelerator Urint , T. 47. F. 5. H H. 
 
 — Acclivis, v.Obliquus Afeendens. 
 
 - AdduBor Minimi Digiti Pedis , v. Tranfvcrfalis Ptslis. 
 
 • AdduBor Oculi, T. 12. F. 9. C. 
 
 'Ancomus , T. 69. 0 . 
 
 - Ani-fcalptor , v. LatiJJlmus Dorfi. ' 
 
 Ani SphinBer, v. SphinBer Ani. 
 
 ——.Ani Levator, v. Levator Ani. 
 
 ■ - Annuens, v. ReBus Minor Anticus. 
 
 Antithenar, v. AdduBor Pollicis Manus: 
 
 'Aperiens Palpebram ReBus, T. U.F.4. A. 
 
 - ■ Arytanoideus, Ap. F. 9. 20. F. 
 
 .——Attollens Aurtculam , T. 12. F. 2. A. 
 
 Attollens NafiAlam, v. Elevator, &c. 
 
 Attollens Oculi, v. Elevator Oculi. 
 
 Attollens Palpebram , v. Aperiens Palpebram. 
 
 Auricula Elevator, v. Attollens AHriculam. 
 
 »—— ■ BafigloJfHt . V, Tongue, 
 
 F/. 
 
E X. 
 
 I N D 
 
 -Bibitonus , V. AdcluSlor Oculi. 
 
 — Biceps Internus Humeri, T. 65* I* 
 
 — Biceps Exterms Humeri , v. Gemellus], 
 
 — Biceps Femoris , T. 77. A, E, C. 
 
 — Bicornis , V. Extensor Carpi Radialis» 
 
 — Biventer , v. Digaftricus. 
 
 _ , . J Externus » T. 65. L. 
 
 — Buccinator , T. 1 2. A, B. 
 
 — Bur/alis , v. Marfupialis. 
 
 -Caro Mufculofa S)uadrata , V. PalmAris BnV s> 
 -Catena, v. Tibieus Anticus. 
 
 — Ceratogloffus > T. 1 4. F. i. D D , H. 
 
 — Ciliaris, v. Orbicularis Palpebrarum. 
 
 — Cliteridis Mufculi , v. Ere£ior Clitoridis. ^ 
 
 CnemodaSiiiius , v. Extenjor Digitorum Commuixs 
 
 Manus. 
 
 — Collator alls Penis , V. Erigens. 
 
 — Complexus , T. i6.F,G,H. 
 
 — Conjlri6lor Palpebrarum , v. Orbicularist 
 
 — Conjiriilor Labiorum , T. 11. F- 5. I* 
 
 -Conflrieior AU Nafi feu Deprejfor Labn Supertoris, 
 
 Ap. F. 32. 
 
 — Coracobrachialis , T. 69 - F. 
 
 — Coracobyoideus , T- 15* F. 2. CC, &c. 
 
 — Cremafer ,T. 45. F. I. B. 
 
 .. J Poflicus, Ap. F. so. EEi 
 -Cncoarytenotdeus lateralis, tb. F. 22. GG. 
 
 — Cricothyroideus, 1^24. F. 5. HH* 
 
 — Crureus. T. 76. C. 
 
 — Cucullaris , T. 27. A, B. 
 
 -• Declivis , v. Obliquus Defcendens. 
 
 — Deltoides. T. 66. X, X. 
 
 — Deprejfor Labii Supertoris , feu Conjirilior AU Naji, 
 Ap. F. 35. 
 
 — Deprejfor Labii inferioris Proprius , T. 12. F j, H. 
 
 — Deprejfor Labiorum Communis , T. ib. F. ib. C. 
 
 — Depreffor Maxilla Inferioris , v. Digajiricus. 
 
 — Deprejfor Oculi ,T.il.F.q. C. 
 
 — Detrufor Vrtna , T. 44. F. 2. C C. 
 
 — • Diaphragma , T. 52. B, C. 
 
 — Digajiricus ,T.1S. F. i. A,B, C. 
 
 — Dilatator AU Nafi,T. 12. F. 5. E. 
 
 — DireHor Penis ,v. Eretlor. 
 
 — Dijlortor Oris, V. Zygomaticus. 
 
 — Dorfi Latifftmus ,v. Latijfimus Dorjii 
 
 — Dorfi Longijfmus , T. 28. N. 
 
 — Elevator Ani, v. Levator, 
 
 — Elevator Aurjs, v. Attollens Auriculatn. 
 
 — Elevator Oculi ,T. 1 1. F. 7* A. 
 
 — Elevator Labiorum Communis ,T. 12.F. 5.D. 
 
 — Elevator Labii Inferioris Proprius , Ap- F. 32. H H* 
 
 — Elevator Labii Supertoris Proprius, T. 12. F, 4; C. 
 
 — Elevator Scapula , v. Levator. 
 
 — EreHor Clitoridis ,T. 51. EE. 
 
 — Erigens feu Ereflor Penis , T. 47. F. 5. FF. 
 
 r: . r n J Eadialis ,T. 69. D,F. 
 
 -Extenfor Carpid^^^^^^-^^ ^ 
 
 — ■ Extenfor Communis Digitorum Manus , T. 69 - G* 
 
 — Extenfor Digitorum Pedis Longus , T. 8i. F. 
 
 — Exterifor Digitorum Brevis ,T. ib. G. 
 
 — ■ Extenfor Minimi Digiti Manus , T. 69. G. 
 
 — Extenfor Primi Ojfis Pollicis Manus , T. 71. 0. 
 
 — Exterifor Pollicis Pedis Longus , T. 8 1. H. 
 
 — Extenfor Secundi Ojjis Pollicis Manus, T 7I.O. 
 
 — Extenfor Pollicis Pedis Brevis ,T. 8i. B- 
 
 — Extenfor Tertii OjJis Pollicis Manus , T. 70. C. 
 
 — Externus Auris vel,Laxator Externus , Ap. ¥. IS- 
 
 — Fafcialis, v. Sartorius. 
 
 — Fafcia Lata, v. Membranoftjs. 
 
 — Ftbuleus , V. Peroneus Primus. 
 
 — Fidicinales ,V.Lumbricales Manus, 
 
 • Flexor Capitis 18. L. 
 
 G. 
 
 AbduSior Mi- 
 AbduEior Mini- 
 
 Levator Scapula , T. 28 
 Lividus , V. PeHineus. 
 
 LongiJJimus Dorfi , v. Dorfi Longijfmus. 
 
 Longijfmus Oculi ,v Obliquus Superior. 
 
 Longus Colli, T. 1 8- A A. 
 
 Longus Femoris , v. Sartorius, 
 
 , / • I C , r. 67 M, N. 
 
 LumbncalesJ ‘ t, t- 
 
 I Pedis, T. 86.F,E. 
 
 Marfupialis , T. 74. F, G. 
 
 Maftoideus , T. l8.II. 
 
 MaJJeter , T. 12. F. 4, j. O O. 
 
 Membranojus, T. q6. B. 
 
 (Manus AbduSlor , V. 
 
 J nimi Digiti. 
 
 Minimi Digiti ^ jLbduHor , v 
 
 I mi Digiti. 
 
 Minimi Digiti Tenfor , v. Extenfor Minimi Digiti, 
 Mylohyoideus , T. 1 5. F. I . E E. 
 
 Nauticus, w. Tibieus Pofticus. 
 
 Nonus Humeri Placentini,v. Rotundus Minor, 
 Obliquus AJeendens. T, 32. F. I. R, P. 
 
 Obliquus Defcendens , X. 31. C, D, E, F, G. 
 
 Obliquus Minor feu Inferior Oculi ,T. ii.F. 8* G. 
 
 • obliquus Superior Oculi cumTrochlea.T. 11. F. 7- H. 
 obliquus Inferior Capitis ,T. 1 7. F F. 
 
 ' obliquus Superior Capitis, ,T. ib. G, H. 
 
 Obliquus Tympani Auris , Ap. F. 16. K. 
 
 ObturatorP’^'^''”^^’^-^^-^- . 
 
 f Internus, V. Marfupialis. 
 
 Occipitalis , App. F. 8. Y. 
 
 ' Oe/ophagaus ,feu Sphin^er Gula , App. F. 38. E- 
 Orbicularis Palpebrarum , X. 1 2. F. 4. D D. 
 Orbicularis Labiorum , v. Conflriblor , &C« 
 
 Palmar is Longus , X. 64. C, F* 
 
 Palmaris Brevis , X ib. K. 
 
 Patientia , v. Levator Scapula. 
 
 Peiloralis , X 20. H. 
 
 PcHoralis Internus , V. Triangularis, 
 
 PeHinens , T. 75. L- 
 Pedieus , v. Perforatus Pedisi 
 Perforans Manus , X. 67. A, B. 
 
 Perforatus Manus , ib. F, G. 
 
 Perforatus Pedis, T. 83. G. 
 
 Perforans Pedis , X. 85 - H. ' 
 
 „ V Primus , T. 82. C. 
 
 Plantaris ,T.S4.G. 
 
 Platyfma Myoides , V. Sfuadrdtus Gent, 
 
 Popliteus , X. 84. C. 
 
 _ „ ... iTeres,T.68.A. 
 
 Pronator 
 
 Magnus. 
 
 Parvus. 
 
 - Thenar , V. AbduSlor Pollicis Manus', 
 -Thyroarytanoideus , App.F.l 2 .Y. 
 
 E Anticus, X. 81.E. 
 
 'Tibialis ^ X. 85. G. , „ v 
 
 ^Abdominis , T. 32. F. 1. 1, K, K. 
 
 1 Colli, App. F.36. K. 
 i Dorfi, V. Semifpinatus. 
 -Tranfver falls, \ Lumborum , v. Sacer. 
 
 I Femoris, v.^uadratus'. 
 i Pedis placentini , T. 86. F. 2. E. 
 [penis, X. 47.F5.I. 
 
 - Trapezius , v. Cucullaris. 
 
 - Triangularis , T. 26. F. I. B B. 
 
 -Triceps ,T. -j 6 . 1 . 
 
 - Trochlearis , v. Obliquus Superior Ocult, 
 
 - Vaginalis Gula , App. F, 38- 
 
 - Vagina Vteri Sphincter , v. Sphinbler , &c. 
 
 ^ ) Internus , T. tb, H. 
 
 . S Extenfor, 'c. Extenfor Carpi, &C4 
 -Vlnaris j &c.. 
 
 -Zygomaticus , T, 12. F. 4. E. 
 
 N. 
 
 N Ails , X. 105. F. 3- their Origin and Compofition , ib'. 
 
 Nates of the Brain, X.io.F. F. 31. 
 
 Navel, X. I. R. 
 
 Navel-String, X. 56, 57. F. 3, 7. X. 59,60. F. 3. X. 02, 63; 
 its Loofe Membrane , X.60. F. 3. Fibres , F. 4. Suc- 
 ciferous Tubes , X. 60. F. 4- ^ Conjefture of their 
 Ufe, X. 58. Part of its External Surface, in Cows 
 full of Tubercles, X. 59- its Courfe Various ,X.s6. 
 its Veffels Injur’d, have bad EfFefts ; Two ftrange 
 Cafes, ib. 
 
 Nerve Defcrib’d by a Microfeope, X. 10. F.6.FibriUa, 
 and Manner of their Cohaefion, ib. not Tubulated, 
 ib. Blood. Veffels pafs with them , ib. Globules in 
 them, and whence Deriv’d, ib. Fibres proceeding 
 from the Brain, X. 10. F. 2. from the Spinal Mar- 
 row , X. ead. F. 5. paffing thro’ the Dura Mater , ib, 
 their Gangleons,or Plexus Ganglia Formes ,T, 10. F. 
 4, S. 6. Ap.F. 2-7. 
 
 Olfaftory , X. 9. F. i, 3. Ap. F. 28. 
 
 — — Optick , X. 9. F. I, 2,3. X. II. F. 7,9> t°, ii, 14. 15* 
 16; Ap. F. 26,28,38. their Conjunftion , X. 9. F. i. 
 Blood-Veffels , X. 1 1. F. 18. 
 
 Motory or Third Pair, X. 9.F. i, 2, 2-Ap. F. 26, z8i 
 
 — — Pathetick , X. 9. F. 1, 3. F. 26, 28- 
 
 Fifth Pair, X. 9. F. 1, 3. Ap.F. 26, 27,28. aBraneh of 
 
 -Pfoas^ 
 
 
 , Internus ,T. ig.F. 2 . FI. ^ 
 
 • Pterygopalatinus , s .Sphenopterygopalatinus. 
 
 ■ Pterygopharyngeus , Ajp. F. 38. B. 
 
 ■ Pyramtdalis , App. F. 1, 42. 
 
 -Pyriformis , X. 73-D. 
 
 - ^adragemini , v. Pyriformis. 
 
 -%uadratus Femoris , X. 73.N. 
 
 - equadratus Gena , App. F. 33- 
 
 ■ ^adratus Lumborum , T. 30. V. 
 
 -Flexor Carpi ^ 
 
 Radialis Extenfor , v. Extenfor Carpi. 
 
 ReHus Abdominis , X. 32. F. i. L, M, N, O, P. 
 
 Reilus Femoris, T. IS- G. 
 
 ReilusCapitis Lateralis ,Ap.F.8.G. 
 
 Redlus Capitis Major Anticus , v. Flexor Capitis. 
 
 Reiius Capitis Minor Anticus , Ap. F. 8- H.^ 
 
 ’ ^ V Major Pofiicus , X. 17. A, B. 
 
 -ReSiusCapitts} p. T. ib.^ 
 
 Ulnaris ,ib. 
 
 •Flexor Primi Internodii Digitorum Manus t v< Lum» 
 bricales Manus. 
 
 — Flexor Pollicis Manus Longus , X. 68. L. 
 
 -Flexor Pollicis Pedis Longus ,T. 85. K. 
 
 -Flexor Pollicis Pedis Brevis, X. 86. F. 2. A. 
 
 — Flexor Primi Internodii Digitorum Pedis , V. Lutnbri- 
 cales Pedis. 
 
 — Flexor Secundi Internodii Digitorum Manus, V. Perfo- 
 ratus Manus. 
 
 — Flexor Primi V Secundi Offs Pollicis Manus, X. 68* 
 M,P,0. 
 
 — Flexor Secundi Internodii D'lgitorum Pedis , V. Perfo- 
 ratus Pedis. 
 
 — Flexor Tertii Internodii Digitorum Manus, V. Perfo- 
 rans Manus. 
 
 — Flexor Tertii Internodii Digitorum Pedis , v. Perforans 
 Pedis. 
 
 — Frontalis , App. F. 33. A A. 
 
 — Gafterocnemius ^ ^.xternus, X. 83. E. 
 
 } Internus , X. 84. E. 
 
 — Gemellus . T. 66. C, D. 
 
 — Genyo^lojfus , f. N- F. I. E, F, G, I, L, 
 
 — Genyohyoideus ,T. ib zvF.ead.O. 
 
 C Major , X. I2. A. 
 
 — Glutaus<Medius, tbiT). 
 
 I Minimus , X. 73. C 
 ~ Gracilis ,X. 75. D, 
 
 — Graphoides, v. Digajiricus. 
 
 — Hyothyroideus , X. 15. F. 2.P. 
 
 — Hypjiloglojfus , V. Bafioglojfus , DO fuch Mufcle in 
 Humane Bodies. 
 
 — lliacus Externus , v. Pyriformis. 
 
 — lliacus Internus , X. 52. NN. 
 
 — Immerfus ,v. Subfcapularis. 
 
 — • Indicator, or Extenfor Indicts Proprius , T. 70. N* 
 
 — Infrajpinatus , X 66. F. 
 
 — S f ?r. 26. C, D. 
 
 / Internt, 
 
 — Internus Auris ,Ap. F. 16. L. 
 
 > Pedis , X. 86. F. 3. AAA 
 
 — Interjpinales Colli , App. F. 36. L L. 
 
 — • Labiorum sphinHer , v. Conjlriilor Labiorum 
 
 — Latijfimus Dorfi , X. 27. 
 
 — ■ Laxator Externus, v. Externus Aurise 
 —Levator Ani, X. 47. F. 5.EE 
 
 ) Minor Pofiicus , X. ib. C, C. 
 
 Rellus Palpebrd ,v. Aperiens , ZVc. 
 
 Renuens, v.ReHus Capitis Minor Anticus. _ _ 
 
 RetrailorAU Nafi,Jeu Elevator Labii Supertoris , App. 
 
 33 - C. . , n rr 
 
 Retrahens Auriculam , T. 12.F I. d,c 
 
 ■ Rhomboides , X. 28- A, B, C, D. 
 
 Rotundus Major , X. 65. d. 
 
 Rotundus Minor , v. Teres Minor. 
 
 Sacer , X 29- MM. 
 
 Sacrolumbalis ,T. ead. A, B, D, E. 
 
 -Sartorius, X.7S. A, B,C. 
 
 f Primus , 7 
 
 Scalenus <Secundus , >X. 18. B B. 
 
 ( Tertius , 3 
 
 Semifibuleus ,v. Peroneus Secundut. 
 
 Semimembranojus ,T. 77 " D* 
 
 Seminervofus , T.ib.E. 
 
 -Semifpinatus, T. 29. MM, - 
 
 f Major AntiCUS f T, 20 - D, ccO 
 
 ] Minor Anticus , X. 20. K. 
 Scrratusdg^j^^yjgyj,gjlj^,^j , X. 28. 1 . 
 
 [inferior Pofiicus , X. ib. K. 
 
 Soleus V. Gafierocnemius Internus. 
 Sphenopterygopalatinus , App. F. 8- ddi 
 fAni, X.47.F. 5.A,B,C,D. 
 
 J GuU , V. Oefophagdus. 
 
 •SphinSlerS Labiorum , v. Confiri^or. 
 
 \Vagin&Vteri, X. 51. F. I.Fr< 
 
 WefiCd, X.48.F.I.K. 
 
 ■ Spinalis Colli , App. F. 26 . 11 . 
 
 ■Splenius, X. 16. AA. 
 
 •Stapedis, F. 17. Q. 
 
 ■Sternohyoideus, X. 15.F. I.FF. 
 
 •Sternothyroideus , X. 15.F. t.HH. 
 
 - Stylohyoideus , X. 15.F1.N- 
 -StylogloJJus , X. 14.F. i.C. 
 
 - Stylopharyngeus , App.F. 38. DD. 
 
 ■ Subclavius , X. 20, A. 
 
 - Subpopliteus , X. 84. C. 
 
 - Subfcapularis , T.6S.F., _ 
 
 -Succenturiatus, Pyramtdalis. ^ 
 
 - Supra fpinatus , feu Superfcapularts , T.60.G4 
 C Longus , X. 69. P. 
 
 -Supinator Radii ^ , X. 7 1. G. 
 
 - Supepliteus , V, Subpopliteus. 
 
 -SuJpenjorTefiiculi , v. Cremafter. 
 
 -Temporalis, X. 12. F. 4, 5 - M. K. 
 
 - Tenjor feu Extenfor Digitorum Manus , X. 69. G. 
 
 - Tenjor Pollicis , v. Extenjor. 
 
 Major , V. Rotundus Major. 
 
 them making the Guftatory, X. 14. F. i. 
 
 -Sixth Pair , X. 9. F. i, 3. Ap. F. 26, 28. 
 
 - Auditory , X. 9. F. 3. Ap. F. 26, 28. 
 
 - Par Vagum , X. 7. F. 2. X. 9. F. 3. Ap. F. 26, 28. 
 
 - Acceffory Spinal , X. 7. F. 2. X. 9. F. 3. Ap. F. 28. 
 
 ■ Ninth Pair, X. 7. F. 2. X. 9. F. 3. Ap. F. 26, 28. Bran- 
 
 ches Running to the Tongue and Larynx , T. 14. 
 
 — — TenthPair , X. 7-F. 2. X. 9. F. r.-rf^.F. 28. 
 
 ——All of the Spinal Marrow, X. xo. F. i. oftheNeck, 
 Ap. F. 28. Several Branches of the Spinal Nerves, 
 viz. Axillary, Ap. F. i. One palling thro’ the 
 Coracobrachuus, X. 65. Running of the Fingers, 
 X. 61. Crural , X. 72, 77, 78. Ap. F. 2- Trunks on 
 the Fore-part of the Tibia , X. 82. Running to the 
 Bottom of the Foot and Toes, X. 84- in the Arm, 
 X. 64. 
 
 Nipple and Areola, X. 19. F. i, 2. View’d vtrith a Mi- 
 crofeope, F. 3, 4. Struaure of the Nipple , F. 4. 
 how to Examine it , ib. Obfervations on the Colour 
 of the Areola, F. 3. 
 
 Nofe its External Parts, X. 14. F. i. 
 
 Noftrils their Pituitary Membrane, T. 14. F. 5* Na- 
 ture and Extent, ib. 
 
 Nutrition, Introd. 
 
 Nympha, X. 50, 51. F. I. 
 
 O- 
 
 o 
 
 Cciput , V. Bonesi 
 Olecranon, v. Bones, Ulna; 
 
 Omentum in Situ , X. 33. 
 
 —— Ala Superior , ib. Inferior, X. 40. F. I. 
 
 Bur (a and how to Demonftrate it , T. 33.' Fat 
 
 ,, -b. *ir 1 ^ 
 
 Glands, X. 34. F. i. Membranes clear’d of Fat, X. 
 ead. F. 2. Blood-Veffels , X. 33. 
 
 Orbiculare Os , v. Bones of the Ear. 
 
 Ovaria Entire, X. 50,51. F, 5.X. 53. F. 1,4* in a Foetus, 
 X.63. Open’d, X. 51. F. 5. their External Membrane, 
 Glands , VeficuU. ib. Ligament between them and 
 the Tube , ib. X. 53. F. 4. their Vafa Praparantta , 
 X. 53; F. I, 4. 
 
 P. 
 
 • Teres 
 
 l^Minor, T.66iFi 
 
 rsAlateits Bones, v; Bones of the Upper-Jaw. Glan- 
 
 Jc dulous Membrane, v- Membrane. 
 
 Pancreas in Situ, X. 36.F. r.X.41, External Membrane, 
 X. 36. F. I. Duft, X. ead. F. I, 2. Arteries, F. i. 
 its Ufe , F. 2. 
 
 Pancreas Afellii, X. 40. F. i; 
 
 Par Vagum, v. Nerves. 
 
 Parotid Gland, v. Glands; 
 
 Paffions why they difordcr the Reafon , X. 6. F. 6 , 
 
 Patella, X. 103. F. 3, 4. its Ufe, ib. 
 
 Penis, X. 41. F. i. X. 48. F; i. its Back-part, X. 44.F. 2.' 
 its Membrana Carnofa, X. 47. F. i. Prepuce, X. 48* 
 F. I. how Compos’d , X. 47. F. i. Cavernous Bo- 
 dies, X. 47. F. I, 3; X. 48. F. I. their Strufture, 
 X, 48. F. 3,4,5. Gians, X, 47. F. i. X. 48.F. i. In- 
 flated , X. ead. F. 3, 4. View’d with a Microfeope, F.2. 
 Glandule Odorifere , T. 48. F. r. Mufcles , v. Mufcles. 
 Arteries , X. 47. F. i. X. 48.F. i. Ap. F. 3. Tying them 
 Advis’d after Excifion , X. 48. F. 3. Veins , X. 47* 
 F.S.T.48.F.1. Nerves, ib. Lymphaticks,X.48.F.6. 
 their Origin, T.^^iF.n 
 
 Pericardium, X. 21; its Origin, Compofition and Ufe, 
 ib. Blood-Veffels, Lymphe-dufts , Glands that fe- 
 parate the Humour , Evident in fome Morbid Bodies, 
 Inflanc’d in a Child , ib. Another Cafe where it Ad- 
 her’d to the Heart, ib. 
 
 Pericranium, T.$.F. i.X.7. F.2. its Lamella and Blood- 
 Veffels, their Number, whence deriv’d, tb. 
 
 Perioftium of the Skull, T. 5. F. I, if differeni: from the 
 Pericranium, ib; 
 
 Stru 
 
 ■rtainT* 
 
 
tagfammmmmmmimsmimm 
 
 I N D E X. 
 
 tentenmm,T.2'i.T. r. its Internal Surface ,T. 41. made 
 up of divas Lam in£ , T. 32. gives a Membrane to 
 each Vifcus, ib. vaflly Extended in Dropfies, ib. 
 Two Cafes mention’d, ib. Examin’d with a Mi- 
 crofcope, T.32. F. 2. Procefs of its InternalMem- 
 brane, T. 32. F. 3, 4 External Procefs, Ap. F. i. 
 Perforations Defcrib’d , T. 32. F. 2. 
 
 Tetrofum Os, v. Bones of the Temples. 
 
 Tia Mater Covering the Brain , T. 8- F. 5. the Ccrebel , 
 T. 9. F. I. the Spinal Marrow , T. 10. F. i. Lining the 
 Ventricles , ib. 
 
 Tiles, V. Hamorrhoids. 
 
 liacenta Uteri »a, its Convex Surface , T. 55, 58. Concave, 
 T. 56, 59,60. F. I. cut Tran fverfly, T. 60. F. 2. Waflit 
 from its Blood , T. 61. F. i. Twenty-Five Days after 
 Conception, F. 57. F. 3. its Compofition , F. 58. an 
 Hypothefis of its Glands and their Ufe, ib. Blood- 
 VelFels fill’d with Wax, F. 60. F. i. their Ramifi- 
 cations, F. 56, 59- Reticular Flexus , T. 61. F. i. 
 Reafon of removing it after the Birth, F 54. 
 
 Fleur a , F 26. 
 
 Flexus Choroeides , F. 10. F. I Ap.F.^o. Delineated by a 
 Microfcope , F. 10. F. 3. its Arteries and Veins De- 
 fcrib’d , F. 30. Lymphe-dufts and Glands, F.ro. 
 
 F- 3. 
 
 Tlexus Fampinifo'rmis-, v. Vein Spermatick. 
 
 Fotpsum Adami, T. I. 
 
 PoT^s Varolii, v. Annular Protuberance- 
 Pores, V. Scarf Skin. 
 
 Polypus of the Ear , F. 90. F. 5. ' 
 
 Fhocidentia how Caus’d, F. 39 F. 7. a Cafe. ib. 
 Frojiates their Fore-part Divided, F. 47. F. i. F. 48. F. i. 
 Back-part, F. 44.F. 2. their Infide Exhibited , F. 47. 
 F. 3. Inflated, F.4. their Ojliola, F. 47. F. i. F. 48. 
 
 F. I. 
 
 Pubis Os, V. Bones. 
 
 Pudendum of Women, T. 2, 50. Open’d, F. 5r. F. 3. 
 the Labia, F. 50. Open’d, T. 51. F. 3. how Ex- 
 tended, F. 51. F. I. 
 
 TunSlum Lachrymals , T. ii. F. I. 
 
 Pupil, v. Eye. 
 
 Pylorus, V. Stomach Orifices. 
 
 R. 
 
 R Adius, V. Bones. 
 
 Rfctptacle of Chyle, F.40. F. 2. Fill’d with Mer- 
 cury, Ap.F. 10, II. Confifts in Humane Bodies of 
 Three Trunks Defcrib’d, Ap.F. ii» 
 
 Region of the Navel, F. i. 
 
 Ribs, V. Bones. 
 
 S. 
 
 S Acrufn Os, v. Bones. 
 
 Salival Glands, v. Glands Parotid , Maxillary, Sub- 
 lingual. 
 
 Salival Dufts, ib. 
 
 Scapula, V. Bones. 
 
 Scarf-Skin of feveral Parts of the Body view’d with a 
 Microfcope, F. 4. F. i, 2, 3, 4. Compos’d of divers 
 Strata of Scales, F. i. how to fhew them, ib. 
 Scrobiculus Cordis, T. i. 
 
 Scrotum, F. 41. Septum dividing it, ib. 
 
 Secondine, F. 59. what it is, ib. 
 
 Senfation by vihs.t Medium perform’d, F. \o,F.6. Introd. 
 Sefdmoidea Offa, v. Bones. 
 
 Shoulders , F. i. 
 
 Similar Parts, what, F. 4. F. 6. 
 
 Sinus Longitudinal of the Dura Mater Open’d , F. 6. F. i 
 Dried and Open’d, F. 8. F. i. Part of it Open’d i 
 F. 6 F. 3 - Back part Open’d , F. 6. F. 2. Blown up and 
 , Dried, F. 8. F. 2. cut Tranfverfly, F ead. F. 4. 
 Orifices of Veins in it , F. 6. F. 2, 3. F 8. F. i. 
 
 Lateral Open’d, F. 6. F. 2. Dried, F. 8- F. i, 2. 
 
 Injefted with Wax, App. F. 30. its Tortuous Part 
 Open’d , F. 6.F. 4. Injedted with Wzx,App. F. 26. 
 cut off below it, App. F 28. Bulbous Part, F 6. 
 F. 4,5. its Ufe, ib. franfverfe Ligaments, F. 6. 
 F, 2. 
 
 — — Fourth , F. 8. F. 2. Fill’d with Wax, App. F. 30. 
 Falcis Inferior Dried, F 8. F. i, 4. 
 
 • Superior, App. F. 26. 
 
 Inferior, ib. 
 
 • Circular, ib. 
 
 Skeleton , v. Bones. 
 
 Skin , its Outer Surface , as it Appears to tbelNaked 
 Eye, F. 4. F. 5. View’d with a Microfcope, F. 6. 
 its PapilU made up of Glands and Nerves , F. 4. 
 F. 6 . Sudoriferous Glands of Two Sorts, Pyrami- 
 dal , and IVIiliary , ib. Sweat-Veflels , Arteries 
 Veins, Nerves, Lymphe-diidts, ib. ’ 
 
 Skull , V. Bones. 
 
 Smelling how perform’d, Introd. 
 
 Snuff much of it may be pernicious, F 89. F. r. 
 
 Specus of the Vertebra, v. Bones Vertebra. 
 
 Specus of the Os Fetrofum, v. Bones of the Temples. 
 Sptna of the Back, v. Bones Skeleton. 
 
 Spines of the Vertebra, v. Bones Vertebra. 
 
 Spongiofum Os, v. Bones of the Upper Jaw , and Talus 
 Spleen LowerFart /« Situ, T. 41. of a Foetus, T. 63 
 Concave Part F. 36. F. i. Party made bare, ib 
 External Membrane, T.36.F. i. of a Quadrupede 
 F. 4. Proper Membrane, ib. Infide of it f 
 C ells in a Brute. T 36. F. 4. Exifient in Men 'am 
 the Difference, ib. Fibres, F. ead. F. 4, 6 Arte 
 lies Injefted, F. , 3d. F. i, 3, 6. App. F. 3. Veins 
 
 T.ead.F. i. Inje£l:ed,F. 3, 6. Nervous P/«a;«r, F 36. 
 F.6. Lymphe-dufts, F. ead. F. 1,6 whence they 
 Arife, F. i. its OfBce, Introd. 
 
 Sphanoides Os, v Bones. 
 
 StyloidesYiocefs , v. Bones of the Temples, Ulna, 
 Stapes, V. Bones Ear. 
 
 Staggers a Difeafe in Brutes, the Caufe and Cure of it, 
 F 89. F. I. 
 
 Stomach in Situ, T. 33, 41. taken out, F. 34, F. 5 - its 
 Orifices , F. 34. F. 5. F. 35. F. 8- Inflated, F. 9, 10. 
 External Membrane , F. 34. F. 5 a Portion of it , 
 F. 3j. F. 1,2. Mufcular Membrane, T 35- F. 4, 5- 
 Orders of Fibres, ib. Inner Membrane may be Di- 
 vided into Three, viz. Villous, and how to De 
 monlbate it, F. 35. F. 6. Glandulous, how to fhew 
 it, ib. Tendinous or Nervous, F. 7. Superior and 
 Inferior Coronary Blood-Veffels , F. 34.F. 5. F 35. 
 F. 5. Inofculating , F. 35.F. i, 2. Flexus, F. 3. Flexus 
 of Blood-Veffels on the Infide, F. 8. Nervous P/«x«r, 
 F. 34. F. 5. Wounds of it not always Mortal , 
 their Symptoms, Two Cafes Related, F. 35. F. lo- 
 Sternum, v. Bones. 
 
 Suture Coronal , Sagittal , Lambdoidal , F. 91. F. i. often 
 irregular, ib. as they Appear on the Infide of the 
 Skull, F. 2. in Infants and Children, F. loi. EE. 
 Sutures Baflard or Falfe , F. 92. 
 
 T. 
 
 T aIus , V. Bones. 
 
 Tarfus, v. Bones, 
 
 Tablus Organa, Introd. 
 
 Tafling how perform’d , ib. 
 
 Tellicles, F- 41, 42,44-F, 2. F. 45. F. r. Divefled of their 
 Tunicks, F, 45. P. 2. F, 46, F. i, 2. cut Tranfverfly , 
 F. 36. F. 3. proportionably Larger in Quadrupedes 
 than Men , Reafon of it , F. 45- F. 2. Tunica Vagi- 
 nalis , T. 45. F, I, 2. Tunica Albuginea, F. 45.F, 2. 
 F. 46. F. 1,2, 3. Glandulous Part, F. 45.F.2. F. 46. 
 F. 1,2,3. Seminal Veffels, F. 46.F 1,2, 3,4, Epidi- 
 dymis , T 42, 45. F. 1, 2. how Compos’d , F. 45. F. 3. 
 F. 46. F. 2. Vas Deferens , T. 42, 44. F. 2. F. 45- F. i, 
 2, 3. F.46. F. 1. F.47.F.1. its Contortions, F. 45. F. 
 2, 3. F. 46. F, I, Vaginal Tunick, F. 45. F. i, 2, 3. 
 Origin, Progrefs, Infertion Defcrib’d, F.46. F. 5. 
 Arteries , v. Arteries Spermatick. Veins , v- Veins 
 Spermatick. Extremities of both Lefs than in other 
 Parts, F. 46. F. 4. Nerve, F. 45. F. l. T. 46. F. i, 
 Lymphe-dufts , T. 45. F. 2. their Origin, F. 36. F. i. 
 Teeth, v. Bones. 
 
 Teftes of the Brain, F. 10. F. i. F, 31. 
 lhalami Kervorum Opticorum, T. lo. F- i. Ap. F. 30. 
 Thighs, F. I, z, 3, 
 
 Thoracick-du6l fill’d with Mercury, Ap. F. ii. its In- 
 fertion, F. 40. F. 3, 4. Fill’d with Wax, Ap. F. 12. 
 Divifions, and Valves, Ap. F. ii. Lymphe-dufts 
 Entring it, Ap, F. 12. its Advantagious Situation 
 Noted, Ap. F. II. 
 
 Thorax Open’d, F. 21. mz Foetus, F. 63. its Vifcera ta- 
 ken out, F. 24. F. I. Cavity, F. 26. Wounds in 
 it may be fuddenly Mortal without Hurting the Vi- 
 fcera , Reafon of it and the Cure, F. 52. External 
 Air mult be kept our , ah dbfervation to confirm 
 it, ib. 
 
 Thymus, in Situ, T. 21. in a Foetus, T. 63. Obferva- 
 tions of its Bignefs in different Ages and Perfons, 
 F. 21. never wanting, ib. its Ufe, ib. 
 
 Tibia, V. Bones. 
 
 Tongue, F. 13. F. i. its External Covering in Brutes 
 view’d with a Microfcope, F. 13. F. 2, 3,4,5. Sub- 
 jacent Membrane, its Superior Part, F. 6. 'Lower- 
 part , F. 7. Small Veffels , ib. Nervous Papillary 
 Plexus and Glands , F. 8. Appears alike in Men , 
 except the Horny Covering, F. 2. Villous and 
 Nervous Bodies and Glands in a Humane Tongue, 
 Ap. F. 24. Various Orders of Fibres, F. 13, f. 9! 
 Mufcles, v. Mufcles. 
 
 Torfils, in situ,T, 13.F.1. External Surface , Ap.F. 9. 
 Torcular Derophili , T. 6. F. 2. T. 8. F. 2. Ap. F. 30. Vein 
 Emptying it felf at it, F. 8. F. 2. 
 
 Trachea or Wind pipe its Fore part, F. 15. F. 2. F. 24. 
 F. I, 7. F. zs-F. 2 ,. Ap.F. 22. Back-part, F. 24. F. 6. 
 Ap. F. 20. 23. Small Glands which Appear on it, 
 their Ufe, Ap. F. 20. A Portion of it cut off, F 25* 
 F. I. Open’d, Ap. F. 2t. External Membrane, T. 
 25. F. I. Mufcular F4 /«c«/; lying between its Card 
 lages, T.ead. F. 2. Glandulous Membrane, T. 25. 
 F. 3. Internal Membrane, F. ead. F. 4. Ap. F. 21. 
 Order of its Fibres, and their Ufe, ib. 
 
 Trepan tobeUfed with great Care, T. 91. F. 2. 
 
 Trochlea of the Eye , F. 11. F, 7. 
 
 Tuba Falloppiana, F. 49, 50. in z Foetus, T. 63 Open’d, 
 F. 51. F. 5. F. 53. F. 3. Diftended,i» Ctf/r«,and af- 
 terwards , F. 53. F. r,2. by what means, F 2. Time 
 of it uncertain, ib. Orifices, F. 51. F. 5. Cavity 
 • F. 50. Internal Membrane Rugous, F. 51. f. 5’ 
 Expanded, F. 53. F. 3. Fimbria. T. 50, 51. f. 5] 
 F. 53. F. 2. Embracing the Ovaria, T. ead. F. i' 
 Number of Blood-Veffels and Colour Noted T sci 
 F. 2. ' 
 
 Tumors Milky, how Caus’d, F. 19 . f. 4. 
 
 Tympanum, v. Ear. 
 
 V. 
 
 V Agina Uteri Open’d , F. 51. F. 3, 4. Inverted, F. 53, 
 F. I. Straitned in Coitu, and by what means, 
 
 F 51. F. I. Corpus Glandojum, T.S1.F.3. itsDufts 
 
 and Ufe , ib. other Glands their Dufts , and Ufe De- 
 fcrib’d , ib. Rugous Membrane Defcrib’d , ib. Ca- 
 runcula Myrtiformes and Hymen, ib Infertion of 
 the Meatus UrinaYius , T. 51. F. 3. 
 
 Vapours in Expiration whence they proceed, Ap.F 20, 
 
 ' Vas Deferens, v. Teflicles. 
 
 Vafa Brevia , T.36.F. I. 
 
 Vafa Fraparantia in a Man , V. Artery Spermatick , Vein 
 Spermatick. 
 
 Vafa Praparantia in a Woman , F. 50, 53. F. i, 4. 
 
 Valves in the Veins, v. Veins. 
 
 Valvula Conniventes , v. Inteftines. 
 
 Valvula Tricufpides or Mitrales v. Heart. 
 
 Valvula sigmoides or Semilunares , v. Arteries , Aorta , 
 Pulmonary. 
 
 Veins their Coats, F. 23. F. 1,2,3. Valves, T.ead.F.y, 
 8, 9, 10, ir, 12, 13. continued Channels from the 
 Arteries, Ap.F. 4,5. Ufe of the Valves, and their 
 Number Noted , T. 26. F. 6. their Diflance , F. ead, 
 F. 14. 
 
 Azygo's, fc. sine Pari its Ufe, Introd. 
 
 Umbilical Open’d , F. 61. T. 4. Injefted, F 5. En- 
 tring the Liver, T. 62,63. 
 
 Spermatick , F. 42,44. F. 2. T. 45. F. r, 2. F. 46. F. i. 
 
 Injefted , F. ead. F. 5. their Ramifications on the 
 Teftes, T*. 45. F. i. Plexus Pampiniformis or Varico- 
 fus, T. 44. F. 2. how they Empty themfelves , T. 
 42. why Tortuous in Men, and Straight in Qua- 
 drupedes, F. 45. F. 2. 
 
 Internal Jugular , F. 6. F. 4,5. F. 15. F i, 2. care 
 
 mufl: be had of it in cutting Wry Necks , ib. if 
 Wounded how to be Treated , ib. 
 
 Subclavian Wounded , and how Cur’d, F. 15. F. 2. 
 
 - ■ ■ On the Infide of the Arm , F. 64. F. 8- 
 
 ■ In the Ham, F. 77. 
 
 -Of the Mufcles on the Forepart of the F/^/4 , F. 82. 
 
 Correfponding to the Arteria Bronchialis T. 24. F. i. 
 
 Pulmonick lying on the Bronchia, F. 24. F. 2. En- 
 tring the Heart, F. 22. F. 12. 
 
 Vena Cava Defcending Trunk , F. 24. F. r. Afcending, 
 F.4r,42,49, 50. Branches Iliack , F. 42, 50. Emul- 
 gent, F. 50. V Kidneys. Vertebral, F- 50. 
 
 Vena Pertarum its Ufe , Introd. 
 
 Ventricles of the Heart, v. Heart. 
 
 Ventricles of the Brain , F. 10. F. i. Ap. F. 30, 31. 
 
 Vertebra , v. Bones. 
 
 Veficula Seminales their Fore- part , F. 47, F. i. Inflated, 
 F.44, F. 2. Divided, F. 47.F, 1. Membrane , F. 47, 
 F. I. Veficula , F. 2. Seminal-dufts , ib. Blood- 
 Veffels, F. 47. E. I. Veficula Minores , Ap.F.2g. 
 
 Ulna, V. Bones. 
 
 Umbilical Rope, v. Navel-String. • 
 
 Umbilical Veffels, v. Arteries, Veins, Urachus, and 
 Excretory- dufts. 
 
 Urachus , F. ib. F. 3, 4. F. 62, 63. an Account of it , 
 F. 49. 
 
 Ureters, in Situ T. 41. in a Foetus, T. 63. taken out, 
 F. 42, 50. their Origin, F, 43. F. i, 2, 3, 4,6, 7. 
 Infertion , F. 44. F. 2. Membranes Examin’d by a 
 Microfcope , F. 44. F. i. 
 
 Urethra where it Bends under the Os Pubis, F.44. F. 2. 
 fometimes Wounded by Ignorant LythotomiflSjIn- 
 ftances given, ib. Bulb of the Cavernous Body, T. 
 44. F. 2. an Induration in it Hinders Erection of the 
 Gians, an Obfervation proving it, F. 47. F. 5. 
 Open’d, F. 47. F. 5. F. 48. F. i. Caruncle and 
 la of the Proftates in it, F. 48.F. i. Cavernous Bo- 
 dy Open’d after Inflation, F. 48. F. 4. cut Tranf- 
 verfly, F. 6. Capfuta, T. 48. F. 6. where Divided in 
 cutting for the Stone, F. 47. F. 5. 
 
 Urinary paffage in Women, F. 51. F. i. Open’d, F. 3. 
 
 Uterus, T. 50. Open’d, F. 51. F. 4. Cavity and Thick- 
 nefs before Impregnation, ib. Fore-part foon after 
 Impregnation, F 53. F. i. Blood Veflels more Ex- 
 tended than before, ib. Back-part of the fame, T. 
 ead. F. 4. Blood-Veffels Injefted, ib. after Seven 
 Months gone with Child. T. 54. the fame Divided. 
 F. 55, 56. Veins much Dilated ,F. 54. Inequalities of 
 the Inner Surface, F. 56. Veffels Inofeuiate with 
 thofeofthe Placpma, T. 54, External Membrane, 
 F. 53. F. 4. Round Ligament, F 50, 53. F. i, 4. 
 their Compofuidn and Progrefs, F. 50. Broad Li. 
 gamem, F. 50, 53. F. 1,4. what it is, F. 50. Cer- 
 vix or Neck Divefled of its common Membrane , 
 F. 53. F. I. Open’d, F. 51. F. 4. its Orifice, ib. 
 Ruga.ib. Moiften’d with a Serous Liquor, F. 51. 
 F. 4. Hop’d with a Glutinous Matter after Impreg. 
 nation, ib. Grows Thicker as the Birth Grows on, 
 F. 54. Dangerous to remain Svvell’d after the Birth, 
 ib. 
 
 Uvula, T. r3. F. i. F. 14. F. 3. its Ufe in Deglutition, 
 Introduil. 
 
 W. 
 
 Ind-Pipes its Upper-part, v. Larynx. Middle-part, 
 V. Trachea. Lower-part, v. Bronchia. 
 
 Womb, V. Uterus. 
 
 Wounds Gleeting whence it proceeds, Ap. F. 2. 
 
 Wry Necks Caution in Cutting them, T. 15. F 2. 
 
 V. 
 
 "^Ci^Ard, V. Penis. 
 
A 
 
 
 - : 
 
 
 THE 
 
 ANATO 
 
 OF 
 
 HUMANE BODIES. 
 
 ' EFORE we enter on the Anatomical Delcription of Humane 
 Bodies , let us take a V iew of their External Parts . as they appear 
 in the Living State : Here we ihall Firft briefly take notice of their 
 moft remarkable Appearance in the Embryo and Fcetus of the 
 Womb; and thence proceed to obferve the feveral Stages of 
 Proportion from Children to thole of a Full-grown State, and 
 Old Age: To thefe we lhall add the different Proportions of 
 Men and Women; and laftly the External Appearance of the 
 Mulcles and other Parts in divers Actions. 
 
 If a Prjeexiftence of Parts in an Embryo was allowable, that at Twenty five days 
 after Conception (Figured Tab. 57, lig. 5.) would incline us to believe the Brain and 
 whole Head had a Precedency, fince its Magnitude then exceeds the whole Bulk of 
 the reft of the Parts; but as the time of the Birth advances, the Head of theFcetus 
 does not commonly exceed a Fourth Part in its whole Length. 
 
 The Center or Middle Part between the two Extreams of the Head and Feet of an In- 
 fant is in the Navel; but that of an Adult in the And this Proportion of divi- 
 
 dingChildren intoFour Parts , whereof the Head is one, is commonly madeufe ofby 
 Painters and Sculptors , &c. 
 
 A Child T WO Y ears old has about F ive Heads in its whole Length ; but one of Four or 
 five Years, has aboutSix; thus meafured , by dividing thewhole Body intofo many 
 Lengths , whereof the Head muft be one. Hence it appears, astheGrowthofthe Body 
 advances, there is a gradual Approach to the Proportion of an Adult of Eight, nine, or 
 ten Faces in the whole Length. 
 
 There are many Bodies in a Full-grown State, which have not above Four or five 
 Lengths or Faces ; but thole are Mifcarriages in Nature , and therefore not Subjeifts of 
 our prefent Conlideration. 
 
 About the Fifteenth orfixteenthYear, Seven Faces or Lengths are then the Propor- 
 tion or Meafure, and the Center inclines towards the upper Parts of theOJfa Pubis s and 
 tho’ this Proportion may ferve indifferently for a Ihort well-fet thick Perfon , when the 
 Shoulders are broad , and the Limbs thick , and ftrong ; yet if on the contrary the Shoul- 
 ders are Ibmewhat narrow , and the Limbs {lender , it will reprelent a Youth : And howe- 
 ver Paradoxical it may feem at firft , yet an Old Woman , or the Goddefs Vejla will fall 
 under this Proportion of Lengths , thro’ the bending forwards of the Back-bones ; and 
 tho’ the Limbs bear a Proportion to one ofEight or nine Faces, yet they not being duly 
 extended (for want of the vigorous Action of the Mufcles) render the Appearance of the 
 whole Figure very Ihort. 
 
 . The Ancients have commonly allowed Eight Heads to their Figures , fays the Author 
 of the Oblervations on Mr. Du Frefnofs Art of Painting, made Englilh by the Incompara- 
 ble Mr. Drydens but we,lays he,dividetheFigure[ofaHumaneBody]intoTenFaces, 
 from the Crown of the Head to the Sole of the Foot , in the following manner: N.B. That 
 this N umber of Faces depends on the Age , as above hinted , and the Quality of the Per- 
 fons reprefented. The JpqUo and Venus de Medkeshuve more than Ten Faces. 
 
 A THE 
 
 ILA. 
 
 THE 
 
FIRST TABLE. 
 
 IROM the Crown -of the Head i, to the upper part of the Forehead A, is the 
 Third Part of a Face. 
 
 The Face begins at the Roots of the loweft Hairs, which are upon the Fore- 
 head AB, and ends at the Bottom of the Chin I. 
 
 The Face is divided into Three proportionable Parts ; the Firft contains the 
 Forehead AB^the Second the Nofe C^.and the Third the Mouth and Chin GHl. 
 From the Chin to the Pit between the Two Coller - bones , or upper Part of 
 Sternum y are Two Lengths of a Nofe. 
 
 From the Pit between the Two Coller-bones to the Bottom of the Bread , 
 
 -a- "lu - <^^'^^Scrohiculu5 Cordis^ ^ One Face. 
 
 From the Bottom ot the Breads to the navel R, one Face; the Apollo has a Nofe more. 
 
 From the Navel to the PudendaS. One Face: but the Apollo has Half a Nofe more: and the upper Half 
 
 of the f^enu^ de Medices is to the lower Part of the Belly, and not to the Privy Parts. 
 
 From the Genitories or Pudenda^ to the upper Part of the Knee, called the Thigh W , Two Faces* 
 
 The Knee contains Half a Face. 
 
 From the lower part of the Knee to the Ancle, call’d the Leg,' Two Faces. 
 
 From the Ancle or Malleoht intefnus to the Sole of the Foot, Half a Face. 
 
 A Man , when his Arms are dretched out , is from the Extremity of the Longed Finger of his Right Hand 
 to the Extremity of the Longed of his Left, as broad as he is long. 
 
 From one fide of the breads to the other below the Paps MM, Two Faces. 
 
 The Bone of the Arm call’d Humerus is the Length of Two Faces from its Conjun6lion with the Shoul- 
 der-blade to the Elbow. Here we think our Author is midaken, for if you allow Two Faces to that Part of 
 the arm between the Shoulder and bending of the Cubit, and 'Two more from the Elbow to the Root of 
 the Little Finger, when the Fingers contain Half a Face, and the Didance between the Point of the Shoul- 
 der , and Pit of the Throat, a Whole Face; you will make Five Faces and Halfon each Side or Half Length, 
 which amounts to Eleven Faces in the Whole: But if you add to this what he fays afterwards , that the Boxes 
 of the Elbows with the Humerus ^ and of the Humerus with the Shoulder-blade, bear a Proportion of Half 
 a Face, when the Arms are dretched out; then. the Whole Didance between the Extremities of the Two 
 Middle Fingers, when the Arms are fb extended, will amount to' Eleven Faces and a Half; wherefore we 
 ' think the Account may dand Correded thus. - • 
 
 From the Pit of the Throat to the Top of the Shoulder or Extremity of the Spine of the Scapula^ One 
 , Face ; from thence to the bending of the Cubit or Elbow, one Face and a half; thence again to the Wrid, 
 One Face and a Nofe. The Hand with the Fingers Extended contain One Face: hence it follows that 
 Four Faces , a Nofe , and Half a Face, is the didance between the Throat Pit , and Extremity of the Middle Finger; 
 which upon extendon of the whole Arm, will amount to Five Faces, or rather more thanlefs. 
 
 The Sole of the Foot,* is the Sixth part of the whole Figure, fays our Author; but the Foot ought not 
 to exceed a Face, and a Nofe in Length. 
 
 As for the Breadth of the Limbs , no precife Meafure can be given , becaufe the Meafiires themfelves are 
 not only changeable according to the Quality of the Perfbns, but according to the Movement of the Mufcles. 
 
 A Man is Two Lengths or Faces from the Point of each Shoulder ; that is to fay , from the Upper Part of the 
 Sternum between the Clavicuh call’d the Pit of the Throat, to the Extremity of the Spine of the Scapula ^ call’d 
 the T op of the Shoulder , One Length ; and fb on the other Side. 
 
 The Breadth of the Hips of a Man is One Length and a Half ; that is , from the great Trochanter of the Thigh 
 Bone of one Side , to that of the other : The precife Places of wich Bones are interfered by an Horizontal Line 
 drawn ^vovnih.e Pubes to each Side. 
 
 K , The Pomum Adami , or Protuberant Part of 
 the Larynx^ which in Men is much larger than 
 in Women. 
 
 L , The Sternum or Os Pedoris appearing under 
 
 the Skin ^c. between the Two Pe6loral 
 Mufcles. 
 
 N , The Scrobiculus Cordis commonly call’d the 
 Pit of the Stomach , under the Skin , 
 Precifely'inthis Place, is the Cartilago En- 
 Jiformis. 
 
 O P, The Epigajlrium, 
 
 Q Q, That of the Left Side 'denotes thelnguina; 
 that of the Right , the Ilia, 
 
 R , The Region of the Navel. 
 
 S , The Penis, 
 
 T T , The Arms. 
 
 V V, The Legs. 
 
 W W , The Thighs; 
 
 X X, The Feet. 
 
 Y Y, The Shoulders. 
 
 Z Z, The Hands. ‘ 
 
 A A , The Hypocondritm, 
 
 ^ , The Hypogajirium, 
 
I 
 
 1 
 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 ,1 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 If.' 
 
 . i 
 
 ) 
 
 - 
 
 .'('laciijti-ji 
 
 
 

\ 
 
 
 
 the 
 
 SECOND TABLE 
 
 EPRESENTS the Fore-part of a Woman j in whorh thd 
 Symmetry or Proportion diifers from that of a Man-' Firft, that 
 moft remarkably the Shoulders are narrower; the Man having 
 Two Lengths or Faces in the Breadth of his Shoulders, and 
 One and a Half in his Hips; whereas a Woman on the con- 
 trary, has but one Face and a Half in her Shoulders, and Two 
 in her Hips: Secondly, the ClavkuU or Channel-bones, and 
 Mufcles in general do not appear in Women as in Men; whence* 
 it is> the out Line of the one, as Painters call it, differs very 
 much from that of the other. Nor will any Action, in which a Woman ufes her 
 utmoft Strength, occafion fuch Swellings or Rifings of the, Mufcles and other Parts 
 to appear, as they do in Men;fince the great Quantity of Fat placed under the Skins 
 of Women fo cloaths their Mufcles, (^c. as prevents any fuch Appearance. 
 
 We cannot conceive this one Quantity , and more equal Diftribution of Fat under 
 the Skins of Women does intirely proceed from any peculiar Qualification , either 
 in their Whole Frame , or intimate Strudlure of their Parts where it is produced ; but 
 by reafon they lead a more fedentary Life, and are fcarce at any time accuftom’d to 
 hard Labours, whereby their Fatty VefwuU (expreft Tab. 4. Tig. 14. 1, 2, 9.; are com- 
 preft, by the frequent Operations of their Mufcles, fo as to prevent that more equal 
 Diftribution, and incieafe of their contain’d Oyl: Yet on the other hand, itmufl: 
 be acknowleg’d , that the Legs, and Feet of Women, and even thofe who walk 
 much, do not afford thofe Mufcular Appearances like thole of Men , which we might 
 expe£t, were it not that Women did fuffer very much in thole Parts; whether in 
 the time of Impregnation, when theUterus by its Extenfion fb prefles the Iliack Veins, 
 as to hinder the Progrels of the refluent Blood, whence the whole Legs become 
 Swell’d, and frequently Varices of their External Veins proceed; or when the Men* 
 firua -nre Obftrudled, the Legs (thro’ a Plenitude of Serofities in the Veffels ) are in* 
 cident to fuller in like manner in their outward Inclofures , by reafon of the Unapt- 
 nefs of their Pofition to difcharge their refluent Blood. 
 
 The other remarkable Parts, which ’’ffer from a Man, and appear Externally in 
 a Woman, are; 
 
 A A, The Mamma. 
 
 B, The Tudendum. 
 
 THE 
 
 
 ♦ 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 
THIRD TABLE. 
 
 HAT has been faid, in the preceding Table, relating to the Appearance of the External Parts of a Man, ot 
 Woman, may indilFerently ferve this Place; wherefore we fhall proceed to the laft Part of our Delign in 
 thefc Animadverlions , Of the External Appearance of the Mufcles, and other Parts, in divers AdlionSi 
 If a llrong Perfon is to be reprefented in a vigorous Adtion, fuch as Hercules &c. after a fuitable Proportion 
 tofuch a Figure, and the Adlion is defign’d; the next Thing the Fainter^ or Sculptor is to confider, which 
 are thofe Parts, or Linips imployM in the chiefell Force of the Adion; and if the Figure is Handing, let him be Hire one 
 Leg, and particularly its Foot, be in a Right Line, or Perpendicular to the Trunk, or Bulk of the Body , where the Cen^ 
 ter of its Gravity may be plac’d in an Equilibrium Center is determin’d by the Heel; or if the Figure is on Tiptoe , as 
 it’s call’d, then the Ball of the Great Toe is the Center \ the Mufcles of this Leg , which thus fupport the Body, ought 
 to be expreH more in Ad:ion , or Swelled in their Bellies, and their Tendons drawn more to an Exteniion , than thofe of the 
 other Leg , which is plac’d only in Order, to receive the Weight of the Body towards that Way, to which the Adtion inclines 
 it: As for Example, fuppofe Hercules was with a Club, or the like, Hriking at any Thing which Hood before him to- 
 wards his Left Side; then let his Right Leg be plac’d fo as to fupport the whole Weight of his Body, and the Left loofly 
 touching the Ground only with its Toes. Here the External Mufcles of the Right Leg ought to be expreH very Strong, 
 or much Tumitied; but thofe of the Left, fcarcely appearing more than if the whole Figure was in fome fedentary PoHu- 
 re; except, as in the Cafe now mention'd, the Foot being extended, then the Mufcles, which compofe the Calf of the 
 Leg, are in Adfion, and appear very Strong ; as it is well expreH in the Right Leg of that excellent Figure of the An- 
 cients, the Gladiator in Prince Borghefes*s Palace at Rome\ of which, we have only a Copy, or CaH, plac’d by the Ca- 
 nal in St. James^ Park. When we fay, the External Mufcles of the Right Leg, or that which fupports the Weight of 
 the Body, ought to be expreH very Strong; we don’t mean that all thofe Mufcles fhould be expreH equally Swell’d , or in 
 Adlion; but that thofe chiefly Concern’d in that Aftion^ or PoHure, that the Leg is then in: As for Example, if the Leg, 
 or Tibia is extended, then the extending Mufcles, plac’d on the Thigh, are moH Swell’d; if it is Bended, then the Bend- 
 ing Mufcles, and their Tendons appear moH. The like may be obferv’d of the whole Body in General, when it is in 
 purfuit of fome vigorous Action ; as appears in that Figure of the Gladiator laH mention’d. 'The Laocoon in the Vatican 
 Garden at Rome alfo furnifhes us W'ith an Example of this Mufcular Appearance thro’ the Whole; but in the Antinous, 
 Apollo j and other Figures alfo of the Ancients, in the Vatican^ and other Places ^ in PoHures where no confiderable 
 Aftions are defign’d, we fee their Mufcles expreH but Faintly, or fcarcely Appearing; whence we can’t but think the 
 Sculptors of thofe Times were very well acquainted with thefe Obfervations. Tho’ it be granted, the ancient Greeks v/qcq 
 accuHom’d to fee Nudities very Often, nay, almoH ConHantly ; yet the Difficulty of Copying thefe things from the Life 
 is lb Great, that unlefs they were well acquainted with fuch like Remarks, they would fall fhort of Nature in fuch Perfor- 
 mances; fince it is well known, even the Life it felf, when expos’d to the ArtiH, can’t continue thofe vigorous Adions 
 for any time; but the Mufcles fall, and the Parts loofe their necelTary Appearance in Adlion, tho’ the PoHure is the fame. 
 Hence it is, that Limbs, tho’ CaH, or Moulded from the Life it felf, are not Hridtly to be follow’d, unlefs the Life could 
 continue the whole Spirit, or Force of the Adtion during the time, that the Mould was making from it, which I am apt 
 to think is next to an Impoflibility; however it might be attempted, at leaH in fome particular Parts. Wherefore a ra- 
 tional Theory muH help us, at leaft, to fuch Hints, that when we fee^ we may know what to obferve, and the Reafon 
 wily it appears fo in the Life. 
 
 This is indeed a very Entertaining Study, which many of our Modern Painters and Sculptors are leaH acquainted with. 
 
 Thus far, in General, relating to the Mufcles, &c. In the next Place, let us take Notice of fome particular Appearan- 
 ces of the External Mufcles, and other Parts: FirH, of the Mufculi Majloidei Qvid. App. Fig. i. 14. 14.) if either of thefe 
 Adi, the Head is turn’d to the contrary Side, and the Mufcle, which performs the Action, appears very Plain under the 
 Skin, and is often well expreH both by Painters znd Sculptors, zs is reprefented in the Neck of the Figure of the FirH Table. 
 
 If the Arms are lifted up , the Swelling of the Mufcles, plac’d on the Shoulders, which perform that Adtion, call’d 
 T)eltoideSi {App. Fig. i. 20.) make the Extremities of the Spines of the Shoulder-blades, (^App. Fig. ^. ii.) call’d the 
 Tops of the Shoulders, appear Hollow, or Indented. 
 
 The Shoulder-blades follow the Elevation of the Arms, their Bafis(App. /^./,/.) incline, at that Time, Obliquely Downwards. 
 
 If the Arms are drawn Down , put Forwards , or pull’d Backwards ; the Shoulder-blades necelfarily vary their Pofitions accor- 
 dingly ; all which is to be learnt by confulting the Life only ; when being well acquainted with what tlien appears in the very Ac- 
 tion , the ArtiH will be able to compreliend an Idea , how to exprefs it : Hence it is , we feldom And the Back fo well expreH , as the 
 Fore-parts ; the Latter not being fubjedt to fuch various Alterations , as the Motions of the Shoulder-blades caufe in die Former. 
 
 When the Cubit, or Arm is Bended, the Two-headed Mufcle call’d Biceps Interims ( App. Fig. 22.} has it’s Belly very 
 much Rais’d ; as appears in the Left Arm of the Figure of the FirH Table: The like may be obferv’d of the Biceps Extern 
 ms, call’d Gemellus, {App. Fig. 2. 17, 17.} when the Arm is extended. 
 
 The Right Mufcle of die Abdomen ( App. Fig. i. 41. 41.) appears very Strong in Rifing from a decumbent PoHure. 
 
 Thofe Parts of the great Saw-Mufcle before, QApp. ib. 40, 40.) which are receiv’d in the Teeth, or Beginnings of the 
 Oblique Defcending Mulcle iib. 38, 38.) are very much Swell’d , wdien the Arm on the fame Side is thruH Forwards ; thac 
 Saw-Mufcle then being in Adlion in drawing the Scapula Forwards alfo. 
 
 The long extending Mufcles of the Trunk, plac’d on eaqh Side the Back- bone, F/g. 2.**) Adi alternately in Walking 
 
 after this manner ; if the Right Leg bears the Weight of the Body , and the Left is in Tranllation , as on Tiptoe ; the laH mention’d 
 Mufcles of the Back on the Left Side , may be obferv’d to beTumified about the Region of the Loyns; and fo on the other Side. 
 
 The Trochanters , or outward, and uppermoH Heads of die Thigh-bones {App. Fig. 2. r, r.) vary in their Pofitions, 
 in fuch manner, as no precife Obfervations can explain their feveral Appearances; but die Study after the Life will foon 
 inform the diligent obferving ArtiH. 
 
 If the Thigh is Extended, as when the whole Weight of the Body refls on that Side, the Glutaus, or Buttock-Mufcle, 
 {App. Fig. %. 32, 32.) makes a different Appearance, from what ofers at another Time; but if the Tiiigli is drawn Back- 
 wards, that Mufcle appears Hill more, and more Tumified. 
 
 When the whole Leg is drawn Upwards, Forwards, and at the fame time the Foot inclin’d Inwards, the upper Parc 
 of the Mufculus Sartorius {App. Fig. i. 44.} appears rifing very Hrong;in other Pofitions of the Thigh that Mufcle makes 
 a furrowing Appearance in its whole Progrefs, as is expreH in the Figure of the FirH Table. 
 
 If a Man is on Tiptoe , the extending Mufcles of the Shank , placed on the Forepart of the Thigh (App. Fig. i . 4^, 47, 43.) and 
 thofe of the Foot , which compofe the Calf of the Leg , {App. Fig. 2. 43, 44.) appear very Hrong, and the Mufculus Peronaus pri- 
 mus (App. Fig. I. ssl) makes a confiderable Indentation , or furrowing at that time in its Progrefs , on the Outfide of the Leg. 
 
 Befides thefe Remarks we could mention many more , which will foon be taken Notice of by the obferving ArtiH iiicon- 
 fulcing the Life; to which he ought to apply himfelf, after he is well acquainted widi the Anatomy of the External Parts } 
 fee the FirH, and Second Figures of our Appendix, 
 
 AB, The Hairy, or Back part of the Head. 
 
 C, The Right Temple. 
 
 D, The Hair tied up on the Occiput. 
 
 E, The Neck, where Fontanels are ufually made; 
 F F, The Shoulders, 
 
 G, The Back. 
 
 H, The Loins. 
 
 1 1 , The Buttocks.' 
 KK, The Thighs. 
 LL, The Legs. 
 
 M M, The Arms. 
 
 THE 
 
■ — i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ .y->r.;:- 
 
 
 
 
 
 Igat:-'®,; , 
 
 •>; ■ 
 
 .'^V : .k , V .; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 :=r k£: -f. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 ■ ■• -•C'- 
 
 ■■-•- V 
 
 
 
 
 .<^,5x 
 
 "■ '..'riS-j 
 
 
 . :V - 
 
 . ■ ■ ^9 'S -,1 , , 
 
 - -. -ri V ^.. - 
 
 .-.'iT- Ih-... 
 
 ■A.i' 
 
 
 
 •^V,, . * 
 
 .: ~^'M. 
 
 ■ * 1. 
 
 
 . j. - - e^'=~ 
 
 
 ■\ 
 
 t^^;:p.-^:, 7 .ir *-3 
 
 I'/. -. 
 
 , _!L 
 
 .•^^ • ^ t 'V> ' te. •' * ' 
 
 
 -». ■r''''-f 
 
 -< “< •■‘T. _j '- 
 
 
 
 ? 
 
 
 
 ^v. . z.. 
 
 y- -• 
 
 
 
 ■wr 
 
 V 
 
 :i^. 
 
 
 
 ••5 ^a:- 
 
 
 
 
 ■■ 
 
 n^~ 
 
 
 ;*'r 
 
 ‘Ki.i Jc'.- - 
 
 
 
 T-.i-i 
 
 
 
 -Jt 
 
 •’^ s «*V I 
 
 [51 * ' 
 
 ~^r- 
 
 rm 
 
 
 ip*?” 
 
 *T . ' * 
 
 .T'.uT^ jr" V 
 
 ^’4ru», .Jt; . -: :- 
 
 '^'t^-... , “H- 
 
 ;v^v U ... j 
 
 ■ N 
 
 , ;-}',k ■' ..r . . ■ 
 
 ' - - ■_' . JIfe'. i'*- 
 
 Ji 
 
 ( -• - k*' ' ’ 
 
 . - 
 
 V.; 
 
 ^ j A • ' 
 
 %- 
 
 -Vi. 
 
 -.•^7'r 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •■', 4i. 
 
 
 
 -,0 ^'.iT-. 
 
 
 r'. '<■ k.--'- :?■ >aV:.-iA ... 
 
 S<f'- 
 
 
 *-■■ ■ :*SS ' • ' 
 
 •:M 
 
 
 I ' 
 
 
 
 L<--s:'‘- 'h-y-:// ■ : 
 
 r .V-' 
 
 
 
 ■I, >:.<,.■, 
 
 
 
 
 -• rKliC > CTy^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 .'6/ 
 
 
 
 •J' • rf i *.■ 
 
 ali ' 
 
 '-■ -■?>'; ■ , 
 
 ■S-; , 
 
 ■%. .:k;rzz kZ5P'“^ 
 
 
 
 f •;.. . •■ 'V** .•- 
 
 ‘W 
 
 
 . . vV»; 
 
 ‘.'.V ' •«./'?•* 
 
 <•* . »»■> 
 
 ■ ' kk’>k k% '■_.:i.' % ; 'J t„ 
 
 -.kX. ; 
 
 - -rtWK.'* - ' ■• •• *"r^ 'V • •• "■•■••- -.- t • 
 
 f ‘ . 
 
 
 
 M - **~ 
 
 vc.:-^ 
 
 I' '.^., ■ w. 
 
 'S 4 
 
 ■tik.- .«: 
 
 
 'KT'' 
 
 
 ■''A ■*' ■ ,• ■? 
 
 m "W'-- 
 
 ■• • AV-t:. ... 
 
 • . > ' .'A'_ ■ 
 
 
 
 
 >•» 
 
 
 
 -.f fe c->'. 
 
 --vii ■■ ?.»Z?'-:.:.:' 
 
 ^ '• s';>’r ■- . ■■ '■ 
 
 .••-k V*- '. <r, 
 
 ••^ •- - 
 
 
 ■' ‘ k 
 
 
 , Vi Vi - ivA 
 
 
T 
 
 
 .. . I. ■ ''' 
 
 
 T 
 
 f 
 
 4 ■ 
 
 ^•. ' 
 
 Vi ' ; ' 
 
 
 
 
 L:v, 
 
 < 1 * 
 
 
 .1^: 
 
 -4 
 
 
THE 
 
 FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 EPRESENTSa Portion of the CuticuJa or Scarf-skin, 
 rais’d from the Back of the Hand, and viewed with a 
 Microfeope. 
 
 A A, The Perforations or Pores, whereby the Sweat is 
 difeharged. 
 
 BB, The Indentures or Furrows. 
 
 CC, The Bladder like Protuberances ; both thefe arile from the 
 Inequallity of the Papillary Surface of the Skin it felf. 
 
 D D, The Hairs "which break forth through the Cuticula. 
 
 EE, The Afperities or Filaments, by which the Cuticula is faftned 
 to the True Skin. 
 
 With theAffiftance of the Microfeope, the Cuticula appears compofed 
 of divers Strata or Beds of Scales , faftned to the Papillary Surface of the 
 Skin ; and are fointangled with each other, as that they appear a continued 
 , Pellideor Membrane when rais’d from the True Skin j whether by the Ap- 
 plication ofBlifter-Plaifters in Living People, orScaldingWater, Hot Irons, 
 or the like, in Dead Bodies : According to the Number of thefe Strata or 
 BedsofScales,theSkinappearstobemore,or lefs Fair, and the Perfbn is 
 commonly faid to have a thicker or thinner Skin j tho’ very frequently the 
 Jaundice and other Difeafes give it an ill Tinfture. The like the 
 
 True Skin is not Uniform , in divers Parts ofit the Number of its Scales and 
 their Strata exceed thofe of others j on the Lips not above two Strata appear; 
 on other parts more, feldomlefs; in the Bottoms of the Feet of thofe who 
 walk much, and the Palms of the Hands of Laborious Mechanicks , thefe 
 Strata are not only very numerous , but each Scale is thickned. If you Mace- 
 rate the Cuticle inWater, after fbme days, its Strata of Scales will appear, 
 and youmay divide it into Two, fbmetimes Three, or Four Pellicles; the 
 like Divifion ofit may be alfo obferv**d mFeftcatories or Blifters rais’d on 
 Living Perfons. 
 
 Fig. ll 
 
 A Portion of the Cuticula rais’d from the Bottom of the Foot , and view’d 
 with the fame Microfeope as the former; where its remarkable Thickneft 
 appears. 
 
 ?• 
 
 A Poition of the Cuticula rais’d from the Back ; in which the Indentures, 
 Furrows , l^c. agree with thofe of Figure the i ft. The Surface of the True 
 Skin ofthat Part being exaftly agreeable with that of the other; but at the 
 Extremities of the Fingers, and Thumbs , the Cuticle is varioufly wreathed 
 and contorted, conformable to the fubjacent Papillary Protuberances of the 
 'T rue Skin , as appears in the following F igure. 
 
 % 4 - 
 
 The Upper and Inner Side of the Thumb drawn likewife by the Afli- 
 ftance of the Microfeope. 
 
 A , From the Point arife 
 
 B B , T wo Lines , of a Circular Difpofition ; 
 
 CC, Others which form Triangles; 
 
 D , Other Lines varioufly contorted or winding. 
 
 The Cuticle being remov’d , the Cutis or Skin it felf appeats. 
 
 5 - 
 
 A Portion of the Skin of the Arm , as it appears on its External Sur- 
 face to the naked Eye. 
 
 Aig. 6 . 
 
 The External Surface of the Skin, when view’d with a Microfeope; 
 where its Internal Strudture or Rete of Blood Veflels are alfo expl-cft. 
 
 A A , The Papilla Pyramidales ; made up of divers Pyramidal Round- 
 ifh Glands, in whofe Compofition the Nerves have a conflderable Share. 
 
 B B,The Capillaments of the little Aqueous Veflels placed between the 
 Papilla according to Bidloo. I muft confefs notwithftanding all the Diligence 
 I could yet ufe in examining this Part with the Microfeope , or otherwife , I 
 have hitherto doubted of the Exiftence of thefe Aqueous Veflels, between 
 the Cuticulazwdi Cutis ; in which fome have placed the Seat of that Tawny 
 Tindture of the Mgyptians , and that Black one of the jEthiopians. 
 
 CC, The Sudoriferous Glands, which compofe the Papilla. 
 
 DD, The Sweat Veflels or Excretory-dudts arifing from the laft 
 mentioned Glands. 
 
 EE, The Hairs arifing near the Pores of the Sweat Veflels: Befidesthefe 
 Veflels , the Skin is furnilhed with A rteries , V eins , Nerves , and Lymphe- 
 duds ; the Trunks of the Two former are well expreft in this Figure F F : 
 Hence it appears the Skin can no more be efteem’d a Similar or Sim pie Part , 
 than any of thofe call’d Difllmular or Compounded Parts. Nor is there any 
 Part of the whole Animal Oeconomy , that can be juftly efteem’d Simple or 
 not Compounded ; even the Blood Veflels, NerVes, and Lymphediids are 
 Compounded Parts , as fhall be elfe where demonftrated. Befides the Pyra- 
 midal Sudoriferous Glands , which compofe the Papilla Cutis , there are 
 other Sudoriferous Glands placed on the Internal Surface of the Skin; the 
 moft conflderable of thefe we find in the where they .are fometimes 
 
 call’d Axillares , but more properly Miliares , from their Figure ; the Axilla- 
 ry Glands lying underneath thefe Sudoriferous ones ; they receiving the 
 JLympha , brought into them by the Lympheduds fpringing from the whole 
 Arm , do difeharge it again into the Exporting Lympheduds in its Way to 
 theThoracick Dud. There are other Sudoriferous Glands, tho’ not fb 
 evident to the naked Eye, under the Skin of the Fingers, and be- 
 hind the Ears : The Hairy-fcalp , Skin of the Forehead, Palms of the Hands, : 
 and Soles of the Feet are alfo furnifhed with thefe Glands ; wherefore we 
 fhall not diftinguifh them with the Names of the Places of their Situation , 
 but choofe to give them a more general Denomination , either as to their Of- 
 fice , as Glandula Sudorifera , or Figure , as Miliares. In the Skin alfo are pla- 
 ced thofe Bodies whence the Hairs arife ; thefe , by fome are alfo efteem’d 
 Glands,and call’d Pilifera'. Thefe Piliferous Bodies or Glands, are furnifhed 
 at their Roots with Importing and Exporting Blood \’eflels , Nerves, i^c. 
 the Hairs being as it were their Excretory Duds with this Difterence from 
 
 thofe of other Parts, b/z. They receiving their feparated Juice immediately 
 from the Pores in the Extremities of the Blood Veflels; whereas the Hairs, 
 as we conceive , have their Radical Moifture tranfmitted to them by the Me- 
 diation of a Spongious Body, which abforbs it from the circumjacent Parts i 
 Hence it is that the Hairs grow in dead Bodies , when the Natural Motions 
 of the Fluids ceafe. The Hair between the Light, and naked Eye, appears 
 pellucid ; but if viewed with a Microfeope in that Pofition , it appears Spon- 
 gy,or not unlike the Internal Part of a Cane: It feems to be compos’d of horny 
 globular Particles varioufly joyn’d together; and colour’d, where it hath 
 Plenty of Moifture, it is commonly Pendulous; if more Dry , it is Curl’d. 
 
 . 7 , 8 . 
 
 Two of the Hairs of the Head figur’d with a Microfeope : 
 
 A , Its fpongious Body compos’d of hofny globular Particles. 
 
 BBB , Its ftraight and tranfverfe StalkS, which joyn its Globules together. 
 
 CCC,The woolly or downy Part of the Hair, which defeends from 
 above, and ftands obliquely downwards ; whence it happens, when the 
 Ends of the Hairs are not placed in their right Pofition , the Hairs are 
 apt to intangle in Cdmbing, as it do’s in thofe Periwigs made of what 
 they call Combings. 
 
 DD, The Top of the Hair divided: 
 
 E , Its Middle Part : 
 
 F, Its Root arifing from the PiliferousBody, placed within the Skin. 
 
 G, A Portion of the Cuticle, which commonly flicks to the Hair 
 when extradled. 
 
 _ Fig- 9 - 
 
 The Branches , which fometimes appear on the Top of the Hair bv ai 
 Microfeope. 
 
 Fig. lo, II, 12. 
 
 The different Thicknefs of the Hairs of divers Parts of the Body, 
 when view’d with the fame Microfeope. Figure the Tenth , that of the 
 Groin; the Eleventh, that of theNoftrils; the Twelfth Figure repre- 
 fents the Hairs of the Eyelids. 
 
 Immediately under the Skin is placed the Fat in Humane Bodies; nor 
 is it found in all Parts alike; on the Forehead it is very little, under 
 the Hairy Scalp lefs, except its Hinder Part, oii the Eyelids and Penis 
 none , nor on the Mufculus Quadratus Colli. 
 
 Fig. 13. 
 
 A Portion of the Fat of the Abdomen. 
 
 A A , Its External Membrane. 
 
 B B,, Its Internal Membrane. , 
 
 C C , The Globules of the Fat with their Blood Veflels palling to them' , 
 whence their oily Contents are deriv’d. 
 
 1. The Integument or Covering of the Globules of Fat rais’d. 
 
 2. The Globules of Fat themfelves. , 
 
 3. Some of the Globules divided from the reft; in which the Breakings 
 off of their Membranes, and Blood Veflels, are expreft : HenCe it appears, 
 that the Fat is a Congeries or Heap of Membranous Cells , which in the Mi-^ 
 crofeope appear diftended with Oil : If the Exiftence of thofe DuElusAdu 
 pofi could be demonftrated , as Bidloo intimates at C C in the laft deferib’d Fi- 
 gure, I fhould incline to think of another Office of them intended in Nature^ 
 ih^nvrhsiLX. Malpighius has affigned them,^^. To convey the oily Con- 
 tents of the Adipofe Cells to fome neighbouring Interftices, whether of Mu- 
 fcles , or other Parts , that are on Occafion mov’d , or Aide on each other ; or 
 into fbme remarkable Cavity, as into that of the Abdomen, &c. where it meets 
 With a Mucilage feparated oy the Mucilaginous Glands placed in the neigh- 
 bouring Membranes , and ferves to make up a Compofition to Lubricate the 
 Parts according to T>od:or Plavers’s Ofieologia Nova , Pag. 209. 
 
 Fig. 14. 
 
 TheOutlide ofthe laft Common Integumehtof the whole Body, call’d 
 the Common Membrane of the Mufcles ; fome divide this into Two 
 Membranes, and diftinguifh them by the Names of Carnofa and Communis 
 Mufculorum^ which we look on to be altogether needlefs as may appear 
 by the following Defeription. 
 
 Fig. If. ^ 
 
 The Infide of the Membrane laft deferibed : The rife of this Membrane is 
 commonly faid to be from the Spines of the Vertebra of the Back , becaufe as 
 I fuppofe that is the moft ftable Part to which it’s Conne6led:It is coextended 
 with the Skin it felf, as appears in moft Parts , and has its Correfponding Fo~ 
 for the Eyes, Noftrils, Ears, Mouth, Anus, and Pudendum : As td 
 its Intimate Strudlure, I have always met with concurring Experiments 
 and Obfervations , of its being an Extenfible Body , compos’d of divers Stra- 
 
 or Membranes , framing Cells, which have divers lefTer Cells or Loculi 
 within them ; and in divers Parts , where the Loofnefs of the Skin it felf 
 wouldadmit, thofe Icfler Cells ofZ.or«/i, are fill’d with Oil, and are call’d 
 Fat; but in other Parts where either the Hardnefs of the fubjacent Bone, 
 when the Skin is extended , as on the T op of the Skull , or the repeated quick 
 Motions, as of the Eyelids, or the Strudlureof the Part, as ohht Penis-, 
 thefe Membranous Loculi are not fo extended with Oil,as to make an Appear- 
 ance of Fat; whence it is we find this Membrane much thicker in thofe 
 Parts laft mentioned , than in others ; and on the contrary , thinner and fewer 
 Stratao{ Lamina ,^)\tro its Cells are partly pofleft with Fat. This Com- 
 mon Membrane is furnifhed with Veflels of all fbrts ; nor is it confin’d to 
 the Surface ofthe Mufcles only , but infinuates in their Interftitia ,‘a.nd helps 
 to compofe their Coverings ; whence it h^pens that by blowing into the di- 
 vided ofthe Cells of this Membrane , the whole Body or the .“Animal 
 
 is T uraified ; which is commonly pradtifed by Butchers , efpecially in drefi. 
 fing their Veal. 
 
 The common Integuments of the whole Body being demonftrated, we 
 proceed to thofe particularly belonging to the Head ; nor fhall we omit 
 fpeakingagainofthefehereafter, where any thing in their particular Parts 
 occurs to our Obfervation or Memory, which the fucceeding Figures may 
 help us to explain. 
 
 c THE 
 
THE 
 
 FIFTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. r. 
 
 the Internal Part of the Hairy Scalp, as it appears after a crofs 
 Sedlion , and hanging down , when free’d from its fiibjacent Membrane 
 the Pericranium. The Thicknefs of the Hairy Scalp is not only owing 
 to the Number of its Piliferous Bodies , and they much larger than 
 thofe of other Parts , except the Chin , Lips , ^ c. but it is alfo plenti* 
 fully furnifh’d with Sudoriferous Miliary Glands; both which appear in a 
 Divifionof the Scalp : Hence fb many Blood Veflels , and they lb very 
 large , are to be found in this Part ; whence fuch large Fluxes of Blood 
 arile in dividing the Scalp in Living Bodies^ as commonly done to 
 apply the Trepan , 
 
 BB, ^c. Part 'of the Pericranium together with the Frontal Mufcle on the Left Side hanging down: 
 The Pericranium like the common Membrane of the Mufcles may be divided into divers Lamella , or Mem* 
 branes, as is hinted in the Explanation of the preceeding Table : It is plentifully furnifh’d with Blood-Veffels 
 which chiefly fpring from the Temporal and Occipital Arteries ;but divers of them arifefrom the Arteries of 
 the Dura Mater ^ which pafs thro’ the Skull; of which Two remarkable Trunks may be obferv’d, one on 
 each Side the Longitudinal Suture, between that Part call’d the Sinciput and Occiput ^ a little above the 
 Lambdoidal Suture. 
 
 C, Part of the Pericranium cleaving to its Subjacent Membrane the Periojliim. 
 
 DDD, The Periojiium rais’d and reclin’d to the Right Side, where the Pores of that Membrane, and of 
 the Skull, for the Tranflt of the Blood- Veflels , are exprefl:; Nor is the Periojliim this Part truly difHndb 
 from the Pericranium^ but feems to be a Continuation of its Inferior, or Internal Lamella ; the. Diflribution 
 of the Blood- Veflels being in common to both , except where they are diflinguifh’d by the Temporal Mufcles, 
 under which the Periojiium is plac’d, and the Pericranium runs over them. 
 
 EE, The Os Frontis^ and Bregmatis. 
 
 F, The Upper Part of the Temporal Mufcle divefled of the Pericranium. 
 
 G, Part of the Coronal Suture on the Lefl: Side. 
 
 H, The Sagital Suture. 
 
 I, A fmall Artery, together with a Branch of a Nerve pafling out of the Skull to the Frontal Mufcle; 
 in the former an Aneurifm has happen’d on a fiidden , and a great Laughter, when all Attempts in the Cure 
 thereof prov’d unfuccesful, till with a pointed A61:ual Cautery the Bone was fb burnt, as to caufe an Ex* 
 foliation of its External Lamina; the concealed bleeding Artery being then not only more expos’d to a 
 Comprefs , but by the Removal of the circumjacent Bone, the neighbouring Blood- Veflels in its MedituU 
 Hum , were at Liberty to confirm a Cicatrice. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Upper Part of the Brain in Situ^ with its Membranes, the Top of the Skull being remov’d. 
 
 A A , The Dura Mater covering the Brain on the Right Side. 
 
 B B , The Left Hemifphere of the Brain cover’d with the Pia Mater only , where the Anfradus of the 
 Brain are elegantly exprefl. 
 
 CC, The Dura Mater on the Left Side divided, and reclin’d laterally. 
 
 D D , A faint Appearance of the Brain thro’ the Dura Mater. 
 
 E, The Blood-Veflels of the Dura Mater lying in its Duplicature. 
 
 F, That Part of the , which was contiguous to the Coronal Suture, where divers Blood- 
 
 Veflels pafs from it to the Skull, of which fbme pafs thro’ to the Hairy Scalp. 
 
 GG, The Veins of the Brain lying in the Duplicature of the Pia Mater before they enter the Longi- 
 tudinal Sinus ; here it is they are fubjed to Rupture in Concuflions of the Brain, and let out their contain’d 
 Blood between the Dura and Pia Mater ; which Cafe I have feen more than once, where the Dura Mater 
 ought to have been divided, ^c. 
 
 HH> The Edges of the SkuH, 
 
 THE 
 

 5F 
 
 
 . l"* 
 
 fJtk 
 
t 
 
 I i 
 
 I I 
 
 I’, 
 
 1 I 
 
 i' 
 
 l! 
 
 •I 
 
 ■t 
 
 I 
 
 ' i 
 ,1 
 
 ^ j 
 
 i;: 
 
 III 
 
 ! ( 
 
 !; 
 
 (■' 
 
 1 
 
 '' 
 
 I 
 
 I!.: 
 
 i : 
 
 I 
 
 I? ' • 
 
 L 
 
 j, '■ 
 
 ! ; 
 
 J 
 
 
 
V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 'ii 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 iinifc f«h 
 
 
 

SIXTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. T. 
 
 HE Upper Part of the 
 Brain cover’d with the 
 Dura Mater ^ as it ap- 
 pears after the T op of the 
 Skull is taken off. 
 
 A A 5 The Edge of the 
 Forepart of the Skull, 
 whence the Upper Part 
 was divided. 
 
 B, Part of the Tempo- 
 ral Mufcle. 
 
 CC, The Dura Mater covering the whole Brain. 
 
 D D 5 Divers ImprefTions on the Dura Mater , 
 which adhered to the Internal Part of the Skull , near 
 the Coronal Suture; where divers Blood- Veflelspafs 
 between it , and the Hairy Scalp. 
 
 EE, The Blood- Veflels diflended with Wind. 
 
 F F , The Longitudinal Sinus opened from near its 
 Beginning at the Os Crijla Gallic to its Entrance 
 into the Two Lateral Sinus'^ s^ as exprefl: in the fol* 
 lowing Figure. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 AA, The Back Part of the Longitudinal Sinus open- 
 ed , together with the Lateral One on the Left Side. 
 
 BB , The Os Occipitis broken off and turn’d down. 
 
 C , The Os Petrojum, 
 
 D , The Orifice of the FourthiSM^, call’d Form- 
 hr Herophili^ at the Conjundion of the Two Late- 
 ral Sinus’s with the Longitudinal One. 
 
 E , Divers tranfverfe ffrong Ligaments in the La- 
 teral Sinus. 
 
 FF, The Orifices of the Veins of the Brain in 
 the Longitudinal Sinus. 
 
 GG, That Part of the Dura Mater which ad- 
 hered to the Lambdoidal Suture of the Skull. 
 
 . H, The Medulla Oblongata going out of the great 
 Foramen of the Skull , in the Os Occipitis. 
 
 I, The Cerebellum cover’d with the Dura Mater. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 A , Part of the Longitudinal Sinus opened. 
 
 BB, The Veins of the Brain, before they 
 enter the Sinus. 
 
 CC, Their Orifices opening into the Sinus va- 
 rioufly;fbme of them being parallel to their Trunks; 
 other Veins firfl pafs in the Duplicatiire of the Sinus 
 forwards, and others backwards; by which means 
 the ProgrefTive Motion of the Blood is not only affifl:- 
 ed in fbme Pofitions of the Head , and its too ra- 
 pid Motion prevented in others ; but a due Mixture 
 and Reunion of its Parts are made , after undergoing 
 fb elaborate a Strainer, as that of the whole Sub fiance 
 of the Brain , efpecially in its Cortical or Glandulous 
 Part. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 A A , The Pofierior and Lateral Part of the Brain 
 covered with its Meninges. 
 
 BB , The Oj Petrojum broken off from the Cranium. 
 
 C , Part of the Os Occipitis in like manner divided 
 from the Skull. 
 
 D , The Inferior and Tortuous Part of the Lateral 
 Sinus on the Left Side opened, in which may be ob- 
 ferved its tranfverfe firong Ligaments, exprefl Fig. 2. E. 
 
 E, The Cavity in the Os Petrofum or Specus, which 
 receives the Bulbous Part of the Lateral Sinus at the ^ 
 Beginning of the Jugular Vein. 
 
 F, The Trunk of the Internal Jugular Vein. 
 
 G, A Probe inferted into the Jugular Vein by the 
 Sinus. 
 
 H, The Bulbous Part of the Lateral Sinus which 
 was contained in the Specus of the Os Petrojum. 
 
 s- ■ . . , ,, 
 
 A A, Part of the Lateral Sinus cut off. 
 
 BB, A lacerated Portion of the Dura Mater 
 which involv’d that Sinus , expanded. 
 
 C , The Bulbous Part of that Sinus , which was con- 
 tain’d in the Specus or Cavity of the Os Petrofum ; 
 which is a Diverticulum to the Refluent Blood, leafl 
 it fhould too fiid(jenly prefs into the Internal Jugular 
 Vein. 
 
 D D D , The Filaments of the Dura Mater bro- 
 ken off 
 
 E, The Beginning of the Internal Jugular Vein. 
 
 As the Stru6lure of the Veins of this Part differ 
 from that of others ; fb alfb the Arteries of the Brain , 
 have a peculiar Organization at their Entrance from 
 the ordinary Courfe of thofe of other Parts , as does 
 fbmewhat appear in the following Figure: We have 
 alfb Figured this Difpofition of the Trunks- of the 
 Carotid Arteries, finding them much more Tortuous, 
 than they are here reprefented. Fid. Mpp. Fig. 3. 13, i4‘ 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 A, The Trunk of the Carotid' Artery pafling to- 
 Wards the Brain. 
 
 B C , Part of its Membrane borrowed of the Dura 
 Mater feparated and expanded. 
 
 D D , The lower Part of the Artery next the Heart. 
 
 The Vertebral Arteries alfb enter the Cavity of the 
 Skull very much Contorted, as appears in the Third 
 Figure of our Appendix , and again in the Eighth Fi- 
 gure ; where II, fhews their pafling through the Trans- 
 verfe Procefs of the firfl Fertebra of the Neck ; KK , 
 their Trunks marching between the firfl F ^rtebra 
 and Os Occipitis , to the great Foramen of the lafl 
 named Bone , through which they pafs into the 
 Skull , and afterwards conjundly make up the Cer- 
 vical Artery. The Defign of thefe Curvations in the 
 Arteries , before they enter the Cavity of the Skull , 
 is to prevent too great a Swiftnefs of the Current of 
 the Blood through the whole Subfiance of the Brain, 
 which being placed fb near the Heart, would alfb 
 fuffer by its too great Pulfation; were it not that the 
 Contorted Trunks of thefe Arteries leflened its force 
 dfe the frequent difbrderly Motions of the Heart, 
 would make us as often incident to fuffer great In- 
 conveniences in the Brain ; yet neverthelefs we are 
 incident to fuffer in fbme Degree; whence ’tis that 
 the Paflions of the Mind , wherein the Heart is af- 
 fected fb fuddenly, difbrders the Reafbn. 
 
THE 
 
 SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 EPRESENTS the Pofterior Part of the Brain as it ap« 
 pears lying on the Bajis o£ the Skull, its Upper Part being free’d 
 from the Dura Mater. 
 
 AAj The Hinder Lobes of the Brain railed? and drawn 
 Ibmewhat forwards. 
 
 BC» Cfc. The Ligature, and Two Pieces of Wood, made 
 ufe,of for the better fupportihg the Brain in that Pofition. 
 
 E) D, Parts of divers Quadruplicatures of the Dura Mater. 
 
 E E , A Divilion of the Second Procels of the Dura Matef 
 on the Left Side; in which the Cerebellum appears. 
 
 F F , The Cerebellum laid bare in that Divilion. 
 
 G H, The' Second Procels of the Dura Mater, on the Right Side intirely covering 
 the Upper Part, of the Cerebellum. “ ° 
 
 of the Os Occipitts , whence the Upper Part of the Skull is divided. 
 K K, The Common Integuments of the Head turned off. , ■ 
 
 * ■ * f 
 
 - - . . ' ‘ ^ ' ' 
 
 The Inner Face of the Os Occipins, together with the Cerehdlum^ &c. 
 
 A A, The inclined forwards towards the Celia i:'urcica^ fo that its Back 
 
 Part 5 which refts on the Os Ocdpitale , comes in view. 
 
 BB, The Hindmofl: Part of the Medulla Oblongata^ in its Faflage out of the great 
 Toramen of the Os Occipitts. “ ' . ° 
 
 b 5 The Frocejfus Vermiformis of the Cerebellum. ^ 
 
 CCC, Divers Roots of the Eighth iNinth and Part of the Tenth Pairs of Nerves.-, 
 ^^he Accellory Nerves' accompanying thofe of the Eighth Pair , at their Egrels! ' 
 
 EE, ^c. Part of the Edge of the Skull. 
 
 FF, The Hairy Scalp difle£l:ed. 
 
 G j Part of the Pericranium railed. 
 
 H, The.LeftEar. 
 
 THE 
 
1 
 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 r 
 
 
 i 
 
 

EIGHTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 S Part of the Dura Mater ^ 
 together with ^^Falx , 
 dri’d. 
 
 AA, The Falx lupport- 
 ed, fb as to fhew its pro- 
 per Extent and Figure. 
 
 BB, The Sinus Falcis 
 Superior or Longitudina- ^ 
 lis^ opened. 
 
 C, The Sinus Falcis In* 
 ferior , not diftinguilhed in this Figure. 
 
 DD, 0^c. The Orifices of Veins opening into the 
 Longitudinal and Trunks of other Veins going 
 to it. 
 
 E, The Beginning of the Longitudinal Siftus at 
 the Os Crijia Galli. 
 
 FF, The Left Lateral Sinus. 
 
 GGG, Two Parts of the Quadruplicatures of the 
 Dura Mater , lying between the Cerebrum and Cere-^ 
 helium. 
 
 HH, The* Sticks, Thread, and' Pins made 
 
 ufe of, to fiipport the' Membrane in drying it. 
 
 « # 
 
 Ttg. 2. 
 
 Parts of the above mentioned Sinus diflended with 
 Wind and 'dried , together with Part of the Dura 
 Mater. 
 
 A, The Longitudinal Sinus. 
 
 BB, The Two. Lateral 
 
 C, The Fourth Sinus. 
 
 D, A large Vein, which empties its Blood at the 
 Conjun6lion of the Four Sinuses ; which Union of 
 the Sinus'' s y is called Torcular Herophili. 
 
 rig- . [• 
 
 The Conneflion or Beginning of the Falx^ at the 
 Os CriJla Galli. 
 
 A, The Os Cribrofum. 
 
 B, The Crijia Galli. 
 
 C, A Portion of the Falx cleaving to the Crijia 
 Galli. 
 
 rig. 4 - 
 
 f 
 
 Part of the Falx dried, and exprefl fbmewhat big- 
 ger than the Life. 
 
 A, The Forepart of the Falx\ 
 
 B, Its Hindpart. 
 
 C, That Part of the Falx where the Fifth Sinus 
 pafles, called Sinus Falcis Inferior. To this lower 
 part of the Falx the Pia Mater firmly adheres , 
 where divers Veins pafs into its Lower Sinus as well 
 as its Upper one ; which together with divers Ad- 
 nafcences the Falx has with the two Hemilpheres of 
 the Brain , (as may be feen by freeing it from them) 
 the Brain is kept fiifpended , leafl its Superiour Part 
 fhould prefs too much on its Inferiour ; which Office 
 cannot be aferibed either to the Internal Part of the 
 
 ’ Brain called Fornix , as the former and fbme later ' 
 Anatomifts pretend , or to the Corpus Callojum , as 
 Mieujfenius will have it ; A further ufe of the Falx is 
 by its Extenfion between the Two Hemifpheres of 
 the Brain , to prevent the Superincumbence of the 
 one upon the other, when we lie on either Side ; and 
 by its Connexion with the Os Crijia Galli , and Con- 
 tinuation of it to the Superior ^2xto?ihe Dura Mater^ 
 and its Second Procefles , lying between the Cere- 
 brum , and Cerebellum , the whole Brain is kept fuf^ 
 pehded, and efpecially its Hinder Lobes, from pref • 
 fing on the Cerebellum. . , 
 
 DD, Divers Veins of the Brain before they enter 
 the Longitudinal Sinus. 
 
 E, The Cavity of the Longitudinal Sinus as it ap- 
 pears after a Tranfverfe Sedbion of it. 
 
 FF, Part of the Dura Mater which covered the Left ’ 
 Hemifphere of the Brain. 
 
 GG, The Superiour and External Surface of the 
 Dura Mater on the Longitudinal Sinus. 
 
 Fig. j. 
 
 The Two Hemifpheres or Upper Part of the Brain, 
 together with the ' Cerebellum , as they appear when 
 the whole Brain is taken out of the Skull, and laid on 
 its Bajis. 
 
 ' AA, The Two Hemifpheres of the Brain. 
 
 BBj The Cerebellum covered with the Dura Mater. 
 
 C, The Procefjus J^ermiformis. 
 
 D, A Portion of the Medulla Oblongata cut offi 
 
 EF, The Forepart of the Divifion of the Two 
 
 Hemifpheres of the Brain, in which the Falx is inferted. 
 
 GG, The Middle Membrane of the Brain accord- 
 ing to Bidloo , feparated and turned to one fide , which 
 i we take to be the External Membrane or Lamina of 
 xh^^Pia Mater. That the Tia Mater is of 
 
 divers Strata of Membranes , not unlike the ' Terito 
 nmm , _ does not only appear in an Hydrocephalus or 
 Hydropical Brain ; but in ordinary DifIe6lions we find 
 it Double , efpecially about the Medulla Oblongata , 
 Procejfus Annularis , &c. 
 
 In Wounds of the Tia Mater and Brain, we meet 
 with very great Fungus's , even to the Size of a T enis 
 Ball above the Surface of the Dura Mater , 2 ind Skull ; 
 which may be taken ofFby Incifion without a dangerous 
 Flux of Blood : An Inffance of which we have had 
 more than once an Opportunity of obferving ; and 
 notwithflanding thefe Excrefcences have been fre- 
 quently removed , yet tliey have grown again , and 
 the Patient has Languifhed , and died. Mid. Diemer- 
 broeck , Anatom. Lib. Ill, Cap. V. 
 
 1 1 1 1, The Tia Mater remaining on the Brain. 
 
 KKL, The External Surface of the Brain compofed 
 of divers turnings and windings of its Cortical Part. 
 
 MM, The Retiform Diflribution of the Blood Vef 
 fels between the External an Internal Lamina of the 
 Tia Mater \ the largeft of thefe Veflels on the Supe- 
 rior and External Part of the Brain , are V eins which 
 difeharge their Blood into the Longitudinal Sinus , 
 from whence they are here cut off. 
 
 E 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 NINTH TABLE. 
 
 H E whole Brain taken out of 
 ' the Skull , free’d from the 
 Dura Mater ^ and lay’d on 
 its Hemifpheres , its Bajis 
 being uppermolL In this 
 Figure many things are iin- 
 obferv’d, and others very ill 
 expreft, wherefore we fliall 
 add a Figure of the Brain in 
 ‘tliis Poiition, more correctly . 
 drawn after the Life. Fid. ap- 
 pendix. 
 
 AA^ Tlie .B^jof the 
 Brain ; 
 
 BB 5 Its Divifion into^Four Lobes ; 
 
 CC, The Foremoft Lobes, 
 
 DD, The Hindmoll: Lobes of the Brain* 
 t , The very ill expreft. . , . 
 
 FF, The Two white Protuberances behindtlie Infundihu- 
 turn , not well expreft. 
 
 GGG, The Annular Procefs, or Tons Varolii^ and Be- 
 giming of the Medulla Oblongata, 
 
 H , The Medulla Oblongata cut off near its Egrefs at tlie 
 great Foramen of tlie Os Occipitis, 
 
 11 , Part of the Fia Mater ^ where it is apparently Double 
 between the Annular Protuberance, and Medulla Oblongata. 
 
 The Cerebellum cover’d with tlie Tia Mater. 
 
 M , A Sedlion in the Cerebellum. 
 
 N, The Arborefcent Diftribution of Blood Veflels within 
 the Cerebellum. 
 
 PPSuperior >The Trunks of die Carotid Arteries injeded 
 with Wax, and cut off. 
 
 PP Inferior, The Cervical Artery in like manner injeded 
 with Wax. 
 
 NB. That die Two Semicircular Branches , which join 
 diefe Two laft mentioned Arteries together, call’d die Com- 
 municant Branches, are expreft too large in this Figure, or 
 elfe the Subjed, from whence it was taken, differed very 
 much from the ordinary Courfe of Naturej neither of whicli 
 are mentioned by Bidloo. 
 
 QRS, The Olfadory Nerves,; 
 
 TT, The Optick Nerves; ' , 
 
 V, Their Conjundion ; . - ’ 
 
 WW, Their Trunks cut off at their Egrefs from widiin 
 the Skull. 
 
 XX, TheThirdPairof Nerves, call’d iOr»/or«w Motorii. 
 Y Y, The Upper and Forepart of the ProceJJus Annula- 
 ris. 
 
 'L'Z , , Tar Tatheticum , or the Fourth Pair of Nerves, 
 a a. The Fifth Pair of Nerves, 
 b b , The Sixth Pair of Nerves. 
 
 NB, The Seventh Pair of Nerves are not here expreft, 
 dio’ Bidloo pretends to defcribe them at cede. 
 
 cc,d, e,f,g, Confufed Deferiptions of feveral Pairs of Ner- 
 ves erroneoully multiply’d into divers Pairs by Bidloo. 
 hh, The Spinal Accelfory Nerves. 
 
 ** The Beginnings of the Ninth Pair of Nerves, 
 ii, kk. The Tenth Pair of Nerves, or the Firft of the 
 Neck. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 Part of the Brain on the Bafts of die SkuIIl 
 AA , The’Forepart of the 'Brain. 
 
 B, The Fingers which fupport it, fo that the following 
 Parts come In view. 
 
 C , The Infundibulum. 
 
 D , The Glandula Tituitaria lying within the Sella T ar- 
 cica. 
 
 E , The Membranous Connedion of the Infundibulum to 
 the Glandula Tituitaria. 
 
 F, A Blood Velfel paiTing thro’ the Lateral Part’ of thejO.^ 
 Cuneiforme y which Bidloo has grofly miftaken for_ the Olfa- 
 dory Nerves. 
 
 GGG , Portions of die Optick Nerves fo divided , that 
 Parts of them remain on the Bafts of the Skull , as well as on 
 the Brain it felf. 
 
 HH, The Third Pair of Nerves, call’d Motorii Oculiy 
 in Jitu. 
 
 1 1 , The Internal Part of die Bafts of die Skull. 
 
 . KK, 'Xho Dura Mater. 
 
 ■ Ftg. 3 . ■ 
 
 The Internal Part of the Bafts of die Skull, after, die Brain 
 is taken out, and Portions of the Ten Pair of Nerves of die 
 Brain remaining at their Egrefs, togedier. with Part, of. die 
 Dura NPater. _ . . 
 
 AA, The Edges of the divided. Skull in which the 
 may be feen. ■ 
 
 ‘ BB, The Os CriflaGdlli. — ' 
 
 ' CC, The Os Cribriforme on both Sides. ‘ ' - 
 
 -DD, Part of the Dura Mater- cltzwing to the Bafts 
 of the Skull. 
 
 EE, The Os OccipHah bared from xk^.Dura Mater i 
 
 FfF , Portions of the Olfadory Nerves cut off, near their 
 Egrefs at the Os. Cribriforme. 
 
 GG, The Optick Nerves in like manner cut off, before 
 they pafs the Firft Foramina of the Os Sphenoides. 
 
 gg. The Carotid Arteries alfb divided. 
 
 HH, The Third Pair of Nerves cut off. 
 
 II, The Pituitary Gland widiin the Sella Turcica ^ lying 
 under the Dura Mater. 
 
 K, Tho Infundibulum. 
 
 LL , The Fourth Pair of Nerves , or Tar Tatheticum 
 going out of die Skull, with the Tiiird and Sixth Pair of 
 Nerves. 
 
 MM , The Fifth Pair of Nerves. 
 
 NN, The Sixth Pair of Nerves running under, or in the 
 Duplicature of the Dura Mater ^ at a confiderable Diftance 
 before they march out of the Skull at the Two Second Per- 
 forations of the Os Sphenoides. Fid. Tab. 89. Fig. 2. C. D. I. 
 
 00 , The Seventh, or Auditory Nerves paffing out at 
 die Offa Petrofa. 
 
 NB. That O on die Right Side ftiould have been placed 
 a quarter of an Inch below die M on the fame Side. 
 
 P, The Eighth Pair of Nerves, or Tar Vagum going out 
 at the Second Perforations of the Os Occipitis, widi die Late- 
 ral Sinus's j which lead to the Internal Jugular Veins. 
 
 Q_Q^ The Spinal Accelfory Nerves pamng out of die Skull 
 with the Par Vagum. ' - - - 
 
 RR , The Nindi Pair of Nerves paffing thro’ the Third 
 Perforations of the Occipital-bone. 
 
 T, The Firft and great Foramen of the Os Occipitis, by 
 which the Spinal Marrow palfes out of the Skull to the Spe- 
 cus of the Vertebra of the Back. 
 
 The Sinus's of the Dura Mater , which appear where it 
 cleaves to the Internal Part of the Bafis of the Skull, are ex- 
 preft in a Figure of ouc Appendix-, where the Egrefs of the 
 Ten Pair of Nerves of the Brain are alfo reprefented, 
 together with the moft confiderable Blood-Veffels, which 
 come in, and go out from the Cavity of the Skull. 
 
 THE 
 

 
 
 
 
 fc» 
 
 
 WB>& 
 
 &yWlfm 
 
 iM'-H/i 
 

 
 |M 
 
 
 
 
 
 /' 
 
 / 
 
 ic 
 
 I 
 
 !«1 
 
 t ( ! I 
 
 ■■5 
 
 •-! ;■ - 
 ■'J.; 
 
 I 
 
 'it 
 
 f I 
 
 i«k 
 
 ’.:!i ; 
 
 ;ik 
 
 i! II 
 
 
 : N 
 
 
 f! 
 
 I. * 
 
 h- 
 
 .v'l ' 
 
 i: ^* 1 .;' 
 
 / 
 
 J ll 
 
 
 'I 
 
 I 
 
 |! i f' 
 
 I : 
 
 W‘- 
 
 #1 
 
 u 
 
 ifc?T ~ 
 r 
 
 ( 
 
 
 i. 
 
TENTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig, I. 
 
 HE Brain together with the Medulla Oblongata continu’d 
 to it, when frec’d from the Skull , and Specus or 
 Cavity of all the Fertebne of the Neck , Back , and 
 Loins. 
 
 A A, The Dura Mater free’d from the Brain, and 
 Ibme what expanded, 
 aa, Part of the Fdix. 
 
 BB, Part of the Brain cut Tranfverfly. 
 
 C , The Divifion in its Cortical Part , which compofc thole turnings , 
 and windings on its External Surface. 
 
 D D , The Cortical, or Cinericious Part of the Brain ; by fome call’d 
 the Glandulous Part. 
 
 EE, The Medullary, or white Part of the Brain j by Ibme call’d the 
 Callous, and Fibrous Part. 
 
 ff, The Hindmoll Part of the Brain, which relied on the Second 
 Procels of the Dura Mater. 
 
 FGH, The Right and Left Ventricles of the Brain open’d; where 
 the Blood Vellels of the Pia Mater ^ which Line them, may be feen: 
 F, their Upper and Foreparts, which are largell, and become Hill lefs, 
 and lefs towards their Lower, and Back- parts, G. 
 
 H H , The Corpus Callofum. 
 
 I K , The Roots of the Fornix. 
 
 L, The Fhalamus Nervi Optici of the Right Side ; that of the Left, 
 not being Letter’d. 
 
 M , The Corpus Tranfverfale of the Corpus Callofum. 
 
 N N , Parts of the Corpora Striata whole. 
 
 OO, The Nates. 
 
 PP, The Teftes. 
 
 Q^, The Clandula PinealiSy in ft a. 
 
 R R , The Plexus Coroeides compos’d of Blood Vellels of both Kinds, 
 Lymphedudts, Membranes, and Glands. See Fig. 5. 
 
 SS, The Firll Procels of the Cerebellum . going to the Nates. 
 
 T, A Tranfverlc Procels joyning the Two Pathetick Nerves, and 
 laft mentioned Procels. 
 
 f, The Fourth Ventricle, call’d Calamus Scriptorius. 
 
 VV, The Pathetick Nerves. 
 
 W W,Two ProcelTes of the Spinal Marrow which compofe the Sides 
 of the Fourth Ventricle. 
 
 X Y Z , The Meditullium of the Cerebellum appearing in an Arboreous 
 Manner, after a Tranfverfe Sebtion oi the Cerebellum. 
 
 ab, ab, The Dura Mater ^ which inclofes the Spinal Marrow, 
 divided, and expanded. 
 
 cc, tfc. The Pia Mater as yet inclofing the 'Medulla Spinalis y but 
 raiLd with a Probe in its Lower Part, where it inverts the Cauda Equina. 
 
 iz^,(fc.The leveral Pairs of Nerves Ipringing from the Medulla 
 Spinalis : From i to the Origins of the Nerves or ;he Neck ; the Firll 
 of which pafles out at the Third Perforation of the Os Occipitis , and 
 is reckoned the Tenth of the Brain; the reft march out between the 
 V ertebra of the Neck, Back, Loins, and Perforations of the Os Sacrum 
 fuccellively ; that of Fig. 9 marching out between the Sixth and Seventh 
 Vertebra of the Neck; thole of 10 to 21 are the Nerves of the Back: 
 From 21 to 27 thofe of the Loins; the reft go out at the Foramina of 
 the Os Sacrum. 
 
 , Tig. 2. 
 
 A A, Part of the Brain boyl’d, and view’d with a Microfeope. 
 
 B B, The Membranes of the Brain feparated ; of which the External 
 is the Dura Mater, the Two Internal compole the Pia Mater. 
 
 CD, The Reticular Dillribution of the Blood Vellels near their Ex- 
 tremities. 
 
 E E , Divers Orders of Cortical Glands on the Surface of the Brain. 
 
 F F, I'he Tubes deriv’d from thole Cortical Glands. 
 
 GG , The Lobes, or dillindb Clufters of Glands wreathed with va- 
 rious Angles. 
 
 HH , The Complicated Tubes. 
 
 II, The Nervous Fibres deriv’d from the laft mentioned Tubes. 
 
 Tig. 3. 
 
 Part of the Plexus Coroeides delineated , by the help of a Magnifying 
 Glafs. 
 
 A A, The Membranous inclofures of the Fafciculi of the Veflels, 
 leparated. 
 
 BC, The Blood Veflels extended with Plalfter of Paris, and their 
 own Blood. 
 
 DD, Branches ofLymphedu6ls, fomewhat extended with Wind. 
 
 E,_ Nervous lubuli according to Bidloo, which I can by no means 
 conceive to be exiftent in the Plexus Coroeides. 
 
 F F , The Glands of the Plexus Coroeides placed irregular , of which , 
 Ibme are Hard, and Fibrous, others are Veliculous, and Flaccid. 
 
 Tig. 4. 
 
 A Portion of the Medulla Oblongata cut off, and divided laterally ac- 
 cording to its Length ; expreft Ibmwhat bigger than the Life. 
 
 A A , The L’pper Part of the Medulla Oblongata. 
 
 B B, The Fore and Back Part. 
 
 CC, The Nervous Fi^n 7 /<e ariling from the Fore, and Back Part of 
 the Spinal Marrow. 
 
 DD, The Inferior Part of the Spinal Marrow cut off. 
 
 EE, Portions of the Mater to Ihew its Perforations for 
 the Nesves , as they pafs out of the Specus of the Vertebra. 
 
 FFF, The Plexus Ganglloformes of the Nerves at their Egrefs from 
 between the Vertebra: Two or Three of the Bodies of the Nerves them- 
 felvcs are expreft in this Figure pinn’d out. ’ 
 
 Fig. 5.. 
 
 A Portion of the Medulla Spinalis , cut off about the Third Vertebra 
 of the Back , expreft fomewhat bigger than the Life. 
 
 A, The Upper Part of the Spinal Marrow. 
 
 BB, A Portion of the Continuation of the Dura expanded. 
 
 CC, The Nervous Fibres ariling from the Fore and Back Parts of 
 the Spinal Marrow. 
 
 D , The Nervous Fibrilla colledlively palling thro’ the Dura Mater. 
 
 E, Their Gangliform Plexus at the Beginnings of the Bodies of the 
 Nerves. 
 
 F, A Divilion of the Spinal Marrow according to its Length. 
 
 G, Some Veftigia of Blood Veflels, which pals on the Outllde of the 
 Spinal Marrow. 
 
 Tig. 6 . 
 
 The Strudlure of a Nerve expreft by the Alliftance of a Microfeope, 
 
 A, The Branch of a Nerve dilledled from the Neck. 
 
 B, The Blood Vellels palTing in the Nervous Fibrilla: Theft Blood 
 Vellels I had an Opportunity once of difeovering with my naked Eye in 
 a very fmall Branch of the Par Quintum of the Head , where they were 
 filVd with Mercury y by pouring it into the Carotid Artery; but in 
 examining the fame Branch of the Nerve with my Microfeope, I difeo- 
 vered avail Number offmallcr Branches of Blood Veflels, which did 
 not before appear, lying Hill parallel with the Nervous Fibres , as here 
 expreft; tho’ without doubt divers of the Trunks of thoft Blood Vellels 
 do interfebl, and pafs obliquely over the Nervous Fibres, efpecially 
 near their Extremities. From thoft Blood Veflels I am inclin’d to think 
 the Globular Contents of the Nervous Fibres take their rift immeJiatly, 
 and not from the Brain, as it has been generally fuppos’d; lince the 
 Fibres of the Brain, as well as the Nerves themfelves do neither of them 
 appear Tubulated, or hollowed Pipes according to their Length; but 
 their Cavities are frequently interrupted with divers Cells , which make 
 a Globular like Appearance ; and this Strufrure of the Nervous T ubes 
 is very ealily demonftrated in the Tunica Retina of the Eye by the Aflift- 
 ance of the Microfeope. 
 
 CC, A Fafciculus of the Nervous-Tubes ftparated, and expanded. 
 
 DD , The Cohellon of the Tubes by lateral Fibres. 
 
 EE, The Villous Extremities of the Tubes as they could be deli- 
 neated. What has been faid above, relating to the intimate Strudlureof 
 the Nerves, interferes very much with thoft Hypothefes commonly pro- 
 pos’d concerning the Animal Spirits , by fbme call’d Fluidum Antmale ; 
 and that not only becaufe their Original is ftippos’d to be in the Brain , 
 but that they are transfer’d from thence by the Nerves lb very quick 
 to ftrve thoft Offices, to which they are on luch frequent Occalions 
 faid to be imploy’d in : Neither of which can realbnably, nay poffibly, 
 happen, from the Strudlure of the Nerves themfelves: Befides, if the 
 Animal Spirits , or Fluid were ordered to skip up and down at that rate, 
 another vifible Impediment would be incident to obftrudt them , at the 
 Originals of the Nervous Tubes from the Medulla Spinalis thofe 
 
 Tuoesj are much contracted, and again expanded, and frame Gangle- 
 ons, as appears in this Figure at E; nor can we conceive what fhould 
 give the Spirits that Impetus to drive them up and down in that manner ; 
 wherefore we Ihould rather incline to believe the Contiguities of thoft 
 Globuliy above mentioned , are the Mediums between the ObjeCls, and 
 Common Senlbry. There is too much of Argument belongs to this 
 Subject, to be inftrted in this Place; wherefore we mull proceed in 
 our preftnt Undertaking 
 
 rig. 7. 
 
 A Portion of the Medulla Spinalis taken out of the Specus of the Ver'ls 
 tehra of the Back, together with its Common Integument. 
 
 A A, The Back Part of the Spinal Marrow next the Spines of the 
 V trtebra. 
 
 BBC, The External, or Common Integument (accompanying that 
 of the Dura Mater the whole Length of the Specus of the Vertebra ) 
 here being partly rais’d and fupported with a Stylus. 
 
 D, The Dura Mater, or Firft Proper Membrane of the Spinal 
 Marrow. 
 
 EEE, Divers Sacculi of Fat lying between the Proper and Common 
 Membranes of the Medulla Spinalis. 
 
 Fig. 9. 
 
 The Inferior Part of the Firft Vertebra of the Thorax: 
 
 A, Its Spinal Procels, 
 
 BB, Its oblique defeending ProcelTes, which are Articulated with 
 the afeending Procefles of the Superior Part of the Second Vertebra 
 of the Thorax \ 
 
 CC, The Tranfverft ProcelTes. 
 
 D, The Body of the Vertebra. 
 
 E, The great Foramen of the Vertebra, in which the Medulla Spi“ 
 nalis defeends. 
 
 FF, Some fatty Mucilaginous Glands, which are continued thro* 
 the Inlide of the whole Specus of the Vertebra. 
 
 The Office of theft Glands is to ftparate a Liquor to lubricate the • 
 Membranes of the Medulla Spinalis , and Inner Part of the Specus ; 
 which Liquor I have frequently found in fuch Quantity, as to run 
 out , in breaking up the Vertebra to difeover the Spinal Marrow. 
 
 F 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 ELEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 HE External Parts of the Eye, as they appear when the Eyelids are 
 open’d. 
 
 AB, The Eye-brow: B, the various Difpolltion of its Hairs in 
 this Subjecl. 
 
 C, The Great Canthus of the Eye next the Nofe. 
 
 D , The LefTer Canthus. 
 
 _ E, The Upper Eye-lid. 
 
 p , The Lower — — 
 
 G, The White of the Eye cover’d with the Tunica Adnata or Ctn]un6tiva. 
 
 H , One of the Lachrymal Glands plac’d in the great Canthus of the Eye , call’d 
 Caruncula Lachrymalis, and Glandula Lachrymaits Inferior. 
 
 Fig. Z. 
 
 The Eye-lids fluit. 
 
 A, The Eye-brow, as in the former Figure. 
 
 C, The Great Canthus of the Eye towards the Nofe. 
 
 D , The Lefler Canthus. 
 
 E, The Superior Palptbro. 
 
 F , The Inferior Palptbra. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 A A , The Skin with th? Mufculus Orbicularis Palpebrarum remov’d. 
 
 - 'B, The feo'ne of the Uppbr Part of the Orbit of the Eye bared. 
 
 C, The Great Lachrymal Gland involv’d jwith Fat. 
 
 , D’ D , A faint Appearance of the Excretory Dudts of the Lachrymal Gjands , by 
 richius , call’d Hygroephthalmicos. 
 
 EE, Divers little Glands interpos’d between the lail mention’d Du6ts. 
 
 4 - 
 
 Parts of the Mufeies of the Eye-lids. 
 
 A.Partofthe Mufculus Aperient Palpebram , at its Implantation to the Upper 
 Eye-lid; The Origin of this Mufcle is fharp and flelhy at the profoundeft Part of the 
 Orbit , near the Egrefs of the Optick Nerve, accompanying the ReSlus Oculi AttoUens in its 
 Progrefs , becoming broad , thin and tendonous , as it pafleth over the Superiour Part of 
 the Bulb of the Eye , to its Implantation at the whole Superior Part of the Upper Eye-lid. 
 
 B C , A Portion of the Upper Part of the Orbicularis Palpebrarum turn’d down, it 
 ftill remaining to the Upper Eye-lid; A Defeription of which Mufcle will be inferted 
 in the following Table, Pig. 4. 
 
 The Lachrymal within the Orbit of the Eye, reprefented much bigger 
 
 than the Life. 
 
 AA, The Upper Part of the Bones of the Orbit. 
 
 B B G C , The Superior Lachrymal Gland. 
 
 DDD,The Vafa Lachrymalia, or Du£lus Hygrotphthalmlci , whofe Orifices open 
 into the Internal Part of the Palpebra, whence the feparated Liquor, convey’d by the 
 Tubes , iffues to moiften the Palptbra , and External Part of the Bulb of the Eye. 
 
 EEE, Divers Lachrymal Glands interfpers’d between the lafl: mention’d Dufts. 
 
 FF GG, The Cartilages of the cilia joyn’d together with divers Membranes G. 
 
 H H , The Hairs of the Eye lids turn’d Upwards, whofe Ramifications appear. 
 
 I, Part of the Superior Lachrymal Gland , by BiiiLo call’d, Gians Lachrymalis. 
 
 KK , The Bones of the Nofe broken off, fo that the following Dufts may appear. 
 
 L , The Dufks , which convey the fuperfluous Moifture of the Vafa Lachrymalia from 
 
 between the Palptbra , and Bulb of the Eye , into the Foramina Narium : The Orifices of 
 thefe Dufts, appear in the two Papilla of the Upper and Lower Eye-lid, at the Great Can- 
 thus of theEye. Fig. I . H. and are evident to the naked Eye , efpecially in thofe , who Cry 
 much, and are ca.\l'd, Punila Lachrymalia: Soon after thefeTwo Dufts leave the Great Can- 
 thus of the Eye, they are united into OneTrunk, call’d the Lachrymal Du£l, which defeends 
 in a Foramen of the Second Bone of the Upper Jaw , Tab. 92. Fig. i. D. into the Cavity of 
 theNoftrils. In the great Canthus of theEyearife thofe Tumours , call’d whofe 
 
 contain’d Matter , when it degenerates into an Abfeefs , frequently frames Fijlula's in that 
 Part;andwhen theMembrane, which compofes the Lachrymal Du£l, within the Cavity 
 of the Bone , becomes Tumified ; thePaffage of that Duftis rendred impervious , and Part 
 of the Humor imploy’d in moiftning the Eye-lids , is hindred in its Difcharge that Way; 
 whence the Cheeks become inflam’d by its running down on them; in which latter Cafe, 
 befides opening the Tumor largely ,' we mufl alfo Perforate the Second Bone of the Upper 
 
 ox Os Lachrymale , into the Cavity of the Nofe , whereby the Lachrymal Humor will 
 afterwards be difeharg’d: This Operation is belt Praftis’d with a pointed Aftual Cautery, 
 fitted with a proper Cannula or Direftor. The Incifion in thefe Cafes may be made accor- 
 ding to the Direftion of the Fibres of the Mufculus Orbicularis Palpebrarum \ and in ufing 
 the AAual Cautery , great care muft be taken to defend the Palpebra ; which we 
 have fometimes feen expos’d to the heated Cannula thro’ the Strugling of the Patient : 
 After this Operation is thus perform’d, it is not neceflary you fliould keep the External 
 Wound open toexpeflan Exfoliation of the Fragments of the Bone thro’ it; but after 
 Three or Four days, when the Callofity is remov’d , and the Matter difeharg’d , you ought 
 to leffen your Dozils , or Tents , and permit the Sinus to fill with Flefh , and haften a Cica- 
 trice, and the Edges of the perforated Bone will pafs off by the Noflril , as well as that Part 
 of the Bone thrull in by the Cautery. Nor will any great Inconveniency follow if the 
 Healed up Part fliould Impofthumate_ again , thro’ the moving of the Fragments of the 
 Bone towards the External Wound , if it is again open’d by Incifion to difcharge them ; 
 but fliould you keep the External Wound open long, either by hard Tents, or Efeharo- 
 ticks , you will not only procure a Difcharge of the fuperfluous Tears , or Moiflure that 
 way; but the Perforation made in the Os Lachrymale will fill up, and you mult be oblig’d to 
 repeat the Ufe of the A6tual Cautery , pr thrufi a Probe thro’ it. I had almoft forgot to tell 
 you , that after the Firft Incifion made in the External Parts , itis necelTary you fhould pafs 
 your Knife down to the very Bone , and divide the Trunk of a large Artery , and Vein , 
 whichpafsthat way with the Lachrymal Du6b,leaft the Flux of Blood at the time of the 
 Operation fliould fo cool the Cautery , as to prevent its Aftion. 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 The Bulb of the Eye lying within the Orbit after the ^\xper\or Palpebra is remov’d. 
 
 AB , The Tunica Adnata plac’d on the Forepart of the Sclerotis. 
 
 C,The Iris, in whofe Center is the Pupilla. 
 
 DD, The Lower Eye-lid, in fitu, together with Part of the Upper, dilTcAed, 
 
 E , The Bone of the Orbit. 
 
 F, The Margin of the Lower Eye-lid, where the Hairs grow out. 
 
 Fig. 7 , and 8. 
 
 TheMufcIesof the Eye, as they arpear within the Orbit, when clear’d of the Fat, 
 and adjacent Parts. 
 
 A, The Mujculus Attelltns. 
 
 B, (¥ig.8.) Mujculus Adducent. 
 
 C , Dcprimtns. 
 
 D, Abducent. 
 
 E E , The^ Internal Part of the Bones of the Orbit. 
 
 II , 1 he 1 endon of the Mujculus Obliquut Superior palling thro’ the Trochlea K , to its 
 infertion behind the AttoUens. 
 
 1 , The External Part of the Bones of the Orb’t next the Nofe. 
 
 K, The Trochlea , or little Cartilage , on which the Tendon of the Oblique Superior 
 Mufcle is reflefted. 
 
 X, Fig. 7. The Optick Nerve. 
 
 Fig. 9. 
 
 The Fore-parts of the Mufcles of the Right Eye , when taken out of the Orbit, and 
 clear’d from the Fat , Membranes , and Glands , a; and Expanded. 
 
 A, AttoUens. 
 
 B, Lepritnent. 
 
 C , Adducent , which Bidloo calls Abducent. 
 
 D , Abducent , which he in like manner miftakes , and calls Adducent, 
 
 E, Trtchlearts Mufculus, or Obliquus Superior cum Trochlea. 
 
 F, The Irechlea Cartilage, exprelt in fitu. Fig. 7. K. 
 
 G, The Mufculus Obliquus Inferior. 
 
 HH H, The Tunica Adnata, together with another Membranous Tegument deriv’d 
 from the Tendons of the Four ftraight Mufcles . mention’d by Realdus Columbus. Lib-X. 
 
 I , Is fcarce feen , but is plac’d in the Center of the Bulb , and diltinguilhes the Pupilla, 
 
 K, Part of the Optick Nerve. 
 
 Fig: 10. 
 
 The Back Parts of the Mufcles of the fame Eye, when taken out of the Orbit, 
 
 A, The Mufculus Abducent, or Indignaterius. 
 
 B , Adducent , or Bibttorius. 
 
 C, Obltquus Inferior, or Brevifmus Oculi Mufculus, 
 
 D, AttoUens, or Superbus. 
 
 E» Deprimens , or Humilis. 
 
 F , Obltquus Superior , feu LongtJJtmus Oculi Mujculus. 
 
 G , The Trochlea Cartilage. 
 
 H , A Portion of the Optick Nerve. 
 
 I, The Back Part of the Bulb of the Eye, compos’d by the Tunica Scleretit, 
 
 Fig. n. 
 
 The Bulb of the Eye and Optick Nerve free’d from the Mufcles and their Common 
 Membranes , fo that the proper Membranes of their Surface appear. 
 
 A , Part of the Tunica Adnata , which is continued to the Internal Part of the Pal- 
 pebrt, which can by no means prevent the Retraftion of the Eye, when any of the 
 ftraight Mufcles Aft, as fome Anatomifts conjefture. 
 
 B D , The Tunica Sclerosis, 
 
 C, The Tunica Cor»«4 , circumferib’d by the Iris, in whofe Center is the Pupilla. 
 
 E, The Optick Nerve cover’d with a Tunick deriv’d from the Dura Mater. 
 
 Fig. 12. 
 
 AA, The Sclerotis open’d, to fliew the Choroeide Tunick immediately under it. 
 
 B , The Tunica Choreeides. 
 
 C, The Cornea, Iris, &c. as in the preceding Figure. 
 
 Fig. 1 5. 
 
 Part of the Ligamentum Ciliare view’d with a Microfeope. 
 
 A ABB, The Ligamentum Ciliare confifting of Two Sorts of Fibres; the one extended 
 thro’ its whole Breadth , AA ; the other end in the Mid-way BB : Between thefe are plac’d 
 divers Lyinphedufts according to Bidloo. This Mufculous Contexture of the Ligamentune 
 Ciliare moves the U-vea , or Fore-part of the Tunica Retina compoling the Iris , by which 
 means the Inner Edge of the Iris approaches towards the Center of the Pupilla , or is re- 
 trafted , whereby the Pupil is enlarg’d , or diminilh’d according to the different Radiation 
 of Light- In fome Animals, as Cats , ere. we find a Mufculous Structure in the Iris alfo, 
 for a more effeftual narrowing their Pupils ; which Contrivance in thofe Creatures , per- 
 haps , is the more requifite in regard their Horjiy Tunicks have a Surface notfo prominent 
 in Proportion to the Bulbs of their Eyes , as thofe of other Animals. 
 
 i%. 14. 
 
 The Bulb of the Eye together with a Portion of the Optick Nerve , where a Divifion of 
 the Tunica Sclerotis together with the Choreeides is made, to exhibit the Tunica Retina, 
 
 A, The Tunica Retina. 
 
 Fig. If. 
 
 Part of the Optick Nerve together with the Tunicks of the Eye , after the Humors 
 (Fig. 19, 20.) are taken out- 
 
 A , The Inner Surface of the Tunica Retina. 
 
 Fig. 16, 
 
 Another View of the Internal and External Surface of the Tunicks of the Eye, after 
 the Humors are difeharg’d. _ 
 
 A A , The Tunica Sclerotis. 
 
 B, The Cornea. 
 
 C , Part of the Optick Nerve. 
 
 Fig. 17. 
 
 The Internal and Fore-part of the Tunicks of the Eye, when the Humors are dif- 
 eharg’d by a tranfverfe Seftion thro’ the Bulb. 
 
 A, The Tunica Cornea. 
 
 C , The Inner Surface of the Iris , next the Ligamentum Ciliare. 
 
 D, The Tunica Retina Choroeides, and Sclerotis together. 
 
 Fig. 18. 
 
 The Inner Surface of the Back Part of the laft mention’d Tunicks of the Eye. 
 
 A, Part of the Optick Nerve cut off; in which Divifion its Blood-Veffels areexpreft. 
 
 B , The Tunica Sclerotis. 
 
 C, The Tunica Retina, in fitu. 
 
 Fig. ip, and 20. 
 
 The Vitreous and Cryftalline Humors of the Eye, when taken out of the Tunicks. 
 
 A, The Cryftalline Humor. 
 
 B, The Vefiigia of the Ciliar Ligaments on the Vitreous and Edge of the Cryftalline 
 Humor. 
 
 C , The Vitreous Humor. 
 
 Fig. 21. 
 
 AB, The Cryftalline Humor taken out; A, its Fore-part next the Aqueous Humor; 
 B, as it appears Laterally. 
 
 The Aqueous Humor cannot eafily be expreft after the Life, wherefore wefliallhere 
 fpeak of its Interftice , where it is lodg’d, whereby its Figure is circumferib’d ; its Fore- 
 part is Convext by means of a Concave fram’d by the Cornea in the Center, and Iris in 
 the Circumference; the Back Part of the Aqueous Humor is Concave , to receive the Con- 
 vex Surface of the Cryftalline Humor; it’s Tides are Circular, confonnable to the Cavity 
 of the Bulb; whence it appears the Aqueous Humor is Circular in its Circumference 
 Convext forewgrds , and Concave backwards , like the following Figure. * 
 
 Fig. 22. 
 
 A , The External and Fore-part of the Vitreous Humor. 
 
 B , A Concave in the Vitreous Humor , which receives the Cryftalline Humor. The 
 Tunicle, which is faid to inclofe the Vitreous Humor, do’s not appear , but when it is 
 expos’d to the Air ; wherefore Dr. Briggs fuppofes it to be meerly adventitious. 
 
 Fig. 24. 
 
 A B , The, Cryftalline Humor dri’d; which Bidloo according to fome Anatomifts , calls 
 Tunica Aranea , or Cryftaloeides. 
 
 Fig. 24. 
 
 AB, The Vitreous Humor dri’d in like manner; leaving its fuppofed invefting 
 Membrane only. 
 
 I fliould in this place (as I have hitherto, and fliall hereafter in deferibing of Parts, 
 to which any confiderable Operation of Surgery do’s belohg) fpeak of the Couching of 
 Catarafts; but I am afraid I have already tranfgrelTd the limits of my Page ; wherefore I 
 fliall only tell you that in Praftifing that Operation, the Punfture thro’ the ought 
 
 to be at a greater Diftance from the Pupilla, than Authors commonly direft; and that a 
 round Needle is to be preferr’d ; for the edges of the Needle elfe are lyable to wound the 
 Blood-Vefiels of the Choroeid Tunick largely, and an Extravafatioa of Blood happens 
 between that 1 unick , and the Sclerotis ; which m^ be of ill confequence to the Patient. 
 

 r. 
 
 11 
 
 ■■i 
 
 - J- 
 
 «itl 
 
 . a 
 
 
 ./ 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 /•• *1 
 
 %l 
 
i 
 
 I 
 
 ’ 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 < 
 
 I 
 
 ( 
 
 9 
 
 
 w* 
 
 
 I 
 
 } 
 

 
 I . 
 
 
THE 
 
 TWELFTH TABLE. 
 
 ^ this Figure there is a Repe^ 
 tition of the fame Letters of 
 the Alphabet; the one bn the 
 External Parts of the Auri- 
 cle; the other on itsMufcles, 
 and Parts adjacent: 
 
 The Firft. 
 
 AAjThe External Margin 
 of the Outward Ear, call’d 
 Helix ^ and CapreoluSy from 
 its Tortuous Difpofition. 
 BB, AntheJix ^uricul<£. 
 
 C j Hircus Auricula , by 
 
 fome call’d Antitragus, 
 
 D E jCircumfcribe the Concha Tragus Auricula 
 
 •w hich is the Lobus. 
 
 The Second. 
 
 A, The Mufculus Attollens Auriculani\ which derives its 
 partly flelhy, and Membranous Origin, from above the 
 Temporal Mufcle , and defcending over it to its Infertion at the 
 Superior Part of the Cartilage of the Root of the Auricle. 
 
 B C C , The Mufculus Retrahens Auriculam , whofe Origin 
 ■we have always obfervedwith M. DuTerney be from the 
 Apophyfis Majloides ; the whole Mufcle is here expreft much 
 larger than it is commonly found. 
 
 DDj Part of the Parotid Gland cleaving to the Outward 
 Ear: 
 
 EFF, The Excretory Dudls arifing from that Gland, 
 which compofe the Du&us Salhalis Superior. 
 
 G 3 Part of tile Dudus Sativalis Superior, 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 Exhibits the Back Part of the Auricle, when cut off. 
 
 A, The Skin, £«?c. divided from the Hairy-Scalp, and 
 free’d from the Cranium. 
 
 B, The Internal, or Back Part of the Ear next the Skull. 
 
 C, The Inferior Part of the Auricle. 
 
 D, The Meatus Audit or ius; 
 
 E , The Thicknefs of its Cartilage. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 Reprefents the Ramifications of the DuSlus SaVwalis 
 injeded with Wax, and free’d from the Parotid Gland. 
 
 A , The Trunk of the DuSlus Salivalis cut olF at its Pro- 
 grefs over the Mufculus Majfeter. 
 
 BBC, The Ramifications of the Salival Duflus free’d , which 
 arife from the Extremities of the Arteries witJiin the Parotid 
 Gland. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 Reprefents divers Mufcles of the Face after thcQuadratus 
 Gena is taken oiF. 
 
 A, This formal Appearance of circular Fibres about the 
 Ala Nafi, 1 fufped to be fiditious, having never obferv’d 
 fuch a Difpofition in any Subjed, tho’ 1 have purpofely 
 examined this Part ; yet the like Figure of them may be feen 
 in Placentinus. 
 
 B, A Mufcle, whofe Pofition renders it capable of pulling 
 up the Ala Nafi;whQncQ itis called Elevator Ala Naji;zn 6 . 
 by Cajferius^ Fyramidalis^ from its Figure} nor do we com- 
 monly find this Mufcle in Diffedion ; the flefny Fibres on 
 this Part, frequently taking the fame Courfe with thofc of 
 the Orbicularis Palpebrarum do pafs by the Ala Nafi. 
 
 C , The Mufculus Elevator Labii fuperioris pr opr ius. 
 
 DD, Tht Orbicularis Palpebrarum \ This is a thin flefhy 
 
 Mufcle , circularly environing the Eyelids , to which it is 
 inferted,'not unlike the Sphinfler Mufcles of ocher Parts, as 
 of the Lips j and the Bladder of Urine: It ads in drawing the 
 Eyelids nearer each other; which we call fliutting the Eyelids} 
 but if this Mufcle Ads vigoroully, it not only draws the 
 Eyelids clofe together, but forces the Bulb of the Eye into 
 
 the Orbit. Galen and the ancient Anatomifts notdifeovering 
 the Mufculus Aperiens Palpebrarum Reflus^i ^fince found out 
 by Fallopius,) were at a lofs foralfigningaproper Inltrumenc 
 to draw up the Upper Eyelid; wherefore they erroneoufly 
 divided this Orbicular Mufcle into Two: The like error has 
 been incident to fome later Writers, among which Bidloo falls 
 into the fame Miftake. 
 
 E, The Zygomaticus or Dijlor tor Oris. 
 
 F, A Branch of an Arcerv , which arifes from the Carotid 
 in the Neck, and palfing through the Inferior Maxillary 
 Gland i runs over the Lower Jawbone , at the Infertion of the 
 Maffeter Mufcle, as it is here expreft. 
 
 I have frequently met with T^umors on this Part; which 
 have required Incifion ; in which Cafe the dividing of this 
 Artery ought to be regarded ; wherefore lhave rather chofen 
 firft to make Two Perforations one on each Side this Ar- 
 tery , whether by Cauftick or otherwife, and then pafs a Liga- 
 ture to comprehend the Artery for fome Days; and tho’ I 
 cannot advife the Pradice of letting the Ligature divide the 
 whole, by frequently ftraightdning it; yet in Three or Four 
 Days time the Ligature will fo comprefs the Artery, that you 
 may cut through free from any dangerous Flux of Blood. 
 
 G, The Os Jugale. 
 
 H, The Lower Jawbone made bare by die removing of 
 the Skin , and Mufculus ^adratus Colli, 
 
 I , Part of the Carotid Artery. 
 
 KMN, The Temporal Mufcle ; KN its Outfide; M its 
 Infide next the Cranium turned down. * 
 
 L, Part of the Parotid Gland, the greater Part of wdiich 
 Gland being cut away, to exhibit the following Mufcle. 
 
 0 , The Mufculus Maffeter in Jitu: The Origination, Pro- 
 grefs,and Infertion of this, and the Temporal Mufcle, are 
 fulficiently expreft in this, and the following Figure. 
 
 Fig. J. 
 
 Exhibits the Mufcles of the Lips', and fome of thofe of 
 the Lower Jaw. 
 
 ABC, The Mufculus Buccinator free’d from its Origin at the 
 Proceffus Corow^rof the Lower Jaw, fnearerN) and left at its 
 Infertion at the Angle of the Lips : Here we may obferve , 
 that in this Figure ("as in the Life) the Fibres of this Mufcle 
 run according to its Length, contrary to the Defeription 
 Bidloo, and others give ofit; through diis'Mufcle palfes the 
 DuBus Salivalis of the Parotid Gland into the Mouth. 
 
 D, The Mufculus Elevator Labiorum Communis ; This arifes 
 from the Os^artum of the Upper Jaw, and defeends diredly 
 to its infertion under the Termination of the Zygomaticus', 
 in this Figure (^^as we have like wife feen it) a Fafckulus of 
 flelhy Fibres of diis Mufcle run over the Termination of the 
 Zygomaticus. - 
 
 EE,The Elevator Labii fuperioris proprius, and tliQ Mufculus 
 Dilatator Ala Nafi. 
 
 F, The Mufculus Zygomaticus. 
 
 G, Depreffor Labiorum Communis. 
 
 B., DepreJ] or Labii infer ior is pr opr ius. 
 
 1 , Conflriflor Labiorum. 
 
 KMN, The Temporalis ; N, its Implantation at die ^rocejfus 
 Corona of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 L , Part of the Parotid Gland. 
 
 O, The Maffeter cut from its Origin at the Oj and 
 
 left at its Infertion to the Lower Jaw. 
 
 PQ, Part of the Origin of the Mufculus Pterygoideus ex- 
 ternus in fitu ; This fprings from the External Part of the Pro- 
 ceffus Pterygoides,znd. Upper Part of Os Sphenoeides, and runs 
 backwards to its Infertion at the Neck, of the Proceffus Con- 
 dyloides: To difeover the Progrefs of this Mufcle, the Pro-, 
 ceffus Corona Ihould be cut off with a Chizel. 
 
 R, The Proceffus Condyliformis of the Lower Jaw, which 
 is here in a great Part lay’d bare. 
 
 S, Fart of die Mufculus Digajlricus of the Lower Jaw. 
 
THE 
 
 THIRTEENTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 HE External Parts of the 
 Nofe, together with the 
 Tongue, Fauces ^Garga- 
 reo% and the like, in Situ, 
 A,TheBackof theNofe. 
 
 The Spine , 
 
 C, The Tip , 
 
 D ,The Septum Narium 
 or Bridge, 
 
 EE, The .AliZ Najl or 
 Sides of the Nofe. 
 
 FFF, The Cheeks divided , fo that the Parts within 
 the Mouth may appear. 
 
 G, The Tongue. 
 
 H, The Gar gar eon or Uvula in Situ,, cover’d with 
 the Glandulous Membrane of the Palat. 
 
 I , The TonfilU defcribed in our u 4 ppen. Fig:, g. 
 KK, The Gums of both Jaws. 
 
 EL, The Palat or Roof of the Mouth, whole 
 Glandules are exprelt Tab. 14. Fig. 4. B C. 
 
 . M, The Upper Part of the Epiglottis railed through 
 tl e DeprelTure of the T ongue. We feldom lee the Epi- 
 ^'ottis in looking into the Mouths of Living People;but 
 in Ibme Few I have Ibme times leen its Upper Part I by 
 very much deprelTing the T ongue to inkped the Fauces; 
 in fuch Perlbns Ibme (very Ignorant in Anatomy) have 
 taken it for an Excrelcence , and have propoled its Ex- 
 tradion. A MiUake, equally as pernicious , has been in- 
 cident to lome Praditioners, in fuppofing the Foramina 
 of Excretory Dulls of the TonfilU when fill’d with 
 
 a T edacious Matter , (as in Gales of taking Cold , as it’s 
 call’d, 8^ cl) to be Ulcers; as Fallopius takes notice. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Outward Covering of the Tongue view’d with 
 a Microlcope : This Figure together with the 3", 4% 
 6,7? snd 8 , were done after the Tongues of Ibme 
 Qiiadrupedes ^ as of Bulls, Sheeps , or the like. With 
 the Alliftance of a Microlcope , an Appearance not 
 altogether unlike this may be fbund on a Humane 
 Tongue ; without any Horny Covering like that 
 delcribed by Eidloo in thele Figures, as follows. 
 
 A , That Part towards the Tip of the Tongue , 
 
 B , That towards the Root may be leen, arifing from 
 the Membrane underneath , a Ibf t of Bodies of a Tooth- 
 like F orm CC, 8^ c» hard as Cartilages, or the J^ailes * for 
 which realbn (lays he)I call them Unguk: Betwixt thele 
 (he further adds) are placed certain forked Bodies of the 
 lame Strudure : (See Fig. 3.) Between thele Two Kinds 
 of Bodies , and Ibmetimes upon them , are placed cer- 
 tain Bladder-like Fyriformal,2cciAFellucidGlohuli. {Fig, 
 2< D.) Thele Unguk are framed by the manifold joyning 
 together of Fibrous Lamelk. ( See Fig. 4. A. ) whole 
 Middle B , is Medullary and Pervious; but the Globuli 
 are hollow like Bladders: Both thele kinds are clotted 
 about with a firong tenfile Membrane {Fig. 2. E.) to 
 which they are fafined on their Sides. This Membrane 
 is fupported with Hairy Stamina F. like the Membrane 
 immediatly under it , which fubjacent Membrane is Per- 
 forated by the aforelaid Bodies , as appears in {Ftg. 6.)In 
 Ibme of the Interfiices of thele Bodies there may cer- 
 tain Cavities G, Fig. 2. be dilcover d ; whole Bottom is 
 
 very Porous. The Appearance of -the Back Part of 
 thele Bodies is reprelented in Fig. 5. A , The broken 
 Globuli. B, The Afperities of the Unguk. C, The 
 Hairy Membranous Covering. D, The porous Aper- 
 tures. The Upper Covering being remov’d , the Second 
 or Subjacent Membrane , mention’d above, comes in 
 view. Fig. 6. Spread like a Net ; the Du6t of whole 
 Fibres is lo intricate and various , that nothing certain 
 can be determin’d of their Order; For in a Raw Tongue 
 it is glutinous , in a Boyl’d one extendible ; its Supe- 
 riour Part expreft in this Figure , is whitilh and thinner ; 
 but the Lower is oblerv’d to be thick , and more tena- 
 cious. (See Fig. 7.) Its Perforations A A ^Fig. 6 . anfwer 
 to the Number of the Unguk : Here alfo may be ob- 
 lerv’d lev erallmall VellelsB , creeping along, and run- 
 ning to the Superficies of the Tongue. The Edges of 
 thele Perforations are made rough by Imall Fibres and 
 Vellels of their own , as well as of the broken Unguk. 
 The like Strudure may be oblerv’d every where in the 
 Membrane in the Infide of the Mouth , elpecially in 
 the Palat. Under this Netlike Covering lome Nervous 
 Papillary Plexus. Fig. 8. A, and certain Glands B are 
 hid ; the Tops of which are inleparably joyn’d to the 
 above nam’d Medullary Middles of the Unguk : So that 
 thele Unguk , like little .Horns , cover thole Papillary 
 Bodies like a Membrane Ipread over them; Thele Pa- 
 pilk are tyed in leveral Places to the Carnous Fibres of 
 the Tongue ; of thele , Ibme are Large C; Ibme Smaller 
 D ; Ibme confuled and in Heaps E ; others more difiant, 
 and diftind, and of different Figures -, about Thele are 
 placed a great many Glands F , to' which the V ellels of 
 the Net-like Covering do adhere, The lame Organs , 
 tho’ in a larger Form , do arile out of the Coverings of 
 the Lips and Cheeks , as above. 
 
 Fig. 9. 
 
 The Mulculous Strudure of the Tongue. 
 
 AA, The External Order ofFibres continued accor- 
 ding to the Length of the Tongue , {viz) from its Bafis 
 to its Tip; between thele are interlperled (BBB) 
 divers Glandules and Lobes of Fat, BB. 
 
 CD, The Second Order of Fibres of the Tongue, 
 which delcend from the Upper Part towards its Bajis. 
 
 E F , Other Fibres arifing from the Bajis go to the 
 Superficies of the Tongue. 
 
 GH , Others carried from the Middle of the Tongue 
 towards the Sides ; the Tendinous Extremities of thele 
 Fibres are fafined to the Coverings of the T ongue : At 
 the Middle of the lower Part of the Tongue , are Two 
 difiind Clajfes ofFibres very intricately dilpoled , which 
 contribute to thole various Motions the Tongue is 
 necefiarily imploy’d in , whether in Speaking , 
 Mafiication , or the like. 
 
 Fig. 10. 
 
 The Strudure of the Gums magnifyed with a Mi- 
 crolcope. 
 
 AA , Part of the Gums. 
 
 BB, Two of the Foreteeth. 
 
 C, The Covering of the Gums opened. 
 
 D, The Dud of the Fibres. 
 
 E , The Glands fituated between the Fibres. 
 
 F, Part of the Upper Jaw broken off 
 
 THE 
 

 


 # 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 4 ^ 
 
 J 
 
 % 
 
 
 f^7*ti 
 
THE 
 
 
 
 
 FOURTEENTH TABLE, 
 
 Fig. I. ' 
 
 I V E R S Mufcles of the Tongue, 
 Os Hyoides , and Larynx^ as 
 they appear in their proper Si- 
 tuation, after the Side of the 
 
 Lower- Taw 
 
 is taken oiF. 
 
 AABli, The Tongue Pinn’d 
 up B. 
 
 C, The Mufculus StyJogloJJus 
 in Situ ; It ariling from the Fro- 
 ceffus Styloides is inferted to the 
 Root of the Tongue immediate- 
 ly below the Implantation of 
 the CeratogloJJus s it draws tiie Tongue up, and inwards ^ 
 in the Adlion of Deglutition. 
 
 D D , The Mufculus CeratogloJJus , Arifing Flefliy from the 
 Horns at the Os Hyoides^ and is fo Inferted to the Tongue: 
 If this with its Partner Ad, tJiey draw the Tongue diredly 
 into the Mouth j if One of them Ads, it pulls me Tongue 
 to one Side. 
 
 EFGIL, The Mufculus Genioglojfus in Situ; It arifing 
 from the Middle of the Internal Part of the Lower Jaw, and 
 is Implanted at the Root of the Tongue; when this with its 
 Partner Ad:, they draw tlie Tongue Forwards, and thrull 
 it out of the Mouth. 
 
 H , Part of the Fauces contiguous to the Root of the 
 Tongue. 
 
 K, Part of die Mufculus Sternohyoideus. 
 
 L, Part of Coracohyoideus. 
 
 N. B. That L is inferted in Two different Parts of this 
 Figure', wherefore the Reader is defir ed to take Notice that the 
 Lowermqfl belongs to the lajl Reference. 
 
 M, The Mufculus Sty locer at ohyoideus ; Its Origin , Progrefs 
 and Infertion, are fo well exprell in the Figure, that there 
 needs no other Defeription to be added; this Mufcle, toge- 
 tlier with the Stylogloffus, and Stylopharyngaus , with their 
 Partners on the other Side, Ad in Drawing up the Os Hyoi- 
 des , Tongue , Larynx, and Pharynx in Deglutition ; by which 
 means the Aliment when fitted lor Swallowing,do*s not only 
 Defcend into the Pharynx ( which is at that Time dilated 
 hut the Fpiglottis is in that Pofition of the Tongue by confe- 
 quence depreft,and adequately Covers tlie Rimula ot the La- 
 rynx; whereby, the leafl Particle of the Aliment ishindred, 
 in its Defcent into die Larynx , and Mfpera Arteria ; which is 
 a wonderful Mechanifm in Nature! Hence ■’tis we can by no 
 means Expire in the Adion of Swallowing of the Aliment, 
 without fome Part ofit Defcending into the Rimula of the 
 Larynx; which is fo troublefome as to caufe an incelfant 
 Coughing till ids ejeded. 
 
 N, Thu Mufculus Mylohyoides i Cut from its Origination 
 at die Internal Part of the Lower Jaw-Bone , and left as its 
 Implantadon to the Middle and Upper Part of the Os Hyoi- 
 des. 
 
 O , The Geniohyoides Mufcle in Situ. 
 
 P, The Middle Part of the Lower Jaw-Bone, which com- 
 pofes die Chin, broke off. 
 
 Qj The Internal Surface of the Upper Lip. 
 
 R , The Infide of the Cheek. 
 
 S , The Gujlatory Nerve ; being a Branch of the Fifth Pair 
 of Nerves of the Brain, in its Way to the Tongue. 
 
 T, The Motory Nerve of the Tongue, fpringing from 
 the Nindi Pair of the Brain. 
 
 t, A fmall Branch of the Ninth Pair going to the Larynx. 
 
 V , The Left Horn of the Os Hyoides. 
 
 - W , The Trunk of the Carotid Artery • 
 
 XX, The Mufculus Digajtricus left to its Origination at 
 the Procejfus Mtffloides, 
 
 Fig. 
 
 2 . 
 
 Reprefents, according to Eidloo, the Salival Dud free’d 
 from the Inferior Maxillary Gland , expreft in Situ, in Fig. i. 
 of the following Table MM. I cannot conceive this Figure 
 of the Salival Duds was defignM after the Life; nor do’s it 
 exprefs any other Excretory Dud which occurs to my Memo- 
 ry; wherefore I fiiall here add the Defeription of it by Bidloo. 
 A, The Twigs of the Salival Dud, above mention’d, injeded 
 with Wax, and free’d from the Glandules: B, The larger 
 Branches: C, The Common Dud: D, It’s Orifice inclos’d 
 with an Edging. E,?art of the invefting Membrana of the 
 Mouth cut ofiF. See the Figure of the Salival Dudts of the 
 Lower Maxillary Glands, together with die Sublingual Glands 
 in our Appendix. 
 
 Fig. 3- , ‘ 
 
 The Inner Face of the Upper Jaw, and Fauces, after the 
 Lower Jaw is taken olf. 
 
 A , The Roof of the Mouth , or Palat. 
 
 B B , The Glandulous Membrane of the Fauces near the 
 Tonfilla. 
 
 CC, Divers Foramina in the Surface of the Glandulous 
 Membrane of the Mouth or Palat, thro’ which ilfues a Juice 
 feparated in its Glandules , exprell Fig. 4. B, B, C^ C. 
 
 - DE, The Forepart of the Palat near thu Dentes Incifores, 
 where the Bone underneath is Perforated, to tranfmit divers 
 BlooiVelfels and Nerves; but in Bulls and fome Animals, 
 in this Part, is a Perforation thro’ both the Membrane of 
 the Palat, and that of the Nollrils, and is a common Paf- 
 fage between t\\Qix Foramina Narium and Mouths; which in 
 them is call’d Fretum , and ferves to convey Part of the Matter 
 feparated by the Glands of dieir Nollrils into their Mouths. 
 
 F F , A Stylus put thro’ die Left Noftril into the Fauces. 
 
 G, The Umla or Gar^areon hanging down from die 
 Palat. 
 
 H , The Glandulous Menibrane which helps to compofe 
 the Back Part of the Fauces. 
 
 II, Part oitbuMufculi Flexor es Capitis* 
 
 K K , Parts of the Longi Colli. 
 
 LL, Th^Fertebra of the Neck. 
 
 Fl^. 4. ^ t 
 
 The Infide of the Membrane of the Palat, as it appears 
 when Rais’d , and View’d with a Microfeope. 
 
 AA, The Tunica Talatina Rais’d from the Bone, and 
 Pinn’d out. 
 
 BCD, The Glandules, and Carnous Fibres, which com- 
 pofe the Menibrane. 
 
 EE, Two Dentes Incifores. 
 
 F, The Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw, by fome call’d 
 Os Palati, whofe Surface is full oi VeJUgia the Tu- 
 
 nica Palati did Adhere. 
 
 Pig' ?• 
 
 The Foramina Open’d, by taking olf the Greater 
 
 Half of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw ^ or Os Palati. 
 
 A A B B , The Pituitary or Glandulous Membrane , whicii 
 invells the Foramen of the Left Nofiril , feparated from die 
 Septum Narium B. 
 
 C C, The Glandulous Membrane extended , fo as to receive 
 a ftrong ( D D ) Reflection of Light , by means of a Stylus 
 DD, introduc’d as in Fig. 3. The Structure of this Glari- 
 dulous Membrane is altogether agreeable to that of the Pa- 
 lat Fauces t &c. fo that we need not fay more of it in this 
 Place ; but that it is not only extended to all the tortuous 
 Meanders of thefe Cavities of the Nollrils, but it alfoin- 
 vells the Cavities of the Cheek-Bones, Os Sphenoides> and 
 FrontiSi all which communicate with the Nollrils, where 
 they difeharge their Pituita\ as lhall be demonftratediii the 
 Ofleological Part of this Work, 
 
 H 
 
 THE 
 
 
 
FIFTEENTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. r. 
 
 IVERS Mufcles 6f the Lower 
 Jaw 5 and Os Hy aides hi Sisu, 
 the Skin , and Mufculus Qua- 
 dratus Coili being Remov’d 
 ABC, The Mufculus T>i- 
 gaflricus or Biventer; B, its 
 Flelhy Origination from the 
 Frocejjiis Mmnmillaris ; C , 
 its Middle Tendon pafling 
 thro‘ the Mufculus Stylocera- 
 tohyoideus(H)y and an Annu- 
 lar Ligament arifing from the 
 Os Hy aides i to its Fielhy 
 
 Termination A, in the Lowei* Jaw 
 
 The Middle Tendon of this DigaftricMufcle,and Ks Part- 
 her, pairing thro’ Two Annular Ligaments Fixt to the Os 
 Hyaides^ as the Ropes thro’ a Double Fully, is a necelfary 
 Contrivance in Nature to render them capable of pulling the 
 Lower [aw Down; which, had their Progrefs been direct 
 from their Originations , they could not have perform’d; 
 nor is there any Procelfes, whether of the Fertebra of the 
 Neck, or Neighbouring Parts, that could give Originations 
 to thefe Mufcles below their Infertions , as in fome Quadru- 
 pedes : Wherefore the Divine Architect, in Humane Bodies, 
 has plac’d this Double^Pully below their Terminations , by 
 which means they are made capable of performing their de- 
 fign’d Office. Hence "Deglutitian is Hindred , when thefe 
 Mufcles are in Aftion^ they at that Time preventing the 
 Afcent ofthe Tongue, and Larynx \ neither can we in the 
 Time of Swallowing, draw the Lower Jaw down , becaufe the 
 Center af Dire [f ion is pull’d up i wherefore we are oblig’d to 
 keep the jaws clofe in that Action. But in Dogs, and other 
 Voracious Animals, (wherein thefe Mufcles Arife from the 
 Tranfverfe Procelfes of the Firll Vertebra of the Neck) thefe 
 Actions do not Depend upon each other; whence it is they 
 devour their Aliment fo Quick. 
 
 D , The Inferior Edge of the Lower Jaw Bone made bare. 
 
 EE, The Mufculus Mylahyoideus, which derives itsFlelhy 
 Origin from the Internal Part of the Lo w'er Jaw , partly under 
 the Inferior Maxillary Glands ^ and partly at the Infertions 
 of the Mufculus Digajlricus ; whence Defending with a Dou- 
 ble Order of Fibres, here elegantly Exprelt, is inferted to 
 the Superior and Forepart of the Os Hyoides. Immediately 
 tinder this Mufcle lie the GlanduU Sublinguales , and Salival 
 DuCls of the Inferior and Maxillary Gland; both which are 
 Comprell by it, and their contain’d driven Forewards 
 into the Mouth when this Mufcle ACts , as in Deglutition , &c. 
 
 FF,The Mufeuli Sternohyaidei ^ from the Internal 
 and Superior Part of the Claviculat and not from the Ster- 
 num^ as it’s Vulgarly fuppos’d, and are inferted to the Infe- 
 fior , and Forepart of the Os Hyoides. 
 
 GG, Parts of the Coracohyoidei ^ coming from under the 
 Majloid Mufcles ( 11 ). 
 
 HH, Parts of the Sternothyroidei^ which fpring from the 
 Superior and Internal Part of the and march under 
 
 the ^ternothyoidei to their Terminations in the Tbyroide CartU 
 lage-i as appears in the following Figure. 
 
 J I , The Majloid el. 
 
 K, Part of the Maffetet on the Right Side. 
 
 L, Part of the Parotid Gland on the fame Side. 
 
 MM, The Glandulce Maxilla Infer tor is. 
 
 N , That Part of the Mufculus Stylohyoideus , that is Perfo- 
 rated to tranfmit the Middle Tendon of the Mufcle 
 
 of the Lower Jaw; which together with an Annular Liga- 
 ment , fpringing from the Os Hyoides^ in like manner involv- 
 ing the laft mention’d Middle Tendon of that Mufcle, do’s 
 like a Fully render it capable of pulling the Lower Jaw down, 
 as above Noted. 
 
 O , Part of the Internal Jugular Vein. 
 
 P , Part of the Carotid Artery. 
 
 Q, A Blood-Veflel cut off and ti’d. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 Divers Mufcles lying under thofe expreft in the former 
 Figure. 
 
 AAA, The Lower Edge of the Inferior Jaw-Bone laid 
 bare-. 
 
 BB , The Mufeuli Sternohyoidei free’dfrom their Infertions^ 
 and left at their Originations. 
 
 C CCC, The Coracohyoidei are a Pair of Digahrick Muf- 
 cles ; they Arife Flefhy from thsProceffus Coracoides Scapula^ 
 and Afcend under the Mufeuli. M^ftojdei where they become 
 T endinous , but Growing Flefliy again , are Inferted at the Ba- 
 fis ofthe Fore-Bone of the Os Hyoides; this draws the Os 
 Hyoides downwards, and pulls it fomewhat inwards. 
 
 D, Part ofthe Mufculus Stylohyoideus at its Termination. 
 
 EE, The Mufculus Mylohyoideus; on the Right Side not 
 quite Free’d from its Origination; on the Left , fo Rais’d , as 
 that the Glandula Sublingualis W, do’s Appear ; this Bidloo 
 calls Geniohyoidei. 
 
 FF, The Geniohyoidei., hy Bidloo call’d Anther eohy oidei ; 
 they Arife Fleffiy from the Internal Part of the Lower Jaw, 
 which compofes the Chin, and arc Inferted to the Superior 
 and Forepart of the Os Hyoides: When thefe Mufcles Adt, 
 the Os Hyoides is pull’d Upwards , and Forewards ,and Affift 
 the Genioglojji in Thrulling the Tongue out of the Mouth. 
 
 G G, The Digaftrick Mufcles of the Lower Jaw cut from 
 their Infertions. 
 
 H H , The Majlodei Mufcles ; that of the Right Side being 
 cut from its Origination and left at its Infercion ; that of the 
 Left remaining in Situ. 
 
 I, The Scutiformal Cartilage of the E<7r)';/.v , which makes 
 what they call , the Fomum Adami. 
 
 K, The AJpera Arteria or Wind-Pipe. 
 
 LL, The GlanduU Thyroidaoe 
 
 M, The Mufculus Maffeter in Situ. 
 
 N, The Mufculus Tterygoideus Interims in Situ-, it Arifes 
 partly Tendinous, and partly Fleffiy , from the Cavity of the 
 Winglike Procefs of the Os Sphenoides. Tab. 29. Fig. 2. K. 
 whence it Defeends to its Implantation at the Internal and 
 Inferior Part of the Lower Jaw-Bone, oppofite to the Ter- 
 mination ofthe Either this, or its partner Adling, 
 draws the Jaw to the contrary Side;ifboth Adl,they Aflin: 
 the Mufeuli Temporales ^ and Maffeter es* 
 
 O , Part of the Parotid Gland. 
 
 P, The Mufculus Hyothyroideus ; it Arifing from the Os 
 Hyoides , is Inferted to the Lower Part of the Scutiformal Car- 
 tifage; this draws the Larynx Upwards in an Acute Tone of 
 the Voice. 
 
 Q, The Cricothyroideus. See Tab. 24.. Fig. y. HH. 
 
 R, The Sternothyroideus ending in the Scutiformal Carti- 
 lage. 
 
 S, The Internal Jugular Vein, whofe Lower Part isatfo'me 
 diftance plac’d under that Part ofthe Majloid Mufcle, {App. 
 Fig. 1. 14.) which fprings from the Clavicle, which Part of 
 that Mulcle is molt commonly Contracted in thofe who are 
 faid to have Wry Necks, which the Operator in that Cafe 
 ought to Obferve, leallin too boldly Tlirultingin his Knife 
 to divide the contracted Part, he alfo Wounds this large 
 Blood- Veffel, and the Flux of Blood prove DellruCtive to 
 the Patient; for tho’ its Flux may eafily be reftrain’d out- 
 wardly , yet the Vein lying info largean^.lnterltice,defended 
 by the Clavicle, and Adjacent Mufcles , the Blood will ne« 
 verthelefs pafs out of the Veffel between the Mufcles, and 
 Neighbouring Parts. When fuch a Mifehiefis done , we ought 
 to divide the External Integuments largely,and clear thePart 
 ofthe Coagulated Blood, and apply a moderate Comprefs on 
 the Wounded Veffel: An Inftance of which PraCIice wehad 
 once Occafion to make in a Wound between the PeCloral, 
 and Deltoid Mufcles , immediately under the Clavicula , where 
 the Subclavian Vein was Wounded. In fuch like Cafes, how 
 can thofe Ignorant in Anatomy, Practice without Fear and 
 Trembling: 
 
 T, The Carotid Artery. 
 
 V, A large Vein proceeding from the Thyroide Gland to 
 the Ramus Subclavius. 
 
 W , The Glandula Sublingualis lying immediately under 
 the Mufculus Mylohyoideus. 
 


 THE 
 
 SIXTEENTH TABLE. 
 
 HE External Miilcles which move the Head as they appear on 
 I the Back-part; the Upper-part of the being taken ofL 
 
 : andfome Mulclesofthe Shoulder-blade > and ‘Thorax, rais’d and 
 reclined laterally. 
 
 AA, The -Mufculus Splenius in Situ i 
 
 BB, &c. Its partly Tendinous, and partly Flelhy Origination 
 from the Five or Six Spines of the Superior Vertebra of the Thoraxi 
 the Lower Part of this Mufcle appears in moft Subjects 
 diftin£t from its Superior, and is Inlerted to the Tranlverfe Pro- 
 cefles of the Third, Fourth, and Fifth Vertebra oi the Neck, as isExprefl: at eee. 
 
 CC, &'c.The Origination of the Superior Part of the Splenius from the Spines of the 
 Inferior Vertebra of the Neck, DD its Flelhy Termination at the Os Ocdpitis. 
 
 EE, The Splenius on the Left Side raifed, and reclined laterally; 
 
 eee, Its Three, fometimesFour,TendinousTerminations inferted to as many of the 
 Tranfverfe Procefles of the Neck : Anatomifts have erred in reckoning the Spknii among 
 the Proper Mufcles of the Head , fince they are alfo Implanted to the Tranfverfe Pro- 
 cefles of the Vertebra of the N eck, wherefore they are to be efteemed as Common to the 
 Head, and Neck, fo that if either of Them Ads , it draws the Head together with the 
 Vertebra of the Neck to which it’s infcrted,to that Side Backwards ; if they both Ad, 
 theypull the Head diredly Backwards, together with thofe Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 P'GH,0'c.The Complexus Implicatus oxTergeminus, on both Sides the Left being 
 laid bare; 
 
 HH, Its partly Tendinous , and partly Flelhy Origin , from the Tranfverfe Proceflhs 
 pf the Vertebra of the Thorax, which becomes ftill more Flelhy in its Alcen t FG, and is lb in- 
 lerted to the Os Ocdpitis II, immediately under the T ermination of the Splenius DD. 
 
 ffj Apart of th^MuJculus Complexus, Inlerted tO the Procejfus Mammiformis , and is by 
 Vallopius defcribed as a diftind Mufcle; but to avoid Confulion, and multiplying the 
 Number of Mufcles,' we have hitherto look’d on it as not pcrfedly diftind , having 
 in fome Subieds found it infeparably join’d with the other Part of the Complexus. 
 
 Either of thefe Complexi Ading , draws the Head to the lame Side Backwards ; if they 
 both Ad, they draw it diredly Backwards. 
 
 K, The Serratus Superior Vofticus, railed. 
 
 L , The Rhomboides in like manner raifed and reclined laterally. 
 
 M, The Upper Part of the LongiJJimus Dorfi, and Sacrolumbalis. 
 
 N, The Mufculus Levator Scapula, partly appears. 
 
 1 
 
 THE 
 
 
 I 
 
THE 
 
 SEVENTEENTH TABLE. 
 
 EVERAL Mufcks of the Head arid Neckj lying under thofe 
 reprelehted in the precedent Table. 
 
 AiThs Mujculus RcBus Major Pofiicus Dilledted from its Infer* 
 tion at the Occiput Dj on the Left Side > and hanging down from 
 its Origination at the Double Spine of the Second Vertebra of 
 the Neck: 
 
 B, The fame Mufele/a Situ^ on the Right Side. 
 
 _ CCEj The on the Left Side laid bare} and. 
 
 remaining /« Situ\ ou the Right Side it is partly hid by the ReBus Major. 
 
 DD} The Infertionsof Xhs'RecH Minores to the Os Ocdpitiss they derive their Origi* 
 nations from the Back-part of the Firft Vertebra of the Neck} and not from any Con- 
 dyliform Procels of that Vertebra } as BiMoo defcribes them ; the Firft Vertebra of the Neck} 
 not only wanting fuch a Procels } but is conftantly without any Procefs in that Part} 
 as has been taken Notice of by moft} if not all Anatomifts. 
 
 Thofe ReBi Minores pull the Head backward on the Firft Vertebra of the Neck} and 
 from their Ufe may be call’d Renuentes orNodders backwards} and are Antagoniftsto 
 a ftnall Pair of Mulcles in the Forepart of a Right Pofition alfb; to diftinguilh which} 
 from thefe} we call th&a\ReBi Minores Antici Annuentes from their Ufe}Of which} 
 we lhall add a Figure in our Appendix. 
 
 FF, The Obliqui Jnferiores'y that of the Right Side remaining in Situ, the Left being 
 free’d from its Infertion and remaining at its Origin : Either of them } arifes from 
 one of the Double Spinal Procels’s of the Second Vertebra of the Neck } and after an 
 Oblique Afcent } is Infefted to the Tranfverfe Procels of the Firft Vertebra. 
 
 W hen either of thefe Inferior Oblique Mufeles Adfs } it draws the Tranfverfe Procels 
 of the Firft Vertebra the Spine of the Second} and the Head by Confequence} is 
 mov’d to the lame Side} and is very much aftifted by the Mafloideus on the contrary 
 Side} of which in the following Table; If both A<ft}they conlpire to hold the Head 
 more liable. . ‘ 
 
 GH} 'The Obliqui Superiores} that of the Right Side remaining in SituG'y the Left 
 being cut from its Implantation at the Os Occipitis , and left at its Origin at the TranL 
 verfe Procels of the Firft Vertebra of the Neck: Tho’ thefe Superior Oblique Mufeles 
 perform the lame Office with the ReBi Majores laft treated of} when the Head is in 
 an Ereift Pofition in pulling it dire<ftly backwards; yet in regard it is neceflary the 
 Head Ihould be mov’d alfo backwards} at the lame Time it is turn’d to one Side; it 
 is an Argument of a confiderable Council of the Author of Nature} to add thefe and 
 the ReBi Minores to A<3: at that Time; fince the ReBi Majores are then fo extended by 
 that Rotation of the Head} that they cannot well A<ft. 
 
 II} An Alperity of the Bone of the Occiput ^ where the Mufculi Splenii and Complexi 
 Terminate. 
 
 KK} The Under Sides of the Mufculi Complexi, as they appear when rais’d and re- 
 clin’d laterally} the greater Part of that of the Right Side being cut offi 
 
 L} Parts of the Longiffmus Dorft and Sacrolumbalis. 
 
 M N } The MufcuUts Spinalis Colli ; this arifes Flelhy from all the Tranfverfe ProceF 
 fes of the Neck} except the Firft and Second; and is Inferred} after an Oblique 
 AfcendingProgrels, to the Inferior Margin of the Back-part of the Second Vertebra 
 of the Neck} as it is here expreft on the Right Side: Tms and its Partner A(fting» 
 draw the Vertebra of the Neck direftly backwards. 
 
 00> The Spines of the Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 PP} The Mufculi Interfpinalesi of which} in o\XX Appendix, 
 
 a> The Elevator Scapula. 
 
 THE 
 
 . e agsf.il » . . . j.j — 
 

 
 
 
 1 
 
 r 
 
 V(V 
 
 1 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 EIGHTEENTH TABLE. 
 
 I V E RS Mufcles of the Head and N^ck, which appear in the 
 Forepart after the Lower-Jaw , Tongue, Larpx^ j^fper-a Arteria 
 and GhU are removed. 
 
 Mufculi Longi Colli , which arife partly Tendinous j 
 but chiefly Flefliy? from the Foreparts of the Five Superior 
 Vertebra of the 7horax^ and after a Dilatation , in the Middle of 
 their Progrefs to Flefliy Bellies, they are inferred , in like Man- 
 ner as they begin , to the Foreparts of all the Vertebra of the Neck ; 
 Theie may be called Flexores Colli from their Ufe. 
 
 BB, The Three ScaUni in Situ: The Firft of thefe Mulcles arifes Flefliy from the 
 Forepart of the Second, Third and fourth Traniverfe Procefles of the Vertebral of tho 
 Neck, and defcending obliquely forewards, becomes Tendinous at its Infertion to 
 the Firft Rib, the Axillary Nerves pals between this and the following : Scalenus Se- 
 cmdus, m like manner fpnngs from the Second, Third > Fourth and Fifth Tranlverfe - 
 Procefles of the Neckj and is inferred to the Second and Ibmetime Third Rib. Sca~ 
 lenus Tertius, arifes from the lame Tranfverfe Procefles with the former: as alfo from 
 the Fifth and Sixth, and is foon implanted into the Firft Rib. 
 
 II, The Majloidei, which arifes partly Tendinous and partly Flefliy from theUpper 
 
 Part of the Os P earns or Sternum,nnA near Half the Clavkula M, with Two and fome- 
 
 titnes Three diftin£t Beginnings (as in this Subjedt KKK) which afcend obliquely 
 
 and joyn m Half their Progrefs; compofing a fomewhat round, thick, Flefliy 
 
 IMufcle, and marching over the Upper Part of the ^ujculus Blevatot Scapula » becomes 
 
 broader again and Tendinous, at its Implantation to the Back-part of the Procejfus 
 
 Mammillarisi and the adjoyning Part of the Os Ocdpitis, zhovt the Implantation of Part 
 of the Splemus, 
 
 1 . Progrefs, and Infertion of this Mufcle, not being duly confidercd, 
 
 has led Anatomifts into Errors concerning its Ufe: For if this Mufcle Ads on either 
 bide, the Mammillary Procefs on the fame Side, is brought towardfj a Right Pofi- 
 tion with its Original at the Sternum^ and the Head is turned to the Contrary Side* 
 and this Aftion of it is commonly well expreft by Paimersi but fliould it more 
 more contrad, it will draw the Head to one Side forewards, as we fee in 
 Wry Necks (commonly fo called) where one of thefe Mufcles remains contraded; 
 but if they both Ad together, the Head is rather pulled back than forewards, 
 by howmuch their Infertions are rather behind the Mammillary Procefles, than 
 
 ^on them; which Procefles are ^ Biametro oppolite to the Articulation of the 
 Head, with the Firft Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 Majores Antici, by feme Called Par ReBum Internum Colli, fays 
 ^^v®.®J®where oiled them Flexores Capitis from their Ufe: They Arife partly 
 Flefliy, but chiefly Tendinous from the Fore-part of all the Tranfverfe Pr<^efles 
 of the Verteha of the Neck, except the Firft and Second becoming Flefliy, are Inferted to 
 
 /’/'^»^<A;of the Os Occipitis, before the great Foramen that tranJfinits the Me^ 
 dulla Oblongata. ' 
 
 They are imployed in Bending the Head forewards. 
 
 MM , The Clavkula. 
 
 O , The Uvula. 
 
 PP , The Bodies of the Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 R 
 
 THE 
 
The 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 • • . .1 . 
 
 ?NE of* the Mamma or 'Breafts of both Sexes ; fome dif- 
 tinguilli them by their Denominations , calling that of a 
 Woman Fig. i . Mamma^ and that of a Man Fig. 2.. Mammilla: 
 We commonly call them the Breads j but in Woman Dugs. 
 A A , A Portion of the Skin Rais’d and Pinn’d out , to 
 ' fliew its Infi ie. 
 
 BB, The Protuberant Parts of the Breads of both Sexes, in which 
 that of the Woman exceeds that of a Man. . 
 
 CC, The Papilla, or Nipples j the Difference in the Magnitude .of 
 which , is very Confpicuous, 
 
 - D D , The Areola whdfe Difference is here very well Expreft between 
 the Man and the Woman , as they appear to the naked Eye. 
 
 • EE, The Glandules of the Mamma. 
 
 FF, The Plexors of Blood- Veflels and Ladiferous Duds lying be- 
 tween each Glandulous Protuberance. 
 
 GG, Divers Sacculi Adipoft lying on the lad mentioned VefTels and 
 Duds between the Mammary Glandules. 
 
 HH, The Adipofe Membrane Pinn’d out; * 
 
 Fig . T ’ ’ , 
 
 The Papilla and Areola of a Wdmans Bread view’d with a Micrd- 
 fcopc , and Reprefented Six times bigger than the Life. 
 
 A , The Head or Top of the Papitla, 
 
 B, Its Glandulous Membrane. 
 
 CC, The Orifices of the Ladiferous Veflels in the Top of the ?a~ 
 pill a. . 
 
 DD, Areola'. . 
 
 • E, Its rough Membrane. The Areola ih Virgins is of a Pale Colour , 
 and fomewhat hard ; in thofe with Child and give Suck , it is Brown ; 
 and in Old Women Blackilh. 
 
 F, The Papillary Protuberances of the Areola\ from each of which 
 a Hair proceeds. 
 
 G G, Some Vefligia of the Ladiferous Tubes in their Progrcfs from 
 the Mamma thro’ the Aireola to the Papilla. 
 
 Fig. 4. ' ■ . 
 
 The Papilla of a Womans Bread in like manner Expred with the 
 Aflidance of a Microfeope. 
 
 A A, The 'External Glandulous Membrane of the Papilla y leparated 
 and expanded. 
 
 B B , Divers Glands of the Papilla cleaving to its Membrane. 
 
 CC, The Ladiferous Tubes which arife from the Extremities of 
 the Arteries within the Mamma , in their way to their Orifices in the 
 
 Top of the Papilla y QC Fig. 5. , 
 
 DD, The Glands of the Papilla Whole Secretory Duds difeharge 
 their Contents into the lad mentioned Ladiferous Tubes. 
 
 To examine the Papilla or Nipple, the following Method may be 
 Pradis’d. Infert a Blow-Pipe into one of the larged of the Ladiferous 
 Tubes on the Top of the Nipple CC, Fig. 3. and after making a 
 draight L igature on the Nipple ^nd Blow-Pipe, you may Blow up all 
 the Ladiferous Tubes of the Mamma y thro’ their Communications 
 with each other, before they approach the Nipple Figur’d by Nuck A- 
 denog. Curiofa , Fig. 1 1 . Fol. 1 f . All the Ladiferous Tubes of the Mamma 
 being thus extended with Wind ; thole Parts of Them which help to 
 compofe the Papitla ( CC j ) together with their Extremities within the 
 Glands DD, being very much extended ; make a draight Ligature on 
 the Inferior Parc of the Nipple next the Bread, then cut off the Nipple 
 from the Bread and Dry it, and afterwards by cutting it Varioufly,you 
 may eafily examine its Strudurc : By thefe means the Nipple appears to 
 be compos’d of a Double. Series of Fibres j the one fomewhat Large, the 
 other Lefs ; both of a Net-like Dilpofition , being full of Perforations of 
 divers Forms ; the like of which is not to be found ih other Parts of the 
 Body, lays Nuck in his Trad above mention’d; to this add a vad Num- 
 ber of Blood-Vefl'els which every where adorn the Papilla': Hence an 
 Account may be given how 'the Nipples drut out, and are lb extended 
 in Nurfes,and on the contrary fo Limp in thofe who difeontinue giv- 
 ing Suck. 
 
 1 could never difeover any .Valves in the Ladiferous Veflels of the 
 Mamma of Women, which Ibme deferibe; tho* 1 have made Injedions 
 of divers Liquors, and fometimes Mercury into them ; the like has been 
 done by the Accuiatc Nuck y'whOy with what I have frequently obferv’d, 
 alfo takes Notice that the Mercury fo Injeded paffes into the Blood- 
 Vefl'els of the Mamma, efpecially its Arteries. But our lad nam’d 
 Author takes Notice of divers Straitneffes in the Ladiferous Veflels, 
 occafion’d, as He fufpeds, by divers fatty hard Subdances compreflTing 
 Them, even to that Degree, that if their contain’d Milk becomes a little 
 
 Thickned,it thefe dops thro’ the Narrownefs of the Dud , or requiring 
 a longer Stay, it becomes fo Vitiated as to Aflfed the Bread varioufly , 
 efpecially with what are commonly call’d Milky Tumors; in which 
 Cafe an Abfeefs fucceeds , and the Milky Tubes break and difeharge their 
 Contents with the Pus. The Milk by thefe means flowing at the Ulcer, 
 frequently proves troublefome , and hinders its Cicatrice or Clofing , 
 as it happen’d in the Cafe of a Patient I not long fince had under my 
 Care, who at the fame Time was infeded with the Itch , in whom the 
 Milk flow’d from the UlcerTor at lead Three Months ; nor could I find 
 any tollerable Abatement of the -Milky Flux, notwithdanding her dry 
 Diet, and Drinking of a Decodion of Sarfay China y Guaiacumy Scc.till 
 ihe had taken proper Remedies for the Itch. 
 
 The Expert Nuck takes Notice that the Ladiferous Tubes , tho’ very 
 Capacious in the, Mamma, yet are Straitned at their Orifices in the Pa» 
 pilla y infomuch, that a Bridle of the fmalled Size will not enter them : 
 This Contrivance, He adds, is very necefl'ary, lead the feparated Milk 
 contain’d in the T ubes fliould be continually apt to run out , and that 
 it fliould be only fo retain’d, that the Nipple of the Mother when Suckt 
 by the Infant may eafily void it : This Strudure is very evident in the 
 lets of Quadrupedes, efpecially where their pendulous Pofition renders 
 this Contrivance very neceflary; yet when the Ladiferous Tubes are 
 fill'd with Milk, it is apt to run out. - 
 
 Fig. y. ' 
 
 The Inferior and Internal Part of the Areola and Bajis of the Papilla 
 after Difledion from the Mamma. 
 
 A A, The Circumference of the Areola next the Mamma. 
 
 B B , The Mammary Glands plac’d under the Areola. 
 
 CC, The Ladiferous Tubes in their way to the Nipple. 
 
 The Arteries which convey Blood to the Mamma , are many fmall 
 Branches , Springing from the Mammary and Intercodal Arteries ; of 
 thefe I told Six , which afforded a Flux of Blood without Puliation in 
 taking off a Schitrous Breaft. Here I cannot omit recommending to Prac- 
 titioners of Surgery the Tying of thefe Arteries ; the doing of which is 
 fo eafie, that it is hardly poffible for One tollerably acquainted with the 
 fame Pradice in taking off of Limbs, to be at a lofs in this. The 
 Trunks of thefe Arteries Arifing from the Mammary and Intercoftal 
 Arteries, are very fmall , as they pafs between the Pedof^l Mufeleand 
 Mamma , as appears from the Blood not having any Pulfation as it flows 
 from them when divided in Living Bodies, except the Bread: which 
 was taken off is much Tumified. You muff not exped to fill them 
 with Wax by Injeding into the Aorta ; becaufe you are oblig’d to raife 
 the Sternum in order to Pradice that Operation ; whereby you cut off 
 their Communication with the large Mammary Artery adjacent to the 
 Sternum'y nor do’s Wax commonly pafs the Intercoftal Arteries lb far as 
 to reach thefe. The Veins of the Mamma are Numerous, and pafs 011 
 the Outfide of the Mamma under the Skin only , and are very Confpi- 
 cuous in thofe who give Suck, or have had Children : Thefe Arife,’ 
 or arc continued from the Extremities of the Arteries and compofing 
 many large Trunks which difeharge their Blood into the Mammary 
 and Intercoftal Veins; fome pafs up to the Subclavian Vein. The 
 Nerves are commonly laid to Arife from the Thoracick^ Nerves, and 
 pafs thro’ the Intercoftal and Pedoral Mufcles to the Mamma : I muff: 
 confefs I never yet trac’d Them, nor do’s Vieujfenius Figure Them; but 
 in his XXIV. Table Expreffes Two Branches U, X, Arifing from the 
 Sixth and Seventh Nerves of the Neck compofing one Trunk, which 
 defeends and gives Branches to the MufeuU Serratus minor anticus , PeBo~ 
 rails y Serratus major anticus, and to the Coverings of thofe Mufcles: 
 From the fame Nervous Stock I am apt to think may alfo Spring feme 
 Branches paffing to the Mamma,, whence thofe painful Communica- 
 tions between the Mamma and Axilla may proceed. Befidcs theft Vefe 
 fels the Lymphe-Dufts of the Mamma are.alfo mention’d ; I muft con- 
 fefs I never yet faw thefe Duds Arifing from the Mamma , yet I can’t 
 doubt of their Exillence on that Part, when 1 refled on what Ufe they 
 are of in General , in the Animal 0 economy , of which elfewere. * The 
 Communication between the Ladiferous Tubes and Blood-Veflcls, is 
 demonftrated in the above mention’d Experiment , by Injeding Mercu- 
 ry into the Former, and its Running out again by the Latter. The 
 Opinion that the Chyle is tranfinitted to the Mamma immediately from 
 the Thoracick Dud is now altogether Exploded , and the laft mention’d 
 Experiment feems to evince the Milk to be deriv’d immediately from the 
 Blood within the Mamma. It is evident, the. Milk is not Tranfparenc 
 like other Liquors feparated from the Blood, as the Saliva, Urine y 
 Bile, 8cc. but by a Microfeope it appears, compos’d of Globules not 
 I unlike thofe of the Blood, except that the Globules of the Blood arc 
 j fomewhat larger than thofe of Milk. 
 
 THE 
 

 
-• •a ^ 
 
THE 
 
 TWENTIETH TABLE. 
 
 IVERS Mufcles on the Superior and Fore-Part of the Trunk of 
 the Body. 
 
 A ) The Mufculus Subclavius in Situ j when free’d from the Trunk 
 of the Body and left to the CUwuU\ {kcTak 66. P.) It arifeth 
 Flefhy from the Inferior Part of Half the Clavkula next its Con- 
 nexion to the Spina ScapuU , whence its Fibres Delcend Oblique- 
 ly Forewards, to its partly Tendinous and partly Flefhy Implan- 
 tation attheSuperior Part of the Firft Rib next the Sternum. 
 
 The Office of this Subclavian Mufcle is to draw up the Firft 
 Rib, and confequently the reft in Infpiration. 
 
 B, Part of the on the Right Side. 
 
 C , The Cartilaginous Ending of the I irft Rib at the Sternum. 
 
 DD, The Mufculus Serratus Major Anticus in Situ on the Left Side j It arifeth Broad 
 and Flefhy froin the \fho\e Bafts ScapuU, Tab. 6^. GG, and running on the SubfcapuL* 
 ris Tab. ib. E , becomes broader and thicker as it pafles Forewards to its Flefhy Infer- 
 tions at the Eight Superior Ribs Laterally EEfJ'c. by divers diftindl Portions byfbmc 
 called Digttuli', of which, the Three Inferior, are Indented with the Mufculus Obltquus 
 Ttefcendens Abdominis, as is here Expreft on the Left Side; on the Right Side the Serra- 
 tus Major Anticus EF is railed. 
 
 G, Part of theObliquus Defendens on theLeftSide Indented withthelaft mentioned 
 Serratus. 
 
 H, The Pe^oralis in Situ, on the Left Side; this Mufcle has a Broad Semicircular 
 Flefhy Beginning; above from near Half the Inferior Part of the Clavicula'Q \ below 
 from the Oj L, and all the Cartilaginous Endings of the Six Superior Ribs 
 MM, and from the Bony Part of the Seventh Rib, it hathfometimesadiftin£tP^«- 
 f«/«/ of Flefhy Fibres which I have frequently feen Confounded with theObliquus Defen- 
 dens', hence it pafleth Tranlverfely over the Upper-Part of the Biceps Cubiti, where it 
 is made into a fhort and broad ftrong Tendon Infertedto the Superior and External 
 Part of the Os Humeri, above the Termination of the Deltoides. 
 
 I , The Right Pectoral Mufcle rais’d , where the DecufTation of its Fibres near its In- 
 fertion is well Expreft: This croffing of its Fibres is a Contrivance in Nature to 
 render its A£Hon more Vigorous; the Fibres of its Upper-Part Defcending to the Lower- 
 Part of its Implantation to the Os Humeri, and thoie of its Lower-Part Afcend to the 
 Superior ; croffing each other with Acute Angles. This Mufcle is call’d Addudor Hu. 
 meri', whenitAdls, it moves the Arm varioufly according to the Operation of its 
 feveral Series of Fibres. 
 
 K, The Serratus Minor Anticus ,rfTedi from its Implantation at the Bony Parts of the 
 Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Ribs, and left at its Origin at the ProceJJus Coracoi- 
 des Sc/^ula. 
 
 L , The Os PeSloris or Sternum. 
 
 MM,The Cartilaginous Endings of the Superior Ribs Connexedto the Sternum. 
 
 NN , The Deltoides. Vide Tab. 66. XX. 
 
 OO, The Superior Parts of the ReBi Abdominis. Vide Tab. 32, Fig. i. NO, ©“f. 
 
 PjPart of the Coracobrachialis. Vide Tab. 6y. F. 
 
 Q, Part of the Biceps Cubiti. Tab. ib. I. 
 
 L THE 
 
 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 TWENTY-FIRST TABLE. 
 
 HEWS die Sternum Rais’d , and die Principal Organs contain’d in the Thorax partly in View, 
 
 A, The Inner-Face of the S/crnafK or Oi Mom. j 
 
 BB, The Cartilages of the True Ribs, cut from die Bony Extremities of the Rib^ and 
 left at their Connexions to iht Sternum: Upon diefe Cartilages are plac d the MufcuhTrmn- 
 Glares i which Miifcles Arife from the Inferior and Internal Part ofthe Sternum, uni after 
 tn Oblique Progrefs are inferred to die Bony Endings of the Fourth, Fifdi, Sixdi, and 
 fometimes Seventh, and Eiglit Ribs. Thefe Triangular Mufcles fcarcely appear in Maci- 
 
 lent Subiedts, as is Expreft in this Figure. , ■d j- 
 
 C, The MkmJlmmn hKeihtomthnOsTeaoris. where, in Humane Bodies it appear. 
 Double 5 being a Continuation of the Tleura from both Sides the Internal P^t of he Thorax, 
 whence it Defcends and hrmly Cleaves to the Pericardium, dividpg die Thorax into Two 
 Cavities , and the Right Lobes of the Lungs from the Left : In this Progrefs of the 
 flinum it parts widi One of its Lamina to cover the large Blood- Velfels within die Tbo^x, 
 A Triane-ular Interllice is fram’d immediately under die Sternum at the Approach of the Pleura, each bide as it Del- 
 cends to^ccmpofe the Mediafiinum: Nor is this Interftice an empty Space as it is comm(^ly fuppos d, but is interwoven 
 wTth variorOrder^^^^^ Loculi or little Cells. Real Columbus Lib. xi. Cap. 1 1 1 . Propofes the letting out 
 
 of Pus colleded in this Interftice by Perforating the Sternum. As the Forepart of the Mediajlinum plainly appears a on- 
 ot . Back Dart is evidently a Continuation of the fame Membrane, as it advances towards die 
 
 “rof h^fa k fo extended 
 
 t ei tebra • -l' Annearance Z efoeciallv at die Cartilaginous Endings of the True Ribs,) was 
 
 Prominent ?^Nor^would tL leaft Portion of the Lungs on the fame Side Swim'in common Water , but Sunk to the Bottom 
 of the Veil'd : In this Subied I could not find any Part of the Hydropick or Serous Humor in the other Side oftheT/io ax% 
 but the Lungs on that Side in no very ill State. By this, we may be allur’d that the Mediajlinum divides the 
 
 Ridit Side of the Thorax from the Left. The Mediafiinum alfo fupports the Pericardium , leaft its Flaccidity impede the 
 S^flole of the Heart , and fuftains the Trunks of the Nerves of the Par V %gum m their Progrefs thro the Thorax. The 
 DiaDlira2:m is alfo faid to be fufpended by the Mediajlinum > leaft the Liver, to wliofe Lower-Side it s Connex^, fliould 
 become Infupportable. The Mediajlinum receives Arteries froni the Mammary and Intercoftal Branches; it has Two large 
 Veins which^difcharge their Blood into the Subclavian and Neighbouring Trunks : Its Nerves are faid to Spring from the 
 
 Eidith Pair. The Lymphe-Duds of the Mediajlinum pafs towards the Thymus. .... , , ^ 
 
 DD. The Pericardium or Capfula Cordis Open’d and Pinn’d up. The Pericardium Arifes from die large VeTels at the 
 PaCis of die Heart, and feems to be compos’d of a Continuation of tht Pleura or Mediajlinum. It adheres to the Diaphragm 
 belL, and laterally to the Mediajlinum. It has Blood-Velfels from the Diaphragm and Mammary-Veffels, according to 
 the Accurate Ruyfchm his lately publilh’d Epiftles : The Capillary Extremities of thefe Blood-Velfels are verv Nume- 
 
 ' liedted with Mercury. There are divers Lymphe-Dua:s on the Pericardium , winch 
 
 Nume- 
 
 rous , irwifl appear' wiae'nYnTe'a'el with Mercury. There are divers Lymphe-Dufts on the Pericarttium , which convey 
 the Lympba to tEe Thoracick-Dua. The Glands, which are in the Pericardium and at the Bafts oi Heart, which 
 feparate that Humor imploy’d in Moiftening the Infide of that Membrane and Surface of the Heart, are not to be difcover d 
 by tlie naked Eye in ordinary Diifeaions ; no more than thofe on the Infide of the PeritoniBum and Surface of the In- 
 terlines , which afford a Humor to Lubricate thofe Parts ; but when either of thefe Parts are Difeafed fo that thofe Glands 
 are Affeaed, their Exiftence dien is Demonftrable ; as appear’d in the Tertcardm of an Infant 1 lately Dilfeaed , whwe 
 the Neighbouring Parts and Pericardium its felf were Apoftumated. In the Pericardium oi this Subjea we found Two 
 or Threl Ounces of Purulent Matter in place of the Serous Humor ; “d the External Membrane of 
 
 ed,'anK 'surface" Vpendd' nor dri” any Fat appear on the Bafts of the Heart. In an Adult Perlon who Died 
 
 fuddenly 1 found the Pericardium fomewliat Thickned and no Humor contain d in R; but m 
 
 in Two, or Three Places cleaving 
 
 rtriearef^ecTairn-TtrA^^ra^^^^^ 
 
 defend the Heart in its Syjlole from the Neighbouring Parts, and to contain a Humor to Moiften the External Suriaco 
 of tJie Heart. 
 
 E , The Heart lying within the Pericardium. 
 
 FF, Parts of the Lungs on both Sides the Thorax in Situ. r< t t> j • r * t' ■N/frynpint. 
 
 G , The Thymus in fitu. The Magnitude of the Thymus varies according to the Age of the Body ; m a F^tui Two Months 
 
 after Conception it is larger in Proportion to the Bulk of the Body than in One of Five or Six Months: In a of Nine 
 
 Months it almoft fills the Interftice which the Lungs after the Birth begin to take up in the Upper-p^t of the Thorax. 
 The Thymus after the Birth gradually decreafes , except the Upper-part of the Cavity m the Thorax is Capacious enough 
 for its Reception, as appeaFd in an Anatomical SubjecF I lately Diifecfted of Tlurty Years of Age, in whom the Thymus 
 was very large: Imuftconfefs I never yet met with a Subjeff, tho’ never fo Old, in whom the Yhywwi was wan g. 
 In thofe Bodies the Thymus is lefs than ordinary, we find the Subclavian Qands, diofe of the Internal JugularVeii^, and 
 the Glandula Thyroidaa larger; as they lately appear’d in a Boy of about Eight Years of Age. In Thy niu 
 
 and Thyroid Glands are larger than in Men, but the Subclavian Glands are left; by reafon the Clavicu a m Women are 
 ftraidit and fiiorter than thofe of Men; whence a much left Interftice is fram’d for entertaining thofe Glands. 1 have more 
 than^once found the Lymphe-Dufts fill’d with Wax, which Arife from the Thymus, and empty themfelves into the 
 Upper-part of the Thoracick-Dua ; by Injeaing diat Dud by ihc Ve/lcaChyli: See F/g. 12. D. 
 
 From what has been abovefaid, it appears the Thymus bears a Proportion to the Head, wl^ether m the Foetus or in 
 Bodies before they become Adult , which we conceive , is in order to ^ecewe a Hoportionab e 
 deriv’d from thence: And as the Subclavian Glands of Women are left than thofe of Men ,fo the Fhyroide Glands and Thy- 
 mus^rc larger: Hence alfo it appears the Thymus is a Lymphatick Gland, and Varies its Magmtude according to 
 tity of thi Lympha, that is neckarily tranlmitted thro’ it from die Superior Parts; or as the Neighbouring Lymphatic^ 
 GlLids do more or left tranfmit their Lympha to it: Befides this common Office of tht pyjnus, whether m the Foetus os: 
 Adult; it has another Ufe which was firft fuggefted to Me by Inje^ing a Inc^id into the riioraack-Dudt ; w len in 1 g 
 it not only fill die Lymphe-Duefts of the Thymus, but the Thymus it felf was Extended with it: The like bfervation, 
 fmee found, was made by the Expert Anatomift Dr. Tyjon, fome Time lince; whence 1 conceive, Thymus an is 
 Lymplie-DudlsareD/wr/zVa/^ to die Chyle, when too great a Qiiantity is prelTing forwards towards the Subclavian Vein. 
 1 know it may be Objeded that the Valves of die Lymplie-Ducls oppofe this contrary Courfe of Liquors 111 them ; bu re- 
 peated Obfervations convince me, that not only thefe Lymplie-Duds of the Thymus, which are large and have very tew 
 if any Valves, fas appears by their being Injeded with Wax) but thofe of die Loip , and dieir Glands from whence they 
 Arife, are frequently fill’d with Chyle, when no Comprefs is made on the Tlioracick-Dud. K^^ce it is, a Milky Liquor 
 has been commonly found in the Thymus ^ but more frequent in that of a Foetus than in.an Adult; and that not 
 caufe the Thymus and its Lymphe-Duds are much larger Proportionably in the former State or Foetus, but die hentf^^ 
 Pofition of the Thoracick-Dud of the Foetus in Utero, renders the Afcent of the Chyle by that Dud more liable to 
 
 Regurgitate by the LympJie-Duds of the Thjw , ^ r.i p-u 4 d- 
 
 ilFl, The Fore-part of die Diaphragma free’d from the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs, and Finn d up. 
 
 THE 
 

■fp"" 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 X 
 
h 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 TWENTY-SECOND TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 HE Heart with Parts of the Trunks of the great Veins and 
 Arteries cut off. 
 
 A A , The proper Membrane of the Heart ; a Portion of 
 which is Rais’d and hangs Down. 
 
 BB, The Left Side of the Heart, adorn’d With its Co- 
 ronary Veffels. 
 
 C T , Part of the Right Auricle of the Heart. 
 
 C, The Left Auricle on the Bafts of the Heart. 
 
 D , The Cone of the Heart. 
 
 E, The Fena Cava which conveys the Refluent Blood from the 
 whole Field of the Body into the Right Auricle of the Heart, when the 
 Heart is in Syftole\\rhtnct the Blood is .again tranfmitted into the Right 
 Ventricle of the Heart when it is in Diaftole : So that when the Auri- 
 cles of the Heart arc in Diaftole or Relaxation, they are fill'd with 
 Blood, and the Heart it felf is in Syftole or Contraftion , and Fice verfa 
 when the Heart is in Diaftole, the Auricles are in Syftole. 
 
 F, The Arteria Pulmonalis or Fena Arteriofa which carries the Blood 
 from the Right Ventficle of the Heart into the Lungs. 
 
 G, The Fena Pulmonica ot Arteria which conveys the Re- 
 
 fluent Blood from the Lungs into the Left Auricle and Ventricle of the 
 Heart , not unlike the Fena Cava , &c. 
 
 H, The Arteria Magna out of the Left Ventricle, which 
 
 conveys the Mafs of Blood from the Heart thro’ the Field of the Body ; 
 from whofe capillary Extremities the Veins are continued, as appears by 
 a Microfeope in the tranfparent Pai*ts of living Animals : See Appi Pig-^. 
 and y. 
 
 Fig. z. 
 
 The Heart divefted of its Extertial Membrane and Camous Fibres after 
 BoylingifothattheDifpofitionofthe Sul^cent Fibres may appear. The 
 way of preparing the Heart to exhibit this Difpofition of its l''ibres , may be 
 practis’d after the following Manner. The Heart with Portions of the 
 T runks of the large Blood-\^ffels being taken off j the Blood as well within 
 its Ventricles as Blood-Veffels being evacuated, then with Tow, or Pieces 
 of Rags, fill the Ventricles, Auricles, and large Veffels on thz Bafts of the 
 Heart j the Mouths of the large Blood-Veflels being ft itch’d up , leaft their 
 Contents Ihould be Extruded oy the Contra6tion of the Heart in Boyling. 
 This done, Boyl it according to its Bulk j if it is the Heart of an Ox, 
 iftc. Boyl it Four or Five Hours j if of a Man, One or Two. 
 
 N. B. This Figure is Printed r ever ft. 
 
 A, A Sinus plac’d between both Ventricles, in which a large Trunk 
 of one of the Coronary Arteries is convey’d. 
 
 B, The Cochleated or Oblique defeending Order of Fibres of the 
 Left Ventricle of the Heart. 
 
 C , The External and Oblique defeending Order of Fibres of the 
 Right Ventricle; which decuffate the former or Subjacent Fibres in 
 Acute Angles. 
 
 D , Pdrt of the Arteria Pulmonalis. 
 
 E , The Aorta. 
 
 ee, The Trunks of the Coronary Arteries. 
 
 F, The Right Auricle. 
 
 G, The Left. 
 
 ' Fig. 5. 
 
 A, The Sinus above mention’d between the Ventricles. 
 
 B, The Tortuous Difpofition of the Fibres of the Right Ventricle. 
 
 C, Thofe of the Left. ‘ 
 
 The Heart confifts chiefly of divers Strata of Oblique defeending F ibres; 
 the External pafling more ftraight or lefs Contorted than the Internal ; 
 whence it happens that the External F ibres are feen to Decuflate the Internal 
 with Acute Angles ; the former Arifing from the Bafts of the Heart at the 
 Roots of the Blood-Veffels , and End in the Cone; the latter Arife from the 
 fame Place, and Terminate either in the Parietes of the Ventricles or Co- 
 lumnts Carnea Fig. 7. gg, from which divers Tendinous Filaments are 
 continued to the Lower-parts of the T ricufpid and Mitral Valves. 
 
 D, The Aorta divided between its Origin from the Heart and Valves, 
 and reclin’d to One Side, hanging by its Two Coronary Arteries ; Ex- 
 preft Fig. z. ee. 
 
 e e , The Three Semilunary Valves of the Aorta , which hinder a Return 
 of the Blood into the Left Ventricle, when the Heart is in Diaftole. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 The Concourfe of Fibres near the Cone of the Heart, as they appear 
 after a Tranfverfe Seftion. 
 
 Pig- 5 ’. 
 
 Some Fafciculi of Fibres of the Left Ventricle of the Heart. 
 
 A B, The Two Tendinous Extremities of the Oblique Flefhy Fibres, 
 Expreft Fig. 2, 3. 
 
 C, The Flefhy Parts of the Fibres between the Two Tendons. 
 
 D, The Collateral Fibres which appear in dividing the laft men* 
 tion’d Fafciculi: Nor are thefe any other than Parts of the Fibres of 
 the divided Fafciculus, and lay Parallel to each other according to their 
 length. The Blood-Veffels and Nerves paffing between thefe Fibres 
 make a Reticular Appearance, when divided, as here Expreft. 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 The Right Auricle, and Part of the Bafts of the Heart. 
 
 A A , The Right Auricle expanded. 
 
 B BB, The Three Tricufpid Valves; Two of which, are extended 
 by Pinning out their Tendons , deriv’d from the Columns Carnere: See Fig. 7. 
 gg, Fig. 10. A, Inferior. The Office of the Auricles is to receive Part of 
 the Refluent Blood whilft the Heart is in Syftole , and to difeharge that Blood 
 again into the Ventricles of the Heart when it is in Diaftole , fo that the Auri- 
 cles of the Heart feem as Diverticula to the Blood in its paffing into its Ven- 
 tricles ; elfc a Repercuffion of the Blood in the Veins would neceftarily hap- 
 pen in the Syftole of the Heart ; which would prevent the regular Influx of 
 the Blood to the Ventricles, 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 The Heart with its Left Ventricle Open’d. 
 
 A, The Infide of the Fena Pulmonalis. 
 
 B, The in like manner Open’d. . 
 
 CC, 'The Septum Cordis, which divides the Right Ventricle from 
 the Left. 
 
 D, The Left Auricle intire which in Humane Bodiesisvery little, as ap- 
 pears by this Figure; and the Trunk of the Pulmonick Vein very large. 
 
 d. The Trunk of the Arteria Pulmonica cut off. 
 
 ee. Two of the Three Semilunary Valve's at the Beginning of the 
 Arteria Magna ; which hinder the Reflux of the Blood when the Heart 
 is in Diaftole-, in which Adlion they are Expreft. Fig. 3. ee. 
 
 ff. The Two Mitral Valves in the Pulmonick Vein, which prevent 
 the Blood repaffing that Veffel when the Heart is in Syftole. 
 
 gg. The Carnea Columna compos’d of Mufcular Fibres ^deriv’d from 
 thofeof the Sides of the Heart, whence divers fmall Tendinous Filaments do 
 Arife , and are faftned to the Inferior Limbus of the Mitral V alves ; by which 
 means thofe Valves are drawn down towards the Cone of the Heart, and 
 prevent the Blood from paffing out again that way when the Heart is in 
 Syftole. I know Dr. Lower in his Accurate Book De Corde , Suppofes that 
 thefe Mitral and Tricufpid Valves are Relax’d in the Syftole oithe Heart, 
 and by their Rifing up flop up the Paflages of the Veins: But if the Structure 
 of the Heart and thefe Parts are Attentively confider’d in a large Animal, as 
 in an Ox , iftc. it will appear reafonable to conceive that thefe Mitral and T ri- 
 cufpid Valves are rather drawn down than fuffer Extrufion upwards : nor 
 need Nature have been at any trouble in making thofe Valves at the Orifices 
 of the Veins, any otherwife than the Reverfe of the Semilunary Valves of 
 Arteries ;ifas the Expert Dr. Suppofes they are driven up and Ex- 
 tended like a Sail with Wind when the Heart is in Syftole ; but by fallening 
 thofe Tendinous Fibres to the Lower-parts of thofe Tricufpid and Mitral 
 Valves ; which , are of a Conical Figure, feems to me to bean Argument that 
 they cannot fuffir fuch Extenfion upwards, without letting feme Part of 
 the Blood repafsthem in the Syftole of the Heart: Befides there muftcon- 
 ftantly a confiderable Partofthe Blood remain in thcVentricles of the Heart, 
 ifthofe Valves are fo difpos’d in its Syftole-, which I think the Dr. himfelf 
 feems no wheretoconceivc;butonthecontrary the Ventricles of the Heart 
 are with great Strength adequately Compreft in it’s for which End 
 
 the Infidesof its Ventricles are compos’d ofdivers Flefhy Columns; between 
 which divers Interftitia neceflarily Refult, (that are elegantly Expreft in 
 this Figure,) by which means, the Ventricles are more exactly Clofed in 
 their Syftole , than they could have been , had they been fmooth. 
 
 Fig: 
 
 The Heart with its Right Ventricle Open’d. 
 
 A, The Infide of the Right Auricle of the Heart as it appears when 
 'Open’d and Pinn’d out. 
 
 B , The Left Auricle Intire. 
 
 C , The Coronary Blood-Veffels of the Heart ; from thefe , particularly 
 from the Arteries, Spring thofe of the Auricles and large Blood-Veffels of 
 the Heart; as the Accurate i^ar/c^deferibes them in his Anatomical Epiftles 
 Pag. 15. The Nerves ofthe Heart Spring from the Eighth Pair and imer- 
 coftal Nerves ; a particular Defeription of which , may be found in Dr. 
 Lowerh Book De Corde, and Fieuffenius Nervographia. 
 
 t) , Part of the Right Ventricle of the Heart Open’d. 
 
 E , A Portion of the Fena Arteriofa or Arteria Pulmonalis Divided and ^ 
 Expanded. 
 
 fff, The Three Falvula Sigmoides or Semilunares , which oppofe the 
 Return of the Blood from the Lungs , by the Arteria Pulmonica into 
 the Heart, when it is in Diaftole. 
 
 Fig. g. ' 
 
 A A, The Heart cut Tranfverfely. 
 
 B, That Part of it next its Bafts. 
 
 C , That next its Cone. 
 
 DD, The Right Ventricle ofthe Heart. 
 
 E, The Left 
 
 F, The Septum Cordis of the Partition between the Two Ventricles 
 of the Heart. 
 
 GG, A Stylus pxxt thro’ iheFena Cava into the Right Ventricle of 
 the Heart. 
 
 HH, Another paffing from the fame Ventricle thro’ the Arteria PuU 
 monalis. 
 
 1 1 , A Stylus in the Left Ventricle of the Heart paffing out at the 
 Arteria Magna ; 
 
 KK, Another Inferted into the fame Ventricle, by ^eVena Pulmonica. 
 
 Fig. 10. 
 
 A, Inferior, A Portion of the Columna Carnis of One of the Ventri- 
 cles of the Heart cut oft : See Fig. 7. g g , in Situ. 
 
 B, The Tendinous Fibres deriv’d from the Flefhy Column, and 
 faftned to the Inferior Margin of One of the Tricufpid Valves. 
 
 A A , Superior, Portions of the Tricufpid Valves. 
 
 Fig. 11. 
 
 The Coronary Blood-Veffels of the Heart as they appear on its Surface 
 when Injedcd, after Drying the whole Heart. 
 
 A A, The Arteries fill’d with Mercury fix’d with Tin. 
 
 BB, The Veins Extended with Wax. 
 
 Fig. 1 2. 
 
 A Portion of the Fena Pulmonalts next the Bafts of the Heart. 
 
 A A, Parts of the Mitral Valves Pinn’d out by their Tendons. 
 
 Fig. 1 3. 
 
 The Inner Surface of a Portion of the Arteria Magna cut off at the 
 Bafts of the Heart when Divided and Expanded. 
 
 AAAA, The Three Semilunary Valves well Expreft when Pinn’d out; 
 One of them being cut thro’ in its Middle, in dividing the Great Artery, 
 
 Fig. 14. 
 
 Reprefents in like manner a Portion ofthe Arteria Pulmonalis. 
 
 AAA, The Three Sigmoidal or Semilunary Valves. 
 
 M THE 
 
 \ 
 
THE 
 
 TWENTY-THIRD TABLE. 
 
 Fk, T. 
 
 'EPRESENTS the External Coat of* a Vein viewed 
 with a Microfcope. 
 
 A BCD, The Fibres extended according to the Length 
 of the Velfel, where may be obferved the Fafa Faforum. 
 Fig. z. 
 
 A, The Second Cont of the Vein, called by Dr. Willky the Vafcu- 
 ious and GlanJulous Goat. 
 
 Fig. 5. 
 
 The Third or Internal Tunick of a Vein compofed of Circular Fibres. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 The External Coat of an Artery confiding of a Rete of fmall Nerves 
 (A,) Blood- Vefl'els, (B)and Membranous Expanfions (C.) On this 
 Membrane of the Artery divers Glandulous Bodies appear compofing 
 greater and Icfler Clufters , DE, varioufly difperfed. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 AB, The Second Coat of an Artery confiding of divers Strata o£ 
 Fibres varioufly dcculTating each other, and joyned with the Internal 
 or T'hird Coat. 
 
 Fig. 6 . 
 
 ABC, The Inner and Smooth Surface of the Third or mod Inter- 
 nal Coat of the Artery ; where the Foramina for the Branches which arile 
 out of it, are expred, and its Fibres extended according to its length 
 B C. The great Trunks of the Arteries do evidently appear to confiltof 
 a greater Number of of Fibres , than thofe of the Veins; but the 
 farther they recede from the Heart, they are both dill more and more 
 fubdivided, and their Trunks and Capillary Branches become dill thin- 
 ner and thinner, till their outmod Extremities confid of one Angle tranf- 
 parent Membrane; chiefly compofed of fuch Tubes, as only convey 
 their Succus Nutritius. And this I am apt to think may ferve for the 
 Defeription of Blood-VelTels in general; and lhall farther confidcr the 
 Organization of the feveral Extremities of the Blood- Veflels, in fpeaking 
 of their particular Offices relating to Secretion in the feveral Parts; 
 wherefore at prefent fhall only mention, that the Extremities of Veins 
 and Arteries are coiitinued Channels, varioufly contorted and not all, of 
 them of an equal Size , even in Parts which are uniform or the fame. 
 Fid. Jpp. Fig. 4. y. 
 
 After the Blood has pad the Extremities of its Veflels, and is in its 
 Return to the Heart againby the Veins; it there meets with divers Valves 
 or Stops, which prevent the Weight of the Blood of the Inferior Parts 
 of the Body, and the Recoiling of it in the Superior, (when any vio- 
 lent Motions afleft the Fhorax^ as in Coughing, from prefling on the 
 Extremities of the Veflels, and hindering its progreffive Motion. That 
 there is a Recoiling of the Blood in any extraordinary Motions of the 
 thorax, in the Jugular Veins, may be obferv’d in taking Blood from 
 thence, efpecially in Children. Hence it is the Valves in thole Veins 
 are necclTary ; lead the Blood ftiould again repafs into the Veflels of the 
 Brain with great Violence; which is alfo prevented in the Contortion 
 made in the Internal Jugular Vein, in its Specus in ihtBafts of theSkull. 
 1 mud condfs I never yet obferved above Two Valves (oneoppofite to 
 the other ) in the laiged Vein that is furniflied with Valves; however 
 Anatomids commonly mention Three, and Profelfor Bidloo tells us of 
 Eour and five Valves, as they appear in the following Figures. 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 Pait of a Vein extended with Wind and dried, having a double Valve 
 or Two Valves of Semilunary Figures, placed oppofite to each other. 
 
 Fig. 8. 
 
 A A , A Portion of the fugular Vein blowed up and dried; 
 
 B B B ^ Its 'Three-fold Valves. 
 
 P* 
 
 Part of a Vein with Five Valves. 
 
 Fig. 10, II. 
 
 A A , The Portions of Veins expred in the Two preceeding Figures 
 lay’d open ; f & 
 
 B B, (^c. Their Valves as they appear in their Infides. 
 
 Fig. iz. 
 
 The Valves as they appear in the Infides of the Veins according to 
 Bidloo. ° 
 
 Two Valves as they appear when taken out of the Veins. 
 
 Fig. 14. 
 
 Tr T unequal Didance of the Valves in the Veins ; the Fejligia of 
 Valves being here only expred, as they appear when the Vein is 
 tended with Wind. 
 
 Repredmts (accordmg to a of the Arteries iniei 
 with Wax and free’d from the Body of an Infant Six Months C 
 wiic e e s us he has referved : If fo, it is a great Rarity inde 
 For having more than once free’d the Arteries from the Body of an 
 font, as well as from an Adult, and finding them for differing from 
 Figure, and not much difagreeing with the Deferiptions and Fig 
 Fejahus and others; I cannot look on this, but as a Prodigy in ' 
 
 Wherefore I fhall here give you his Defeription of it, and refer you to my 
 appendix. Fig. g. Where their common Appearance is expred, as I now 
 have them injc6ted by me, and diflefted from the Body of an Infant. 
 
 The Arteria Aorta ( fay’s Bidloo) arifing from the Heait, fbon fends 
 out T wq final] Coronary Branches. B , in the Body of the Heart. Its 
 Trunk is divided on the Pericardium into the Afeendens C, and De- 
 feendens p. The Fird gives Branches to the Parts above the Heart, 
 and is divided into the Subclavii E, from which the Axillares F, and 
 Internal Mammary G, Three or Four Inter cojlales H, and Cervicales I. 
 do arife. From the Axillary Artery are Branches communicated to the. 
 Scapula K, and to the Superior Parts of the Thorax. When it has got 
 between the Mufcles of the Cubit, it is divided into Two little Bran- 
 ches; the Fird of which L, goes to the Wrid, Thumb, and Fore- 
 I^nger; the other to the Three other Fingers. It divides into Twa 
 about the Thymus.^ and Forms the Carotides M. Thefe afeending near 
 the Wind-pipe after having fent feveral Branches to the Tongue, La- 
 rynx and Parts adjacent , and are divided into the External N , and In- 
 tel ml Branch O, the Exterior fupplies the Face, Lips, partly the Ear 
 and lower Teeth ; the other Branch ferves the Forehead , Temples and 
 Neighbouring Parts. 
 
 T he Inward Branch afeending ftreight through the Os Sphanoides 
 creeps under the Dura Mater , and forming various Plexuses, in that 
 Part within the Skull, it is cover’d with a particular Coat already de- 
 fctib’d ; it fends out fmall Branches near the Optick Nerves ; but the 
 laige Trunks creep back again, fbmetimes united and by andby feparat- 
 ed from each other. There arc fmall Branches convey’d to the Spinal 
 Marrow, partly above and partly below the Heart. From the Axilla- 
 rie’s, and afeending and defeending Trunks, it derives feveral Branches 
 which reflected into a Circle, creep through its Coverings and feveral 
 Parts of the Head. The defeending Trunk of the Aorta D, fupply’s 
 fbme of the Intercoftals i, and the Neighbouring Mufcles and Parts; 
 there is a large Trunk a, alfb fent to the Diaphragm; under the Dia- 
 phragm the Branches of the Fijeera of the Abdomen are remarkable, viz. 
 of the Stomach, 5. The Inferior and Superior Meferaic Branches, 4, f, 
 thofe of the Omentum y or Caul , < 5 , of the Liver, 7 , of the Kidneys 8, 
 the Spermatics 9, and fb on. About the Os Sacrum this Trunk is di- 
 vided into Two Branches, from which others are again deriv’d to the 
 Right Gut and Pudenda y fbme to the Hips, fbme to the Thighs and 
 Legs, as well Internally, as Externally. Thus much concerning the 
 principal Diftribution of the Aorta. 
 
 In the next Place Profeflor Bidloo gives us the Anatomy of the Blood. 
 In the Anatomy of the Blood Chymically perfbrmed ( fay’s he ) it is ma- 
 nifeft there is a Water in it, which as well as it can be, is limply to be 
 confidered ) a Spirit and Salts both fixt and volatile. Tho’ by this 
 Method ( he very well fay’s) fbme Parts are very accurately difeover’d; 
 yet doth it exceedingly deftroy the Appearances of fbme Figures, which 
 ought by no means to be alter’d ; wherefore he propofed the following 
 Figure. 
 
 Fig. \6. 
 
 A, A fmall Drop of Blood inclofed a in Glals Tube, and its Parti- 
 cles by the Help of a Miferofeope arc reprefented very much magnifyed. 
 
 B , The Globular Bladders. 
 
 C, The little Fibres varioufly turned, laid, and difijofed , according 
 to Bidloo. I mufl confefs I have frequently view’d the blood in the fame 
 Manner as here Exprefl with a Microfcope , and have conftantly obferv- 
 ed its Appearance as here reprefented : Nor could I ever apprehend the 
 Blood was furnifhed with Fibres (fo much talk’d of) but that the Fi- 
 brous Appearance it has, (when any Blood- Veflel is open in the Mouth, 
 or in Bleeding into warm Water and the like) is owing to a Coagula- 
 tion of its Serum y by which Means its Globules are entangled and ftamc 
 thofe Fibrous Bodies : The Streaked Mafs reprefented at D,E. ( accord- 
 ing to Bidloo ) I am apt to think proceeded from a Coagulation of the 
 Seiqus Part of the Blood, by fealing the Tube Hermetically; in doing 
 which the Glafs mufl: be heated. To this our Author adds another Way 
 of Anatomizing the Blood, thus: 
 
 The watery whitifh Liquor, which is of a different Subftance, being 
 feparated from the cold coagulated Mafs of Blood, and let on the Fire, 
 thickens in a fhort Time; the red Part which remains, (of which the 
 more fluid Part being frequently wafht away withwarm Water, ) appears 
 like a grumous Heap ; every Particle of which refembles a Globular 
 Bladder; of which, fbme are Tranfparent , others not. The reft of 
 the Mafs which confifts of very flexible Fibres, according 10 Bidloo y 
 and being expofed to the Air and Cold , become very tough , tenfile, 
 and feem like Net- work, owe that Appearance to a Combination of the 
 Globules varioufly ftratified on each other. 
 
 The Third Way ( which our Author propofes ) of enquiring into the 
 Blood , is when the Blood is f^arated from the Serum or Liquor it 
 fwims in , and put on a Piece ot Paper dawb’d over with Lard , is be- 
 come a little dry ; after an External View of the Particles, gently with 
 the Finger break off a little of the Mafs of Blood; in which, you will 
 prefcntly behold little Globes of a differing Frame and Figure, little 
 E'ibres, and Streaks of the fame Kind. 
 
 THE 
 
r-'r^TL^.; »; • . » • y* ' ’■■” ' ■• •• ■' 
 
 
 
 t '. JJ..' . 
 
 
 ■ ' ; , ' '>’4» • ’ 
 
 ..f- '5 -. >■>.' 
 
 \U 
 
 fltt-J^ yy ^fg yg -t«»- ■if » •, v ,,.; 
 
 ■ •■ ^ ' - i ''" ■ -.i-^ -•"^. “ ■“■ 
 
 ■:, ,; . ■,-■•, . . ■. . . . ■ ‘ 
 
 fAt ’T. »K ••* 
 
 
 'VS^IS^'r' r‘'Vy 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' I < 
 
 if 
 
 K t 
 
 
 
 
 • V-5- 
 
 
 ■'-mr 
 
 
 1/ 
 
 
 . . 
 
 \ : 
 
 
 
 r :*»>■■■' 
 
 , ;! 
 
 
 \ 'f'l^ 
 
 
 
 f: 
 
 
 y.-'v 
 
 JL\ ^ « 
 
 m./ y 1 .>T- ■ II' ‘ • ,-. r- 
 
 ^1-, ' '■'*» 1 1 
 
 
 « ' >-"“A ,w- ■' T-. 
 
 V:-^- , , 
 
 •■ .r • C 
 
 ;7.'- 
 
 ’-V V .-*-■■• ;• y ' : '• y-fTr ’• • ...., ,... -"Sk’-V "'■-:; 
 
 'it-w- -5 
 
 ♦ 
 
 IfAi' ft' 
 
 rci; 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' -’V&W 
 
 
 '- cy 
 
 % » •*• <* 
 
 J, 
 
 
 *''« 
 
 '. •,»*. k*^^' V 
 
 
 
 •. <!'.»• -J ■ • 
 
 
 
 -n.-: 
 
 v; > ■ .' T^. '■5'i ■•/■■■ 
 
 ^ f* ^ . 
 
 
 ■y-. -. -i- -itc. 
 
 
 . rvt' 
 
 
 "'■f 
 
 
 » o '• ly** 
 
 '*• '• y . 
 
 ■ • :-i- 
 
 ,..i^ ^ ^ V V V,: . 
 
 
 •y ' -.. 
 
 
 '^■ 
 
 
 / * r.^ 
 
 • V .,.,.• • •» • «» V 
 
 ■^' '/SOlT ' 
 
 
 '^- ■■' !i= 
 
 
 Iti- V 
 
 
 Ki^r; 
 
 ,■ -k 
 
 
 <rti6- a 
 
 «? ■; 
 
 * ^ 
 
 
 
 
 Vi® 
 
 
 
 <■ 
 
 
 ' , 'v _ . -I-'' - i *■.’ 
 
 ^ ^ '-'ii - ,1-, if -'2! 
 
 :»w i„ .■ ,;••• ' ' * ■ 
 
 . ’‘ i , ',' • 
 
 'i 
 
 
 .y=SOTR. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■xy 
 
 
 
 
 ' fj '. *rt- - • . ^ “ 
 
 
 .'. -NS 
 
 
 a; 
 
 5^", 
 
 * ' .-VKS-qi.. 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 -.' Y ^.-V.' 
 
 
 r - - : iki. ' .1.^ . 
 
 
 • • • ■* .* • 
 ■ ■ « • 
 
 :« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i^i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s»-*. 
 
 ‘ 1*^* rwiyi-i I 
 

 
 
 r 
 
 
 I *'T|T^ ~T " t 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 TWENTY-FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 ' i. V 
 
 .Me Forc-psrts of all the Vifi^a within the Cavity of the 
 Thorax , when taken out together. 
 
 A, The Heart cover’d with the Pericardium^v:\6. hang- 
 ing to the Lungs by its Membranes and Veflels. 
 
 BB, The Defending Trunk of the T’ena Cava^ on 
 the Right Side , and the jiorta on the Left. 
 
 bbb. The Afcending Branches of the Arterla Magm^ which make 
 the Two Carottdes and Right Subclavian Branch. 
 
 C, Part of the Mediaftinam cut from the Sternum. 
 
 DD, The Right and Left Anterior Lobes of the Lungs. 
 
 EE^ The Two Pofterior Lobes of the Lungs. 
 
 F, Part of the Wind-Pipe. 
 
 GG, Portions of the Nerves call’d Par Vagum. 
 
 H, Part of the Gula. 
 
 In freeii^ the Lungs from the Cavity of the Thorax ^ we frequently 
 nnd their Outward Membrane cleaving to the Pleura ^ nor has any 
 known Inconvenicncies attended fuch Perfons when Living. The 
 xaxay Phenomena which have occurr»d to our Obfervation in Differing 
 Moroid Bodies, in whom theic Parts have been Dileas’d, are too; 
 Numerous to be inlerted in this Place; wherefore I lhall only mention 
 what I have more than once taken Notice of in examining thefe Parts, 
 when they have not been Dileas’d (v/z.) by Blowing into the Blood- 
 Veflcls, (/. e.) the o.na Arteriofa and Arteria P'enofa thole Veflels de- 
 riv’d from the P leur as well as thole by Ruyfch call’d Arteria Bronchiales , 
 ( Correlponding to which I have frequently oblerv'd Veins which 
 empty themfclves into the Subclavian Branches;) all which I have 
 found to Communicate with each other upon Diftenllon ; by which we 
 may be inform’d the Blood do’s not enjoy fuch particular Veflels in its 
 Circulation thro’ thele Parts, as Ibme have conceiv’d; but that Part of 
 the Blood which* Ariles from the Right Auricle of the Heart , may 
 pafs into the Bronchial Veins , as well as into the Arteria Venofa ; and 
 on the other Hand, the Blood Springing from the Bronchial Arteries , may 
 partly pals into the Left Auricle of the Heart by the Arteria l^enofa ^^s 
 well as by its Correlponding Bronchial Veins before mentioned. 
 
 Tign 2 . 
 
 Pait of One of the Lobes of the Lungs cut off, and a iDivillon made 
 according to its Length , fo that a Branching of the Blood-Veflcls 
 and Bronchia do appear. * - . 
 
 A A, A Branch of the Pulmonick Vein, or Arteria Venofa ^ lying 
 on that of the Bronchia. 
 
 B, A Branch of the Bronchia. ' 
 
 C, The Pulmonick Artery, or Vena Arteriofa, cut Tranfverfely, 
 lying on the other Side of the Bronchia: 
 
 Tig. i. 
 
 Another Lobe of the Lungs DilTeded as in tlie preceding Figure. 
 
 AABB, The Ramifications of the Pulmonick Artery Accompanying 
 thole of the Bronchia: See Tab. ar. Fig. lo. 
 
 C, The External Membrane of the Lungs Rais’d and Pinn’d out 
 to Ihew its Blood-Veflels : Thefe Veflels partly Arife from the Pul- 
 monick Veflels lall mention’d, and partly from the Arteria and Vena 
 Bronchiales, as appears from what has been above Noted; and do 
 frequently Germinate and Inofculate with the Intercoftal Veins and 
 Aneries of the Pleura : The Germination and Inofculations of thele 
 Veflels I have had frequent Opportunities of obferving to be in fcvcral 
 little Parcels or Fafciculi, and of an Inch or Two in Length between 
 the Lungs and Pleura: They very often appear in Filaments more or 
 lefs Divided, and 1 am apt to think are frequently the Beginnings of 
 thole Adhefions of the Lungs with the Pleura. 
 
 Tig. 4 . 
 
 AA, The Bronchia or Branch of the Trachea made barcl 
 
 BB, Part of the Lungs. 
 
 Tig. 5 . 
 
 The Fore-part of the Larynx, and Part of the Wind-Pipe, together 
 with the Common Mufcles of the Larynx, See. 
 
 AB, The Mufculus Sternethyroideus , not well Expreft; it being here 
 as it were continuous with the Hyothyroideus C E. 
 
 D, The Os Hyoides, or Bone of the Tongue reclin’d Laterally. 
 
 F , The Upper and Fore-part of the Epiglottis in Situ. 
 
 G, The Fore-part of the Scutiformal Cartilage. 
 
 ViH.y'Yh^MufculiCricothyroidei ; on the Left Side One of them hanging 
 
 down at its Beginning ; the other remaining in Situ. Thele Mulcles 
 Spring from the Fore-part of the Annular Cartilage,andare foon Inferted 
 to the Internal, and Lower Part of the Scutiformal Cartilage. 
 
 Fore-part of the Cartilago Annularis, made bare. 
 
 '£ig. 6. 
 
 The Back- part of the Larynx, and its Mufcles placM on it; Expreft 
 very Confuledly; which, together with the former Figure, is Erro- 
 neoully defenb’d by Bidloo. ^ 
 
 . F F G K L 5 Exprels the Back -part of the Cartilago Annularis 
 
 MPQ ^cover’d with the Mufeuli Cricearytenoidei Pojlici, as it’s 
 ^Reprefented in our 
 
 NN, The Mufculus Arytenoideus.' 
 
 Concave Part of the Epiglottis, as it appear 
 when Pinn’d up. .f * » rr 
 
 R, The Pofterior Edge of the Scutiformal Cartilage ofthe Right Side. 
 
 S, The Membranous Part of the Wind-Pipe next the Gula. 
 
 Tig. 7 . 
 
 t 
 
 The Os tlybidet,6r Bone of the Tongue, together with the Fore-part 
 of the Cartilages which compofe the Larynx, and Pait of the Afpera 
 Arteria. 
 
 Aj The External and Convex Part of the Cartilago Scutiformis. 
 
 . “ ’ Interhal and Concave Part of the Os Hyoides ; which Part of 
 It neceflarily comes in View in this Pofition. 
 
 C, The Annular Cartilage. 
 
 "Fhe Epiglottis , Expreft with the Internal Concave Part Fore* 
 wards, as is truly Exhibited in the following Figure; which on the 
 wntrary , Ihould have been here Reprelented with its External and 
 Convext Part, as in Fig. y. F. 
 
 E , Part of the Afpera Arteria, or Wind-Pipei 
 , Thyroidea: From what I have hitherto oblerv’d* 
 
 thele Glands feem to be of the fame Office with the Thymu): Nor do’s 
 their Colour or Compaftnefs diftinguilh them from the Thymus •, if we 
 confider,that by their Situation on the Wind-Pipe, they are perpetually 
 in Motion , by which the Motion of the Blood is very much haften’d 
 thto’ them, and the Blood-Veflels conlequently Enlarg’d, whence their 
 Colour and Compaftnefs do’s Arife. 
 
 GG, Two long Procefles of the Thyroide Cartilage, or Scutiformis 
 ty’d to the Extremities ofthe Os Hyoides. 
 
 Tig. 8 . 
 
 The Os Hyoides and Back part of the Larynx. 
 
 A, The External Convext Part of the Os HyOides. This Bone of 
 the Tongue appears in this preceding Figure, to be compos’d of Three 
 Bones ; the Middle-Bone A, is joyn’d to One ofthe Extremities ofthe 
 Two Side-Bones, by a Cartilaginous Interpofition call’d Synchondrofts • the. 
 Two other Extremities of thefe Side-Bones are ty’d to the Extremities 
 of the Two long ProcelTes of the Thyroide Cartilage GG Fig. 7. 
 by a Ligament; which Connexion is call’d Syndefmofn. * 
 
 B, The Internal Concave-part of the Epiglottis next the Glottis. 
 
 C C i The Arytenoidal Cartilages cover’d with the Glottis , or Inter- 
 nal Membrane of the Oefophagus. 
 
 D, The Cricoidal Cartilage cover’d with the Internal Membrane of 
 the Oefophagus which compofes the Glottis. 
 
 EE, The Two Sides, or Back-part of the Thyroidal Cartilage, 
 whence the Mufculus Oefophageus do’s Arife ; which Mufcle in a Semi* 
 circular Manner Invefts the Back- part of the. Oefophagus. 
 
 F F, The Back-parts of the Thyroidal Glands. 
 
 G, The Pofterior-part of the Wind-Pipe where it is Membranous , 
 and receives the Fore-part of the Gula in its way to the Stomach. 
 
 .r 
 
 Having VieWM the Fore ahd Back- parts of the whole Larynx, we 
 come in the next place to Examine thofe Cartilages which Compofe it 
 when Separated from each other. ^ * 
 
 I , The External Convext-part of the Thyroidal Cartilage. 
 
 a. The Internal Concave-part of the fame Cartilage : In thefe Two 
 Figures, the Two Kinds of Procefles of the Thyroidal Cartilage are 
 Remarkable; the Two Superior or long Procefles are joyn’d widi the 
 Extremities of the Os Hyoides GG, Fig. 7 . the Two Inferior are faftned 
 to the Cricoidal Cartilage Laterally. 
 
 f?>4- Thf Cricddal Cartilage • a, the Fore-part j 4 , the Back-part 
 of this Cartilage : That Figure of the Right Hand (towards the Figure 
 of the Lungs and Hrart) Exprefles the External, Inferior, and Back-pait 
 of the Annular Cartilage; That ofthe Left Hand, Reprefents the In- 
 fenor. Internal, and Fore part ofthe Annular Cartilage.. 
 
 Two different Views ofthe Arytenoidal Cartilages, which 
 are Articulated to the Superior Part of the Cricoidal Cartilage. 
 
 N 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 TWENTY-FIFTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 l?ortion of the Wind-Pipe cut off. 
 
 ABB, The External Membrane of the Wiiid-Pipe 
 Rais’d and Pinn’d out. 
 
 Fig. X. 
 
 'FhcMufcular FafekuU lying between the Cartilages of the Wind-Pipe. 
 
 3 * 
 
 The Glandulous Membrane of the Wind- Pipe, where diVers Cliifters 
 of Glandules of a difierent Magnitude are Expreft. 
 
 Fig. 4 - 
 
 ♦ 
 
 The Internal Membrane of the Wind-Pipe, compos’d of Fibres 
 extended according to its Length; between this Internal and Longitudinal 
 <^^rder of Fibres, and the Cartikges, are plac’d another Tranfverle' 
 Order, which pafs Circularly according to the Difpofition of the Carti- 
 lages : Thefe Internal Tranfvcrfe Flefhy Fibres are more Numerous 
 than the Superior Longitudinal Ones: Both thefe Orders of Fibres are 
 Expreft in this Figure. This Difpofition of the Fibres of the Internal 
 Membrane of the Wind-Pipe, is very Confpicuous in the Wind-Pipes 
 of raoft Quadrupedes, cfpecially in the Larger fort, as Oxen, Horfes, 
 But chiefly, (confidering the Bulk of the Animal) in a Hog, iri 
 whole W ind-Pipe this Mcmoranc appears compos’d of Strong FTelhy 
 Fibres; whence an Account may not improbably be fuggefted,why that 
 Animal is capable of altering the Tone of the Voice from a Bafe to a 
 Treble: For when thefe Fibres Contra£b,the Channel of the Wind-Pipe 
 is very much Straitned, as well in its Diameter as Length; whence the 
 Tone is rendred more Acute. This Conftrufture of the Inward Mem- 
 brane of the Wind-Pipe, is continued to the Beginning of the Bronchia, 
 where thefe Flefhy Fibres leflen and bear a Proportion to the Cavities 
 of the Bronchia , and are at length fo Thinn’d as to Frame Tranfparcnt 
 Membranes, which help to compofe the Feficula of the Lungs. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 Part of One of the Lobes of the Lungs, with the Bronchia Injedbed 
 with Wax to exhibit the LohuU. 
 
 A , Part of the Bronchial Tube cut off. 
 
 BB, ThcLobuli, or diftindt Clufters of the Feftcula, partly com- 
 pos'd of the Extremities of tht Bronchia-, zndi partly of the Blood-Veffels 
 of the Lungs: Thefe Lobuli are not always of the fame Figure, feme 
 being Round, others Oval, fome Oblong, and others Varioufly Figur’d. 
 
 CG, The Interftitia of the Lobuli-, which are invefted with the Inter- 
 nal Lamina of the Proper Membrane of the Lungs , here Pinn’d 'out • 
 on which the Blood-Veflels are very Confpicuous : Thefe Inter Jlitia , or 
 Spaces between the Lobuli, Appeal- in the Lungs of a Foetus vei-y plain 
 and do not Communicate with the Feficula of the Lobuli, but are diftin- 
 guifti’d from them, as do’s Appear by Blowing into thefe • 
 which may be done with a Blow-Pipe, after Wounding the External 
 Membrane of the Lungs, and you will find the Interftitia of the Lobuli 
 very much Diftended with Wind, and the Feftcula not at all Inflated: 
 Noi on the Contrary , will thefe Interftitia be any ways Inflated by 
 Blowing into the Bronchia , tho’ the F ejicula and Lobuli are very muen 
 Extended. ^ 
 
 DD, The Branches of the Pulmonick Vein and Artery on each Side 
 the Bronchia: See Fig. lo. A,B. 
 
 Fig. 6 . 
 
 Part of the Bronchia with divers Lobuli of One of the Lobes of the 
 Lungs. Dr. IFillis who has given a Figure of thefe Lobuli, after the 
 Manner as they are here Reprefented, fays, that by filling the Bronchia 
 With a Liquid , thefe Lobuli may be feparated from each other. I muft 
 confefs I have rnore than once Attempted to Divide thefe Lobuli, but 
 could not be fatisfied of their Appearance like this Figure : The Ex- 
 ternal Surface of the Lobuli in the Foetus Appear Angular , and are in 
 a Cubical manner plac’d by each other. 
 
 Bronchia, where the Holes for divers of its 
 Ramifications which pafs out of it; and the Straight Progrefs of the 
 Fibres of its Internal Membrane do Appear. 
 
 r divided into leffer Branches; to which the 
 
 ^ "^orc or Icfs Divided, and arc com- 
 
 FvrL as above hinted, are Fram’d by 
 
 the Extremities of the Bronchia , and the Pulmonick Blood-Veffels. ^ 
 
 JN.B. TheJ^hnlyn this Figure may be obferv>d to have the Extre- 
 mines of the Blood- Fejels Branchy on Them. Each Veficula alfo has One 
 of the Extremities of the Pulmonick F lins and Arteries Branched on it • and 
 'Without doubt ( Conformable to the Extremities of the ir cri 
 Parn ) ,hoft Fed alfo are eoa.inued ChaZl in 
 Fere the Art of Nature is very Extraordinary L Fram^ 
 
 mtiesof thefe Blood-Feffels of the Lungs fo very fmall,and confining their wft 
 
 Number info narronv a Compafs, as the Body of the Lunrs-, for thefe PuU 
 monick Blood-Vep^^^ Correfpond to thofe of the '-whole Field of the Body in 
 confiamly Difcharging the Blood th-ro* them, as well as thrP the Helrt - 
 'whtft Life 'With perfefl Health is maintain'd. And notwithftandinsr One 
 Half of the Lungs is compkatly Filiated, ( / have more than once^ found 
 
 in Diftfefling Morbid Bodies) yet neverthelefs the Circulation of the Blood has 
 been ftill carried on for fome time. Tho' in this Cafe Refpiration muft not only 
 be very ^ick and Attended 'with no /mail Difficulty on frequent Occafions j 
 but the Heart muft alfo Labour very much to drive the Blood on. 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 A Portion of the External Surface of the Lungs cut from them, when 
 Dri’d , after Inflation. 
 
 A A, The External Membrane. 
 
 BB, The Lamella of the External Membrane, which pafs between 
 the Feftcula and compofe the Lobuli j between which , the Interftitia ne- 
 ceflarily Refulti 
 
 C D, The Lobuli compos’d of the Feficula, which are here well Ex- 
 preft. 
 
 Fig. 8. 
 
 'ry Afpera Arteria or VfindiPipc, together with the Bronchia or 
 Ramifications of it, free’d from the Lungs. 
 
 A A, The Fore-part of the Wind-Pipe. 
 
 B B, The Divifion of the Wind-Pipe into Two Branches, and after- 
 wards into more, call’d Bronchia. 
 
 C C , The Larger Branches of the Bronchia. 
 
 D D , The Leller , from whofe Extremities the Feftcula are Pull’d oft. 
 
 EE, The Semicircular Cartilages of the Wind-Pipe. 
 
 F G H , The Cartilages of the Bronchia of Various Figures and Sizes ; 
 fome of which are Circular FF; others Semicircular, Triangular G; 
 Quadrangular Thefe Cartilages of the Bronchia ^rc notConnexed 
 to each other like thofe of the Wind-Pipe it felf; but the Lower-parts of the 
 Superior receive the Upper-parts of the Inferior ; not unlike the Crufta- 
 ceous Coverings of the Locufts, or Tail of a Lobfter: fb that in 
 Infpiration the Bronchia may be Coextended with the Tumified Lungs; 
 for thefe Ligaments between the Cartilages of the Bronchia have an 
 Elaftick Power of Reftitution; not unlike that ftrong Ligament, plac’d 
 on the Spines of the Vertebra of the Necks of Quadrupedes ; by which 
 means the Superior Parts of the Lower Cartilages of the Bronchia are 
 drawn under the Inferior Parts of the Upper, in Expiration: But in In- 
 fpiration the Ligaments arc Extended, and the Inferior Cartilages are 
 with-drawn from under the Superior ; and to this Aftion in Expiration 
 the Longitudinal Fibres of the Wind-Pipe (which pafs into the Bron- 
 chia) do concur to Contradt them. In Infpiration the Weight of the 
 Superincumbent Air is fufficient to Extend the Bronchia , and confe- 
 quently the Lungs, when the Cavity of the Thorax is Widen’d by the 
 Mufcles which Draw the Ribs up. 
 
 Fig. 9: 
 
 A finall Portion of the Lungs , whofe Bronchial Branch is fill’d with 
 Injected Quick-Silver. 
 
 A , The Bronchial Branch ; on both Sides of which , the Pulmonick 
 Blood-Veffels Appear. 
 
 Fig. 10. 
 
 Part of the Largeft Branches of the Bronchia fi*ee’d from One of the 
 Lungs ; together with the Pulmonick Blood-Veft'cls and Lobes Injedbed 
 with Wax. 
 
 A A, The Pulmonick Vein. 
 
 B B , The Artery fill’d with different Colour’d Wax. Befides freeing 
 the Bpnehia , as in Fig. 8. there is another way of Demonftrating their 
 Ramifications by pouring of Melted Tin into {hem ; which may be 
 Pradis’d in the following Manner. Cut off one Side of the Humane 
 Lungs at the Divifion of the Trachea BB, Fig. 8. and with the Feather 
 End of a Goofe-Quill fo wipe the Infidc of the Bronchia , by often 
 thrufting it into their Various Ramifications , that at length it no 
 longer comes out wet with the Mucus they have in them. The Infides 
 of the Bronchia being thus throughly Dri’d with a Feather : In like 
 Manner Anoint them with Linfeed Oyl. This done, Tyc the Mouth 
 of the Divided Trachea to a Tin or Iron Tunnel : This Tunnel muft be 
 fb plac’d that the Lungs may hang Pendulous and Free; but leaft their 
 Flaccidity fhould too much Comprefs the Bronchia, it’s convenient to 
 pafs divers Threads thro’ the External Parts of the Lungs , and fb 
 Faften them to the Floor and other convenient Places, that the Lungs 
 may be Extended thereby: In doing of which, be fure you do not diftort 
 the Lungs from a dired Pendulous Pofition ; but that the large Trunk 
 of the Bronchia remains Perpendicular to the Tunnel. This done, Melt 
 Block-Tin and pour it into the Tunnel; in doing of which , ftand at 
 fome Diftance, leaft the Conflid. which arifes from the hot Metal in its 
 meeting with the remaining Moifture in the Bronchia , fcatters it on 
 your Hands, or Face, fftc. N. B. If the Metal is made very hot it 'will 
 fo Scorch the Fir ft Pajfages of the Bronchia as to Contrafl them, and there- 
 by Ob fir uU the reft: Nor muft it 'want Fluidity, leaft its pafftng into the 
 Jmaller Branches is thereby Hindred. The Bronchia being thus Injefted in 
 the Lungs-, lay them in JVater , Nine , or Ten Days, till they begin to Pu- 
 trifie-, then Boyl the 'whole Lungs off the Block-Tin, and you may expeft to 
 fee it much fuller of Branches than it's Expreft in the iitb Figure. 
 
 Fig. II. 
 
 Reprefents the Ramifications of the Bronchia in Block-Tin, as above 
 Dcfcrib’d. 
 
 
 T H E 
 

 

I 
 
mm* I . vA} 
 
 
 
 
 *v. 
 
 
 
 7 ' ^ 6 . 
 
 
 
 ’ i^'a 
 
 
THE 
 
 TWENTY-SIXTH TABLE. 
 
 upper Part of the Body lying in a Supine Pofture j with the 
 Os Fecloris or Sternum rais’d} together with the Cartilages of the 
 Ribs which are connexed to it; lb that the Cavity of the Tho- 
 rax after its Vifcera are remov’d } comes in view. 
 
 AAAy The Cavity of the Thorax invefted with the Pleura, 
 whole fmooth Surface towards the Lungs } is here leen. 
 
 BB, The Mufcuii Triangulares as they Arile from the Inferior 
 and Internal Part of the Sternum Alcend to their Infertions 
 
 at the Bony Endings of the Fourth} Fifth} and Sixth Ribs : In 
 this View of the Internal Part of the Sternum, the Mammary Blood-VelTels on each 
 Side of it are confpicuous: The Cartilaginous Endings of the Two Firft Ribs are alfo 
 remarkable, being fomewhat longer than the reft. 
 
 b } The Enfiformal Cartilage. 
 
 CD} Superior; The Courfe of [the Fibres of the Internal Intercoftal Mulcles 
 which appear thro’ the Pleura A A. 
 
 CD} inferior) The External Intercoftal Mufcles whole Fibres decuflate the Inter- 
 nal like the Letter X. 
 
 Thefe Intercoftal Mulcles arile from the Lower Edge of each Superior Rib, and 
 are Inferred to the Upper Edge of each Inferior one: They are employ’d in bringing 
 the Ribs nearer each other} to Enlarge the Cavity of tbst Thorax in Infpiration. 
 
 DD} &c, Tke Seven Superior or True Ribs. 
 
 E E } The Saw-like Endings of the 
 
 F F , The Diaphragm freed from the ' Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs and 
 Enfiformal Cartilage , b. 
 
 ff} The Mufculi Pfoas ■pzTtlY ia. view- 
 
 G } The Cartilage of One of the Baftard-Ribs which is not joyned to the Sternum, 
 
 H H } The Bodies of the Vertebra of the Thorax.' 
 
 I } The Fi?r/f^r.e of the Neck. ■ e i; ^ . 
 
 K} The Lower Jaw-Bone made bare. 
 
 k} The Mufculus Pterigoideus Internus in Situ. 
 
 LL} The ClavicuU, 
 
 Mj Part of the 'Belt aides Mufcle. - . ^ 
 
 35495565X110 Bony Endings of the Third, Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Ribs, cut 
 from the Cartilages which are faftened to the Sternum. 
 
 See 52. 
 
 Vk. 2. 
 
 O 
 
 THE 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
THE 
 
 &v' 
 
 I ' 
 
 k 
 
 ; -I 
 
 i • 
 
 f: 
 
 I 
 
 TWENTY-SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 HE Skin, Fat, and Membranes being removed, the Mufcles 
 appear on the Back as follows. 
 
 BB,1 Mufculus Cucdkris or Jrapez,ms on both 
 
 'Sides 
 
 FF i G, Hjj ,, _ 
 
 Either of thefe arifes Flefliy from the Os Ocdpitisy^ and Ten- 
 dinous froin the Ligamentum Colli and Points of the Spines of the 
 Three Loweft Vertebra of the Neck, and Eight Superior of the 
 Thorax ; from which broad Origination becoming thick and 
 Flefhy AADDF, is fo inferted to the Clavkula E and Tendinous HF to the Spina Sea- 
 puU 1. Thefe move the Scapula varioufly according to their Directions of Fibres, as 
 Upwards, Backwards, and Downwards. 
 
 1, Part of the Spina Scapula. , i ^ ^ • 
 
 K OO, The Latiftmm Dorfi or Anijcalptor; A thin, broad Tendinous Origination 
 
 of This is deriv’d from the Spines of the Seven Inferior Vertebra of the Thorax ^ and 
 all the Vertebra of the Loins; and Superior of the OsSacrum\ as alfo from the Pofterior 
 Part of the Spine of the Os Ilium Rj and begins to grow Fleftiy as it marches over the 
 Longiffmus Dorfi md Sacrolumbus, K. and in its Afcent over the Ribs laterally, it has 
 divers VaJeicuU of Flefhy Fibres arifing from thence and joining with it, becomes ftill 
 thicker, more Flefliy, and narrower, marching over the loweft Angle of the 
 /;«/.<,• whence fbmetimes a Flefliy Portion of this Mufcle do’s arile, which we haye 
 commonly found in thole Bodies in whom the Teres Minor was wanting, as it wasm 
 this Subject, and is at Length Inferted with a.fliort flat flrong Tendon to theOsHt^ 
 merii at the Implantation of the Teres Major: Its Ufe is to chaw the Arm Downwards 
 and Backwards. 
 
 LLj Parts of the Obliqui Dejeendentes Abdominis, 
 
 M. Part of the Deltoides on the Left Side. 
 
 N, The Infrajpinalis on the Right Side. t» • u 
 
 OO, The Sacrolumbalis lying under the Tendon of the Latijf mus Dorji on the Right 
 
 Side. _ •• . 
 
 P , The Bajis of the Right Scapula. . . - 
 
 oa. The Rotmdi Majores, . ' ^ ^ . ^ 
 
 R) The Spine of the Os Ilium. . ^ ^ ^ 
 
 % Viit oi^^Glutms Magnus. ' / ' ■ ; . ' - : : 
 
 THE 
 



 
 
 JikMMvi 
 
 THE 
 
 TWENTYEYGHTH TABLE. 
 
 IHE Mufcles of the Back lying under thofe Reprefented in the preceding Table. 
 A BCD, The B,homhoides in Situ It arifes Tendinous from the Spines of* 
 the 1 wo Inferior y^ertebr<z of the Neck ^ and Three or Four of the Superior of 
 the Thorax C; growing Flelhy in its Oblique Defcent, it is inferted to the 
 Bafn of the Scapula D; It draws the Scapula Upwards and Backwards; 
 
 E, The Rhomboides on the Right Side, remaining at its Origin at t\iQ Bajls 
 of the Scapula, 
 
 F, A Portion of the Rhomboides which We frequently find diffinfi. 
 
 G, Part of the Elevator Scapula or Mufculus Patientia: This Mufcle has di- 
 
 - vers feparate Originations from the Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Tranf 
 
 Verfe ProcelTes of the Vertebra of the Neck compofing a large Flelhy Mulcle, which is Inlertedto theSu-^ 
 perior Angle of the Scapula. 
 
 H, That Part of the Bajis Scapula towards its Superior Angle. 
 
 I, The Serratus Superior Pojiicus Arifing thin and Tendinous froni the Spines of the Two Inferior 
 
 tebra of the Neck, and Two Superior of the Thorax'^ and after an Oblique Delcent over the Inferior Part 
 of the Splenius Capitis and Upper Parts of the Longijjimus Dorji and Sacrolumbalis^ becomes Flelhy, march- 
 ing under the^ Scapula to its Inlertions at the Second, Third, and Fourth Ribs. This Mulcle aflifls in 
 drawing the Ribs Upwards in Inlpiration. • • 
 
 K , The Serratus Inferior P oficus : The origination of this Mulcle is much larger than this Figure leems 
 to reprelent. I have frequently taken Notice of a Series of Tendinous Fibres continued between the 
 Serratus Superior and this Mulcle \ and its Lower Part in like Manner continued to the Spine of the Os Ilium^ 
 flri 6 lly embracing the Sacrolumbus 2x16. Dor f LongilJimus ; in whirh if performs the Office of a Bandage as 
 fhall be hereafter mentioned. Thele Inferior Saw-Mulcles, in this Figure, are freeM from their Origina- 
 tions at the Spines of the Vertebra of the Thorax and Loins, in railing the Latijfmi Dorf^ Exprelf in 
 the preceding Table KLOO, whole Tendinous Originations in mofl Subjedls, do inleparabely cleave to 
 thele Serrati near the Spines : This Figure demonflrating the Progrels and Inlertion of thele Mulcles , I 
 lhall only add; their Ule isto draw the Ribs Downwards, and Contrail the Thorax in Expiration* 
 
 L, Part of the Cucullaris left at its Inlertion to the Clavicula. 
 
 M, The Latiffmus\DorJi rais’d and left hanging at its Inlertion oil the Right Side; the like is done on 
 the Left , but not Letter’d. 
 
 NOPQ; The Lmgijjimi Dorfi', This Mulcle and its Companion the are inlepaf able at theii* 
 
 Origination from the Spine of the Os Ilium Superior Part of the Sacrum^ and all the Spines of the Vertex 
 hr a of the Loins; Externally it is Tendinous; Internally Flefhy; in its Alcent it bellows divers Inlertions 
 on the Tranlverle Proceffesof the Vertebra of the Loins; but proceeding. farther, it continues to derive 
 Tendinous Originations from the Spines .of the lower Vertebra of the Thorax in their Progrels be- 
 
 come Flefhy Fibres, and Terminate in the 'Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Spines of the Thorax \ and this Part 
 of this Mulcle Bidloo calls Semifpinatus : The other larger Part of it, in its Alcent on the.Thorax^ divides 
 it lelf after the Manner of a Palm-branch, into many Flefhy Portions which become Tendinous at their 
 Inlertions to the Tranlverle Procelles of each Vertebra of the Thorax,, and Tubercle of the Ribs, and 
 Ibme of the Tranlverle Procelles of the Vertebra of the Neck ; This Mulcle is not only imployM in keeping 
 the Trunk of the Body Eredl and Bending it Backwards ; but in ProgrelTion, it has allb a conliderable Of- 
 fice; for when either Leg is mov’d Forewards, this Mulcle on the lame Side, near its Origin, may beob- 
 lerved to be in Action; which we fuppole is neceflary to render the Os Ilium at that Time liable, to the 
 End the Thigh-Bone may be more commodioufly moved in its Acetabulum of the Coxendix, 
 
 R, The Sacrolumbalis which we fhall delcribe hereafter. 
 
 S, Y2XI of Glutaus Magnus, --- - 
 
 f. The Spine of the Os limn, 
 
 T , The Splenius Capitis, . . ‘ 1 :. . hf . . ' ' ‘ . 
 
 V , The Deltoides, 
 
 W, The Infrafpinatus, 
 
 X , The Teres Major, 
 
 Y, Part of the Spina Scapula,, above which, Part of the Suprajpinatus may beleen, 
 
 .Z, Part of the Serratus Major Anticus, 
 
 i' , The Seventh Rib made bare. 
 
THE 
 
 TWENTY-NINTH TABLE. 
 
 IVERS Mufcles imploy’d in moving the Back > Thorax and Arms. 
 A B D E , The Mufculus Sacrotumhalis : Its Origin is already defcrib’d 
 in the preceding Table with the Dorfi Longtifmus, they arifing 
 infeparably: At their parting below the laft Rib, the Flcfhy Part 
 oftheX*cro/»»2^w is divided into divers Parts, which become fo many 
 diftindt Tendons and Terminate on the Ribs > as may be feen on 
 the Left Side of this Figure: Befides thefe Flelhy and Tendinous 
 Productions of this Sacrolumbal Mulcle ; it has another Order of 
 
 Tendinous and Flellw Fibres which may be efteemed as fo many diftimSt Mufcles ; 
 They arifing partly Tendinous and partly Flelhy from the Tranfverfe Procefles of the 
 Loins ) .and Pofterior Prominence of the Ribs, that is connexed to the Tranfverfe 
 Proceis’s of the Back, whence Afcending Obliquely outwards, become Flefhy,and 
 growing Tendinous, do pafs over Three or Four of the Superior Ribs, and join 
 with theFirft deferib’d Tendons at their feveral Terminations above mentioned. This 
 Dilpofiton of the Sacrolumbus is continued the whole Length of the ‘Ihorax, even to 
 the Fourth Vertebra of the Neck; which Upper Part of it is call’d by Diemerbroek, Cer- 
 vicalis Defcendens, and by him made a diftinCt Mulcle. 
 
 C, The Tendon of the laft defcribed Mufele and Longtffmus DorJIy cut from the 
 Spines of the Vertebra of the Loins. 
 
 FHIKK,TheZo»g/^/«i Z)ory 7 ;that of the Right Side being free’d from the Spines 
 of the Vertebra of the Back and Loins. 
 
 L, The Spines of the Vertebra of the Loins. 
 
 MM, The Mufculus Semijjiinatus or Tranfuerfalis Dorfi: The Courfe of the Fibres of 
 this Mufele agree exaCUy with that lying below it, called Mufculus Sacer G; which is 
 Expreft on the Right Side of the Spines of the Vertebra of the Loins between L M C : 
 They are call’d Tranfverfales Dorfi and Lumborumi becaufe they arife from the Trans- 
 verfe Proceffes of thofe Vertebra tirom whence they afcend Obliquely and are inferred 
 to the Spines of the Superior Vertebra,- which Oblique afeending Dilpofition of thefe 
 Fibres may be obferved in this Figure MM., 
 
 ' N , Part of the Mufculus Trapezjus left on the Neck. 
 
 . O , Part of the Serratus Superior Fofiicus left at its Infertion. 
 
 P , Part of the Spina Scapula. 
 
 liht Bafis Scapula. . . 
 
 R, Mufculus Deltoides. 
 
 S, Infrafpinatus. 
 
 T, Teres Major. 
 
 V W, Parts of the Serrati Majores Amici s that of the Left-Side reprefenting its Pro* 
 grefs over the Suhfcapularis , as it arifes from the Internal Part of the Bafis Scapula is 
 mentioned Tab. 20. 
 
 XXX, The Serrati Inferiores Pollici rais’d and left at their Infertions. 
 
 Y , Part of the Obliquus Defcendens. 
 
 The Spines of the O/d ///«»*. 
 
 THE 
 
T 
 
 
 » 
 
 < 
 
 0 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 . 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 

 
 %■ 
 
 M 
 
 :' I 
 
 'i' 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 j 
 

THE 
 
 / 
 
 THIRTIETH TABLE. 
 
 OME of the Mufcles imployed in Extending the Back and Loins, 
 Rais’d. 
 
 ABCDEFGHIK, The Longiffmi Dorji and Sacrolumbaks neat 
 their Originations. 
 
 L , The Sacrolumhalis on the Left Side free’d from the Ribs i 
 (fc. and hanging loofe from the Trunk of the Body. 
 
 MM, Thofe Tubercles of the Ribs connexed to the Trant 
 verfe Proceiles of the Vertebra of the made bare; whence 
 ^ the other Order of the Tendinous and Flefhy Fibres of the 
 Sacrolumbal Mufcle ('mention’d in the precedent Table; do arife. 
 
 N N , The Spinal Procefles of the Vertebra of the Back made bare, 
 n n , Their Tranfverfe Procefles. 
 
 O Oj Turts o{ the ■Adufculi Splenti Capitis. 
 
 P , The Infrafpinatus Rais’d from the Scapula. 
 
 Q? Part of the Kotmdus Major. 
 
 RR, ^zvts oi iiie Serrati Majores Antici on both Sides. 
 
 S , The Upper Part of the Bone of the Arm laid bare. 
 
 T, The laft or Twelfth Rib. f , c • 
 
 V, The Quadratus Lumborum: It arifes Flefiiy from the Pofterior Part of the Spine 
 
 of the Os lliumi. and after an Oblique afcending Progrels is fo Inferted to the Tranf- 
 verfe Procefles of the Pif^t^^^'.eofthe Loins i This not unlike the ReSlus Abdominis yvctoves 
 the Vertebra of the Loins or Os Ilium nearer each other, as either is held moft fta- 
 ble: So when we ftand on one Foot it draws the Vertebra to that Side, and makes the 
 Trunk come towards a Perpendicular Dire£lion of its Gravity to that Foot; as ap- 
 pears in the Figure of the Firft Table, where the Right Leg fuftains the Weight of 
 the whole Trunk, and Superior Parts: But if we hang by the Hands, then either 
 of theft Mufculi Quadrati A<fting, draws the Os Ilium neaxet the Vertebra of the Loins. 
 
 It was neccflary the Mufcles imploy’d in Extending the Head, Neck, Back and 
 Loins fliould be framed ftrong enough not only to fuflain the Head and Trunk in 
 their Projection forewards from the Axis of the Vertebra ,• but that they fhquld move 
 the whole Spine varioufly, efpeciallyin Bending it backwards: Hence it is theft 
 Mufcles are not only more Numerous; but are Multiform , as appears in the Dorfi 
 Longijjtmus and Sacrolumbalis s whereas the Bending Muftles of theTrunk and Head ate 
 but one Pair to each , and they of a Longitudinal Order of Fibres only ; namely , 
 the Par Reclum Internum Capitis or Fkxores Capitis, ‘lab. l8. LL; and the Re^i Abdominis 
 
 Tab. 31, EE. 
 
k 
 
 THE 
 
 THIRTY-FIRST TABLE. 
 
 EPRESENTS the Common Integuments of the AUomen) and' 
 the External Appearance of Its Mufcles on the Left Side. 
 AAAAj The Skin together with the Fat and Membranes 
 of the Left Side Rais’d. 
 
 BB, The Fat remaining on the Right Side after Raifing the 
 Skin; where the Lobi of Fat and the Blood-Veflels palling be- 
 tween them, are Elegantly Expreft. 
 
 C D E F G , The J^iujculus Obliq uus Defcendens in Situf CC, ItS' 
 Flelhy Part Springing from the Ribs; DD, Its Inferior Ten- 
 dinous Part , under which the Flelhy Fibres of the Afcendenr do' Appear. 
 
 EE, The Straight Flelhy Fibres of the Mujculus ReAus, as they Appear under the 
 Tendons of the Defcending and Alcending Mufcles. 
 
 FF, The Tendinous Interfeilions of the Appearing thro’ the Two Tendons 
 
 of the Oblique Mufcles. 
 
 GG, The Linea Semilunaris compos’d by the Two Tendons of the Oblique 
 Mufcles before they March over the ReSus to the Linea AU>a. 
 
 H» The Linea Alba. . 
 

 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 ■# 
 

 5 
 
 j 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 j 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
 ( 
 
 i 
 
 t 
 
 
 / 
 

 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 { 
 
 '< 
 
 / 
 
 i 
 
 \ 
 
 
THE 
 
 THIRTY-SECOND TABLE. 
 
 Fig. li • ■ 
 
 Obliquus Defiendetts ^ or *DecUvis 
 Rais’d: See Jpp. Fig. i. 38, 38. It 
 Arifes with feveral partly Fiefliy and 
 partly Tendinous Acute Productions 
 from the Lower Margins of the Fifth, 
 Sixth, Seventh and Eigth Ribs; where its feveral feparate 
 Origins lie between the Indentations of the Serratus Major 
 Anticus; thefe, for better diftinCtion we call its Former 
 Origin; Befides which, it continues to derive more Heads in 
 like Manner from the Ninth, Tenth, Eleventh, and fome- 
 times from the Extremity of the laft Baftard-Rib; 
 
 19, Y.) where it’s frequently Indented with the Serratus In- 
 ferior Poflicus ( Tab. ib. XX. } as Vefalius takes Notice : From 
 its Former Origin BBB, its Oblique-Defcending FlelhyPart 
 EE, Expands its felf into a Broad Membranous Tendon FF, 
 before it Marches over the Redus P P, to its Infertion in the 
 Tinea Alba Tab. 31. H, and Os Fubis'G: From its Latter 
 Origin, in the fame Manner Defending, (Fid. App. Fig. 
 2. 31.) it Ends partly Tendinous in the Ligamentum Tubis 
 C C , but chiefly Flelhy on the Superior and Fore-Part of the 
 Os Ilium. Befides the Offices commonly Afcrib’d to thisMuf- 
 cle in Compreffing the Intellines and Bladder, £sPr.* either in 
 Extruding the Fmes and Urine in both Sexes, or Foetus in 
 Women; They have ftill a farther Ufei That Part of this 
 Mufcle that’s Interjacent between its Lowej Origin and Spine 
 of the Os Ilium , Tab. 29. Y. bearing an Analogy in its Pofi- 
 don to iht Majloideus of the Head, {App. Fig. t. 14.) ferves 
 for the Circumrotation of tlie Trunk upon the Axis of the 
 Vertebra^ as when we Convert our Bodies to die contrary 
 ' Side, the Feet remaining Stable. 
 
 H H H , The Cartilaginous Endings of the Seventh , Eighth , 
 Ninth , and Tenth Ribs; which, in die following Table are 
 cut off at the Bony Parts of the Ribs and Rais’d: Vid. Tab. 
 33. K-K. . . . 
 
 IKK, ThtMufculus TranJverfalisl^ns'A from t\\QPerito- 
 vxum and Reclin’d Laterally; It derives a Tendinous Origin 
 from the TranfverfeProcelfes Vertebra Lumbar es 
 
 a Flefliy One, from the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs, 
 Spine of the Os Ilium , and Ligamentum Pubis ; whence it 
 paffes over the Convext Surface of the Peritonaum , compofing 
 a Broad Tendon as it Marches under the ReBus to its Termi- 
 nation in the whole Length of the Linea Alba. • When this 
 Mufcle and its Partner ACl, they prefs the Abdomen direCtly 
 Inwards. 
 
 \ L M N O P , The RelH Abdominis ; One remaining in Situ^ 
 'the other being Rais’d: Either of thefe Mufcles derives its 
 Origin from Two of the Cartilages of the True , and One of 
 the Baftard Ribs ; and in its Defcent has Four, fometimes Five 
 Tendinous InterfeCIions OOOO; Hill Lelfening it felf below 
 the Navel, becomes Tendinous, immediately above the Os 
 TubiSy where it’s Implanted M: This Bends the Trunk of 
 the Body. 
 
 PP, The Under-Side of the where the Epigaftrick 
 
 and Mammary Blood- Velfels may be feen. 
 
 Q, TliQ Tyramidqles y which derive their Flefliy Origin 
 from the Upper-Part of the OJfaTubiSy and Terminate in 
 the Linea Alba. 
 
 RRSS, The Obliquus AfeendenSy or Acclwis in Situ: It 
 Arifes from the Fore-Part of the Spine of the Os Ilium and 
 Ligamentum Pubis, whence Mounting with an Order of 
 Fibres Inclining Forewards, Forms a Broad Membranous 
 ,Thin Tendon SS, Marching over the ReBus to its Implan- 
 tation in the Linea Alha\ the Pollerior Part of it being In- 
 ferted to the Cartilages of the Eighth, Ninth, Tenth, 
 Eleventh, and Twelfth Ribs. Befides its Office in Com- 
 preffing the Contents of the Lower Belly ; that Part of it 
 that’s b^etween the Spine of the Ilium and Cartilaginous 
 Endings of the Ribs , is not only Ufeful in drawing the 
 Ribs Downwards in Expiration ; but its Flefliy Fibres 
 
 (Interfering thofe of the Defeendens m t\\t Ilia) are alfo 
 imploy’d in Converting the Trunk of the Body to the fame 
 Side, as the Defeendens above Noted, do’s to the Contrary. 
 In the Strudfure and Reciprocal Cooperations of thefe Parts 
 of the Afcending and Defending Oblique Mufcles , the Art 
 of Nature is very Admirable. 
 
 TTVV, The Peritonaum under which the Inteftlnes 
 Appear TT. Tho’ the Peritonaum is a Tranfparent,Thin 
 Membrane, yet it confills of divers Lamina^ and is appa- 
 rently Double in divers Parts, efpecially between the Navel 
 and Os Pubis: Befides its giving an External Double Inte- 
 gument to all the Vifeera of the Lower Belly, it Provides 
 ftill others Invefting each Vifeus , and Helps to compofe the 
 Omentum and Mefentery. What vaft Extenfions the Mem- 
 branes of the Peritonaum are capable of, is well known to 
 thofe who have feen it Affedted with a Dropfie; for in its 
 Duplicature I have often taken out above Fourfeore Pints. 
 Job Meekren in his Ob. Med. & Chir. tells us of a Hundred 
 and Twenty-Five Pints of clear Water contain’d within the 
 Duplicature of the Peritonaum\ befides, the Membranes 
 themfelves (in the Cafe now mention’d) were Thickned 
 beyond a Thumbs Breadth, and their Internal Surface fur- 
 nim’d with many Flefliy Bodies and Water-Bladders, call’d 
 Hydatidesi fo that the whole, when taken out, feem’d to be 
 a Monftrous Mafs of Flefliy Matter. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Texture of the Teritonaum Examin’d with a Micro- 
 fcope. 
 
 A A, The Nervous Fibres Running according to the 
 Length of the Abdomen. 
 
 BB, Other Fibres carri’d in a Circular Manner from the 
 Nervous Plexus thro* to the Breadth of the Abdomen. ' 
 
 CC, The Fibrilla which join the preceding Fibres toge- 
 ther, and are Complicated with them. 
 
 DD, The Nerves and their Branches which are very Re* 
 
 xiiarkablc aLouc die Venuicic. 
 
 EE, The Blood-Veffels broken off. 
 
 Concerning the Lymphe-Dudls of the Peritonaum y &c* 
 confult NueVs Adenographia Curiofay Cap. IX. 
 
 The has divers Perforations ; Forewards, for 
 
 the UmbilicalVelfelsinthei^tp^wj; in its Upper-Part , for the 
 Vena Cavay Gulay and Eighth Pair of Nerves , ^c. In the 
 Lower-Part by the Anus Bladder of Urine ^ and Uterus in 
 Women: in this Lower-Part of the Peritonaum, it’s Two 
 Procelfes attending the Spermatick Velfels fall next under 
 our Infpedion. 
 
 fig- 3 - 
 
 A A, Part of the Peritonaum. 
 
 B, The Procefs of its Internal Membrane, proceeding 
 from within the Cavity of the Abdomen. 
 
 CC, The Spermatick Velfels as yet Cover’d with the 
 Double Procefs of the Peritonaum. We call it a Double 
 Procefs of the Peritonaum in Men, that palfes thro’ the 
 Mufcles of the Abdomen in the Inguen, becaufe it conliftsof 
 Two Membranes of different Extents; the External of which, 
 being a Continuation of the External Membrane of the 
 Peritonaum y is there czW^Tunica Vaginalis y Incloling the 
 Spermatick- Velfels and Tefticle ; the Internal Procefs Delcends 
 about Four Fingers Breadth on the Spermatick- Velfels in the 
 Inguina, and then Cleaves to them Infeparably (and this 
 Nuck calls a Dmrticulum) as it’s Expreft, tho* fomewhat 
 ftifly, in the following Figure. 
 
 Fig- 4 . 
 
 A A, Part of the Internal Membrane of the Peritonaum. 
 
 B, The Orifice or Annulus of its Procefs. 
 
 C, Its Progrefson the Spermatick- Velfels, call’d Dimrti* 
 culum. 
 
 D, Its Cohefion to the Spermatick-Velfels. 
 
 R 
 
 THE 
 
SSEQBjf 
 
 THE 
 
 THIRTY-THIRD TABLE. 
 
 HEWS the Vtfcera of the Lower Belly /« Situ, after the Com* 
 mon and Proper Integuments of the Abdomen are laid Open » 
 and fome of them cut off, and the Cartilaginous Endings of 
 the Baftard Ribs divided from their Bony Parts > and turn’d 
 Upwards. 
 
 AA BB , The Omentum , where its Upper Membrane Ap* 
 pears Contiguous to the Bottom of the Stomach, from whole 
 Inferior Coronary Vellels it receives its ArterU Gajlricx, Empi- 
 ploicx Dextrx^ Siniftrx and Medix, which have their Correlpon- 
 dent Veins entering into the Coronary Veins, and Convey their Blood to the Vena 
 the Arteries being Propagated from the Ccehack Arteries. This Superior Part 
 or Lamina of the Omentum is not only a Continuation of that External One of the 
 Ventricle, Borrow’d from tih&Peritonxum, but its Right in like Manner is deriv’d 
 from the Lower Part of the Liver, and its Left from the Concave Part of the Spleen: 
 Thus the Superior and Outwardmoft Part of the Omentum Arilesj and after Delcend- 
 ing on the Inteftines, joins or is continued to its Inferior or Inward Part, in like 
 Manner deriv’d from the Colon-. Between thele Superior and Inferior Parts , is fram’d 
 the Burfa Omenti ,• which may be plainly Difcover’d , if you pour Water into its Ca- 
 vity; and tho the Water will pals it’s many Por<ii»/»4,yetit will neverthelels Difcover 
 the Lower Part of the Omentum to be Double. 
 
 CC, The Bottom of the Stomach where its Inferior Coronary Blood- VelTels 
 maybeleen. 
 
 DD, The Liver. 
 
 Sujj/enforium Hepdiu, in which the Umbilical Ligament is Inclos’d. 
 
 r , Ihe Fijfure made by the Umbilical Ligament. 
 
 GG , Part of the Colon near its Beginning in the Right ilia. 
 
 Cover’d with the Omentum. 
 
 RK, Ihe Cartilaginous Endings of the Baftard Ribs cut from their Bony Parts, 
 and turn d up towards the Sternum: To thefe Cartilages, Parts of the Tranfverfe 
 Mulcles of the Abdomen and the Diaphragma may bq feen to Adhere in this Figure. 
 
 THE 
 
 
 

 
 •2 
 



 
 
 ■A*. 
 
THIRTY- FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig, I. 
 
 Portion of the Omentum^ the Cells of 
 which being fill’d with Oily Contents 
 are call’d Fat. 
 
 BB 5 The Fatty Glandules of the 
 Omentum which are plac’d in the Arboreous Diftribu- 
 tion of the Fat. 
 
 CC, Divers Foramhiula Collateral to the Arboreous 
 Fatty Bodies. 
 
 Fig. 2* 
 
 The Membranes of the Omentum free’d from their 
 Oily Contents; which Profefibr Bidloo Propoles to be 
 done after the following Manner. When the Blood- 
 Vellels of the Omentum are Inje6led with Wax , or 
 any Tenacious Body, then dip the whole in hot Oil 
 of Turpentine, and with your Hand fqueele it, and 
 move it up and down till the whole Mali of Fat is 
 dilblv’d in that Oil. Afterwards expofe the Mem- 
 branes to the Air , or gentle Fire to dry them. 
 
 A A, The Upper Lamella or Membrane of the 
 Omentum. I 
 
 B B , The Lower Membrane of the Omentum. 
 
 ^ CC, The Foraminula. 
 
 ' DD , The Arboreous Ramifications of the Porous 
 Cells , whence the Fat or Oil is Expreff. 
 
 EE, The Blood- Vellels Injedled with W^ax ac- 
 cording to Bidloo. 
 
 %• 3 , 4* 
 
 Thefe Figures of the Mufcles of the Pharynx are 
 Copied after Bourdon's Table 4. Fig.^S, 2y. and* are 
 agreeable to the Erroneous Delcriptions of thofe Muf 
 cles by Kiolanus., Spigelius^ F^eJlingiuSy Bartholinus^ &c. 
 The Mulcular Contrivance of this Organ being vaffly 
 differing from what is here Exprell, I lhall add a Figure 
 of it in the Appendix. 
 
 The Stomach with Part of the Omentum taken out 
 of the Cavity Ahdomen'^^o. Stomach being fbme- 
 
 what Extended with Wind, and plac’d according to 
 its proper Pofition. 
 
 AA, The External and Anterior Surface of the 
 Stomach , Cover’d with a Common Membrane deriv’d 
 from the P eritoneeum.^ 
 
 B C , Two Bundlings out in the Lower Part, or 
 Fundus of the Stomach. 
 
 D , Part of the Gtda at the Upper or Left Orifice 
 of the Stomach , call’d Cardia. 
 
 E , Part of the Intejlimm Duodenum Arifing from 
 the Right or Lower Orifice of the Stomach, call’d 
 the Pylorus. 
 
 F, The Superior Coronary Blood -Vefiels of the 
 Stomach, and the Nerves of the Eighth Pair Com- 
 plicated with each other , are here Elegantly Exprefi. 
 
 G , The Inferior Coronary Artery and Vein of the 
 Stomach. Thele Coronary Blood- Vefiels are in like 
 Manner difiributed to the Omentum, 
 
 H , The Superior or Outward Membrane of the 
 Omentum , hanging at the Bottom of the Stomach. 
 
 In Difieding the Morbid Body of a Young Gentle- 
 Woman, by the Order of Dr. Radcliff : Amongfi: 
 other P hcenomena of the Vifcera in the Abdomen ^ I 
 found the Omentum fo Lefien’d , that at firfi: Sight , 
 it Appear’d doubtful whether there ever had been fuch 
 a Part fram’d in that Subjed; but upon flrider En- 
 quiry, that little Remains of it feem’d to Reprelent 
 a Heap of finall Glands , containing a Steatomatous 
 
 or Suet- like Matter. Nor was this Appearance of 
 thele Steatomata on the. Omentum only; but a Multitude 
 of Little White Bodies or Specks (not iinlike thole 
 of the Omentum") plac’d at fbme fmall Difiance from 
 each other , were Ipread on the Outward Membrane 
 of the Stomach, Intefiines, and Internal Surface of 
 the Peritondmm. In this Subjed the External Parts 
 of the Small Guts fb fiuck to each other , that they 
 feemM to be contain’d in One proper Covering ^ or 
 not unlike the Brain Cover’d with the Pia Mater ' 
 fb firidly did the Intefiines Cleave to each other , that 
 it was not without Violence I could any where Divide 
 them to fee the Mefentery : By this means the Pe- 
 rifialtick Motion of the Guts mufi needs be very much 
 LefienM , if not quite Hindred ; fb that it was no won- 
 der to find their whole Channel fill’d with Excrements, 
 ^.even ^rom the Pylorus to the Anus: Befides the Intes- 
 tines had fuffer’d Mortifications in divers Parts , whilfi 
 other Parts of them were Inflam’d and Very much 
 Thickned ; Nor was there any Part of them Appear’d 
 of a Natural Confiitution ; fb general did this Difeas’d- 
 Habit Affed the Peritonaeum , in all its Expanfions. 
 Nor can I omit doing JufiiCe to the Inquifitive Dr. 
 Radcliff, who upon frequent Obfervations of the 
 Symptoms of this Cafe, left this Prognofiick , 
 there was fcarce any of the Vifcera of the Lower Belly 
 which had efcap'^d the Attacks of the Difedfe : All which 
 he fiippos’d to Arife from a Scrophulous-Habit , as 
 Appear’d by very large Tumified Glands of the Me- 
 fehtery ; of which'Two very Remarkable Ones had 
 fb Comprefi the Receptaculum Chyli , as very little 
 (if any) of the Aliment could at Length pafi into the 
 Blood. W^hence the Body became fb very much 
 Emaciated, that fcarce any thing but Bones Appear’d 
 under the Skin : Nor did I any where fee the leafi 
 Lobe of Fat iri the whole Difledion. From what 
 has been above taken Notice ofin the Omentum , and 
 Surface of the Peritoneum, whether Covering the 
 Infide of the Abdomen ^ or Outfides of the Intefiines; 
 It Appears, that when the Mucus which is neceflary 
 ir Lubricating the Intefiines, is obfiruded; thole 
 Parts are Subjed to Adhefions , and the Perifialtick 
 Motion of the Latter can no longer be Perform’d and 
 tho’ the Exifience of proper Glands for feparating this 
 Mucus from the Blood do’s not offer in Common Dif 
 fedions , yet it may be hop’d that the frequent Exa- 
 mining of Morbid Bodies , will at one time or other 
 Demonfirate them ; which , I am apt to believe j not 
 unlike the Sweating Glands of the Skin, are plac’d 
 at certain Difiances, and do difcharge their Mucus 
 from their Excretory Pores in like Manner; which 
 Mucus may joyn with Fatty Exfudations from the 
 Omentum , &c. and make a Compdfition neceflary for 
 making the Intefiines Aide on each other. That there 
 is a Slimy Matter befmearing thefe Parts , may be 
 obferv’d in Opening any Large Animal, no tDifeas’d, 
 fbon after Death. It is well known to the Butchers 
 that this Mucus makes the Hands Glib or Smooth; to 
 which End they commonly Ufe it , fb fbon as they 
 have Open’d any Animal , by Rubbing their Hands 
 with the Intefiines. I know it’s commonly fuppos’d the 
 Water in an proceeds from a broken Lymphe- 
 
 Dud within the Cavity of the Abdomen', but it’s not 
 unlikely that that Serofity may at leafi fbmetimes Arife 
 from an Exfudation by thofe Glands;fince we confiantly 
 find the Peritoneum very muchThickned in thofe Cafes. 
 S THE 
 
 
 ♦ 
 
 
 0 
 
 a. 
 
THE 
 
 thirty-fifth table. 
 
 HE MembranesjGlandulesj 
 Blood- Veffels, which 
 ! compofe the Stomach. 
 
 Fig. h 2 . 
 
 .AA, Portions of the 
 .Stomach file wing its Firfl: 
 or External Membrane, 
 borrow’d from the Peri^ 
 tondum ; the V eins being 
 InjeSled with Wax 5 are extended beyond their JNa- 
 tural Magnitude. 
 
 BB, The Superior and Inferior Coronary Veins, 
 Inofculating with each other in their Large Trunks. 
 
 Fig. 5 * 
 
 AB , ^c. The Branches of the BloodWeflels on the 
 External Membrane of the Stomach , Reprelenting 
 their Various Plexudes and Mutual Inofculations with 
 each other, viz. The Veins being join’d with Veins, 
 and Arteries with Arteries , before they become 
 Capillary. 
 
 Fig. 4 * 
 
 The Second Membrane of the Stomach, call’d the 
 Mufcular Membrane, confining of Two Orders of 
 Fibres. 
 
 ABB, The Firfl and Superior Order of Fibres , 
 continued between the Pylorus and Upper Orifice of 
 the Stomach. 
 
 ACC, The Second or Inferior Order of Fibres , 
 embracing the Fundus of the Stomach. 
 
 H- 5- . 
 
 A Portion of the Second or Mufcular Membrane 
 of the Stomach Dri’d. 
 
 AA, The Firfl Ol-der of Fibres , ‘ 
 
 BB, The Second* Confilting of Flefhy and Ten- 
 dinous Parts , 
 
 CC, Their Flefhy Parts, 
 
 DD, Their Tendinous Parts. 
 
 The Third, or Internal Membrane of the Stomach, 
 may be Divided into Three L/amelld , and therefore 
 may be confider’d in a Threefold Manner. 
 
 Fig. 6 . 
 
 A A , The Inward Surface of the Third Membrane 
 of the Stomach , by Dr. FF'illis call’d the Villous 
 Tunicle: The P^illi or Velvet-like Surface of it, is 
 bell fhewn by dipping it in Scalding Water. 
 
 B B , The Glandules as they Appear obfcurely under 
 the PlllL 
 
 CD, ^c. The Glandules and Veflels of the Sto- 
 mach as they Appear where the Pllli are taken off, 
 which may eafily be done with the AfTiflanceof Hot 
 Water. This may be efleem’d the Second Part of 
 the Third Membrane of the Stomach. 
 
 rig. 7 - 
 
 The Third or Lafl Divifion of this Internal Mem- 
 brane of the Stomach , which Bidloo and others call the 
 Tendinous, and Dr. the Nervous Membrane. 
 
 AB, Divers Perforations for the Blood- VefTels to 
 pafs thro’ this Membrane. 
 
 Fig. 8 . 
 
 The whole Stomach partly laid Open to Ihew the 
 Foldings of its Internal or Third Membrane. 
 
 AA , The Foldings of the Internal and Third Mem- 
 brane, ’in which the Villous Surface do’s Appear. 
 
 B , The Upper and Left Orifice or Mouth of the 
 Stomach, with Part of the Gula. 
 
 C, A Portion di^^lntejlmm Duodenum continued 
 
 to the Pylorus, " ^ 
 
 D , The Pylofus or Lower and Right Orifice of 
 
 the Stomach. 
 
 E, The Antrum Pylori 
 
 The Omentum and Superior and Inferior Coronary 
 Blood- Veflels, are here again Exprefl as in the pre- 
 ceding Table, - Fig. f 
 
 Fig. 9 , 10 . 
 
 The Two Orifices of the Stomach when Dri’d 
 after Inflation. Fig. 9, The Superior. Fig. 10, The 
 Inferior. 
 
 The Plexus of Blood- Veflels Appearing in the 
 Infide of the Stomach, Fig. 8. are Remarkable, and 
 their Appearance is owing to the Stagnation of the 
 Blood in them. The Stomach cannot be Wounded 
 into its Cavity, but many of thefe Veflels, efpecially 
 the Arteries mufl be Divided, and nofmall Efllifion 
 of Blood mufl neceffarily happen, which if it flows into 
 the Cavity of the Stomach, mufl either be Ejededby 
 Vomit, or pafs down the Inteflines with the Excre- 
 ments , if the Patient Survives : An Inflance of which 
 lately occur’d, where my Friend Mr. Goodier call’d 
 me to fee the Patient; who had receiv’d a Wound by 
 a Sword on the Right Hypochondrium , which pafl 
 Obliquely to Fineu Alhci immediately below the 
 Enfiformal Cartilage : A V omiting of Blood fbon 
 follow’d with Syncopes , which denoted the Stomach 
 to be Wounded, not lefithan a Pound of Coagulated 
 Blood being Ejeded by the Mouth fo foon as he was 
 brought to his Bed. After fbme Hours the Vomiting 
 ceas’d, and the Pulfewas recover’d which before was 
 very feeble: Nor was it many Days before the Patient 
 Recover’d and could Drink Two or Three Quarts of 
 Strong Drink at a Sitting; what became of him after- 
 wards , we could by no means learn. By this it Ap- 
 pears that Wounds in the Stomach are not always 
 Mortal, tho’ they very frequently prove fb , as in the 
 Cafe of one Wounded in like manner with a Sword 
 on the Left Hypochondrium ^ in whom the Stomach 
 was W^ounded alfb; but in this the Contents of the 
 Stomach in no fmall Quantity , were Difcharg d with 
 a great deal of Blood into the Cavity of the Abdomen.^ 
 as Appear’d on Difleding his Body. If the Trunk of 
 a Large Artery happens to be wounded on the 
 Stomach , it is a great Chance but it proves mortal 
 thro’ the Flux of Blood, but if the Wound happens 
 where the Blood-Veflels are Capillary , the Flux of 
 Blood do’s not prove Fatal. 
 
 THE 
 
( 
 

THE 
 
 THIRTY-SIXTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 H HEWS the Lower Part of the Stomach and a Por- 
 tion of the IntejUnum duodenum continued to it, 
 together with the Pancreas and Spleen. 
 
 AA> The Upper Part of the Buodenum conti- 
 nued from the Right Orifice^ of the Stomach or 
 'TyIorus>^m a Semicircular Manner; in which Bending of the 
 Gut> the Common Paffage for the Gall and Pancreatick Juice 
 empties it felf N. This Curvation of the Inteftine is here ne- 
 ceitary, left the Aliment after having undergone a Prepara- 
 tion in the Stomach, fhould too quickly defcend into the Small 
 Guts , before it has met with a due Mixture with the Gall 
 and Pancreatick Juice. 
 
 B , The DuHus Pancreaticus made bare> before it enters the 
 External Membrane of the Inteftine, between which, and the 
 Internal Membrane , it palTes before it arrives at its Oriftce 
 N, in Conjundlion with the Common Gall-Du(ft. 
 
 C, The Progrefs of the Common Gall-Dudt in like Man- 
 ner between the Membranes of the Gut, before it arrives at 
 its Orifice N, in Conjunction with the Pancreatick Du(ft. 
 
 DD , The Superior and External Part of the Pancreas as 
 it appears in its proper Situation. 
 
 EEE, Part of the Bottom of the Stomach next tlie Pan- 
 efeaSi Colon and Spleen ; whence divers Blood-Velfels are pro- 
 pagated , efpecially Veins, which difeharge Part of the Blood 
 from the Stomach into the Ramus Splenicus : the moft re- 
 markable of tliefe have obtained the Denomination of Fdfa 
 Brema ; to which , fome jinatomijls have inconfiderately 
 afiignM divers Ufes. 
 
 F F, The Internal Concave Part of the Spleen next the 
 Pancreas and Stomach, cover’d with its Proper Membrane, 
 as well as a Common one continu’d from the Peritoneum. 
 
 G , The External Membrane of the Pancreas rais’d and 
 pinn’d out: . . 
 
 H , That of the Spleen in like Manner rais’d and pinfi’d oiit. 
 Ill, Divers Fr/ra/fr or Airy Bladder-like Appearances; 
 occafion’d by the Breaking forth of the Wind into the Inter- 
 Jlitia of the Common and Proper Membrane of the 
 in Blowing into its Dulius Excretorius B. 
 
 K, The Buodenum open’d, to Ihew the Common Orifice 
 of the Gall and Pancreatick Dudt. 
 
 LL , The Pancreatick Dud made bare in divers Parts of 
 the Pancreas. 
 
 M, Part of the Common Gall-Dud. 
 
 N, The Common Orifice of the Gall and Pancreatick 
 Duels , opening into the Cavity of the Intejlinum Buodenum. 
 
 OO, The Arteria Splenica injedted with Wax; its 
 Magnitude and Tortuous Progrefs being very remarkable as 
 it is truly Expreft in this Figure. 
 
 PP , Divers Arteries of the Pancreas arifing out of the 
 Splenick Artery. 
 
 QrChQVena Splenica in whofe Cavity a Blow-Pipe is inferted. 
 R , One of the Lymphedudls ariling from the Spleen pinn’d 
 out. In Blowing into the Pena Splenica of a Caftling Calf, 
 1 have frequently obferv’d the Lymphedudls of the Spleen 
 diftended with Wind: The like has happen’d by Blowing 
 into the Splenick Artery after tying the Vein, tho’ not fo 
 immediately as by Blowing into the Vein. The {xca^Phano- 
 mena I have obferv’d in the Penis of a dog by Blowing into 
 the Veins of that Part. The Accurate Nuck mWis Adenograp. 
 Curio, p. $2. tells us by forcibly Blowing into the Splenick 
 Artery, he has not only feen divers to rife on the Sur- 
 
 face of the Spleen ; but divers Lymphatick V elfels arifing from 
 thofe Veftcula and diftended with Wind alfo' : In the Subfequent 
 Page he takes Notice that the Spermatick Vein of the Tefticle 
 being diftended with Wind, Ihews the Lymphedudls on the 
 Tunica Vaginalis in Blowing into the Sperniatick Artery 
 
 of that Part, the Lymphe-Dudls are by no Means diftended with 
 Wind: By this, it appears the Lymphedudts of the Splttn^Penis 
 andTefticlesjdonotarife from the Extremities ofthe Blood- 
 Velfels of thofe Parts, as the Lymphedudls of other Parts feem 
 to do; but that the Venous Channels of thofe Parts feem to give 
 the immediate Originations to their Lympheduifts. 
 
 S, The Spleen partly made bare oi its Integument 
 
 Fig. 1. 
 
 TheBulfus Pancreaticus injected with Wax, and freeM from 
 the Body of the Pancreas , together with a Portion of the 
 Jnteftinum Buodenum and Common Gall-Dud; dried. 
 
 A, Part of the Buodenum dried* 
 
 B , The BuRus Pancreaticus lying between the Membranes 
 of the Inteftine before it joyns with the Common Gall-Dud* 
 C, The Common Orifice of the Gall and Pancreatick Dud 
 opening into the Inteftine. 
 
 D , The Common Gall-Dud. 
 
 EE, The Trunk ofthe Pancreatick Dud. 
 
 FG 9 The Ramifications of the Pancreatick Dud, which 
 arife from the Extremities ofthe Blood-Velfels of xhtPancreas. 
 
 Among the Opinions hitherto held concerning the Office 
 of the Pancreatick Juice, that of Brunnerus feems moft pro- 
 bable: That like the Saliva it is a Dilfolvent or Menjlruum 
 for a farther Concodion, in Order to Chylification. Korean 
 I conceive the Succus Pancreaticus can AdwithanyHoftility 
 by W ay of Fermentation with the Bile and Aliment , as Franc. 
 Sylvius^ Bern. Swalve^ Regn. de Graeffj and Isbrandde Biemer^ 
 apprehend; or that it takes off the Acrimony of the Gall ; 
 which Latter, would be to redifie a Miftake in Nature that 
 might have been avoided in the Firft Defign: Wherefore the 
 appears to be a Large Salival Gland, or One of the 
 Largeft ofthe Glands ofthe Inteftines, which continually fup- 
 pliesa proportionable Quantity of Liquor for die End above 
 mention’d. Befides , the has another as it were acci- 
 
 dental Ufe , (viz.') To difehargethofe Serofities from the Blood 
 which we find in taking of Purging Medicines ; Or at other 
 Times , when the Blood is difordered fo that a Bi'arrhaea 
 happens, the as well as the Glands of the Inteftines 
 are thofe Strainers which difeharge the Vitiated Juices from 
 the Mafs of Blood. Fig. 3. 
 
 The Spleen with its Blood-Velfels Injeded with Wax. 
 
 AA, The Internal Concave Part of the Spleen next the 
 Stomach and Pancreas^ 
 
 BB, The Splenick Arteries Injeded with Red Wax. 
 
 CC, The Veins fill’d with White Wax._ 
 
 DE, The Various Flexures and Contortions of the Veins 
 and Arteries near the Surface of the Spleen. 
 
 Pig. 4. 
 
 A , Part of the Spleen of fome Quadrupede cut off, after 
 the whole Spleen has been diftended with Wind and dried. 
 
 B, The External common Membrane deriv’d from thePr- 
 ritonaum. 
 
 C , The Internal Proper Membrane of the Spleen. 
 
 DE,0pr, The Cells of its Cavernous Body, which open 
 
 into the Large Veins of the Spleen. 
 
 In the Humane Spleen thefe Cells are more Numerous' 
 and'Lefs, and open into the Extremities of the Veins and 
 Arteries. I know Ruyfch in his Accur2Lto Anatomical Epi/lles 
 lately publilh’d, denies the Exillence of thefe Cells as well 
 as Fibres in the Humane Spleen, blit if you blow into the 
 Splenick Vein, or Injedt Water by the Arteries, when the 
 Outward Membrane of the Spleen is not torn or broke in 
 taking it out ([which are very liable to happen in freeing the 
 Humane Spleen) you may be fatisfied of the Exiftence of its 
 Cells ; and ifyouinjed the Veins with Wax you will find this 
 Difference from that of a Quadrupede; that the Wax in the 
 Humane Spleen do’s not reach the Cells , except it is driven on 
 with great Force , and Injedled very hot ; but if you Injedt Wax 
 into the Spleen of an Ox, Dog, or the like, you will find 
 all its Cells foon diftended with it, and the great Ramifica- 
 tions of the Veins fcarce to be diftinguilhed , by Reafon 
 the W ax fo foon paffes out of their Sides into the Cells. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 AA , The Internal t'ace of the Proper Membrane of the 
 Spleen of a Qiiadrupede. 
 
 BG , The Fibres broke off which pafs between the Cells 
 to each Side of the proper Membrane of the Spleen. 
 
 DD , Some of the larger Cells of the Spleen of various 
 Figures. 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 The whole Spleen free’d from its External and Proper 
 Membranes, after its Blood-Velfels were Injedled with Wax. 
 
 A A *X*lipk A 
 
 B, ThQ Veins ofthe Spleen fill’d with Waxi 
 
 aabb. The Ramifications of the Blood-Velfels before 
 they enter the Body of the Spleen. 
 
 C, Part ofthe Capfula or Proper Membrane of tlae Spleen, 
 according tO Bidloo. 
 
 D, The Nervous Plexus. 
 
 EE j The Ramifications ofthe Blood-Velfels at their Extre- 
 mities , into whofe Sides the Cells of the Humane Spleen open* 
 
 F, T\\q Inter flitia at the Extremities ofthe Blood-Velfels, 
 which Bidloo Calls the Cells. 
 
 (jG,The Extremities ofthe Lymphedudls, and divers Fi* 
 bres of the Spleen. The Texture and Compolition ofthe 
 Spleen being thu s known , we fhould in the next Place conlider 
 what Office this Part has in the Animal Oeconomy; but that 
 being a Task too great for the Limits of our prefent Page , 
 1 fhall infert my Thoughts of it elfewhere. 
 
 T THE 
 
 / 
 
 
THE 
 
 THIRTY-SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 Fi^. 1. 
 
 HE Superior Convex Surface of the Liver here Printed on the 
 Reverie. 
 
 AA, The Superior Gibbous Part of the Liver, where divers 
 Lymphedudls may be feen. 
 
 BB , The Ligamentum SuffenCorium Hepatis , faften’d to the 
 Diaphragma, its Fore-Part being cut from the Enliformal Cartilage. 
 
 CC, Part of the DUphragmai in which its Flelhy and Ten- 
 dinous Parts appear together with its Blood- Vellels. 
 
 D , The Ligamentum Umhilicale pinn’d out. 
 
 EE, That Part of the Liver which is Extended towards the Left Side, and rells 
 on the Stomach, and is fometimes (as in this Subjedt) divided into Lobes. 
 
 F , Seems to be Part of the Diaphragma: Bidloo makes it to be a Ligament that 
 adheres to the Enliformal Cartilage, which I can by no Means conceive. 
 
 G , A Portion of the External Membrane of the Liver, continued from the Feri- 
 tonaum , rais’d. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Inferior Concave Surface of the Liver. 
 
 A , The Right Side of the Liver. , • . 
 
 B , The Ligamentum Sufpenforium Hepatis pinn’d OUt. 
 
 C, The Ligamentum Vmbilicale. 
 
 D , The External and Common Membrane of the Liver rais’d and pinn’d out. 
 
 E, The liver cut into, to Ihew its Inlide. 
 
 F, Part of the Diaphragih. 
 
 G, The Arteria Hepatica, which we commonly find divided into Two Branchesor 
 Trunks of the Size of this here Exprell, before they enter the Liver. 
 
 HH , The Vena Fortamm as it enters the Liver. 
 
 I, The Capjula Communis or Produdtion of the Fenitonaumj which is laid to indole the 
 VenaForta, Arteria Hepatica ^ and in their Progrels thro’ the Liver j which 
 
 Delcription of it, I am apt to think, is rather impoled on it in Favour of fome Con- 
 jedures concerning the Office of the Vena Forta within the Liver,' than any real Ap- 
 pearance of it in Nature; tho’ it is very plain thofe VelTels within the Liver do ap- 
 pear cover’d with a Common Inclofure; the like of which may be leen on the Vellels 
 within the Spleen, Kidneys, (s'c. 
 
 KK, The Vena Cava Extended on a Pencil. 
 
 L, The Gall-Bladder. 
 
 M , A Lymphedud palling on the Surface of the Gall-Bladder. 
 
 N , The Ductus Cyfiicus. 
 
 O , The Common Gall-Dud. 
 
 P , The Lympheduds of the Liver marching on the Vena Fortarum towards their 
 Lymphatick Glands, placed on the Trunk of that Vein below the Liver. 
 
 Concerning the Diftribution of the Vellels of the Liver, and the intimate Strudure 
 of that great Gland, conliilt the following Table. 
 
 THE 
 

-- fcMsaS 
 
 
 
 
TABLE. 
 
 % 
 
 
 THE 
 
 THIRTY-EIGHTH 
 
 Fig. r. 
 
 Portion of the Liver Boyl’d and View’d with aMicrofeope. 
 A, The Outward Membrane of the Liver Rais’d and 
 Pinn’d out. 
 
 B B B , The LohuU compos’d of fmall Glands , of Various 
 Figures and Sizes. 
 
 C, The Membranes continued from the Blood- Veflels , 
 which divide the Lobuli from each other. 
 
 DD, The Blood-Veflels , of which /bme are Broken off. 
 
 EE, The Gall-Duds, many of which are in like Manner Broken off 
 as they Arife from the Lobuli. 
 
 Fig. z. 
 
 A, A Branch of the Fern Cava, 
 
 a a, Its Extremities within the Liven 
 
 B , A Branch of the Fern Portarum. 
 
 bb, Its Extremities in like Manner not join’d with the former, fays 
 Bidloo. In preparing the Liver to Injed its Blood-Veffels with Wax, 
 I found fucha Communication between the Vena Cava and Portarum^ 
 
 ^ that I could by no means but Conceive the Extremities of thole Veflels are 
 continued Channels; for by pouring Water or Spirit of Wine into the 
 Fena Porta ^ with the affiftance of a Tunnel only, 1 found it foon run 
 out again by the F ma Cava: Nor do’s the Extremities of the Arteries 
 of the Liver leem lefs Communicative with the Fena Cava-, for by 
 Syringing Water into the Hepatick Arteries, it eafily pafles into the Fena 
 Cava^or Portarum. In Blowing into the Hepatick Arteries or Gall-Duds, 
 1 commonly find the Lymphcdu6b of the Liver Diftended with Wind. 
 
 The Gall-Bladder and its Duds, 
 
 A, The DuElus Cyjiicus. 
 
 ® Internal Membrane of the J)u£lus Cyjiicus Appearing after 
 Raifing the External. This Internal Membrane is much Larger than 
 the External, by which means it Frames divers Valves or Ruga in the 
 Cavity of this Dud. Thefo Ruga (which fome call Valves) prevent the 
 perpetual Effufion of the Bile into the Duodenum : Nor do they Oppole 
 the Retroceffion of the Gall by the Cyftick-Dud, as fome pretend; 
 for if you cither Blow , or Injedt W^ater into the DuSlus Communis ^ the 
 Gall-bladder foon becomes Diftended. In Examining the Gall-Duds 
 of a Lamb’s Liver, I clearly Difeover’d divers Duds of Gall Arifing 
 from the Liver, and emptying themfclves into the Du6lus Cyjiicus: Nor 
 could I by any means obldve in that Subjed any Gall-Duds Arifing 
 from the Liver, and Difcharging their Contents into the Gall-Bladder at 
 its Neck , as fome pretend. 1 have more than once emptied the Gall- 
 Bladder of a Humane Body, and made a Ligature on the Du6lus Cyjiicus 
 fome Diftance froin its Neck , and afterwards forcibly Diftended the 
 Hepatick-Duds with Wind , but could by no means Raife the Gall- 
 Bladder : 1 have alfo made the fame Experiment in Quadrupedes with 
 Mercury , by Injeding it by the Dublus Hepaticus , but could not find it 
 come into the Gall-Bladder immediately ; but in the Du6lus Cyjiicus about 
 a Quarter of an Inch from the Gall-Bladder, I have foen the Mercury 
 Arifo from Two or Three Gall-Duds proceeding from the Liver. 
 
 C, The Dublus Hepaticus cut from the Liver. 
 
 D , Part of the DuPius Communis. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 A A , The Gall-Bladder partly Open’d. 
 
 B, A Portion of the Meatus Cyjiicus. 
 
 CC, Divers Blood-Veflels Propagated between the Gall-Bladder and 
 Liver, which Bidloo takes to be fome of the Lefter Cyftick-Duds. 
 
 _ D, One of the Larger of the laft mentioned Veflels, which Bidloo in 
 like Manner Deferibes as One of the Largeft of the Cyftick-Duds, with 
 its Orifice E F , looking into the Gall-lfiadder. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 The Blood-Veflels of the Liver and Call-Duds Injeded with Wax 
 and free’d from their Extremities which compofe the Glands. This 
 Scheme or Diftribution of thefo Veffels may be prepar’d after the fol- 
 lowing Manner. The whole Liver being taken out with the Trunks of 
 its Blood-Veflels left to it of a convenient length; walh out the Blood 
 from its Veflels by Syringing of warm Water into Them : This done 
 fill the Blood-Veflels with Spirit of Wine or Alum- Water, or Injedthem 
 with Oyl of Turpentine a little warm’d. After fome Hours, dip the 
 whole Liver in hot Water, and Injed Wax of a difterent Colour into 
 all its Blood-Veflels and Secretory- Duds; the Arteries being fill’d with 
 
 P.ed!i\the Fena Portarum with a Dark Colour; the Fena Cava oin'Dih.in- 
 euifliable Colour and the Gall-Duds with Yellow Wax : This done, 
 tree the Liver of its Outward Membranes, and with your Fore- Finger 
 begin to divide the Lobuli from each other, by thrufting it thro’ the 
 Giandulous Surfiice even to the Trunks of the Large Blood-Veffels. 
 
 The Lobuli of the Liver being very much divided , dip the whole in 
 warm Water, and with a ftubbed Brulh, made of the ftiffoft Hogs- 
 Briftles, begin to Brufli off the Glandules of the Liver from the Extre- 
 mities of the Injeded Blood-Veffels. In doing of this be Cautious, left: 
 you break off the Lame Trunks of the Injeded Veflels, always remem- 
 bring to begin at the Surface of the Glands , and after the Extremities of 
 the Injeded Veflels are clear’d, then proceed to their Larger Branches 
 Trunks, If due care is taken in managing this Preparation of the 
 Veflels of the Liver j you will find them more Numerous than this 
 Figure Reprefents. 
 
 A , The Right Side of the Liver.’ 
 
 B, The Left. 
 
 CC, The Larger Trunks of the Hepatick Arteries Injeded with 
 Red Wax. ■’ 
 
 ccc. The Branches of the Arteries which do Accompany the Fena 
 Portarum., and Hepatick Gall-Duds. 
 
 D, The Trunk of the Fena Cava fill’d with Green Wax. 
 
 EE, A Portion of the Diaphragm. 
 
 _FGH, The Three Large Branches of the Fena Cava within the 
 Liver, lying towards its Superior and Convex Surface, and not Aflb- 
 ciating with the Fena Portarum and other Veffels, framing Acute Angles 
 in their Interfoding thofo of the Portarum. 
 
 g hi. The Lcffer Branches of the Fena Cava. 
 
 K, The Trunk of the Fena Portarum cut off, after beinc Injeded 
 with White Wax. ^ 
 
 LL, Parts of the Capfulawhaeh indndesthe Fena Portarum, Hepatick 
 Arteries, and Gall-Duds together. 
 
 i,z, 5,4, f, The Large Branches of the Fena Portarum. 
 
 M, The Gall-Bladder. 
 
 N, The Roots of the Du&us Cyjlhepatici , according to Bidloo: 
 
 O, The DuBus Cyjiicus. 
 
 P, 'The DuBus Hepaticus : p, their Branches. 
 
 Q, , The DuBus Communis. 
 
 R , Part of the Ligamentum Vmbilicale. 
 
 S, The Canalis Fenofus between the Fena Portarum and Cava, become 
 a Ligament. 
 
 T, Parts of the Hepatick Nerves. 
 
 V , Some of the Lympheduds of the Liver Marching on the Capful* 
 of the Fena Portarum. 
 
 Hence it Appears the Liver is a Giandulous Body compos’d of Blood- 
 Veflels, Excretory-Duds, Nerves and Lympheduds. The Veflels 
 which Import Blood into it , are the Fena Portarum and Arteria Hepatica\ 
 at their Extremities Arife , or are Continued , the Branches of the Fena 
 Cava : Nor are the Extremities of the Blood-Veffels of the Liver equally 
 leffen’d like the Veins and Arteries of other Parts, as the above mention’d 
 Experiment of pouring Water only into the Fena Portarum,zndimv\inmng 
 out by the Fena Cava do’s Evince ; or by gentle Syringing Water by the 
 Hepatick Arteries, and its eafily paffing by the Fena Cava', fo that the 
 Extremities of the Hepatick Blood-Veflels foem to be largely Inofculated 
 with each] other, crpecially the Fena Portarum with the Cava. The Gall- 
 Duds Arifo from the Extremities of the Blood-Veflels , and tho’ they 
 Communicate immediately with the Blood-Veflels, yet Liquors convey’d 
 into the Fena Portarum and the like, do not fo readily pals into thefo Duds 
 as the other Blood-Veffels ; becaufo the OJliola in the Sides of the Blood- 
 Veflels whence thofo Duds Arifo, are much lefs than the Pore of thofo 
 Veflels thcmfolves. Befides the Blood-Veflels of the Liver, which are 
 furni fil’d with Pores for the Secretion of the Gall, there are ftill other 
 Branches of the lame Veflels which Adminifler a proper Nouriftiment 
 to the Gland it folf. By the Gland it felf, I mean the Parietes , of thofo 
 Veflels which compofe the Liver : For 1 cannot conceive the Liver to 
 be any thing elfo then a Compages of Veffels more or lefs Diftended. As 
 there is a proper Nouriftiment due to the Gland it felf, fo it is Neceffary, 
 that befides its Secretory-Duds, the Liver ftiould be alfo furnifh’d with 
 Lympheduds, to carry oft the Redundancy of its Nutritive Juice, con- 
 tinually fupplied by the Arteries; but of this elfo wherci The Nerves 
 are neceffary in the Liver, as they are in all Parts where Membranes are 
 Ufoful ; not becaufo they Import any Liquor as fome conceive , as an 
 Ingredient to the Matter foparated ; but by the Nerves the Tone of Parts 
 is in a great Meafure maintain’d ; for if the Nerves are Relaxt , the 
 Parts to which they belong, fuffers an Atrophia, tho’ the Blood has its 
 free Acceffion to the Part as before ; but of this alfo in another Place. 
 
 In Diffeding a Morbid Body which before Death was much afflided 
 with Hypochondriack Pains, I found the Liver very much leflen’d 
 and its Surface uneven, not unlike a heap of fmall Bullets. In Diff 
 feding the Body of a Noble-Man afflided with the like Pains , I found 
 that Part of the Liver which Appears below the Caitilaginous Endings 
 of the Ribs, of a Livid Colour, and the whole fomewhat Leflen’d, the 
 Gall-Bladder very much Contraded , and fill’d with Two or Three 
 fmall Stones ; the Peritonaeum on the Parts adjacent being much Thick - 
 ned, and its Blood-Veflels Turgid. In the Body of a Young Lady 
 ( reduc’d to a Marafmus from a Scrophulous Indifpofition ) I found the 
 whole Surface of the Liver very Black. In a Perfon who is now 
 Living, and in tollerable Health, I could Three Years fince difeover 
 ( by feeling the Right Hypochondrium) the Lower Part of the Liver ex- 
 ceedingly Tumified and Hard; which is now intirely Vanifti’t. 
 
 U 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 THIRTY-NINTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 [AliT of the fejunum or Hungry Gufc, together with a 
 ‘ Portion of the Melentery, ^c. 
 
 A A, The Surface of the Jejunum Cover’d with its 
 External Membrane continued from that of the Mefente- 
 ry , it being produc’d from , or a continuation of the In- 
 ternal Lamina of the Peritoneum. 
 
 BBB, The f^afa LaElea not Extended y being here Expreft by 
 fimple Lin^ they pals from the Irtteflines thro* the Melentery. 
 
 The Lacteal- y^ls carry both Chyle and Lympha Promifcuoufly,and 
 have a Two-fold Origin j the One from the Extremities of the Arteries : 
 the Other from divers Ofiiola in the Cavities of the Guts : The Former 
 Appears not only by Injc^iing of Mercury by the Arteries of the Me- 
 fcntery D , and its palling into the Ladteals B ; but ^when thele Milky- 
 Veflels are not imploy’d in conveying of Chyle , they are conftantly 
 charg’d with Lympha : The Latter Origin of thele Milky-Tubes from 
 diveis Ofiiola in the Cavities of the Guts, Appear in their receiving of 
 Chyle from thence. The Lympha from the Arteries meets with the 
 Chyle at the beginnings of the Ladbeal-Veflels, by which means its Pro- 
 grefs towards the next Lymphatick Gland is promoted : The Fafa 
 La^ea primi pneris^ Atik with Capillary Branches very much Divided, 
 and become United into large Trunks, in the Mid- way between thcln- 
 teftine and Lymphatick Gland ; and are fometimes again Divided before 
 tneir Entiance into the Feftcule of the Gland. The Chyle znd. Lympha 
 thus receiv’d into the Veficula of the Melentcrick Glands, there 
 meets with other Lympha brought into thofe Vefimle by the Arteries: 
 whereby the Chyle is not only more diluted, but its Afeenfion towards 
 the Fptca Chyh is promoted, by its receiving a frefh Impetus from the 
 Lympha 10 mixing with it. Thus we may conceive the Progrefs of 
 Chyle towards the Receptaculum Commune is earn’d on, by means of the 
 Lympha joining w^ith it in its feveral Stages thither. Nor would the 
 Valves of the Ladteal-Veflels be of any confiderable UIc, if the Chyle 
 did not receive an Additional Impetus kora the Arteries in their Supplying 
 It with frelh as well in the Lymphatick Glands, as ^ the 
 
 Beginnings of the Fafa LaSleaprimi generis. 
 
 Inteftine Rais’d and Pinn’d out. 
 j Mufcular Membrane of the Inteftine lying immediately un- 
 
 ^1 the ^ternal Membrane confifting of a Longitudinal and Circular 
 Order or Fibres. 
 
 the Inteftine. 
 
 j j-r which Arife from the Extremities of the Arteries, 
 
 and dilcharge the Refluent Blood into the Fena Portarum. 
 
 F , A Branch of the Mefenterick Nerve made bare. 
 
 G G , The Fafa LaStea primi generis. 
 
 Inteftine Adorn’d with Blood- Veflels. 
 
 II, I he Glands of the Mcfcntery into whofe Feftcula the Fafa Lac. 
 
 their Contents, as aboved noted; wh/nce the 
 Faja La£leaficundi generis Arife, and convey their Contents in like 
 
 manner, either into the Receptaculum Chjli immediately, or into the 
 Pancreas Jjelln.Tnh.^o. uv. ujc 
 
 Fig. tl 
 
 A Portion of the fejunum dri’d after being Diftendedwith Wind, 
 whereby its FalvuU Conmventes, fram’d by the loofnefs of its Inward 
 Membranes Appear as here R^relented. 
 
 Dilpofition ^f the Valves in the Cavity of 
 the Inteftine; fome of them taking up near Two Thirds of the Cir- 
 cumference of the Infide of the Gut, A, Inferior: Others B D about 
 a Fourth Part ; whilft others are Semicircular. * 
 
 As the Upper Part of the Duodenum next the Pylorus is Furnilh’d 
 TpU gradually Decreafe in riie fmall Guts as 
 
 Tf!l ^Number, as they approach the Lower Parts 
 
 Inteftines towards the Colon : Hence the Falvu/e Conniventes of 
 the Duodenum zre very Large; that at the Pylorus being Circular; The 
 Valves of the /ejunum lefs ; thofe of the Ilium ftill Icfs ;^infomuch , that 
 
 of^th^r^^ sfe^ Appearance 
 
 Thefe Valvp are compos’d of the Internal Membranes of the Intes- 
 tines, which being much larger than the Exterior, are neceflarily laid 
 up in Foldings, and Frame thefe Parts. Thefe Connivent Valves 
 Sras we^r'af the Contents of the Inteftines, leaft the 
 
 The LaerVeL. Parts Ihould efcape the Mouth of 
 
 F^. 5 ; 
 
 A Portion of the Ilium dri’d after Inflation’ 
 
 « External Surface of the Inteftine. 
 
 B , The Internal 
 
 Inteftine much left than in the 
 
 D Tlw end of the Ilium next the Kumm. 
 
 EE, That next the Colon. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 The Beginning of the Colon, Extremity of the Caecum together witha 
 Portion of the Ilium dri’d after Inflation. ’ cogetner witha 
 
 A A, The Caecum Adorn’d with its Blood-Veflels. 
 
 BB, The Colon plac’d in the Right GG.7^^ 22 and C TaU An 
 
 CC, Its Blood-^efl-els Injefted with Wax. 
 
 D, A Portion of the Ilium as it enters’’' the Beginning of the Colon. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 Parts of the and Caecum, Expreft in the prece- 
 
 dent Figure, Open’d to ftiew the Valves of the Co/o«,andthe entrance of 
 the Ilium into the Colon -z-S they Appear after Inflation and drying them. 
 
 A, The Valve at the Orifice of the Caecum in the Colon. 
 
 BB, The Colon Open’d to ftiew its Infide. 
 
 CC, The Blood-Veflels Inje6ted with Wax. 
 
 D , Parc of the Ilium before -it enters the Cavity of the Colon. 
 
 EE, The End of the Ilium which hangs down loole into the Cavity 
 of the Colon, as Appears before drying of the Guts, which here Frames 
 an Appearance of a Connivent Valve. 
 
 F , The Orifice of the Ilium Opening into the Colon. 
 
 By this Contrivance we may eafily conceive how the Excrements, 
 when they have paft the Small Guts into the Colon , cannot return again: 
 A lil^nefs of which , may be imitated if you take a Piece of Gut and 
 ^ Neck of a Bottle, and tying the other end 
 
 Outfide of the Nofel of the Bottle, filling the Bottle 
 with Water by that Gut; and tho’ you afterwards turn the Nofe of the 
 Bottle downwards, yet no Part of the contain’d Water can come out, 
 till It has fo Preft out the end of the Gut in the Bottle that it becomes 
 Inverted. This may lerve to give us an Idea how it may happen in this 
 Part when the Excrements are rejeded by the Mouth in Cholick and 
 lliack Paflions. 
 
 GG, The large Valves ofthe which likethofe ofthe fmall Guts 
 are partly Fram’d by the Loofnefs of the Internal Membrane of theGut* 
 t chiefly made by a Corrugation or Folding of 
 
 the Membranes of the Gut it felf, by means of its Ligaments, Tab. 40. 
 
 S Ligaments of the Colon are truly 
 
 rlcftiy Fibres, and I am zpt to think are capable of contrading them- 
 lelves and promote the palhng on of the Contents of this Gut. When 
 the Ligaments of the Colon are divided, the Foldings of it which help to 
 compole its Valves , are loofiied , and the whole Gut becomes almoft 
 plain without any Inequalities. As the Ligaments of the Colon Defcend 
 mwards the ReUum they begin to Expand themlelves , and at length 
 Frame an External Membrane for the Re£lum. 
 
 H H, The Internal Concave Surface of the Cells of the Colon. 
 
 Ill, The External Convex Surface of the Cells of the lame Gut. 
 
 Fig. 6 . 
 
 A Portion of the ReElum with Part of the Mefentery continued to it. 
 
 A ABB, The External Surface ofthe ReUum, on which the Liga- 
 ments ofthe Colon compole a Tegument, whole Fibres are very ftrong , 
 and are Extended according to its Length. 
 
 CCDD, The Fatty Appendages, whofe Extremities have divers 
 Figures. 
 
 E, The Mefentery, 
 
 FG, The Trunlcs of the Blood-Veflels. 
 
 rr. . . 7 * 
 
 The ReUum Divided according to its Length, and Expanded to ftiew 
 Its Infide. 
 
 AB, {fic. The Internal Tunicle ofthe ReElum, which being much 
 larger than the External, neceflarily Appears in many Folds in this Po- 
 fition. This Internal Tunick of the ReElum is compos’d of a vaft 
 Number of Glands, to which divers Blood-Veflels belong; of thefe, 
 the Veins are confiderably Large and are commonly fill’d with Blood, 
 by rcafon of their Pofition and the Blood Afccnding directly in them ; 
 whence it happens they become very much Diftendcd when the Blood 
 ^’s not readily pafs on in their Superior Trunks; or when any ftiarp 
 Humor Afiefts this Membrane , thefe Veins become Tumified , and 
 fometimes difeharge their Blood, and are call’d Heemorrhoides ulperta, 
 “ Blood flows from thofe Tumified Veins, they arc call’d Hamor- 
 rhoides Caca. The Glandules imploy’d in fopai*ating a Matter to Lubri- 
 cate the Infide of the ReElum, and caufe the Excrements, tho’ very 
 ^*^^”**^ eafily, are in this Cafe alfo very much 
 
 Swell d , and a great Quantity of Mucus flows from them : Hence the 
 whole Inward Membrane of the ReElum becomes muchThickned , and 
 when preft down beyond the Strifture of the Sphin6lcr Mufcle of the 
 .^us , it is call’d Procidentia Ani. Tho’ it is commonly fuppos’d the 
 Outward Membrane of the ReElum as well as the Internal , is driven out 
 in a Common Procidentia Ani ; yet the following Cafe feems to evince 
 the contrary, and that it is the Internal Membrane of the ReElum only 
 that is then Prolaps’d. 
 
 A Gentleman of about Twenty Seven Years of Age, had for fe« 
 vcral Years been very much Afflicted with the Hamorrhoides and a 
 Procidentia Ani, vtho after a fudden Debauch had a great Inflamation and 
 Tumor Affe£led the.^«»r, attended with great Pain : In the fpacc of 
 Twelve Hours, the Parts about the Anus Appear’d of a Livid Colour; 
 foon after a Mortification follow’d. The Sphinaer Mufcle ofthe Anus 
 being Relaxt,a Procidentia Ani follow’d; the Prolapfcd Inteftine (being 
 expos’d to the Matter which flow’d from the Adjacent Parts) foon fut- 
 ferid Mortification. The Patient after fome W^eeks recover’d his ufual 
 Strength, and in a few Months became perfeaiy Well. Nor did any 
 inconyeniency follow by reafon of the Mortification of the Prolapfed 
 Inteftine; but on the Contrary, He continued Well, and was free’d 
 not only from the Habitual H^morrhoidfS , but was afterwards frce ’4 
 from a Procidentia Ani. ' 
 
 THE 
 
 f 
 
 (< 
 
 ■I 
 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 [ ; 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 / 
 
 
 I 
 
 I! 
 
 
 
 
I 
 
 I 
 
 ;■) 
 
 ( ' 
 
 1 : 
 
 i 
 
 
 V 
 
 I 
 
 ■'fr 
 
 Ij 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 i 
 
 
 •ii 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 joi , ’. •-. 
 
!■ 
 
 Jf 
 
 
 1 
 
 
It- 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
THE 
 
 FORTIETH TABLE. 
 
 rig. r. 
 
 HE Trunk of the Body lying in a Supine Pofture , and fotne of the Fifrera of the 
 u4bdomen Expos’d to View. 
 
 Common and Proper Integuments of the Abdomen DlfTeaed. 
 
 le Under-fide oF the Omentum as it Appears when Rais’d and remaining 
 Contiguous to the Colon. ° 
 
 P Beginning in the Right 7//^, and in its Progrefs over the 
 Right Kidney , by the Pylorus and under the Bottom of the Stomach : The 
 farther Progrefs of this Intefline is commonly, fb well Defcrib’d, that we need 
 not fay more of it in this Place. 
 
 The Cacum. 
 
 cc 
 
 ^ d One of the Ligaments of the Colon , which we take to be Compos’d of Flefhy Fibres 
 
 111 lenuia^ or Thin Guts, which are the Duodenum.^ Jejunum Ikum ;to thefefbme 
 
 add the L<zcum. 
 
 * • $ \ 
 
 FF , The Intejlina Crajfa ^ or Thick Guts, are the Colon mditboRedum' to thefe the Coecum is com- 
 monly reckon d. 
 
 GHI, The Mefentery to which the Inteflines are Contiguous. The Mefentery is Compos’d of divers 
 Strata oi Membranes, the outwardmofl ofwhich,on both Sides of it, is a Continuation of the Internal Mem- 
 mane or tho l^ritonaum; between thefe are placM divers Membranaceous which Inclofe its Glands KK : 
 
 1 h^ Internal Part of the Mefentery is by fbme Efieem’d as a Third Membrane proper to this Part. The Rife 
 c^j of the Mefentery to the Stable Parts, is at the Three Superior P^ertebra of the Loins on both 
 
 Sid^ the Arteria Magna it fends out. the Arteria Coeliaca and Mefenterica Superior. Befides Blood- 
 Vef^ls, the Mefentery is plentifully furnifh’d with Lymphedu6ls and Nerves; the Latter are v eil Defcrib’d 
 by Dr. ^ tllis PteuJfenJiuSy the Lympheduds are mention’d in the precedent Table; its Arteries are Figur’d 
 ^ ^ Correfpond to them, and difcharge their Blood into the Liver by the J^ena Portarum, 
 
 KK , The Glands of the Mefentery thro’ which the Chyle and Pympha pafles to the Receptaculum Cbyli. 
 
 lb Gland of the Mefentery near the Keceptaculum Chyli , call’d by Afellius , Pancreas. 
 
 MM, The Fat which in Humane Bodies b coimnunly very plcncifully plac’d between the Membranes of 
 
 the Mefentery. In fbme Quadrupedes, Specially in Dogs, the Fat only Accompanies the Trunks of the 
 Blood' V efiels of the Mefentery. 
 
 This Figure is Copied from .5<7^/r7(9;2’s Third Table, Fig.i. 
 
 AAA , The Mefentery in which its Veflels and Glands are here only Exprefl. 
 
 BB , The Inteflines. 
 
 CD , ' The Glandules of the Mefentery , thro’ which the Chyle and Lympha pa^ together from the Inte/Iines 
 to the Keceptaculum Chyli. C D , Thofb Glands which receive the Contents of the P^afa Ladea Primi 
 Generis; F , That plac’d near the Keceptaculum Chyli which receive the Contents of the P^ena, Ladea Se- 
 cundi Generis. AA, Inferior, Denote the P^ena Liade<z Primi Generis. A, Superior andE, Reprefents 
 the P^ ma Ladea'Secundi Generis. E, Superior, Part of a Lymphedud Arifingfrom the Spleen. 
 
 G, Part of the Keceptaculum Chyli ^ or the Beginning of the Dudus Phoracicus. 
 
 H , The Arteria Mefenterica. 
 
 I , ■ Pb^~Kena Mefenterica. 
 
 A further Deferip tion of the Keceptaculum Chyli and Dudus T horacicus , is Inferred in the Appendix ^ Fig, n, 12 . 
 
 « 3 > 4 - 
 
 Shew the different Infertions of the Thoracick-Duft into the Lower Side of the Left Subclavian Vein : 
 W'hich in thele Figures are Erroneoully Exprell in the Right Subclavian. 
 
 EE , The Subclavian Veins. 
 
 FF, The Thoracick-Duds. 
 
 Bg. jr, 6. 
 
 ABB, One of the Ladeal- Veflels Blow’d up and Dri’d;in which the Valves Appear at a greater Diflance 
 from each other, then in a Lymphedud prepar’d in the fame Manner, Fig. 6. 
 
 X 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 FORTY-FIRST TABLE. 
 
 HEWS the reft of the Vifcera as they Appear within the Cavity 
 o£th& Abdomen, iiiter the Inteftines together with the Mefentery, 
 are remov’d 
 
 AA, The Lower Parts of the Kidneys. It’s well known the 
 Kidneys are thofe Parts which leparate the Urine from the Blood; 
 whence it is Convey’d by the Ureters into the Bladder of Urine. 
 Concerning the Strudure of the Kidneys; See T:d. 43. 
 
 BB ,The Ureters partly Cover’d with Fat, in their way from 
 the Kidneys to the Bladder of Urine. 
 
 C, The Bladder of Urine fomewhat Diftended. 
 
 DD, The Spermatick Vein and Artery on both Sides Involv’d with Fat and 
 Membranes, as they pals towards the Tefticles. . • 
 
 E, The Right Side of the Scrotum t with the Tefticle of that Side remaining in it. 
 
 This Right Side of the is Divefted from the Left by a Septum’ ' Intermedium t 
 
 mention’d by the Accurate Ruyjch. 
 
 F, The Left Tefticle taken out of the Scrotum. 
 
 G, The Bottom of the Stomach 
 
 HH , The Liver in Situ, , 
 
 Pancreas as it Appears in its Proper Situation after the Inteftines are remov’d. 
 
 K , A Portion of the Duodenum cut off and tied below the Inlertion of the Gall and 
 Pancreatick Du6Is. 
 
 L, The Lower Part of the KeBum in like Manner tied up. / ; -- 
 
 M, Part of the Mefentery according to Bidloo. . 
 
 N , The Defcending Trunk of Che » 
 
 O, The Alcending Trunk of the Vena Cava. - ' 
 
 P, The Internal Surface of the Peritonaum, as it Appears when Divided iii a Crucial 
 Manner, together with the Common and the reft of the Proper Integuments of the 
 Abdomen. In the Upper Part of this Appearance of the Peritonaum the Pibres of the 
 Mufculuslranfverfalis may be feen as they lie under it. 
 
 QQj The Fat withinfide the Skin. 
 
 RR, The Superior and Inferior Parts of the Mufculus ReBus Abdominis t Divided as 
 above Noted. ' . 
 
 S, The Lower Part of the Spleen in Situ. 
 
 T, The Trunk of the Arteria Mefenterica Superior cut off near the Aorta. 
 
 V, A Portion of the Arteria Mefenterica Inferior in like Manner Divided. - f ; 
 
 W , The Umbilical Ligament of the Liver turn’d Upwards, and not free’d from 
 
 its Inclofing Membranes. - 
 


 
 

 
 • itftyiiri 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 L.. 
 
 
THE 
 
 ) 
 
 FORTY-SECOND TABLE. 
 
 'EPRESENTS the Kidneys, Teflicles, Bladder .of Urine, and Spermatick 
 Veflels, free’d from the Body and Difpl ay M. 
 
 AA 3 The Right Kidney : . , ' 
 
 BB , It’s Membrana Adipofa partly Separated. 
 
 CC, The Left Kidney free’d from the Membrana Adipofd, 
 
 DD, The Glandtila Renales: After frequent Injefting of Wax into the. 
 Veins 2 l Foetus j I have coiiftandy found the Cavities of thefe Glands fill’d with' 
 the Wax. If you Blow into the Veins of a Fxtus^ the Glands of the Kidneys 
 will foon become Diflended with Wind : Thefe Glands are foft and Membranous 
 in the Foetus , in the Adult very hard , and proportionably Lefs , and not capable 
 of being Diflended by Blowing into their Veins; nor do’s any Fluid Injeded by 
 the Veins, of an Adult, pafsinto the Cavities of thefe Glands. The Glandula Kenalis of the Right Sidd 
 has Arteries from the EmuJgent, and Arteria Phrenica. The Gland of the Left Kidney has divers fmall 
 Arteries from the Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna: Their Veins are Two Trunks; One to each 
 Gland , that of the Right Side Arifing only from the Gland of the Kidney it felf , is Lefs than the Left ^ 
 and empties its felf into the A£*ending Trunk of the l^ena Cava^ above the Emulgent Vein; that of the 
 Left, Arifes from the Arteries of the Neighbouring Parts, as well as from thofe of the Glandit felf, and 
 Difcharges its felf into the Left Emulgent Vein K. 
 
 lE, The Arteria Coe/iaca cut off near its Origin. 
 
 2E, The Trunk of the Arteria Mefenterica in like Manner cut ofl! 
 
 aF , The Defcending Trunk of the Aorta below the Kidneys. 
 
 FF , The External Iliack Branches of the Great Artery. 
 
 GG, The Afcending Trunk of the V^e na Cava below the Kidneys* 
 
 SSS 5 "The Iliack Branches of the Cava. 
 
 XG, The Spermatick Artery of the Right Tefticle,' which commonly Arifes from the Forepart of the 
 Aorta near the Beginning of the Left Spermatick Artery ; but in the Subject whence this Figure was taken^ 
 It Teems to Arife with Two Trunks from the Right Emulgent Artery, or elfe the Operator committed a 
 Miflake in Difle6ting thefe Parts here Exprefl. In all the Subjefts I have hitherto Examin’d, I have con- 
 Rantly found the Spermatick Arteries to Arife near each other, on the Fore-part of the Aorta, as is Exprefl 
 on the Left Side, and commonly Defcrib’d by Anatomifls. Riolan tells us he has obferv’d One of the Sper- 
 matick Arteries to Arife from the Emulgent ; the like I have more than once thought I had feen , but upon 
 flri6l Examination, I found it a Branch from the Emulgent Artery, Defcending in the Duplicature of the 
 Peritonaum with the Spermatick Artery and Vein; nor could I obferve_any Inofculation between it and the 
 Spermatick Artery. • 
 
 The Spermatick Arteries being very fmall as they Arife out of the Aorta, I don’t much wonder that they 
 have efcap’d the Eyes of the lefs Accurate Difledors , and give them occafion to fuppofe they were Tome- 
 times wanting. 
 
 |G, The Spermatick Vein of the Right Teflicle, Ending in the F'ena Cava, as I have conflantly 
 Obferv’d it. 
 
 xF, The Left Spermatick Artery Arifing from the Fore-part of the Defcending Trunk of the Aorta 
 towards the Left Side. • • . . 
 
 fF, The Spermatick Vein of the Left Teflicle which empties it felf into the Left Emulgent Vein ill one 
 Trunk mofl commonly; but fbmetimes I have feen it, as in this Figure,Divided a little below the Emulgent Vein; 
 
 HH, The Ureters of their common Si2e Defcending from the Kidneys to the Bladder of Urine. 
 
 I, The Urine Bladder Diflended with' W^ind. Cl, Ifhe Epididymis of the luieft{Te^ic\e. 
 
 Kj The Left Emulgent Vein. PP, The F^afa Deferentia free’d from the Tunica 
 
 L, The Emulgent Artery of the Right Side. V'aginalis of the Preeparantia. 
 
 M, Part of the Arteria Mefenterica Inferior.. 22, Divers Blood- Veflels Propagated to the Peri- 
 
 NN, The Teflicles. from the Spermatick Veflels, 
 
 THE 
 
 
 4 } iT* 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 i;. 
 
 FORTY-THIRD TABLE. 
 
 HE External and Inferior Side of the Left Kidney. 
 
 AA BB 5 The Proper Membrane of the Kidney 
 covering above Two Thirds of its Body: The 
 Superior Part of the Kidney being free’d from its 
 Membrane, fome Vejligia of its Lobuli (when 
 in the Fcetus ) do Appear. 
 
 C, The Emulgent Artery Pinn’d out. 
 
 D, The Emulgent Vein Pinn’d out. 
 
 E, The Ureters and its Expanfion within the Kidney > 
 caird the Felvis , made bare. 
 
 Fig. 2 . '• 
 
 ( AA, The Concave Part of the fame Kidney Reprefented 
 in the former Figure, Open'd, to fhew the Ramifications of 
 its TeMs. 
 
 BB , The Blood- Velfels. 
 
 CC , The Vreter and its Tehis Branching within the Body 
 of the K dney. A piece of a Tobacco-Pipe being Inferted 
 to the Superior Branch of the Tekis. 
 
 Fig. 3- 
 
 Half of the Kidney when Divided acpordirig fco its Lerigth. 
 
 A A , The External Convex Surface and Glandulous Part 
 of the Kidney. 
 
 BBCC, The TubuH Urinarii Arifing from the Glands of 
 the Kidney in their Way towards the Fapilld. 
 
 D, Half of the Telvis Expanded, fo that the Beginning 
 of the Ureter from it may be feen. 
 
 E, The Ureter hanging down. 
 
 E, The Blood-Velfels of the Kidney. 
 
 The Proper Membrane of the Kidney is here Pinn’d out. 
 
 Fig. 4- 
 
 The Kidney Divided thro’ its whole Length, from its 
 Back to the FeMs. 
 
 AA, The Urinary Tubes as they Appear in divers Claf- 
 feSj in their Way towards the Fapilla in the Pelvis. 
 
 BC, The Glands and Urinary Tubes interfpers'd with the 
 Blood- Velfels of the Kidney- 
 
 D, The Pelvis os: InfandibuIuM Open’d, fo that the going 
 out of the Ureter may be feen. 
 
 d, The Ureter. 
 
 EE, llhoCaruncuIa Patillares ofthe Endings of 
 
 the Urinary Tubes, which open into the Branchings ofthe 
 Pelvis i into which the Urine is difcharg’d, in Order to its 
 being transmitted to the Bladder of Urine by the Ureter. 
 
 e e, The Fat within the Kidney lying on the Pelvis, 
 
 Fig. $. 
 
 The Blood-Velfels and Urinary Tubes ofthe Kidney Ex- 
 preft by a Microfcope. 
 
 A, The Proper Membrane of the’ Kidney. 
 
 BB, The Ends of the Blood-Velfels broke off. 
 
 CC, The Blood- Velfels of tlie Kidney which help to 
 
 Parts whofe Nerves are Complext with thofe of the Kidneys, 
 fuffer moll in fuch Cafes. Tho’ we reckon the Nerves among 
 the Parts which compofe the Glands of the Kidneys , yet we 
 cannot think they are any otherwife Ufeful here, than Sub- 
 fervient to the other Velfels which are immediately imploy’d 
 in the Secretion ofthe Urine, as the Blood-Velfels and Uri- 
 nary Tubes; which are the Parts Organiz’d for Separating 
 the Urine from the BloOd. Nor are the Lymphedudls other- 
 wife imploy’d here than we have elfewhere taken Notice of , 
 as in the Liver; to czrry ?2irt of the Succus Nutritius which 
 is conllantly convey’d to the Gland it fell. How thefe Parts are 
 Organiz’d , the following Experiments may a little Inform us. 
 
 If you Blow into the Emulgent Artery , the Wind will pals 
 into the Vein of that Name, Vreter y and Lymphedutls; 
 the like will happen if you Blow either into the Ureter or 
 Emulgent Vein. If you Injedl Mercury, all thefe Velfels 
 will in like Manner be Dillended. If you Syringe Water into 
 the Emulgent Arteries, it will at firll pafs the Veins and 
 Ureter, but if you continue Injecting it for any time, the 
 whole Kidney will at Length become Dillended , and the 
 Water will no longer pafs off again by thofe Velfels. Hence 
 it Appears the Blood confilling of Globular Bodies , (Propor- 
 tionated to the Magnitude of the Extremities of die Velfels 
 moving in the Serum) readily pafs on by a Succelfion of G/o- 
 bules Hill driving odiers before them; whilll the Urinary 
 Tubes (as they Arife with fmall Orifices from the Sides of 
 the Extremities ofthe Blood-Velfels) receive the Thinner or 
 Urinous Part of the Blood, and Difcharge it into the Pelvis 
 of the Kidney. In the Body of a Perfon of the Firll Rank I 
 lately Dilfedted,! foundthe Left Kidney Large, its Texture 
 very Loofe; and by Blowing into its Vreter , the Emulgent 
 Vein very fuddenly became Dillended: In this Perfon among 
 otherDiforders,he had near Twenty Years before his Death, 
 very Feculent Urine: If his Urine was Evaporated* by Heat 
 as in a Spoon over a Candle , its Feculent Part became Hill 
 thicker ; by which it appear’d the Nutritious Parts of the 
 Serum of the Blood as well as the Urinous Part , pall olF by 
 the too great Laxity of the Urinous Pores in the Sides of 
 the Blood- Vellels in the Kidney. 
 
 E, The Urinary Tubes in their way from the Glands to 
 the Papilla. 
 
 F, The Extremities of die Blood-Velfels which Compofe 
 the Glands of the Kidney. 
 
 G, The Urinary Tubes Compofing the Papilla, where 
 their Mouths open into one of the Branches of the Pelvis* 
 
 H , A Branch of the Pelvis cut olf. 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 A A, The Internal Concave Part of the Kidney opened. 
 
 B , Part of the Ureter. 
 
 C , The Pelvis free’d of the Kidney. 
 
 DD, The Branches ofthe Pelvis within the Kidney alfo 
 made bare. 
 
 E E , The Urinary Tubes which Arife from the Extremi- 
 ties of the Blood-Velfels of the Kidney, and open into the 
 Branches of the Pelvis , Compofing tile Papilla. 
 
 Fig. 7 . 
 
 compofe its Glands. . 
 
 DD, The Glands of the Kidney compos’d ofBlood-Vef- 
 fels. Urinary Tubes, Nerves and Lymphedufts. 
 
 The Nerves of the Kidneys as well as of other Glands in 
 the ylbdomen furnilhed with Excretory Dudls ^are very few, 
 and their Trunks very fraall; nor do’s any exquilite Pains 
 alFecl the Kidneys themfelves , tho’ Stones compos’d of 
 divers Angles are lodg’d in their Glandulous Parts; but the 
 
 The Ureter, Pelvis and its Ramifications free’d from the 
 Kidney and dried. . . 
 
 A , Part of the Ureter. 
 
 B , The Pelvis or Beginning of the Ureter lying within 
 the Body of the Kidney. 
 
 CD, The Ramifications of the Pelvis cut from the Cor- 
 pora Papillaria, or Endings of the Urinary Tubes. 
 
 

 
 w! '' 
 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 } 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 { 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 J 
 
. ^ at- 
 
 r- r' ' .;-33skS^^ 
 
 L^.-^ -■•» -?-;£.- ■ .-- --;;r . , , 
 
 '* '' I I I iiiiWtii r ~iii 
 

1 
 
 ■ r. 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 7 
 
 )■ 
 
 ! 
 
 I 
 
 i'- 
 
 
 I 
 
 "'i 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 • >:^.' 
 '• 
 
 
THE 
 
 FORTY-FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 Membranes of the Ureter View’d with 
 Microfcope. 
 
 AAA, ^c. A Portion of the Ureter 
 t off near the Bladder and Expanded ; 
 
 B 5 Its Exterior Membrane. 
 
 CD 5 Its Membranaceous Fibres running according 
 to its Length , fill’d with Fat. 
 
 E 5 -The Second Membrane or Lamella of the Ure- 
 ters , confining of Oblique Mufcular Fibres Inter- 
 fedling each other. 
 
 F, The Blood-Veflels lying between this and the 
 Firfl Membrane. 
 
 H , The Third or Internal Membrane of the Ure- 
 ter 5 compos’d of Fibres much Loofer and flanding 
 at greater Diftances , than thofe of the Former. 
 
 II 5 Divers Glandules which Appear in this Mem- 
 brane 5 and Emit a Mucus to Defend the Ureter from 
 the Acrimonious Salts of the Urine. 
 
 Fig. 2 . ’ 
 
 The Inferior or Back-part of the Bladder of Urine^ 
 ^c. together with the Penis. 
 
 AB, 8P c. Portions of the Ureters in their Tortuous 
 Progrefs to their Oblique Infertions, between the 
 Exterior and Inferior Membranes of the Bladder. , 
 
 CC, The Bladder of Urine cover’d with Fat, at it 
 is commonly found in Humane Bodies. 
 
 The Bladder of the Urine may be laid to be aDila- 
 trtion of the Ureters \ the intimate Structure of the 
 Membrane of both agree , except that the Mufcular 
 Fibres of the Bladder are Stronger and Larger than 
 thofe of the Ureters ; the Superior and Largefl: of 
 them embracing the Bladder , like a Hand , as Spige- 
 lius compares them ; the Internal are Lefs , and De- 
 cuflate the Superior with Various Angles: Some 
 Anatomifis reckon thefe among the Mufcles , and call 
 them Detrufores Urina. The Glands of the Bladder 
 of Urine are alfb Larger than thofe of the Ureters .y 
 and are frequently Tumified as well as the Fibres in 
 Difeas’d Bodies, efpecially in thofe who for fbme 
 time have been Affli6led with a Stone in this Part , 
 the Sides of the Bladder have been very much Thick- 
 ned ; and by ComprefTing them a Mucus may be feen 
 to Arife from its Internal Surface, thro’ divers OJlio- 
 la or Excretory Du6ls. The Bladder is Situated in 
 the Hypogajirium in the Duplicature of the Peri- 
 
 ton<zum\ Wlien it’s Inflated in the Body, it exa6lly 
 fill’s that Cavity of the Abdomen , call’d the Pelvis ; 
 its Upper Part is Sufpended by the Urachus , which 
 in fbme Animals would be liable to fall on its Neck 
 and hinder the Evacuation of Urine. 
 
 The Ufe of the Bladder is to Receive the Urine 
 from the Ureters ^ and Contain it till the Time of 
 Excretion ; whence it’s Squees’d out partly by its own 
 Carnous -Fibres , but chiefly by the Mufcles of the 
 Abdomen. 
 
 D , That Part of the Urethra that is Bended under 
 the Os Pubis in its Proper Situation, and is plac’d 
 between the Sphin6ler Mufcle of the Anus and Pro- 
 Jiatdt. This Part of the Urethra is liable to be 
 Wounded, and fbmetimes Perforated by too haflily 
 Introducing the Conduthr into the Bladder , after an 
 Incifion is made in the Perineum in Cutting for the 
 Stone y whereby the Operator afterwards thruffs his 
 Forceps between the Bladder of Urine and Reblum. 
 This Inadvertency I am perfwaded is very often 
 Pra6tis’d among the Pretenders to Lithotomy ^ and 
 frequently proves fatal to the Patient. One would 
 think it was hardly pofTible a Man in his Senfes , and 
 
 , but tollerably acquainted with Anatomy , could com- 
 mit fuch Errors; yet of this I. have met with more 
 than one Inflance, when being call’d to Difle 61 : the 
 Deceafed, in whom fiich Operators have been fb 
 Unfortunate as to leave the Stone fhll in the Bladder. 
 
 E, Tkc Prccparancia or Blood-Veflels of the 
 TeJieSy involv’d in the Peritoneum. 
 
 F, The Teflicle. Between F and E G, is that 
 Part of the Spermatick Veflels, call’d Corpus Pyra- 
 midahy and Plexus P ampinifbrmis or Uaricofus. 
 
 G G , The Uas Deferens Afcending from the 
 T efficle to the U fcule Seminales. 
 
 HH , The Uejicule Seminales Blow’d up by the 
 Uafa Deferential that of the Right Side having a 
 Blow-Pipe flill remaining in it. 
 
 I , The Back-Part of the Proflate or Corpus Glan- 
 dofum. ' 
 
 KK, The Back-Part of the Penis. 
 
 L L , The Mifculi Direflores Penis , whole Origin , 
 Progre:^ , and Termination are Exprefl: Fab. 47. 
 Fig. y. 
 
 M. The Bulb of the Cavernous Body of the Urethra 
 pevefled of tho Mufculus Accelerator Urine ^ Exprefl 
 in the lafl mention’d Table; that Part of the Bulb 
 towards the Anus being cut off; its Internal Ca- 
 vernous Part here Appears Deprefl, or drawn Inwards. 
 
the 
 
 FORTY-FIFTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 S the Tijlis with its VefTels afid Membranes 
 when freeM from the Scrotum. 
 
 A, The Body of the Tellicle. 
 
 B, Some Appearances of the Mufculus Cre- 
 mafler f according to Bidloo. ) 
 
 CC, Ihe Tunica Vaginalis \ 
 
 D , Its Inferior Part cleaving to the Telliicle; " 
 
 E, Its Superior Part continued to the ‘Peritoneum. 
 
 . F , The Serpentine Diflribution of the Blood- Velfels on 
 the Teftis. 
 
 G, That Part of the Tejiis next the Epididymis. 
 
 h , The Epididymis. 
 
 HjThe’/^i ‘Deferens whofe Thicknefs and Cavity is very 
 truly Exprell at its Extremity. 
 
 I, A particular Vaginal-Tunicle of the Vas Deferens^ 
 which Bidloo fays has Circular Fibres , but not here Exprell. 
 
 K, The Blood- Velfels of the Tellicle call’d Fafa Prapa- 
 rantia , as they Appear before any Injeftion or Inflation is 
 made into them. 
 
 L, The Nerve df the Tefticle; 
 
 .. . Eig. 2. 
 
 The TeJlis^ V %s Deferens and Vafa Preparahtia Dif- 
 playM, together with fome Lympheduds of the Former. 
 
 A, The Arteria Spermatica continued from a Portion of 
 the Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna: I can’t but 
 fufped this Part of the Figure to be Erroneous, lince in the 
 many Subjeds I have always obferv’d the Origin oftheSper- 
 niatick Artery to be very Small, even much Smaller than 
 Its Interior Trunk; infomuch, that Its Cavity Arifmg from 
 t\\Q Arteria Magna., Would fcarce admit the Smallell Probe 
 commonly us’d, it being but jull Capacious enough to re- 
 ceive a Large Hogs Brillle. 
 
 ^^^5. The Ramifications of the Spermaticlr Artery iu 
 their Defcent to the TeJlis. 
 
 B, The Trunk of the Spermatick Veiii with a Portion of 
 the Vena Ca^ba, into which it Enters; 
 
 CDbb, ^c. Its Various Anaflomofes and Retiforme 
 Inofculations , as it Afeends from the TeJlis. 
 
 EE, The Valves of the Spermatick Vein which lookfrom 
 belo w Upwards , and prevent the Defcent of the Blood in that 
 V ellel. Should it be ask’t why the Spermatick Veins in Humane 
 Bodies, and the Arteries in Quadrupedes Ihould have a 
 Tortuous Progrefs towards the Tellicles ; and Verfatho. 
 Humane Spermatick Arteries and Veins of (Quadrupedes 
 Ihould pafs Straight? Wt arlfwer, Tho’ the Separation of 
 the Semen in theTellide is after the Mariner of that of other 
 Liquors in Conglomerate Glands, yet we conllantly find in 
 all Animals, that the Arteries of the Tejles are Propagated 
 from their Large Trunks at a confiderable Dillance from 
 them ; and thofe of the Conglomerate Glands , are always 
 fupply’d with Blood-Veffels from the next Neighbouring- 
 Branch: And this Pradlice in Nature we can’t at prefent 
 Account for otherwife , than that the Blood in the Teflicles 
 fhoiild not pals with that Velocity as it do’s in other Glands; 
 elfe what fliould be the Defign of thofe many Turnings and 
 Windingsmadein the Spermatick Arteries of moil, if not all 
 
 Ojiadrupedes? But that everyAngle of their Contortions Ihould 
 ^ke ofl the Impetus of the Impell’d Blood from the Heart. 
 ButtiieSubjea: of our prefent Animadverfions here, offers aii 
 Objection. Why than are the Spermatick Arteries in Humane 
 Bodies Straight, when their Progrefs is towards a Perpen- 
 dicular Defcent, upon the Account of the Ered Pofition of 
 the Body? We anfwer, That the Defcending Progrefs of 
 the Blood might be a very good Argument of its Enjoying 
 a freer Acceflion to the T^es\ but we conllantly Obferve 
 in all Humane Bodies , that the Spermatick Arteries 
 ^e (^as we have Intimated above) very Small at their 
 Originals from the Arteria Magna, which is a fufficient 
 Impediment to any great Impetus of tJie Blood from the Great 
 Artery: Nor was this Contrivance in Nature neceflary in 
 Quadrupedes, becaufe it would bean Impediment in them in 
 providing that Requifite Stock of Semen to Impregnate the 
 Female with her Numbers; or in regard a greater Proportion 
 01 Semen was in them necelfary on the Account of the Length 
 of the Vornua Dteri , which it mull firll pafs thro’, before 
 it can Arrive at the Fallopian Tubes and Ovaria: Whence it 
 is , that the Tejles of Quadrupedes are much Larger in Pro- 
 portion, than the Humane. But why the Humane Sper- 
 matick Veins are thus Divided and Inofculated writli each 
 other , when thofe of Quadrupedes are Straight and fewer 
 Trunks, is Accountable from their Pofitions; thofe of Men 
 being towards a Perpendicular Afcent to convey the refluent 
 Blood; and thofe of Quadrupedes near Horizontal. From 
 hence the Neceflity of making one of thefe Blood-Veffels 
 Varicous, do’s Appear, efpecially the Humane Spermatick 
 Veins; which, if had the Arteries been alfd, as in Quadru- 
 pedes ; the Spaces or Perforations in the Mufcles of the 
 Abdomen for their Egrefs, mufl have been fo Large, as that the 
 inteflines would have been continually liable to an Extrufion. 
 
 F y Part of the Epididymis. 
 
 G, The Glandulous Part of the Tellicle Devefled of its 
 Proper \fp.mhrane- 
 
 EasDeferens partly free’d from Epididymis^ 
 to Exhibit fome of its Contortions. 
 
 I, The Tunica Vaginalis of the Vas Deferens. 
 
 K, The Tunica Albuginea, with fome of the Glandulous 
 Part of the Teflicle Rais’d with it. 
 
 L, Part of the Tunica Eluthroides or Vaginalis. 
 
 M, Some of the Lympheduds of the Teflicle Pinn’d out: 
 
 Fig. 3.' 
 
 Part of the Vas Deferens that Compofes the Epididymis i 
 done much bigger than the Life. 
 
 AAj Part of the Teflicle. 
 
 . BD, The Tortuous or Serpentine Difpofition of the/^j 
 Deferens in the Epididymis', in which Manner the whole 
 Body of the Epididymis is Compos’d of that Veffel, or Se- 
 cretory Dud of the Teflicle. 
 
 CD, Another Separation of the Vas Deferens in the 
 Epididymis. 
 
 E , The Vas Defer ens. 
 
 I I , The Tunica Vaginalis of the Vas Deferens Compos’d 
 of Circular Fibres according to Bidloo. 
 
AvSWtU./, 
 
 
I 
 
 ill 
 ; j 
 
 ! I 
 
 f; 
 
 I i 
 
 1 
 
 ‘f 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 \ 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 ) 
 
 I 
 
 •■i 
 
 -I 
 
 I 
 
 L 
 
 i 
 
 J 
 
 ■ 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
I, 
 
 
 !i!f 
 
 
 ^ 'jOH 
 
 

 THE 
 
 FORTY-SIXTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. X, 
 
 A, 
 
 HE GlanduJous Part of the Tefhcle 
 Devefted of its Proper Integument. 
 
 BB, The Funk a yilbuginea ^ or 
 Proper Membrane of the T ejies 
 Rais’d and Pinn’d up. 
 
 CC 3 The Vellels of the Tejies broken off in Raif 
 ing the Albuginea. 
 
 DE, ^c. Some of the Blood- Veflels which Perfo- 
 rate the Funica Albuginea. 
 
 F, Part of the Foldings of the P'as 'Deferens.^ 
 which Cornpofes the Epididymis , made bare. 
 
 G, The J^as Deferens', 
 
 H 5 Its Cavity or Duthis which is very Confpicuous 
 in all the Figures of the preceding Table, and not Let- 
 ter’d. 
 
 ID, The P^afa Praparantia or Blood - Veflels of 
 the Feftes involv’d in their Proper Membrane. 
 
 K, The Nerve of the Feftes. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Feftis Devefled of its Funica Albuginea. 
 
 A, The Seminal- Veflels of the Feftis Colleftively 
 paffing to their Egrefs, in Order to Compofe the 
 Epididymis. 
 
 BB^ The Funica Albuginea tree'dtrom the ’Feftis. 
 
 CC, The Glandulous Part of the Tefticle. 
 
 DD, The Seminal- Veflels or Tubes deriv’d from 
 their Originals , in the Sides of the Arteries that 
 Compofe the Glands. 
 
 EE, The Orifices made by breaking off of the 
 Blood- Veflels as they pafs thro’ the Funica Albugi- 
 
 nea. 
 
 F, The Seminal Tubes paffing out of the Feftis , 
 which are afterwards United into one Trunk, whole 
 Foldings, Turnings or Windings Compofe the Epi- 
 didymis ; whence it’s continued (as is Exprefl in the 
 preceding Figure) and call’d T^as Deferens. 
 
 Fig- 3 - 
 
 The Feftis Diffe6led Tranfverfely. 
 
 AA, The Funica Albuginea Rais’d. 
 
 BBj The Glandulous Part of the Feftis where 
 fbme V'eftigia of the Blood-Veflels Appear. 
 
 CC, The Progre^ of the Seminal Tubes thro’ 
 the Subfiance of the Feftis. 
 
 D, Their Trunks Colledively paffing towards 
 their Egrefs,as in the Former Figure, which by fbme 
 is call’d Dutlus Highmorianus. 
 
 Fig. 4- 
 
 The Veflels of the Feftis Exprefl with a Microf 
 cope according to Eidloo, whole Delcription take 
 as follows. A , The Seminal-V efiels feparated from 
 each other. B , Their Cavities Swelling in the 
 Manner of Valves. C, The Blood-Veflels Accom- 
 
 panying the aforefaid Veflels, and Covering them 
 with Glands. DE, The Fragments of the Small 
 Membranes. I am apt to believe this Figure of the 
 Seminal- Veflels of the Teftes is Fi6litious, or that it 
 may be ofthe Seminal-Veflels of the Epididymis 'fox 
 I am well allur’d the Seminal-Veflels ofthe Teftes and 
 their Blood-Ve^ls, can with no Art be fb Difplay’d 
 as Bidloo Defcribes thefe to be lb Reprefented with a 
 Microlcope : But grant it was Pra6licable fb to Difplay 
 thofe Veflels , yet I am lure it is not poffible to 
 diflinguilh the Veflels which carry the Semen from 
 thofe of the Blood; fb that fuch a Delcription mufl 
 be Precarious. The Experiments I have made in 
 Examining the Teftes , convince me that the Extremi- 
 ties of their Blood-Veflels which Compofe their 
 Glands, are much Lels or more Tender than thofe 
 of other Parts ; whence it is , if you Inje6t Mercury 
 by the Spermatick Artery, it will not pafs back again 
 by the Vein, as in the Kidneys and other Glands; 
 but the Mercury upon pulhing it Forwards, will 
 fboner break the Extremities of thefe V efiels , and get 
 out into theTunica Albuginea , and Extend the whole 
 Stone than return again by the Spermatick Vein: Nor 
 could I ever find the Lymphedu6ls fill’d with Mercury, 
 upon Inje6ting it into the Spermatick Artery ; but by 
 Blowing into tkc Vein uf that Name , the Lymphe- 
 dudls fbon become Difiended , as Nuck has alfo taken 
 Notice in his Adenographia Curiofa, Pag. 53* 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 A, The Blood-Veflels of the Teflicle Injedled 
 with Wax, and not Separated from their. Inward 
 Membrane, deriv’d from the Peritonaum. 
 
 B , The Spermatick Artery. 
 
 C , The Vein. 
 
 DD, The Spermatick Blood-Veflels above the 
 Feftes which are Diftributed to the Epididymis. E, 
 J^afa Defer entia ; F , Tunica Albuginea ; G , and to 
 the Stone it felf H. The Sixth Figure fhews the 
 other Side of the fame Teflicle and Veflels, which 
 are Difiinguifh’d by the fame Letters. 
 
 From what has been laid, it Appears the P^aja 
 Deferentia like the Secretory Du6ls of other Glands, 
 Spring from the Extremities of the Blood-V efiels of 
 the Teftes', and agreeable to the Length and Tor- 
 tuous Progrefs of the Blood-Veflels of thefe Parts, 
 fb their Secretory Du6ls or P^afa Deferentia are of a 
 vafl Length alfb, and Difpos’d in divers Foldings in 
 Compofing that Part call’d the Epididymis. The 
 P^afa Deferentia thus Arifing from the Epididymis , 
 pafi up Straight with the Praparantia: Soon after 
 they are in the Cavity of the Abdomen , thefe Defe- 
 rent Veflels leave the Pr<zparantia,2xA Defcend over 
 the Ureters in the Pelvis of the Abdomen , between 
 the Bladder of Urine and the Redum ; where they 
 begin to Dilate themfelves and Open into the P^eficula. 
 Seminaks^ as Appears in the following Table, Fig. 
 
 I, 2. 
 
 Aa 
 
 THE 
 
 
 ■! <t'i 
 
THE 
 
 FORTY-SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 Fig. 1. 
 
 lEWS the Fore'partsJoFthe ^enis , Gian- 
 duU Frojlata^ and V'ejicuJa SeminakS) &c. 
 AAi The Veftcula Seminales. 
 aa. The Blood- VelFels; BB , their 
 Branches on the VeficuJis^ 
 
 C, The Membrane which covers the 
 Vtjicula Seminales and Vaj'a FDeferentia. 
 .D Superior Vas Deferens of the 
 Left Side appearing very much enlargM before it enters the 
 F'eficul^ Seminales of that Side. 
 
 DD Inferior y The Feftcula Seminales of the Right Side. 
 
 E, The Neck of the Bladder cut off at the Beginning of 
 the TJreti^ra. 
 
 FF, The Fore-Part of x\\q Frojlata divided to ftiew tJie 
 In fide of the Urethra, 
 
 G, The Caruncula or Caput GaJlinaginis on the Inferior 
 or Back-part of the Vrethra] as itappears when the Superior 
 or Fore-Part of the Urethra is divided. 
 
 HHi The Two Orifices of the Seed-Veffels, as they ap- 
 pear when the Upper Part of the Caruncula or Caput Galli- 
 naginis is fnipt off with a Pair of Sizars. The Oftia Frojla- 
 tarum on both Sides the Caruncula dofomewhat appear. 
 
 II, The Upper Part of the FeniSy calfd Dorfum TeniSy 
 cover’d with its Membrana Carnofa , whofe Fore-part with 
 the True-skin, compofes the Fraputium. 
 
 KK > The Corpora Caver nofa Fen is cut from the OJfa Tubis, 
 
 L , The Bulb of the Cavernous Body of the Vrethra. 
 
 The Figure of the Cavernous Body of the Urethra dif- 
 fers very much from thofc of the Pr///j;That of the Urethra 
 being lefs in its Middle? and Barg© Lnrh whereas 
 
 the Corpora Cavernofa Fenis are Lefs at their Extremities > 
 and Large in tlieir Middles. 
 
 M, The compofmg the other Extream of the Ca- 
 vernous Body of the Urethra. 
 
 NN, The. Nerves of tlie Fenis pinn’d out. 
 
 OO , The Arteries of the Fenis. 
 
 P , The Fena Ipfius Fenis where it is Comprefl: by the Tranf- 
 verfe Ligament of die Os Fubis , when the Fenis is Eredted* 
 
 CL Part of the Membrana Carnofa Fenis pinn’d out. 
 
 Fig. 2 . 
 
 The Veficula Seminales ZMt through after Inflation and 
 drying them , to Ihew their Infides. 
 
 ABC, The Cells of the Feficul/e Seminales fo extended by 
 Inflation, that the Kete or Veficula Minor es in their Infides. 
 do not appear. 
 
 DFF, The Infides of the Vafa F>eferentia in like Manner 
 fo extended by Inflation , that their Veficula Minores do not 
 appear. . * ^ 
 
 G, The Two Seminal Dudls which difcharge the Semen 
 into die Vrethra. 
 
 H , Part of the Frojlata. 
 
 Pfg. 3- 
 
 A, A. The Corpus Glandulofum or Froflata divided. 
 
 B, C, £c?r. Its Glandulous Infide. 
 
 DD, The Du(fls of the Froflata which open into the 
 Urethra y at the Sides of the Caput GallinaginiSy which are 
 elegantly Expreft in the following Table, Fig. i. K. 
 
 F , F. Part of the Urethra, 
 
 Fig. 4 . 
 
 The Froflata blowM up , their Excretory Tubes in the 
 Urethra and dry’d. 
 
 A, A, The Exterior Membrane. 
 
 BjBjThe Interior Membrane compos’d of more carneous 
 Fibres than the former. 
 
 C, C, Their Tranfparent Veficules extended. 
 
 D, D, Some of the Velicules broke up. 
 
 E, E, Other Veficula that remain Hard* and Extended. 
 
 F, F, Some Parts of the Dudfs remaining- Extended 
 
 G, G, The Fragments of the Membranfs. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 The Mufcles of the Anus and Fenis in Situ, 
 
 A>B,C, D, The Mufculus Sphinfler Ani: The Figure and 
 Situation of this Mufcle is here well Expreft; dio’ Part of 
 it be frequently divided in Opening a Fiftulous Sinus of die 
 AnuSy yet the remaining Part of it is fufficient for its pro- 
 per Office of retaining the Faces. 
 
 E, E, The Levatores Ani: The Origination .'of which 
 Mufcles are beft feen after dividing the Ojfa Fubis , to take 
 out the Bladder of Urine with the Fenis: They fpring from 
 the Internal Parts of the laft mention'd Bones, and defeend 
 clofe over the Corpus Glandulofum or Froflata, The Hinder 
 Parts of thefe Mufcles derive their Broad, Thin, Fleftiy Be- 
 ginnings from the Offa ifehii and Os Sacrum \ from thefe 
 Places their Fibres defeend to their Implantation , into the 
 Lower End of the Inteflinum Reflum in the Anus. 
 
 Thefe Mufcles have a Two-fold Office; lirft in drawing 
 up the AnuSy leaft it fliould be too much prefs’d upon by 
 the Foeces ; fecondly they Comprefs the Froflata and Veji- 
 cula Seminales in Coitu , in Order to difcharge their Contents 
 or Semen into the Urethra. 
 
 F, F, The Direfdores Fenis or Ereflores: They arife 
 Fleffiy from the Lower Margin of the Offa Fubis where they 
 are join’d to the Ifchii ; whence they afeend to their Implan- 
 tations near the Beginnings of the Corpora Cavernofa Fenis, 
 
 The Pofitionoftiiefe Mufcles renders them capable of pull- 
 ing the Fenis Inwards and Downwards; but by Means of a 
 Ligament arifing from the Offa Fubis , which is faftned to 
 the Upper Part of the Fenis ; they have a different Effed: by 
 drawing tht Fenis fomewhat Upwards and Nearer the FubeSy 
 whereby the great Vein on the Dorfum Fenis is Compreft, 
 and the Eredion of the Fenis Promoted. 
 
 G, G, The Corpora Cavernofa Fenis, 
 
 H, H,The Mufculus Accelerator Urina covering the Bulb 
 
 Cavernous Body of the F)rethra: This derives its 
 Origin from the Upper-part of the Urethra LyFig. i. on both 
 Sides , and encompafling the Bulb , meets on its Inferior Parr, 
 but after a confiderable Progrefs on that Part of the Urethra 
 in the Ferinaum \ this Mufcle divides its felf and makes Two 
 Tendinous Infertions on both Sides the Corpora Cavernofa 
 Penis y as is Expreft in this Figure. 
 
 Befides the Offices commonly aferib’d to this Mufcle of 
 comprefling the in driving out the Remains of Urine, 
 
 and promoting tlie Ejaculation of the Semen, both which 
 Adions are chiefly done by the laft deferib’d Parts of it, em- 
 bracing the Urethra, It alfo Affifts the Mufculi Direbores 
 in promoting theEredion of the Fenis, by comprefling the 
 Bulb whofe contain’d Bloodis then driven towards the Gians, 
 in a greater Quantity than can immediately by difeharg’d by 
 the Veins of the Bulb; the Gians thereby fuddenly becomes 
 diftended : But the Vigorous Adion of this Mufcle not con- 
 tinuing long, die Veins of the Bulb which were then com- 
 prefs’d,are again at Liberty to difcharge the retain’d Blood, 
 and the Gians fuddenly Sinks : "Whence it comes that the Gians 
 is not always duly extended, when the Corpora Cavernofa 
 Fenis are Erefted. 
 
 This Part of the Bulb and Accelerator Mufcle, ^c. are 
 divided in Lithotomy yor Cutting for the Stone in the Bladder; 
 Whence it happens that the Cicatrice of thefe Parts after- 
 wards, often hinders a compleatExtention of the Gians Fenis 
 in an Eredion. The like happn’d in a Patient I was not long 
 lince call’d to, who had a Fiftulous Sinus in the Ferinaum, 
 in whom I found this Bulbous Part of the Cavernous Body of 
 die Urethra very much Indurated : Upon Enquiry he told 
 me , When his Penis was EreSledy the Gians remained 
 fhriveWd and no Wap Extended: Nor could the Corpus Ca~ 
 vernofum Urethra be extended, and therefore he could by 
 no Means Ejaculate the Semen at the Time of Eredion ; but 
 the Semen often came with the Urine.' 
 
 I , The Mufculus Tranfverfalis Fenis on the Left Side , that 
 
 ofthe Right not being Letter’d; It Arifesfrom the Knob of the 
 Os immediately below the Origination of the Mufculus 
 
 Direbor , and palfes tranfverlly to the Superior Part of the 
 Bulb of the Cavernous Body of the Urethra, 
 
 K, The Gians or Balanus, 
 
 L, The Fraputium, 
 
 M, , The Franum, 
 
 N, The Urethra open’d. 
 
 THE 
 

THE 
 
 FORTY-EIGHTH TABLE. 
 
 HE tipper ahd Foreparts 
 of the Penis and Bladder 
 of Urine , well Exprefh 
 after a Curious DilIe 6 tion 
 AA, The Cavernous 
 Bodies' of the Penis 
 Whole. 
 
 BB 5 That Part of the 
 Skin which Compofes 
 the PrdLputium. 
 
 lication or Inner Membrane of the 
 
 Pnzpiitium. 
 
 CD , The Blood-VelTels which Adorn the Upper- 
 part or Dorfum Penis, 
 
 E 5 The Gians or Balanus, 
 
 About the Neck of the Gians where the Prepuce 
 is join’d to the Penis , are plac’d the Glandule Odori- 
 ferdt 5 taken Notice of by the Accurate Anatomifl: 
 Dr. Tyfon, Thefe feparate a Matter , which ferves 
 to Lubricate the Prepuce, and make it Aide eafily on 
 the Gians, Thele Glandules of the Prepuce are 
 frequently very much Tumified in Venereal Con- 
 tads, and elpecially if thefe Parts happen to be 
 Ulcerated, whence a Foetid Matter proceeds^ 
 
 FF , The Urine Bladder Open’d. 
 
 GG , Parts of the Ureters next the Bladder, 
 
 HH , Portions of the Vafa Deferentia. 
 
 II , Parts of the F'eficuldi, Seminales in View. 
 
 K, The Carmcula or Caput Gallinaginis ,, and 
 OJliola Proftatarum as they Appear after the Fore- 
 part of the Urethra is Divided. 
 
 KL , The Proftatdt whole Upper-part is Divided 
 
 with the Urethra, 
 
 M, The Vein of the Penis which is ComprefI; in 
 an Eredion , by a Ligament plac’d under the OJfa 
 pubis. 
 
 NN, The Two Arteries of the Penis. 
 
 OO , The Nerves. 
 
 PP , The Corpora Cavernofa free’d from the 0 (]a 
 Pubis and their Mufculi EreAores. 
 
 , Q.Q. Parts of the Mufculus Accelerator Urina free’d 
 from the Bulb of the Cavernous Body of t\iQ.Crethra^ 
 and Expanded. 
 
 AA, Parts of the Gians Penis view’d with a 
 Microfcope. 
 
 BB, The Common Membrane of the Penis or 
 Prdputium. 
 
 CC , The Proper Membrane of the Gians feparated. 
 DEFG , Divers Rows of Fibres difpos’d like Mem- 
 branes, and Intricately interwoven with the Internal 
 Membranes and Blood- V ellels. 
 
 rig. 3 - 
 
 The Fore-part of a Portion of the Penis ^ together 
 with the Gians Dri’d after Inflation. 
 
 AAA 5 The Inner-parts of the Corpora Cavernofa 
 Penis, 
 
 B , The Septum of the Corpora Cavernofa. 
 
 CD, The Cells of the Cavernous Bodies whicji 
 Open into the Sides of the Veins, and are Suflain’d 
 by the Fibres which pals to andfro’ from the 
 or Exterior Membrane of the Corpora Cavernofa and 
 Septum. Thefe Fibres are not fb Confpicuous in the 
 Humane Penis ^ as in that of a Horfe: Nor are the 
 Cells of a Humane Penis fb Evident as they are in 
 Quadrupedes : This Strudure of the Cavernous Bodies 
 of the Penis feeming to agree with the Spleen in the 
 fame Animal. 
 
 E E , The Arteries paffing thro’ the Middle of 
 each Cavefnous Body oi the Penis. 
 
 After taking off the Tops of the Corpora Caver • 
 nofa Penis ^ from a Patient who had the Gians very 
 much Ulcerated , I could eafily take hold of the Ends 
 of the Bleeding Arteries with my Forceps , and pafs 
 a Ligature on their Trunks, and Tie them^ which 
 Pradice in fuch Cafes is Preferable to the Application 
 ofStypticks which caufe Pain. 
 
 F, The Gians. 
 
 G, The Orifice of the Meatus Urinarius in the Gians, 
 
 Pig. 4 . 
 
 The Hinder -part of the Penis in like Manner pre- 
 par’d by Inflation , 6 ^ c. 
 
 AA, A Portion of the Capfula of the Cavernous 
 Body of the Penis cut;, and rais’d up; on which 
 Part of the Rete of the Corpus Cavernofum do’s Appear. 
 
 B , The Corpus Cavernofum, 
 
 C, The Urethra Open’d. 
 
 D , The Corpus Cavernofum Urethree Divided. 
 
 E , The Remaining Part of the Urethra and its 
 Cavernous Body entire. 
 
 F, The Gians Penis, 
 
 Pig. 5, 6. 
 
 The Corpora Cavernofa Penis and that of the Ure- 
 thra , after a Tranfverfe Sedion when Inflated and 
 Drfd 
 
 AA , The Capfula or Strong Membrane of the 
 Cavernous Bodies of the. Penis. 
 
 BB 3 The Corpora Cavernofa Penis ; in the Middle 
 of each of which the Trunks of Two Arteries pafs 
 according to their Length. 
 
 C, The Septum. 
 
 D , The Strong Membrane or Capjula of the Cor- 
 pus Cavernofim Urethra. 
 
 E , The Circular Cavernous Body of the Urethra. 
 
 A particular Account of the Strudure of this Part 
 
 is Inferred in an Appendix to our Myotomia Refor-^ 
 mata; where the Lympheduds of the Humane Penis 
 are Defcrib’d , and feme Thanomena relating to them 
 Explain’d : Since the Writing of which , I have had 
 an Opportunity of feeing the Lympheduds on the 
 Penis of a Dog , where I Obferv’d by Blowing into the 
 Veins ,the Lympheduds were immediately Diflended. 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 FORTY-NINTH TABLE. 
 
 HEWS the Cavity of the Abdomen of a Woman after the la- 
 ’ teftinesj Mefentery, are remov’d. 
 
 AA, The Internal Part of the Teritonmm-, together with the 
 ^ Common and Proper Integuments of the Abdomen after a Cru- 
 cial Sed:ion. 
 
 B , The Right Fallopian Tube of the Uterus fbmewhat Rais’d 
 from within the Pehh of the Abdomen. 
 
 C j . A P ortion of the IntejUnum Re£lum, • 
 
 D j The Bladder of Urine in Situ, 
 
 Ej The Puhes, 
 
 F 5 The Arteria Magna with its Iliac Branches lying on thole of the Vena Cava. 
 
 G) liho Vena Cava, 
 
 II 5 The Stomach fupported with a Stylus. 
 
 1 5 The Liver in Situ, f 
 
 K, Part of the Spleen. . ; ^ f 
 
 L, Part of the Left Kidney. , . ^ ' ' ' 
 
 MM, Parts of the Pfoas Mamus, . * 
 
 5 The Ligamentum Venofum Umbilicalc Turn’d Up. 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 •• » 
 
 THE 
 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 FIFTIETH 
 
 fEPRESENTS the Parts of Generation in a Woman Gurioufly Diflefbed, and 
 plac’d in their Natural Site, . - 
 
 A, The Right Kidney, - . 
 
 B 5 The Left Kidney. 
 
 CC^ The with their Blood- Veflels, 
 
 E^ Arteria Magna, • ' . , , 
 
 DD, The Ureters. , ' ’ . 
 
 a. The Trunk of the cut off • ' 
 
 b. The Trunk of the Arteria Mefent erica Inferior, 
 
 ee, ^c. The reft of the Branches of the Great Artery; of which the Supe- 
 
 the Emulgents, the Inferior the Iliad Externi ^ and Interni. 
 
 F , The Afcending Trunk of the I^ena Cava, 
 
 fff , The Various Ramifications of the I^enaCava'^^whcreoI the Superior are the Emulgentes 
 the I^ertehrales , the Inferior the External and Internal Iliac Branches. 
 
 GG , The Spermatick Artery and Vein in their Progrefs to and from the Ovaria Blow’d up , and Separated 
 from each other on the Right Side. 
 
 HH 5 The Spermatick Artery and Vein of the Left Side, ftill remaining within their Coverings. 
 
 I, A Portion of the Inteftinum Eetlum Tied. 
 
 K 5 The Fundus Uteri lying under the Internal Membrane of the Peritoneum, 
 
 L, The Bladder of Urine, in like Manner, under the Internal Lamina of the Peritoneum, 
 
 MM, The Fube Fallopiane Adorn’d with their Blood- Veftels. 
 
 iTUTi , The Cavities of the Fallopian Tubes. 
 
 NN , The Ovaria, 
 
 nn, The Fimbrie of the Fallopian Tubes which Embrace the Ovaria after Impregnation, as Appears 
 Tab. 5'3. B,C. Fig, i. ' " ” ' . _ 
 
 O , The Orifice of the V'agina or Pudendum, ' ' 
 
 PP, The Labia Pudendi, 
 
 Q, T\vq Preputium Clitoridi 5 mzdiQ, hy th^Ny mphe, 
 
 Nymphe, 
 
 T , The Upper-part of the Pudendum towards the Mons J^eneris, 
 
 V , The Extremity of the Clitoris call’d Gians cover’d with the Nymphe, 
 
 WW , The Ligamenta Teretia continued to the Fundus Uteri ^ and Pinn’d out. 
 
 Tho’ thefe Parts have obtain’d the Name of Ligaments, yet their Strudlure and Compofition differ very 
 much from the Ligaments of other Parts , which are Hard , Dry and very Compa61; Bodies ; whereas thefe 
 Round Ligaments of the Uterus are Compos’d of a great Number of Veins and Arteries; the Nerves and 
 Lymphedu6ls are alfb laid to Enter into their Compofition: They Appear to be very Extenfible Parts, and 
 are Coextended with the Fundus Uteri after Impregnation: They are Broad towards the Fundus Uteri,, and 
 gradually Leften themfelves and become Round as they Approach the where they Terminate under the 
 Fat: They pafs thro’ the Mufcles of the Abdomen .^.not unlike the Spermatick Veftels in Men , whence 
 Women are fbmetimes liable to have a Hernia Intejiinalis . hut the Perforations of the Mufcles not being 
 fb Large as in Men, thofe Ruptures do not fb often! happen in Women. 
 
 XX , 8?^. A Large Portion of the Internal Lamina of the Peritoneum covering the Surface of the Fundus 
 Uteri j Bladder of Urine, Ovaria and the like: This by fbme is Erroneoufly call’d the Ligamentum Latum 
 Uteri. Nor is there any foch Ligament Belonging to the Uterus ^ unlefs this Part of the Peritoneum may 
 be fb call’d. ' ' ' . i .. ’ 
 
 Cc 
 
 T HE 
 
 
 
 it ‘ 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 ai 7i 
 
 t • 
 
 •4 
 
 1 
 
 r; 
 
 
 %:■ 
 
 k 
 
 
 FIFTY-FIRST TABLE. 
 
 ‘Fig. I, 
 
 IE Clitoris and Parts annex’d, Difledted. 
 
 A , The Upper Part of the Clitoris with its • 
 Veins, which are compreft by the Ligamentum 
 Tranfverfum of the Os Pubis in the Time of 
 Coition, in like Manner as the Vein of the Pe- 
 nis in its Erection. 
 
 BB , The Two Crura Clitoridis , which arife from the 
 Ojja Pubis i where they appear Porous. 
 
 CC, Parts of the Labia PudendL 
 
 D , The Gians Clitoridis. 
 
 which compo^QthQPraputiumCUtoridis. 
 
 H, The Meatus Vrinarius , or Paffage of Urine. 
 
 EE , The Mufculi EreHores Clitoridis , which arife from 
 the External Margin of the Os Jfchium, and are Inferred to 
 the Beginnings of the Corpora Cavernofa o£the Clitoris iTh^ir 
 Office is to draw the Clitoris of the OJJd Pubis y in Order to 
 flop the Refluent Blood in its large Vein , whence the Cli- 
 toris like the Penis becomes Extended. By tliefe Means the 
 Clitoris is not only Dilated, but thQ Labia PudendidLT&mYikt 
 Manner Extended by Two Cavernous Bodies or Retia of 
 Blood-Velfels plac’d on each Side the Orifice of the Vagina 
 externally. Thefe are accurately defcrib’d by Reg. de Graaf 
 de Mulierum Organise Cap. VII. ^nd c2i\rdPlexus RetiformiS. 
 
 F F , Parts of tlie Mufiulus SphinHer Vagina left at the 
 Extremity of the Clitoris. The Circular Fibres of this Mufcle 
 Encompafs the Vagina on the Retiform Plexus ^ and Com- 
 prefs its Veins, ^ which difcharge their Blood into the Vein 
 of the Clitoris A.) By which Means the Plexus is fill’d with 
 Blood, and the External Orifice of the Vagina (about the 
 Caruncula Myrtiformes) is ftraighten’d and adequately em- 
 braces die Penis in a Mutual Coitus. 
 
 Fig. 2 . 
 
 Part of the Clitoris cut off after Inflation and Drying. 
 
 A , The little Head or Gians Clitoridis, 
 
 B , Its Proper Membrane or Capfula, 
 
 Ci Its Cavernulous Contexture. 
 
 Di Its Septum, 
 
 Fig. 3. > 
 
 The Pudendum 2ind Fore-part of the^g/«^ Open’d. 
 
 A, Part of the Vagina^ which lies under the Bladder of Urine. 
 
 BB, The Vagina and Meatus Pirinarius divided. 
 
 CC, The Corpus Glandulofum or Part Analogous to the 
 Projlata in Men , divided. 
 
 DD, Hh^Dulius Secretorii or Lacuna o£De Graaf 3 
 the Gland, which have divers Ofliola about the Meatus Uri- 
 nariuSy whence Iffues Part of the Matter emitted in Coitu. 
 
 Befides thefe Dud:s arifmg from Glands plac’d about the 
 Meatus Urinarius ^ there are others of the fame Kind in the 
 Vagina 3 and Two remarkable ones arifmg from Two very 
 confpicuous Glands, plac’d towards the Lower Part of the 
 Orificium Pudendi by the Jnus , whofe Duds open at the Roots 
 of the Caruncula Myrtiformes externally on each Side the 
 Pudendum, Thefe and the above mention’d Duds difcharge 
 the Matter commonly call’d Semen. 
 
 E E E , The Meatus Urinarius open’d ; at tvhofe Extremity 
 divers of the aforefaid Ofliola appear. 
 
 P'F, The Labia Pudendi open’d. 
 
 Ci, The Internal Rugous Membrane of the 
 This Internal Membrane is much fuller of Ruga towards its 
 Upper Part, B, C, D, here divided, than in the Lower, G, next 
 the As it approaches tho Pudendum 3 it becomes forae- 
 
 what Narrower , and behind or above the Orihce of the Meatus 
 Prinarius it frames a Valvulous Appearance in Virgins of 
 above 1 6 or 1 7 Y ears of Age. In Girls of 7 or 8 , it appears to be 
 a Tranfverfe Membrane having a Small Perforation towards its 
 Upper Part. When the Hymenls broke, whether in Coitu or 
 ccherwife 5 the divided Parts of it make the Caruncula Myrti- 
 formes 3 whence it is , the Figure and Number of thofe ciun- 
 cles are uncertain ; Wierus , Paraus, Hildanus and others give 
 us Hi (lories of Cafes where the Hymen has been Impervious 
 after Twenty-Two Years of Age, and fuch a (luantity of 
 Menflrua Pent in the Vagina , &c. extend the Lower Belly, 
 
 as if they ha^ gone with Child. Some Years fince I was call’d 
 by my Ingenious Friend Dr. Chamberlin to fee a Marry’d 
 Woman of aboveTwenty Years of Age, whofe Lower Bel- 
 ly was very much Diftended, as if with Child. Upon Exa- 
 mining the Pudendum 3 we found the Hymen altogether Im- 
 pervious , and driven out beyond the Labia Pudendi in fuch 
 Manner, that atFirft Sight it appear’d not unlike a Prolap- 
 fus Uteri. In the Upper Part towards the Clitoris we found 
 the Orihce of the Meatus Prinarius very open , and its 
 Sides Extruded not unlike the or Cloaca of a Cock, and 
 without any Difficulty I could put my Fore-finger into the 
 Bladder of Urine. On dividing the Hymen , at leaft a Gal- 
 lon of Grumous Blood of divers Colours and Conhftencies 
 came from her, which was the retain’d Menflrua. The next 
 Day no lefs a Quantity of the fame Matter flow’d after re- 
 moving the Pdfary which Iliad put in the Day before. After 
 Three, or Four Days (he was eafie, and foon after reco- 
 ver’d, and within a Year was deliver’d of a healthful Child. 
 Her Husband told us, Tho* lying with her at Firll was very 
 painful to himfelf as well as to her, yet at laft he had a more 
 eafie Accefs ; wliich could be by no other Way than the 
 Meatus Urinarius, 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 'The tfterus , Ovdria and Falloppian Tubes Differed. 
 
 A, B B, The Fundus Uteri open’d to Ihew the Cavity 
 and Thicknefs of its Sides. 
 
 C C, The Collum Uteri leading from the Vagina to the 
 FmduSy likewife open’d: 
 
 p. The Os Tinea or Orifice of the Collum Minus. 
 
 E; The Vagina Uteri divided to fhew its Ruga. 
 
 FF. The Cavity of the Fundus ZZfrn as it appears before 
 Impregnation, it being of. a fomewhat Triangular Figure, 
 and not exceeding the Magnitude it’s here reprefented 
 of. Between D and F is the Collum Minus or Cervix Fundi 
 Uteris where divers Ruga are truly reprefented, in whofe 
 Sulci are the Orifices of divers fmall Tubes, which arife from 
 a Glandulous Contexture oftheVellels of this Part,* whence 
 proceeds a Pituitous Serous Matter , as may be. feen by 
 Compreflingthis Part externally. 
 
 De Graaf de Mul. Organ- flener at. Inferv. Cap. VIII. ack- 
 nowledges his Ignorance, to what End this Matter is here 
 feparated, unlefs it be to moiflen the Parts and excite Ve- 
 nery , £^r. In preparing a Humane Pterus after Three Months 
 Impregnation 5 I found the Os Tinea "xadCollum Minus very 
 much dilated , and fill’d with a very Tough , Glutinous Mat- 
 ter. The like is taken Notice of by SpigeliuSy Lib. VIII. 
 Cap. XXIIl. As the Time of the Partus draws in, the Os 
 flill becomes Larger, and the Glutinous Matter en- 
 creafes, whereby it prevents Abortions byoppofing any Ex- 
 trufion of the Chorion y notwithftanding the Efforts made by 
 the Foetus from within towards the Time oftheP^zr/tfi: This 
 Glutinous Matter alfo hinders the Intrulion of any Thing 
 from the Vagina after Impregnation. When this Matter is 
 Vitiated as in a Fluor Mlbus, Impregnation is Hindered. 
 
 Fig. $. 
 
 GHH, The Orifices of the Fallopian Tubes in the Two 
 Superior Angles of the Fundus Uteri. 
 
 1 1 1 1 , Two Probes Inferted into each of the laft mention’d 
 Tubes. 
 
 Kj A fmall Conftridfure in the Mouth of the Tube. 
 
 LL, The Right Fallopian Tube Open’d and Expanded, 
 whofe Internal Membrane is fomewhat Rugous. 
 
 M N, The Right Ovaria entire. 
 
 000, The Fimbria or Expanfum FoUaceum Tuba- 
 
 PP, A Broad Ligament between the Ovarium and Tube, 
 not unlike to a Bat’s Wing. 
 
 Q, The Left Ovaria Open’d. 
 
 RR, The External Membrane of the Ovarium. 
 
 SS, TT, Divers Glands and Tranfparenc little Veficules, 
 which compofe the Ovaria. 
 
 VVj The Peritonaum or External Tegument of th^P te- 
 rns , which is call’d the Ligamentum Latum. 
 
 W W, Portions of the Ligamenta rotunda Uterina. 
 
 THE 
 


 
 
 f** ■ 
 
 ^\. <•>. > 
 
 ,>j. 
 
THE 
 
 FIFTY-SECOND TABLE. 
 
 ^HE Cavity of the ^hdom&n after its Plfiera 
 are remov’d. 
 
 AA ) The Common and Proper Integu- 
 ments of the jlhdomen , Difle6led and 
 turn’d Afide. 
 
 BB 5 The 'Diaphragma in Situ : It Arifes T endinous 
 on the Right Side from the Third , Second and Firft 
 y'ertebra of the Loins, and Jaft of the Back (H); On 
 the Left , from the Firff of the Loins , and Laft P^erte- 
 bra of the Back ; hence Afcerlding with Flefliy Fibres 
 on each Side runningStraight,buttowardstheMiddle 
 theypafs fbmewhat Curvedly , Interfedirig each other 
 near the Oefophagus (D), do as it were Embrace it ; Af- 
 ter which they become Tendinous and join with its 
 Upper-part (F), which Arifes Thin and Flelhy from the 
 Os Pe^loris or Sternum: Its Lateral Parts derive their 
 Origins from the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs 
 and Lower Margin of the Laff Rib (G) on each Side, 
 From thefe Parts the Flefhy Fibres of the Diaphragm 
 (like Lines drawn from- a Circumference towards a 
 Center) pafs to its Middle Part, where its Tendinous 
 Fibres are Intercuflated with each other and Exhibit a 
 ^ete. Befides its Perforation for the Oefophagus in its 
 Flefhy Part, it has another in its Tendinous one, no 
 lefs remarkable, to Tranfmit the J^ena Cava (C). Its 
 Double Origin at the f^ertehr<z of the Loins gives Way 
 to the Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna (E), 
 and T wo Afcending of the Duhtus Chyliferus and P’ena 
 Azygos on the Left Side. In Expiration this Lower 
 Surface of the Diaphragm is Concave towards the Ab- 
 domen (as here Expreff), and its Uppers Convex 
 towards the Thorax. In Infpiration it Approaches 
 towards a Plane next the Thorax as well as the Abdo- 
 men. If the lAifcera of the Lower Belly are taken out 
 in Vivifedion , the Inferior Surface of the Diaphragm 
 will Appear Convex in Infpiration , and more efpecial- 
 ly if Two fmall Wounds fhould be made into the Ca- 
 vities on both Sides the Thorax., fo that the Ambient 
 Air may Rufh into its Cavities on each Side the Me- 
 diaftinum ; the Diaphragma than vdll ftill remain Con- 
 ■ cave towards the Thorax.^ and Convex towards the 
 Abdomen. Nor canRefpiration be perform’d, except 
 the Wounds in the Thorax are Large enough to 
 Difcharge its contain’d Air freely again ; whence it 
 happens that Wounds in the Thorax may fiiddenly 
 . prove Mortal , when no contain’d Part is Injured. But 
 in fiich Cafes the External Wounds ought to be En- 
 larg’d that the Air may have a Free Egrefs , which the 
 Perforation of the Skin and Mufcles not correfponding. 
 Hinders \ but this feldom happens , becaufe both Sides 
 of the Thorax are not very liable to be Wounded in 
 filch Manner at the fame time. If one Side of ^dTho- 
 rax only is Wounded, the External Air ought by all 
 means to be Pent out, thb’ the Patient is not Incident 
 to be Suffocated ; becaufe the other Side of the Lungs 
 are not Incommoded , yet the Intruded Air ought to 
 be let out, tho’ it only Hinders the Dilatation of one 
 Side of the Lungs* In Difle6ling a Morbid Body which 
 had one Side of the Diaphragm very much Deprefi , 
 (by the contain’d Water on the fame Side of tlie Tho- 
 
 rax) I found the Lungs oh that Side in great Part 
 Mortified , and the Blood Stagnated ^ there being fbme 
 Air alfb broke out from the JSronchia into the Cavity 
 of the Thorax y which compleatly Hinder’d Infpiration 
 on that Side of the Liings. 
 
 B, The Blood- Veflels of the Diaphragm, call’d 
 Phrenica. 
 
 C , The Perforation for the Plena Cava. * 
 
 D, The Gula or Oefophagus ciit off before it paf- 
 fes the Diaphragm. 
 
 . E, The Trunk of the Arteria Magna in like Man- 
 ner divided. 
 
 , F, The Fore-part of the Diaphragm towards the 
 Cartilago Enfiformis. 
 
 G, The Back- part Contiguous to the lafl Rib. 
 
 H, The Tendinous Origin of the Diaphragm on 
 
 the Right Side call’d Appendix. The Chief A6tioh 
 of the Diaphragm is to Comprefs the Pifcera of the 
 Lower Belly , in Order to Enlarge the Cavity of the 
 Thotaxvn Infpiration: Nor can we fee any reafbn to 
 doubt its being a Mufcle elegantly Fram’d for this 
 A6lion, wherein divers contingent Offices occur; as 
 the great Work of Chylification is Affiffed by the 
 frequent Comprefles made by it, in its repeated Cbri- 
 traftions ; ahd that not only in Promoting the Defcenc 
 of the Contents of the Stomach and Inteflines ; but 
 alfb the Afcent of the Chyle by the Pcfa Ladea and 
 Blood by the J^ena Pprtarum are alfb Promoted. It alfb 
 haftens the Difcharge of thofe Liquors contain’d in 
 the Excretory Du6ts of thofe many Large Glahds 
 within the Cavity of the Abdomen ^ as the Liver, 
 Pancreas , Kidneys , &c. Not to mention many other 
 contingent Offices of this Part ; as in the Exclufion of 
 the Faeces and Urine in both Sexes, and Foetus in 
 .Women, ^c. ' ‘ 
 
 II, The P'ertebree of the Loins with their Cartila- 
 ginous Interftitia join’d by Ligaments; 
 
 KK, The Mufculus Pfoas Magnus on the Right Side; 
 the Pfoas Parvus in this Subjedl perhaps was wanting. 
 
 LL, The Pfoas Magnus on the Left Side fbme- 
 what free’d from the f^ertebr<Zy and Pin’d out: This 
 Jarge Flelhy Mufcle derives its Origin from all the F^er- 
 tebree of the Loins Internally, Laterally within the 
 Cavity of the Abdomen , whence Defcening over the 
 Superior Part of the Os Sacrum and Spine of the Iliumy 
 where it joins with the Flefhy Fibres of the Iliacus 
 Jnternus (N) , and pafles to its Implantation on the 
 Superior Part of the Lefler Trochanter of the Thigh- 
 bone. This pulls the Thigh Upwards , and moves 
 it Forewards in Walking, Running, 
 
 M , The MuJ cuius Quadratus Lumborum , Defcrib’d 
 Tab. 30. 
 
 NNN , The Iliad Interni in Situ : Either of thefe 
 Mufcles Arifes from above half the Superior Region 
 ahd Internal Concave Part of the Os Ilium , ahd joining 
 with the Pfoas Magnus , is Iriferted with it to the Leflei* 
 Trochanter. The Office of this Mufcle, and the 
 Magnus are the fame; 
 
 O , Part of the Gracilis. 
 
 PP, Parts of the Tricep Si 
 
 Dd 
 
 THE 
 
 
 ' ■ 
 
THE 
 
 Fig. i. 
 
 REPRESENTS the Fore^part of the 
 Fundus Uteri not long after Impregna- 
 tion 5 together with the Parts Arinext. 
 
 A, The Fundus Uteri, 
 
 B, The Left Fallopian Tube Dif 
 tended ^ and its Foliated Expanfions Embracing the 
 Ovarium \ which Adion according to De Graaf do’s 
 not Appear in Rabbets till Twenty-four Hours after 
 the Coitus. 
 
 CC'5 The Ovafia with their Protuberant Ova in 
 
 their Folliculi. 
 
 DD 5 The Blood-Vellels more extended with Blood 
 than before Impregnation. 
 
 E, The Follopian Tube with its Flmbri<z 
 Expanded. 
 
 FF, Portions of the Blood-Veflels of the Ovaria 
 call’d Pr<zparantia and Spermatica. 
 
 GG 5 A Portion of the Pefitonaum which makes 
 the External Membrane of the Uterus , and call’d Li- 
 gamentum Latum Uteri, 
 
 HH, The Uterine Round Ligaments lying under 
 the Peritonmm, 
 
 I, The Cervix Uteri Divefled of its Common 
 Membrane the Peritonmm , to Ihew its Blood- V elTels. 
 
 KK, The Vagina Uteri Inverted, where its In- 
 ternal Kugd are well Exprefl. 
 
 L, The Internal Mouth of the Uterus call’d Os 
 Tinea ^ fbmewhat Dilated* 
 
 Bg. 2 . 
 
 A, The Left Uterine Tube (Expreft in thepi^e- 
 Oeding Figure) pull’d from the Ovaria it Embrac’d 
 with its Fimbria ; which remain Extended , together 
 with its whole Dudus, 
 
 B, The Fimbriated Orifice of the Tube Open. 
 
 C, Its Progrefs towards the Fundus Uteri: The 
 whole Tube being of a deep Red Colour from its 
 many Blood-Veflels , efpecially the Veins which Frame 
 a Reticular Body, as may be Demonflrated either by 
 Injeding them with Mercury, or Inflation. Hence 
 it Appears the Uterine Tubes (not unlike the Corpo- 
 ra Cavernofa Penis Clitoridis , &c.) have their Reti- 
 culated Sides Extended, and their Internal Cavities 
 of Confequence Enlarg’d upon a particular Stop of 
 the Refluent Blood; but whether this Stop or Retar- 
 dation of the Blood in the Veins , made in the time 
 of the Coitus y (wliich for fbme Reafbns we are en- 
 
 ' din’d to fuppofe) or as De Graaf intimates Five or 
 Six and Twenty Hours after; neither our prefentOc- 
 caflons nor Opportunities will allow us to Examine, 
 
 Fig. 3- 
 
 AA, The Fallopian Tube Open’d, according to 
 its Length. 
 
 BCC,' Its Internal Membrane Divided and Expanded. 
 
 DD, A Probe Inferted into its Beginning near the 
 Fundus Uteri , which is not yet Divided. 
 
 The refl: of the Adjacent Parts of this Figure are 
 Explain’d Tab. $i. Fig. 4. 
 
 Bg, 4 , 
 
 The Inferior or Back-part of thei^me Impregnated 
 Uterus ^ &c. Exprefl Fig. i. Its Veflels here being In- 
 je6led with Wax. 
 
 AA, The Fundus Uteri fbme what Enlarg’d by 
 reafbn its Veins are Injefted with Wax. 
 
 BB, The Veins fill’d with a Dark Colour’d Wax: 
 
 C, The Arteries with Red Wax: Both which 
 Veflels become Diflendedby Injeding of their Large 
 Trunks on either Side. 
 
 D , Part of the External Membrane of the Uterus 
 deriv’d from the Peritonmm , Rais’d from the Cervix 
 Uteri. 
 
 E, That Part of the Peritonaum , call’d Ligamen- 
 turn Latum Uteri. 
 
 F , The Ovaria of the Left Side. 
 
 GG, The Fallopian Tubes alfb fill’d with White 
 Wax, and very Tortuous in this Pofition, their Ex- 
 tremities being drawn from the Ovaria. 
 
 H , The Round Ligament of the Left Side. 
 
 II,TheBroad Ligaments like Ban’s Wings joining 
 the Fallopian Tubes to the where theBlood- 
 
 V eflels palling to and from the Ovaria , are Exprefl. 
 
 KK, The Vafa Spermatica cut off Thefe 
 Spermatick Veins and Arteries are not only Inof 
 culated in their Large Trunks , with the Hypoga- 
 flrick Veins and Arteries of the Uterus^ but thofeof 
 the Right Side of the Uterus , are Inofculated with 
 the Left, in fuch Manner that by Injeding of Wax 
 into one of the Spermatick Veins, it will not only 
 fill the Hypogaflricks,but the Spermatick Vein alfb of 
 'the contrary Side.The like will not happen by Injeding 
 "Wax into the Arteries, becaufe their Trunks are 
 Smaller than the Veins. But Mercury readily pafles 
 from the Arteries of one Side to thole of the other. 
 
"T 
 
 
 
 
 
 !• 
 
 ? 
 
 r 
 
 : 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 r , 
 
 jj- 
 
 V 
 
 1 
 
 
 ; 
 
 » 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
I 
 
 i 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
 (I 
 
 j- 
 
 f 
 
 r 
 
 y 
 
 ij 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 
1 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 . , 
 
 
 f 1 
 
 

 
 
THE 
 
 FIFTY-FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 'hews the Ahdomtn of a Woman open’d after Seven Months 
 gone with Child. 
 
 AAAA. The common Integuments of the whole Body di? 
 vided and turn’d off. 
 
 B B > The proper Integuments of the Ahdomm, vi£ The 
 Mufcles and Peritonmm in like Manner divided. 
 
 CCj The Vmdm Uteri very much enlarg’d; and in this Subje6t 
 enclines more towards the Right Side than the Left. 
 
 DDDj The Cb/w and Parts of the lmall Gutts as they appear above theFmdus Uteri, 
 dd» The Mufcular Compages of Flelhy Fibres call’d the Ligamntum wellExpreft. 
 E , That Part of the Fmdus Uteri towards the Collum minus. 
 
 FFF > The Veins of the very much Dilated. 
 
 As the Time of the Birth draws on, fo the Thicknels of the Uterus is ftill faid to 
 encreafe, and the Trunks of the Veins become ftill more and more diftended. The 
 Trunks of the Arteries of the Uterus are alfo at that Time proportionably Dilated. 
 Thefe Blood- Veflels of the Uterus are inofculated with thole of the Placenta ^ as may 
 appear by the Palling of Mercury from One to the Other, lb that if you pour it in- 
 to the Hypogaftrick Arteries of the Mother, it will pafs into the Veins of the Pla^ 
 centa as wellas thofe of the Uterus : And on the contrary the Mercury will pafs from 
 the Arteries of the Placenta to the Hypogaftrick Veins of the Mother, as alfo into 
 the Veins of the Placenta. Hence it appears there is a Circulation of Blood between 
 the Mother and and it feems as if the Blood-Veflels of both did Germinate 
 
 and Inofculate with each other. But this requires too much Speculation for my Oc- 
 calions to admit of a farther Enquiry at prefent. Therefore I fliall here only Ipeak 
 of Ibme PhanotnenA which offer in Child-bearing. 
 
 if the Fundus Uteri remain Tumifi’d after Child-bearing or an Abortion, the Flux 
 of Blood proves very great and fometimes deftrucftive to the Mother, becaufe the 
 Uterus do’s not Collapft, and by that Means clofe the Orifices of the Broken-off Ar- 
 teries of the Mother. The like Flux alfo happens from the fame Caufe , when but 
 Part of the Placenta comes away in the Partus i'm which Cafe the remaining Part ought 
 to be remov’d as foon as polfible^ 
 
 Be 
 
 THE 
 
 ' 
 
 - 
 
 J 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
i f 
 
 
 
 
 III 
 
 THE 
 
 FIFTY-FIFTH TABLE. 
 
 S the Abdomen of the lame Woman Open’d* Reprefented in the 
 Precedent Table. 
 
 AAAj The Fundus Uteri after a Crucial Section Expanded. 
 BB Inferior, The Inlide of the Skin^ Cover’d with Fat. 
 
 BB Superior , CC» The Inlide of the 
 DD ) Part of the Colon above the Fundus uteri. 
 
 EEj The External Convex Surftce of the Placenta free’d 
 
 from the Fundus Uteri. 
 
 FGH, The Al^ritiesF* Little Hollowneffes G , and Tubercles H* of the Ute-i 
 ms , which receive and were receiv’d by the like in the Placenta. 
 
 IK , Part of the Chorion cleaving to the Internal Concave Surface of the Placenta. 
 
 L, Part of the Urinary Membrane or Allantoides. 
 
 M , Part of the Amnio's made bate , as it Appears fill’d with its containing Liquor. 
 
 . Tho’ this Membrane which immediately Involves the Appears in moll Parts 
 very Tranlparent,yet here are a vaft Number of Blood- Vellels every where difpers’d 
 thro’ it. In divers Parts of the Amnios in Cows, I have more than once Obferv’d' 
 Various Clufters of fomewhat Opacous Bodies, which I am apt to think are a Conge- 
 ries of Glands, and help to Separate from the Blood, Part of the Contents of the 
 Amnios in which the Foetus mov’d, and is receiv’d by its Mouth towards the time of 
 the Partus. . ' ■ ' . 
 
 N, Part of the Chorion Rais’d from the Amnios, and Left tp the Uterus it lelf on the 
 
 Right Side. - ■ ... 
 
 Part of the Liver Appears above the Inteftines immediately under the Enfiformal 
 Cartilage. ' : • , : / ' 
 
 
 THE 
 
 
 

 'OC^ 
 
 ^ ’ :>:> 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 ;*?*V/4<'' 
 
 4 
 
 

'!;s0si 
 
 m. 
 
 
 iillpli 
 
 Miffl 
 
 SHfil 
 
 
 
 
 
 rnmmmm 
 
 wAV'W/' 
 
 i^M'AVA 
 

 
 THE 
 
 FIFTY'SIXTH TABLE. 
 
 HE Abdomen and Vtefm the fame Woman (Figur’d in the Two precedent 
 Tables ) Open’d ^ after Seven Months gone with Child. 
 
 ' A 5 The Placenta Uterina free’d from the Upper Part of the Uterus , and drawn 
 towards the Right Side, fb that its Internal Concave Surface next the Amnios^ 
 Appears Cover’d with the Chorion ; under which the Arboreous Dilpofition of 
 its Blood- Veflels are elegantly ExpreR. 
 
 B 3 Part of the Chorion free’d from the Amnios^ and Rais’d with the Placenta^ 
 to whole Concave Part it Adheres, and its continued (H) on the Um-^ 
 bilical Rope. 
 
 C , Part of the Urinary Membrane free’d from the Amnios , and cleaving to 
 the Chorion. ' 
 
 DD, The Uterus with the Chorion Divided Crols-ways and Expanded. The Inequalities of the Internal 
 Surface of the Uterus are here Remarkable: Its Blood-VefTels as well as thole of the Placenta nof^nly Ger- 
 minate, but Inolculate with each other, as is above Noted. - V - . 
 
 EE, The Proper Integuments of the Abdomen^ {viz.) the Mulcles and Peritoneum in like Man^ Di^ 
 
 vided. ' , ^ 
 
 F, The Foetus lying within the Trarilpareht Membrahe call’d Ammos'. • . — 
 
 G, The Amnios entire. , ‘ ^ 
 
 H, The Umbilical Rope Arifing from the Placenta-^ and palTing to the Navel of the Fxius:\ts Progrels 
 
 is Various, Ibmetimes it Marches* over the Right Shoulder 5 fometimes over the Left dole to the Neck ; at 
 ,other times it Alcends towards the Bread:, whence it is again Refleded to the Back of the Foetus, and 
 thence to the Navel. Tho’ the Blood-VelTels of the Umbilical Rope are Dilpos’d in the bed: Manner(/^'^* 
 Tab. 60. 62. Fig. 5'.) to avoid their being Compred: in any Contorted Pofition; yet it Ibmetimes happens 
 either thro’ the Ihortnels of the Umbilical Rope, as in the Cale mention’d by Wdayius , Cenh II. Obferv. 
 LI or by the great Strugling of the Foetus in Utero\ that it is lb Compred:,' that ’the Blood cannot pals in 
 its VelTels : In which Cale -if an Abortion do’s not happen or if it is at^e time of i\\c Panus\ and the 
 Birth do’s not prefently follow, the Dead Foetus with its Secdndines are retain’d in the^ Uterus; and if 
 the Mother Survives, ’they do gradually Putrifie and come away^ as Appears in theHillory of a Cale very 
 well Atteded in the Excellent Works of the above mention’d Author, where the Bones with Part of the 
 Mulcles of the Limbs were taken out near the Navel of the Mother, Ibme Months after the Secondines 
 gradually- came away at her Pudendum. A like Indance was lately Communicated to me -by the Ingenious 
 Mr. Dale ,the Apothecary , who was an £ye-witnels of it in a Woman in the Country where he lives^ 
 
 IKLMNOP, The Foetus lying in the Uterus in its Natural Podure, 
 
 I'he Podure of the Foetus in the Uterus varies very much, elpecially towards the time ol the Partus; this 
 Order of it is then Inverd, the Head at that time is downwards towards the Neck of the Womb* ^ In ^le 
 mod eade Births, the Face is turn’d towards the Back-bones or Cs Sacrum. If any Part, beddes the Head 
 of the Foetus offers it lelf drd, (except both Legs together,) the Birth proves Laborious, and fometimes 
 very Dangerous^ wherefore the Operator in luch a Cale is Oblig’d (ifpollibie) to reduce thole Parts, and 
 turn the Foetus to the mod Natural Order that can be; 
 
 
 Ff 
 
 THE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 FIFTY-SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 Fi^. I. 
 
 IVERS Eggs of a different Size taken from the Ovaria of 
 a Maid. 
 
 Fig. 2 . 
 
 An Egg Impregnated; in which the Branches and 
 FIcxhs of divers Blood-Veffels Appear. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 K Foetus with its Secondines) Twenty-five Days after 
 Conception ; in which the Rudiments of all the Limbs Appear. 
 
 AAj The Placenta Uterina* 
 
 B 5 The Chorion, 
 
 . > 
 
 C j The Urinary Membrane according to Bidloo. - 
 
 D } The Amnios Open’d. 
 
 E> The Umbilical Rope between the Flacenta and latus. 
 
 F> The Fcetm. ■ 
 
 % 4 - 
 
 A Testus Forty Days after Conception, in which all the External Parts Appear 
 Diftina. 
 
 ■ y- 
 
 A Malculine Fxtus about Two Months and a Half after Conception; in which the 
 Magnitude of the Head in Proportion to the reft of the Body is Remarkable. The 
 Conformation of the Bones at that time may be leen in the 100. Tak Fig. 3, 4. 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 An Abortive Three Months after Conception, or there abouts Dri’d; Co that the 
 Conneaion of its Bones may be leen in divers Parts. 
 
 % 7 - 
 
 A Fee/us of Eight Months taken out of the U terns , together with its Flacenta, &c. 
 
 A, A Male Feetus, whofe Hands are Contra^ed and Feet Contorted Inwards. 
 
 BCD, The Umbilical Rope continued in its wonted Progrefs between the Feetus 
 and Flacenta, 
 
 EE, The covering the Internal Concave Surface of the Flacenta, and its 
 Arboreous Ramifications of Elood-Veffels deriv’d from the Umbilical Rope. 
 
 F , Part of the Urinary Membrane. 
 
 G , Part of the Amnios, 
 
 H , A Portion of the Choricn, 
 
 T H E 
 

 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 6 . 
 
- a.v. ■ 
 
 

 
 -j 
 
 -*•4 
 
 •j 
 
 i 
 
 V 
 
 I 
 
 
 I 
 
 h 
 
 f 
 
 k 
 
 i 
 
 V 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 i' 
 
 I- 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 i 
 
 
 k. 
 
 .!* 
 
THE 
 
 FIFTY-EIGHTH 
 
 HEWS the External Convext Surface of the Placenta Uterina free’d from 
 the Uterus. 
 
 The P lacenta \i> covsv^o^ A of Blood-Veflels of both Kinds deriv’d from the 
 Mother and Foetus , which Frame Glandulous Bodies and Fibres, to which 
 divers Succiferous Du6ls are Inferred , (kys Bidloo. 
 
 # Thefe Succiferous Tubes and Glands I muff confefs never yet Occur’dto 
 my Obfervation in Difledion , nor do I at prefent know who befides Profef 
 for Eidloo mentions them ; Here he only Names them among other Vefiels 
 of the Placenta.^ and in Pah, 66 . he Reprefents divers Succiferous Du6i:s in 
 the Umbilical Rope; nor do’s he any where mention what Juice thefe Du6ls 
 of the Placenta carry, or thofeofthe Umbilical Rope; wherefore I lhallhere 
 Venture to add my Conje6ture, and fb proceed. If any Liquor Tranfcolated by the Glands of the Placenta 
 is convey’d towards the Foetus ^ it, is moft likely that contain’d in the Amnios \ and tho’ we have Obferv’d 
 'Pah, 55. divers Glands plac’d at Various Diflances in the Amnios of Cows , yet we can by no means think 
 they are fiifficient to fupply that Membrane with a Neceflary Quantity of Liquor for Entertaining the Fie- 
 tiis: And fince we have Obferv’d divers Tubercles on the Surface of the Umbilical Rope, mention’d in the 
 following Table (P). We cannot tell howto reconcile thofe Phenomena, but by fuppofing the greateff Part 
 of the Liquor of the Amnios^ is convey’d thither from the Glands of the Placenta.^ by the Du6ls of the 
 Umbilical Rope. 
 
 This Liquor of the Amnios not only ferves to Facilitate the Motions of the Foetus ^ but towards the time 
 of the Partus it is partly receiv’d by its Mouth, and is convey’d into its Stomach and Guts, and Adminiffers 
 Chyle to its La6teals and Thoracick-Du6l ; .which is receiv’d by the Subclavian Vein of the Foetus and 
 there joins with the Blood Tranfmitted from, the Mother to the Foetus. Thus the Storftach and Inteffines as 
 well as the Common Paflages of Chyle and Lympha of the Foetus are imploy’d in the Uterus; by which 
 means thofe Channels are the more readily made life of, fbon after the Birth , when the Infant has no other 
 way of receiving its Nourilhment but by the Mouth. ' The Chyle thus mingling with the Blood of the Foe- 
 tus.^ fb Thins it, that its Circulation may be the better carried on by the weak Syjiole, of its Heart; whereby 
 its Blood may be again Difcharg’d into the Hypogaflrick Veins of the Mothers Uterus. The Liquor of the 
 Amnios has another, ask were Accidental Ufe, in Lubricating the Vagina at the Time of the Partus the 
 Foetus then breaking the Amnios by its Strugling, its Contents Bow by the Pudendum ^ which they com- 
 monly call Phe Breaking of the PVater, ' ■ 
 
 BB, The Furrows or Clifts of the Placenta; which more or lefs Refiilt from its Tubercles. 
 
 CC, The Tubercles of the Placenta^ which are Thick and Large towards their Center, and Lefs 
 towards their Circumference. 
 
 DD, The Chorion OT FiXterml Membrane Involving the Foetus ^Y2.ng2^.ed with Blood-Veflels Springing 
 from the Placenta^ (and Umbilical Rope in fbme Animals) and the Uterus it felf in Humane Bodies. * 
 
 EE, The Urinary Membrane call’d Alantoides ^ tying immediately under the Chorion^ and cleaving to it 
 by Vefiels and Fibres; it Environing the whole Foetus ^ according to Bidloo. 
 
 The Exiflence of this Membrane is much Doubted of in Humane Bodies. I mufl confefs I never met 
 with a Subje6t in which I could Difeover it. The Midwives take Notice of a By FVater^ as they call it, 
 near the Time of the Partus', which I am apt to think is the Contents of this Membrane breaking forth, 
 which often happens fbme Weeks before the Birth, and no ill Cqnfequence follows. . 
 
 F, Part of the Amnios or Internal Membrane Involving the Foetus, 
 
 G, Part of the Umbilical Rope Tied. . * . ' 
 
 ) 
 
. 
 
 THE 
 
 FIFTY-NINTH TABLE. 
 
 jXPRESSES the Membranes which Involve the Fcetus'^ together 
 with the Internal Concave Part of the Piacenu next the Patus 
 and Umbilical Rope. Which altogether are call’d the Secon- 
 dine , or After-Birth > or Burden. 
 
 AAj The Separated from the Urinary Membrane^ 
 Tho’ the Amnios appears Tranfparent to the Naked Eye , it is 
 full of Blood-Vellels of both Kinds deriv’d from the Umbilical 
 Rope: If Mercury is Injected into its Arteries and Veins j their 
 Extremities , will (by the Affiftance of a Microfcope) appear 
 c&ntinued to each other ; as in a Preparation of Part of the Amnios I have now by me, 
 taken from a Cow, mention’d in the yy* Table. 
 
 BB, A Portion of the Umbilical Rope arifing from about the Middle of the In- 
 ternal Concave Side of the Placenta. 
 
 CC, Part of the Urinary Membrane not free’d from the Chorion'. In Cows and 
 other C^adrupedes, it is Long and Unequal; whence it’s call’d Allantoides or Farcimi^ 
 nalis: It is plac’d between the Amnios ^x\d Chorion y and receives the Urine from the 
 Bladder by the Urachus thro’ the Umbilical Rope. The Urachus of Humane Bodies is 
 fcarce Pervious., I mull acknowledge in the Sutyedls I have Examin’d, I could never 
 .make the Wind pals from the Bladder of Urine into the Urachus in the Umbilical 
 Rope; but I have conllantly found the Urachus evidently Hollow from the Bottom 
 of the Bladder to the Navel in a Fietus , and very little further. 
 
 DD, The Chorion llri6lly cleaving to the Internal Concave Side of the Placenta. 
 
 ; EE , The Cavities and Trails of the Succiferous Duds according to Btdloo. 
 r F, The Umbilical Arteries Dillended. 
 
 GG , The Internal Concave Surface of the Placenta next the Feetas. 
 
 HI, The Ramifications of the Arteries tending towards the Circumference of the 
 
 'Placenta, 
 
 KK, The Large Ramifications of the Umbilical Veins Dillended. 
 
 L, Their LelTer Branches. 
 
 NN, Divers Indentations made in the Veins where the Arteries pals over them, 
 
 O, The Concourfe of the Umbilical Veflels to their Inclofure in the External 
 Membrane of the Umbilical Rope (P). 
 
 P, That Part of the Umbilical Rope, whole External Surface in Cows is full of 
 Tubercles, which we fuppole are plac’d at the Extremities of the Succiferous Duds, 
 where they Difcharge their Contents into' the Amnios. This Part of the Umbilical 
 Rope in tnefe Animals we find Dillended with a Mucilaginous Matter, fomewhat 
 Thicker than that contain’d in the Amnios , but like it in Colour. 
 
 
 THE 
 
Ti.--. r.|_- 1 — --1 w - fii ■■■1 
 


 . 
 
 I 
 
 
 > 
 
 I 
 
 r 
 
 i 
 
 
 [ 
 
 i: 
 
 ► 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 f 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 p 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 p 
 
 i 
 
 ! 
 
 i 
 
 t 
 
 : 
 
 ! 
 
 ‘ 
 
 - ^ 
 
 
t 
 
 THE 
 
 SIXTIETH TABLE. 
 
 Bg. I. 
 
 IeMONSTRATES the Blood-Veffels of Part of the Umbilical 
 Rope and Placenta InjciSed with Wax. 
 
 A B,TheConcave Internal Surface of the Placenta next the Foetus. 
 CCj The Chorion. 
 
 D > Part of the Urinary Membrane according to Bidloo. 
 
 FFj (fc. The Umbilical Arteries fill’d with Red Wax. 
 GG}©’c.The Veins in like Manner Injedled with White Wax. 
 
 H> The Umbilical Rope cut off. 
 
 IK MTxhe Propagations of Veflels from the Umbilical RopetotheP/<»a»rA 
 
 Fig. 2 . 
 
 AA, The cut tranfverfly. 
 
 BC > The Thicknefs of the Placenta in a Tranfverfe Se( 5 tion. 
 
 DD j Its Glandulous Body. 
 
 EEs Some large Branches of Blood-Veflels Propagated from the Umbilical Rope 
 under the Chorion. 
 
 Fs The Succiferous Dufts according to Bidloo. 
 
 Gs Their little HollownelTes or InterfUtia like Fat. 
 
 HHs A Portion of the Chorion, free’d from the Placenta and fufpended. 
 
 II 5 The BloodWeffels which lie between the Chorion and Placenta. 
 
 KK, Their Ramifications as they appear under the Chorion on the internal Concave 
 Surface of the Placenta. : ... 
 
 Ls Part of the Urinary Membrane. 
 
 Ms A Portion of the 
 Ns The Umbilical Rope cut off and ty’d. 
 
 Fig. 5 . 
 
 The Umbilical Rope with Part of the chorion. 
 
 As Part of the Chorion free’d from the internal Concave Part of the Placenta. 
 
 B 5 The Umbilical Rope cut tranfverfly froin the f ifw. ' ' 
 
 CCs The Two Umbilical Arteries cutoff. 
 
 D, The Umbilical Vein in like Manner divided. 
 
 E, The Vrachus according to Bidloo, -Expreft in the following Figure between Two 
 
 
 
 Arteries. 
 
 FFsThe Umbilical Rope cover’d with its loofe Membrane continu’d from the Amnios. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 ’ A As The Umbilical Rope cut tranfverfly and view’d with a Microfcopes after its 
 being immers’d in hot Water. 
 
 Bs The Trunk of the Umbilical Vein divided. 
 
 CC> The Trunk of the Two Umbilical. Arteries in like Manner cut off! . 
 
 DDs The Succiferous Tubes alfo divided. 
 
 EEs The Fibres contracted by the hot Water. 
 
 Fs The thin contorted Tube of the Urachus, lying between the Two Arteries like 
 a loofe or flagging Membrane. 
 
 The Umbilical Vein and Two Arteries InjeCted with Wax and dry’ds fo that the 
 Urachus and Succiferous Tubes difappear. 
 
 Hh 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 SIXTY-FIRST TABLE. 
 
 Fg. 14 
 
 XHIBITSthe F/.««»/<#l//w»4, after the Blood is Wafh’doutofit. 
 
 B, The Chorion partly ‘Rais’d from the 'BUcenta, and lying 
 Loofely on it. ^ ° 
 
 Cj Part of the Urinary Membrane according to Bidloo. 
 
 DD, The Contexture , and Reticular Plexus oi the Veflels 
 of ‘the PlacentaTa^iSe hare. 
 
 EE) The 'Concave Surface of the Placenta next the Pcetus, 
 F‘F ) The Blood- Veflels. 
 
 G ) A Portion of the Umbilical Rope. 
 
 • Pig, 2 
 
 A, Part of the Chorion feparated from the Urinary Membrane, and lupported on 
 a Piece of Paper. “ 
 
 BC, 'J he (Urinary Membrane Pinn’d out from which the Chorion is feparated. 
 
 D D , A Piece of Paper Rold up to fupport the Chorion. 
 
 Fig. 3 . , 
 
 ABB, Part of one (rf the Umbilical Arteries free’d from the UmbiIicalRope,and 
 tx^nded with Wind; in which the Various Inequalities of its Trunk ('occafion’d by 
 Its Contortions w;ith its Companion and the Umbilical Vein) are Expreft. 
 
 CC, The fame Artery Open’d according to its Length, and Expanded. 
 
 Part of the Umbilical Rope; ^ ^ 
 
 A Part of the Umbilical Vein Open’d according to its Length, 
 
 ABB, The Umbilical Arteries inclos’d in their Proper Membranes. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 Part of the Blood-VeEels of the Umbilical Rope Injefled with Wax. 
 
 Two Arteries fill’d with Red Wax , in which may be obferv’d the Ine- 
 qualities of their Trunks. 
 
 C, The Vein Diftended with a Dark Colour’d Wax. 
 
 • . Fig. 6. 
 
 ■ AA > Part of the Chorion free’d from the Placenta. 
 
 Blood-V effels of both Kinds free’d from the Glands Succiferous Tubes 
 and Ducts, according to Bidloo. 
 
 Fig. 7 , 8 . 
 
 The Branching of the Arteries and Veins on the Chorion, whofe Caoillarv Extre- 
 mities frame Glands, and Efcape the Sight of the Naked Eye. ^ ^ 
 
 Fig. 9. 
 
 \r ^ Fidloo i but I fuppofe it Reprelents Part of the Blood- 
 
 e esq the Umbilical Rope, free’d from their Membranes and not Injefled with 
 ax, or any Thing elle; theTrunksof the Two Arteries and Vein appearing Flaccid. 
 
 THE 
 

 ■H in t' 
 
 i: 
 

 
 r. 6. 
 
THE 
 
 
 IHE Jihdomtno^ a Female Fbetus Seven Months after Conception open’d, to 
 ihew 'the Progre^ of the Umbilical Veflels towards its Navel. 
 
 A 5 The Umbilical Rope fulpended. 
 
 CC 5 The Common and Proper Integuments of the Abdomen turn’d ahde. 
 EG, The Umbilical Vein entering the Liver at a Fiffure near the Middle of 
 Its loVVer Part , whence the 'Liigdmentum Siifpenfbrium Hepatis may be here leen 
 continu’d to the Enfiformal Cartilage and Diaphragm. 
 
 F, The Liver, which in Pr9portion to the reft of the Plfcera in a Foetus ^ is 
 very krge , extending it felf to both Hypochondria. 
 
 The Magnitude of the Liver in a Foetus rather Proceeds from a greater 
 
 Quantity of Blood carrfd into it by th.e. Hena Umbilicalis than any proper OfHce it then Executes : This 
 Dilp'roportion of the Liver do’s not r'emit in an Infant , but feems to continue in fbme Meafure , till they 
 are Four or Five Years Old: Hence it is, that the Inteftines of Infants and Children areftippli’d with more 
 Gall than thole of riper Years; and are therefore incident to be gript much in the lower Belly and attended 
 with a Diarrhoea. Nor do I in this conceive Nature has any Ways committed a Miftake; for lure it is very 
 necellary Ibme notable Dilcharge ought to be made of the Serofities in Children, whilft their Limbs are not 
 able to perform thole Exerciles which promote Perlp'iration and the like. 
 
 The Blood imported into the Liver by the Umbilical Vein meets with a contrary Current of Blood in 
 the HenaPortarum^ as it palles the Sinus to the Hena Qava\ whereby Ibme of the Capillary Veflels about the 
 Liver or Umbilical Vein are frequently broken, and the Blood is dilcharg’d into the Cavity of t\\Q. Abdomen. 
 
 In an Abortive Humane Foetus ( after Seven Months Conception) I found the Abdomen without any In- 
 teguments; its P'ifcera being expos’d, as in this Figiire: Nor could I fihd lb much as any Part of the Pe- 
 ritonSium that had cover’d them ; which I fiilpeded might have been broken. The Left Kidney allb was 
 expos’d to View. Befldes this, the Top of the Skull was wanting, andinftead of it a Membrane diften- 
 ded with Grumous Blood. A Very little Part of the Brain appear’d on the Pafis of the Skull , but it was 
 chiefly contain’d in the Specus of the Hertebr<z of the Neck. The Left Eye and Ear were wanting, as well 
 as the Note. A Ligament of about an Inch in Length, faften’d the great Toe of the Right Foot to the Bone of 
 the upper Jaw. The Left Arm was wanting; and inftead of It , Ibmething like a Hand was fram’d, teeming 
 to have a Thumb and Fore-Fingef This At^as ty’d by Twb Ligaments ; the one Ipfinging from the Carpus 
 was Ihort, and faften’d it to the Scapula \ the. other Ligament longer, and ariflng between thole Parts 
 which repfelented a Finger and Thumb, Was'fixt to the Pa]is of the Skull on the kme Side. 
 
 Upon opening the Thorax I found the Cone of the Heart pointing upwards; its Bafis towards the 
 Diaphragm. And both Extremities of the Baftard Ribs of the Left Side refting on their Hertebra. 
 
 GG, The Two Umbilical Arteries Ariflng from the Two Internal I Hack Branches of the Arteria Magna^ 
 and palling on both Sides the Bladder of Urine, to the Umbilical Rope. 
 
 H , The Bladder of Urine. 
 
 I, The Urachus where it is vifibly pervious. 
 
 The Uigamentum Sujpenforium Hepatis ^ is here well Expreft between the Umbilical Vein and Enflfbrmal 
 Cartilage ; and the Small Gutts in their Natural Situation , are allb Reprelented. 
 
 li 
 
 THE 
 
I 
 
 THE 
 
 SIXTY-THIRD TABLE. 
 
 ' ♦ 
 
 E PRES ENTS the Cavities of the Abdomen and Thorax open’d of the fame 
 Female Foetus^ Exprefl in the preceding Table. 
 
 A , The Umbilical Rope fuipended. 
 
 B , The Umbilical Vein. i 
 
 C 5 Its infertion into the Liver. ' 
 
 DD, The Two Umbilical Arteries, arifing from the Two internal Iliack 
 Branches of the Arteria Magna. T^id. App. Fig. 3. 56. 56. 
 
 EE, The External Iliack Branches of the Great Artery, by our Author faid*. 
 to be Internal; which in this View of the Parts do’s not appear. 
 
 FG, The Urachus. 
 
 H, The Umbilicus ctx from the common Integuments of the Abdomen. 
 
 1 , The Head of the Fmus , which in Proportion to the reft of the Body is much larger than in the Adult; 
 See the Defcription at Tab. i. 
 
 K, The Mamma., which in a Foetus both. Sexes contain a Serous Liquor. 
 
 L, The Thorax open’d. 
 
 Mm , The Abdomen in like Manner open’d. , . 
 
 N , The Thymus in Proportion to the reft of the Parti, is very large in a Poetus , and gradually leflens in 
 the Adult: See 21. 
 
 O, The Heart, which in Regard to the other P^ifcera is very large. 
 
 P , The Lungs on the Right Side. 
 
 . QQ, The Kidneys i which appear Conglomerate, and are fbmewhat large. 
 
 RR, The Glands of the Kidneys or Capfula Atrabilares are alfb large, and are here remov’d from their 
 proper Situation ; they not only bordering on the Kidneys, as in the Adult, but lie upon them, embracing 
 their Upper Parts : In this Figure they feem to be remov’d from their Proper Situation* 
 
 SS, The Ureters, which are alfb large and unequal. • ' 
 
 T, The Bladder extended with Urine. 
 
 V, The Fallopian Tube, fbmewhat long, and very large in Proportion to the reft of the Parts, 
 
 W, The Ovaria are alfb Large and Tumid. 
 
 , X, The Fundus Uteri fbmewhat rais’d by the Sufpenfion of the Bladder of Urine, 
 
 a , The Round Ligament of the Uterus of the Left Side. 
 
 b , The Arteria Magna , where the Emulgent Arteries pafs to the Kidneys. , 
 
 c , The Afcending Trunk of the T^ena Cava cut off! 
 
 d d , The Diaphragma divided. , • • ' - 
 
 e, The Spleen in Situ. 
 
 The Stomach and Inteftines "are here laid afide. 
 
 f. The Sternum rais’d together with the Cartilaginous Endings of the Ribs, where the Mammary Veflels 
 
 on both Sides are Expreft* ... 
 
 * ... . . 
 
 tig* 2 - 
 
 A, The Bladder of Urine of a Foetus. 
 
 B, Its Ureters fill’d with Wax. 
 
 CDD, The Umbilical Vein and Two Arteries, according to Bidloo^ which we cannot think to be well 
 Expreft. 
 
 E , The Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna. 
 
 F, Its Bifurcation. 
 
 GG , Its Two Internal Iliack Arteries , whence the Umbilical Arteries arife. 
 

 
 
 
 
 i ill 
 
 o 
 
 .. 
 
ii 
 
 ' r 
 
 ,! 
 
 ' I . 
 
 ,1 
 
 '! 
 
 il 
 
 'i 
 
 I 
 
 V 
 
w 
 
 
 f 
 
 ! 
 
 I 
 
 r 
 
 l‘ 
 
 I 
 
 k 
 
 » 
 
 
 ♦ ^ 
 
 
 
 

THE 
 
 SIXTY-FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 H E Profeflbr Bidloo in Imitation of Stem and 
 Bourdon i here adds Geometrical Figures of 
 the Difpofition of the Tendons and Flefliy 
 Fibres of divers Mufcles; FirJd of afingleFibre. ' 
 
 Fig. i. 
 
 A, The Flelhy Part of the Fibre of a Mufcle; 
 
 BCjBC, Its Two Tendinous Extreams making Obtufe 
 Angles with the Flefliy Part. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 ' Many of the Fibres Reprefented in 'the Firil Figure, Ex- 
 p'osM in the fame Plan together ^ Framing an Oblique 
 Angled Parallelogram. 
 
 A5B5 The Order of the Moving, or Flelhy Fibres. 
 
 C, D, F, G> I Their Tendinous Extremities: When any 
 
 E, H,I, IC, f Additional Matter palfes intb thefe Flelhy 
 Fibres and Diltends them, the Breadth which they thereby 
 Acquire, necelfarily Shortens them, and their Tendinous 
 Extremities fixt to the moft Movable Part, is pull’d hearer 
 the more Stable. This Additional Matter we take to be the 
 Blood, which is conllantly in a Progreltive Motion, as well 
 in the Capillary as in the' Larger Trunks of its Velfels j and 
 when a fudden Stop or Retardation of it happens in the 
 Trunks of the Veins in Mufcles, the Blood iii the Extremi- 
 ties of thofe Veins neceffarily breaks forth by their Collateral 
 Pores, and palfes into the Cells of the Flelhy Fibres; whence 
 an Intumefcence of thofe Fibres follows , and their Length 
 is necelfarily Lelfen’d. When I fay the Blood as a Bondus 
 Ads in Mufcular Motion ; I mean that as a Fluid , it Infi- 
 nuates where ever there is a Paffage, and necelfarily Dif- 
 tends the Cells of the Flelhy Fibres, when it is pullfd on 
 by the Arteries, and do’s not readily return by the Veins. 
 This Strudure'of the Extremities of the Blood- Velfelshn 
 Mufcles, renders the Appearance of their Flelhy Fibres Red 
 or more Bloody than other Parts, which are Furnilh’d with 
 a far greater Number of Blood- Velfels than the Mufcles, as 
 the Bancreas^ Salival Glands , and Cortical Part of the 
 Brain. The Liver, Spleen, and Kidneys have dieir Co- 
 lour, from the Number and Magnitude of their Blood- 
 Velfcls always filfd with Blood. The Qiiellion is. How the 
 Venofe Channels are fo inllantaneoufly Comprell that the 
 Refluent Blood is Retarded? Till Enquiry and Obfervation 
 affords me fomething to the purpofe, 1 lhall fay no more; 
 choofingtoRecommend fuch Speculations, to thofe who have 
 more Talent and Time to bellow on them. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 ' The Fibres of a Mufcle Framing a Simple Parallelepipede 
 Figure. 
 
 A, B, C, D, E,F, G, The Carnous Part. 
 
 .HI5KL, The Tendinous Parts. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 The Difpofition of the Fibres^ of the Mufcuhs Beitoides^ 
 faid to be Compos’d of Twelve Ample Mulcles. 
 
 A A, The Upper-part of the Deltoides cowards tlie Top 
 of the Shoulder. 
 
 B B, Its Lower-part. 
 
 I, a, 3, 4, 5,6,7,) The Order of the Flelhy Fibres which 
 
 8,9, 10, II, 12, ^ Frame Parallelograms, and Compofe 
 the Deltoides Mufcle, flxc to theirTendinous Extremities A B. 
 
 The Order of Fibres of the Mufcuhs Biceps Humeri. 
 
 Fig. 6 . 
 
 The Mufcuhs Memhranofus. 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 The Fibres of Parc of the GVwir/M. 
 
 We come next to the Mufcles of the Artus or Limbs; 
 and Firll to thofe of the Whole Arm, by whichisunderllood 
 all the part fallned to the Upper-part of the Trunk of the 
 Body, Arifing at the Shoulder. Big. 8. The Arm in com- 
 mon Acceptation , is taken to be all that Parc between the 
 Neck of the Shoulder-blade and Wrill(H}. The Arm Itriftly 
 fpeaking, is that Part between the Shoulder and Elbow fB), 
 which, ocherwife, is call’d Humerus: It confilling of One 
 Bone, and is call’d Os Humeri^ the Shoulder-bone, or Arm- 
 bone. The Lower-part of the Arm from the Elbow (B) to 
 the Wrill (H), is call’d the Cubic, and conlifts of Two 
 Bones* call’d Dina and Radius \ we lhall elfewhere fpeak of 
 
 the Articulations of thefe and other Bones. As foitie have 
 Comprehended the Shoulder or Arm, Cubit, Hand, and 
 Fingers under the Title of the Whole Arm; fo others have 
 call’d all thole together. The TVbole Hand. The Hand in 
 common Acceptation, is meant all that Part below the Cu- 
 bit j or Wrift , conlilling of Four Tingers (M N O P) and a 
 Thumb (L). The Palm (C) call’d Vola Manus oppolitd 
 to which is the Back Of the Hand Or Dorfum Manus. 
 
 Fig. 8. 
 
 The External MufcleS’ of the Ariri , dubit and Palm. 
 
 AAA, The Skin with its Parts Annexe free’d from the 
 Mufcles. 
 
 B, The Internal Tubercle of the Os Humeri ^ whenbethe 
 Mufcuhs Bronator Radii Teres^ Balmaris Longus y Flexor es 
 Digitorum Communes , and Flexo'res Carpi do Arife. 
 
 C, The Tendinous Expanfion of the Balmaris Longu 's in 
 the Palm ; where, near the Root of the Fingers it’s Divided, 
 to give Way to the Tendons of the Flexores Digitorum. 
 
 D , The Biceps Cuhi'ti. 
 
 Ei The Bronator Radii Teres. 
 
 F, The LongTendon of the Falmccris deri^’^d front afmail 
 Flelhy Bodied Mufcle , fpringing from the Internal Protube- 
 rance of the Os Humeri y here Exprell. 
 
 G, The Tendon of the Radialis Flexor Carpi y whofe 
 Defeription may be feen Tab. 67, 68. 
 
 H, The Tranfverle Ligament of the CarpuT. 
 
 I, ThQ Hhdullor Follicis Arifing from the Ligamentum 
 Tranfverfale Carpi j and Ending at tlie Superior and Exter- 
 nal Part of the Second Bone ol the Thumb. It draws tJie 
 Thumb from the Fingers , whence it derives its Name. 
 
 . l^ 'y Balmaris Brevis y oc Caro Mufculofa QuadYata% 
 
 This, fprings from die External Part of the Os Metacarpi 
 Minimi Dtgitiy with a Thin Tendon Encompafllng the Ex- 
 ternal Parc of the AbduBor Minimi Digiti becoming a Thin 
 Difgregated Flelhy Mufcle in the Palm , as it is here Repre- 
 fented; it palfes under the Tendon of the Balmaris Longus y 
 to its Tendinous Termination in the Eight Bone of the Carpus. 
 
 This Hollows the Palm by drawing the Bale of the Thumb 
 or Mons Lunxy and Metacarpal Bone of the Little Finger, 
 nearer each other. 
 
 L M N O P, The Thumb and Four Fingers , with Part of 
 the Skin remaining pn them. 
 
 The Head of the Os Humeri which was Articulated 
 with the Scapula. 
 
 RRR, The Blood-Velfels and Nerves palTuig Withinfide 
 the Arm , between the Mufcuhs Biceps and Gemellus ,of which 
 the Former efpecially the Arteries are to be Comprell in the 
 time of Amputation; which may be perform’d with the 
 Fingers only , without any Cbmprefs or Boulllers Under 
 them; or Avith die hard Twilling of a Ligature, which fome 
 ufe : The ComprelTion being thereby the more ealily Com- 
 manded, to let the Arterious Blood pafs out in Order to Dif- 
 Cover the Elivided Large Arteries, fo that they may be takeii 
 hold of with the Ends of the Forceps and Ti’d; which 
 Practice we can ’t but Recommend in Amputations, or in 
 other Cafes where Large Fluxes of Blood happen. Nor have 
 1 found any confiderable Incohveniency to the Patient, tho’ 
 the Trunk of the Nerve has been alfo TPd lip with the Ar- 
 tery, which the Diligent Operator may very ealily ayoid. 
 
 S, Part of the Mufcuhs Deltoides. 
 
 T, Part of the Gemellus on. Biceps Exterims. 
 
 , VV, Mufcuhs Supinator Radii 
 
 Longus. 
 
 W, The Flexor Carpi Ulnar is. 
 
 X, Part of the Mufcuhs Flexor Digitorum Berforatus. 
 
 Y, The AbduBor Minimi Digiti. 
 
 Z, Flexor Brimi & Secundi Offis W//m; It Arifes Flelhy 
 from the Ligamentum Tranfverfale Carpi y Bones of the Carpus 
 at the Bottom of die Mons Luna, and Os Metacarpi of the 
 Middle Finger; whence palfes to its Infertion partly to the 
 Ofja Sejumoidea of the Second Internode, and partly to the 
 Firll Bone of the Thumb : This Difgregated Flelhy Mufcle 
 is very Divifible ds Fefalius takes Notice, and Appears 
 Tab. 68. MNO O P. , k moves the Thumb Varioully ac- 
 cording to the feveral Difpofition of its Series of Eibres, In- 
 clining its Firll and Second Bones, either Diredly of 
 Obliquely towards the Carpus and Palm. 
 
 Kk 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 SIXTY-FIFTH TABLE, 
 
 'EPRESENTS divers Mufcles of the Arm and Cubit. 
 
 A 5 The MufciiJus Deltoides RaisM from its Origination and left at its In^ 
 ^ertion. 
 
 B 5 The Clavicula made bare. 
 
 C 5 That Part of the Deltoides Mufcle , which Arifes' from the Spina Scapula, 
 D, The Petlor alts cut from its Original, and left at its Implantation. ' ' ' > 
 
 d, The Rotundus Major: It Arifes from the Inferior Angle of the Scapula^ 
 and becoming a round Flefhy Body, pafles under the Superior Head of the. 
 Gemellus^ where it Grows Thinner and makes a Broad Flat but Ihort Tendon 
 Implanted below the Neck of the Os Humeru Its Office is to draw the Arm. 
 Backwards and pull it fbmewhat Downwards. 
 
 E, The Suhfcapularis OY Immerjus : It fills the Internal Concave Part of the Scapula^ Arifing Flefhy 
 from its whole Bajis and Superior and Inferior Cojla Internally , and in its Progrefi Leflens its felf accord- 
 ing to the Configuration of the Scapula^ and Running over its Jundure; it’s Inferred to the Neck of the 
 Os Humeri in a Semicircular Manner. This draws the Arm to the Trunk of the Body , and is made Ufe 
 of by the Bag-pipe-Player to Comprefs his Bellows under his Arm. 
 
 F, The Coracohrachialis : Its partly Flefliy and partly Tendinous Origination, is at the extream Point of 
 the^Proceffus Cor acoides Scapula^ in its Defcent Growing Thicker , ftridlly Adhering to the Internal Head 
 of the Biceps^ which it Parts from near its partly Tendinous and partly Flefhy Infertidn, about the Middle 
 of the Internal Part of the Os Humerk 
 
 f, A Trunk of a Nerve which pafles thro’ the lafl Defcrib’d Mufcle; whence it’s alfb call’d Perforatus, 
 
 GG, The Bafts Scapula. 
 
 H, The Pfocejfus Coracoides Scapula. ' ‘ : 
 
 I, The Biceps whofe Two Heads or Tendinous Beginnings are here Exprefi; the one Arifing from the 
 P rocefiis Coracoides (H) call’d the Internal Head , the other Springing from the Upper-part of the Brink 
 of the Acetabulum Scapuldd under the broad Ligament of the Articulation, and is call’d the External Head, 
 paffing in a Sulcus or Channel on the Head of the Arm-Bone {P^idc 'Tab. 96. Fig. i. D, E,) wherein it’s 
 inclos’d by a Proper Ligament : In its Defcent becomes Flefhy , and Joins with its other Head, Compofi 
 ing a Large Flefliy Mufcle , which becomes Lefs near the Articulation of the Cubit with the Shoulder- 
 Bone, and prefently Growing perfectly Tendinous , which Tendon is again Divided into Two; the Exter- 
 nal being Thin, pafles over the Mufculus Pronator Radii Rotundus and makes an External Inclofiire to all 
 the Mufcles on the Cubit. {J^ide App. Fig. 1. m.) The Internal (which is Short Thick and Round , as it is 
 here Exprefl) is fafined to a Protuberance near the Upper-part of the Radius. {V'ide Fab. 96. Fig. 6 . A.) 
 When this Mufcle A6ls , it Bends the Arm : Befides its common Office to which its Lower External Ten- 
 don alfb, more Advantagioufly Contributes, by how much the more it Approaches towards the other Ex- 
 tream of the Radius from the Os Humeri: This Lower Tendinous Expanfion, by usczil^dFafciaFcndinoJh, 
 has alfb a further Ufe in Corroborating the Mufcles of the Carpus and Fingers in their Strenuous A6lions, 
 whofe Office we have Endeavour’d to Explain in our Treadle of the Mufcles, where an Extraordinary 
 Cafe in Pra6tice , relating to this Mufcle j is Explain’d. P^d. Myotomia Reformata , Pag. 149. 
 
 K K, The Brachiaus Internus: It Arifes Flefhy from the Internal Part of the Os Humeri at the Ter- 
 minations of the Deltoides and Mufculus Coracohrachialis , and Defcending over the Jun6lure of the Cubit 
 with the Os Humeri, it’s Inferted partly Flefhy and partly Tendinous to the Superior and Fore-part of the 
 Ulna, and Part of the Radius, as this Figure Exprefles; which Latter I mufl: confefs I never yet Obferv’d 
 in Nature. It Bends the Cubit. 
 
 L, Part of the Brachiaus Externus^ 
 
 M, The Internal Protuberance of the Ox 
 
 N, The Ulna. 
 
 O, The Radius. “ 
 


 f- 
 
 f 
 
 s' 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 f. 
 
 ' '.J*' 
 
 I 
 
 ■ ^ 
 
 J 
 
THE 
 
 SIXTY-SIXTH 
 
 I VERS Mufclesof the Arm and Cubit. 
 
 Aj The Bkefs frce’d from its Subjacent Mufcles. 
 
 B> The Brachuus Internus in Situ. 
 
 CjDjEj The Bicefs Externus or Gemellus '. It has a Twofold Origin 
 the Firft (C) or Superior, Arifes Tendinous from the Superior 
 Part of the Inferior Cofta of the Scapula Internally, and Marching 
 out from between the Two Round Mufcles, foon Grows 
 Flelhy, and joins with its Second Beginning ("D), which Arifes 
 
 5 
 
 Broad and Flefhy from the Upper and Back-part of the Os Humeri under the Bdtoides 
 Mufcle; fbon after the Conjun6lion of thefe Two Heads, it becomes Externally 
 Tendinous (Ej, and is fo Implanted the Superior and External Part of the Ulna , 
 call’d Olecranum, Ancon .y or the Elbow. Its Office is to Extend the Cubit, which it 
 do’s the more Advantageoufly, by how much the more it is Intertext with Various, 
 Orders of Fibres. Hence it comes that Tumblers when they ftand on their Hands, 
 can by the Hidden Extenfion of their Cubits, immediately return to their Feet. 
 
 F, The Infrafpinatus '. It lieth below the Spine of the Scapula'., It Arifes Fleffiyfrom 
 the Inferior Part of the Bafts Scapula ^ alfo from its Spine and Inferior Cofla (in thofe 
 Bodies in whom the Teres Minor is wanting, as I am apt to think, it was in theSub- 
 jefl by which this Figure was taken) whence Marching in a Trangular Form ac- 
 cording to the Figure of the Bone, it’s Inferted to the Upper-part of the Head of 
 the Os Humeri. This moves the Arm directly Backwards. 
 
 G, The Suprajpinatus i it being plac’d above the Spine -of the Shoulder-blade. It 
 
 Arifes Fleffiy from the Superior Part of the Bafts Scapula that’s above the Spine, as alfo 
 from the Spine and Cojla Superior of the Shoulder-blade, and hence Marching be- 
 tween the Procefus Coracoides and Anchoriformis , becoming Tendinous as it Marches 
 over the Jun6lure of the, Humerus and is fo Inferted to the moft Superior Part of the 
 Shoulder-bone. It’s Office is to lift the Arm Upwards and Ibmewhat Backwards 
 towards the , 
 
 H, The Spina Scapula. • ' 
 
 II, The Clavicula. 
 
 >i< The Subclavian Miifcle , free’d fronl the firft Rib arid remaining oii the CUvkula. 
 
 K , The Rotundus Major. 
 
 L , The Os Humeri made bare. 
 
 M, The External Protuberance of the laft nam’d Bone, whence the Extending 
 
 Mufcles of the Carpus and Fingers do Arife. , • 
 
 N , Part of the Supinator Radii Brevis , as it Arifes from the Ulna and paffes over the 
 
 Upper-part of the . . . 
 
 O, iheVlna. 
 
 XX, The Deltoides Arifing from above one Third of the Inferior and External 
 Part of the Clavicula (II), where it is intirely Flefhy; it alfo Arifes partly Flefhy and 
 partly Tendinous, from the whole Inferior - Margin of the Spina Scapula (H), from 
 hence Defeending, fbon becomes Thick and Fleffiy* Growing ftill Narrower, till 
 it is Inferted by its partly Fleffiy and partly Tendinous Apex , to the Middle of the Os 
 Humeri {'L). This draws the Arm either direbUy Upwards, or fomewhat Forwards, 
 or Backwards according to the Direbtipn of its differing Series of Fibres. 
 
 LI 
 
 THE 
 
 .* 1 ,— 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 SIXTY-SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 O M E of the Mufcles Employ’d in 
 Bending the Fingers and Carpus, 
 Ay B, C, D, E, The Perforatus , 
 or Sublimisy or Flexor Secimdi In- 
 ternodii Digitorum , DifTe6i;ed from 
 its Original : It Arifes partly Flefhy 
 and partly Tendinous, from the 
 Internal Extuberance of the Cs Humeri ^ between 
 the Flexor es Carpi: It has alfb a Dilgregated Flefhy 
 Origination from the Fore-part of the Radius , 
 between the Pronator Radii Teres y and Flexor 
 Pollicis Magnus ^ fbon Compoflng a Flelhy Belly, 
 Lellens its felf where it begins to Divide into Two 
 Parts,, each of which being again Subdivided, makes 
 Four, Roundilh Tendons (Uccc), included in their 
 Proper Mucilaginous Membrahes^ and pafs under 
 the Annular Ligament of the Carpus thro’ the Palm: 
 Near the Firfi: Internode of the Fingers, each of 
 ihefe Tendons are again . Divided or Perforated (E), 
 to admit the Tendons of the following Mufcle to 
 pafs thrb^ ’em; thefe Tendons joining again, are 
 Inferted tb the Superior Parts of the Second Bone 
 of each Finger. 
 
 F, G, H, I, 6?^. The Perforans in Situ y alfb 
 call d P rofundus and Flexor Tertii Internodii Digito- 
 rum: It Arifes Flefhy from near Two. Thirds of 
 the Superior and Fore-part of the UlnUy and Internal 
 Edge of the Radius y as alfb from the Ligament 
 between the Rjidius and Ulna ; it becoming a Large 
 Thick-Bellied Mufcle ; it Grows Outwardly Tendinous 
 before it pafles over the Pronator Radii Quadratus y 
 where Dividing into Four Round Tendons, which 
 March under thofe of the Perforatus (lafl: Defcrib’d) 
 beneath the Tranfverfe Ligament of the Carpus , 
 where the Lumbrical Mufcles M, M, M, M, are laid 
 to Arife : Thefe Tendons pafs the Palm H, H, H, H, 
 and run thro^the Tendons of the former Mufcle and 
 proceeding over their Extremities , Terminate in the 
 Superior and Fore-part of the Third Bone of each 
 Finger Illl. 
 
 The Tendons of the Firff of thefe Two lafl De- 
 fcribM Mufcles A, B, C, D, being Perforated E, to 
 Tranfmit thofe of the Inferior Mufcle F, H, and to 
 their Infertioris I, &Fe, is a no lefs Ufeful than Stu- 
 pendous Artifice in Nature : For fince its requifite 
 the Fingers fliould be Bended with a confiderable 
 Strength, and each of their Internodes fhould be 
 Accommodated to different Tadile Bodies, it was 
 therefore Neceflary the Mufcles employ’d in that 
 A6lion, fliould not only be Large, Propoftioriable 
 to the Force required; but that each Internode 
 fhould be Furnifh’d with a Particular Inffrument. The 
 Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeri y being a 
 NecefTary place for the Rife of Part of thefb Mufcles ; 
 but upon the Account of Bending the Cubit, the 
 Extreams of that Part of them mightfuffer fbme Ap- 
 proximation ; it was therefore thought fit, that Place 
 
 fhould be allotted to the Bender of the Second In^ 
 ternodes of the Fingers, to which not fb much Force 
 is requir’d , as to the Bender of the Third Internodes ; 
 for the Fingers like fb many Leaves are more ef- 
 fe6lually mov’d, when the His Movers is faflned 
 to their Extreams , which is their Third Internodes; 
 wherefore the Strongeff Mufcles are there Jnferted: 
 Now the Origin of the Superior Mufcle being con- 
 fin’d to the Internal Extuberance of the Os Humeri y 
 and Part of the Radius only, thefe Places could not 
 Furnifh Spaces for a Mufcle fb Large as that of hear 
 Two Thirds of the Superior and Forepart of the 
 UlnUy Internal Edge of the Radius y and Intermediate 
 Ligament of the Bones of the Cubit , whence the 
 Inferior Mufcle Springs : Hence it Appears the In- 
 ferior Mufcle is much Stronger than the Superior ; 
 wherefore the , Tendons of the Latter are Perforated , 
 to Tranfmit thofe of the Former in a right Progrefs 
 to their Terminations, at the Extremities of the 
 Fingers : Nor is this Conffrudture only Advantageous 
 in Bending the Fingers only; but if the External 
 Mufcle fhould be Divided Tranfverfely , as I have 
 fbmetimes feen it; yet the compleat Flexion of the 
 Fingers has neverthelefs been perform’d by the Inter- 
 nal Mufcle; which is a provident Contrivance in 
 Nature. 
 
 KK, The Mucilaginous Membranes which Involve 
 the Tendons of the Perforans , thofe of the Per- 
 forafus not being Expreff in this Figure. 
 
 LL, The Ligamentum Tranfoerjhm y or Annulare 
 Divided. ^ 
 
 MM , The Lumbricales , or Flexor es Primi Inter- 
 nodii Digitorum. The Originations and Progrefs of 
 thefe are here fb well Exprefl , that they need no 
 other Defeription. 
 
 NN, ^c. The Tendons of the Lumbrical Mufcles 
 pafling to their T erminations , with the Mufeuli Inter- 
 0(jei. 
 
 OO, The Annular Ligaments of the Fingers 
 Open’d, which keep in the Bending Tendons, When 
 they A6l. 
 
 P , The AbduHor Pollicis, 
 
 QQ, The Tendon of the Flexor Pollicis Longus, 
 
 RR , Flexor Secundi Internodii Pollicis, 
 
 S, The Trunk of that Nerve whole Branches are 
 Propagated to the Fingers. 
 
 T, The Long Tendon and Bellied Part of the 
 Mufcle Palmaris. 
 
 V, The Radialis Flexor, 
 
 W y Part of the Ulnar is Flexor. 
 
 X, Part of the Supinator Radii Longus, 
 
 Y, The Artery whole Puliation is commonly 
 Felt near the Carpus. 
 
 Z, Pronator Fiadii Quadratus y partly in Sight. 
 
 The Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeri, 
 
 ►P, Pronator Radii Teres. 
 
 •f, The Lower Part of the Bicipital Mufcle^ 
 
 THE 
 

 
 
 
 . 4 ^ 
 
 ft>^ 
 
 e 
 
 2^^r. 
 
 Yii 
 
 1 
 
 n 
 
 Si* 
 
 f. 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 ’I 
 
 1 
 
 f 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 j 
 
 
r 
 
I in III 
 
 -i 
 
 X 
 
 T.fS. I 
 
 
THE 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 >ii E Muieles Bending the Fihgers , Thumb , 
 Carpus , &c. Rais’d from their Originations, 
 and left at their Infertions; 
 a, The PerforatuL ' 
 
 b. The Perforans. 
 
 c c, ^c. The Lumbricales, 
 
 d, d. The Six Inter-OJJei Muftles free’d ftom be- 
 tween the Metacarpal Bones, and left at their Infer- 
 tions in Conjun6lion with * the Tendons of the 
 Extenfor Digitorum Communis. Thefe draw the Fin- 
 gers to each other , and AlTift in Extending them'. ^ 
 
 e, The Fore-finger. • ‘ 
 
 ' A, The Pronator Radii Ports or Rotundas : It 
 Arifes from the Internal Protuberance of the Os 
 Humeri .y and in its Oblique befcent , Cleaves to 
 the Flexor Carpi Radialis , .Leftening its felf at its 
 Infertion a little- above the- Middle of the Radius 
 Externally. Its Name declares its Office, and Figure. 
 
 B, The Pronator Radii Quadratus , or Inferior 
 Quadratus : It Arifes from the Lower and Inner Part 
 of the Ulna and pafles' Tranfverfly over the Liga- 
 ment , joining the Radius to the Ulna , and is Inferted 
 to the Superior arid External Part of the Radius. Its 
 Name intimates its Ufe, and Figure. 
 
 C, The Supinator Radii Longus, ’ 
 
 D, The Supinator Radii Rrevis ; left at its Infer- 
 tion , which is here truly Expreft. 
 
 E, Flexor Carpi Radialis : It Arifes Flefhy ftom 
 th6 Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeri , Cleaves 
 to the Pronator Radii Peres A; in Half its Progrefs ^ 
 becomes Tendinous, and runs, under the Annular 
 Ligament , and is Inferted to the Upper Part of the 
 Os Metacarpi which Suftairis the Fore*finger as 
 here Expreft. 
 
 F, The Little Finger. 
 
 G, The Firft Bone of the Thumb made bare. 
 
 H, The HdduHor Pollicis ad Dorjum Manus , and 
 Ahdutlor Indicis Rais’d both together. 
 
 I, K, The Hbdudor Minimi Digiti: This we have 
 
 often feen, as its here Reprefented, Divided into 
 Two, and fbmetimes Three Diftin6l Mufcles, and 
 each of a differing Order of Fibres : It Arifes Firft 
 from the Ligamentum and Fourth Bone 
 
 of the Carpus ; Secondly from the Third Bone of 
 the Carpus ; Thirdly and Laftly from the Superiol* 
 Part of the Subjacent Os Metacarpi: The Two 
 Firft, Terminate at the Superior Part of the Firft 
 Bone of the Little Finger Forwards : The Latter 
 Ends at the fame Part of the faid Bone Internally and 
 Laterally. 
 
 L, The Flexor Pollicis Longus : This we have 
 Obferv’d to have a Twofold Beginning; the Firft 
 and Superior of which is Sharp, but fbon Grows 
 Flefhy at the Internal Protuberance of the Os Hu^ 
 meri., between the Perforatus and Perforans : This 
 Flefhy Body becoming Tendinous, again joins with 
 the Middle Tendon of its other Large Head. The 
 Second and Inferior - Origin of this Mufcle is that 
 Part' of it commonly Defcrib’d and here Figur’d. It 
 Arifes with a Double Order of Flefhy Fibres from 
 immediately below the Superior PartoftheR^^fax, 
 which Unite in a Middle Line 'or Tendon , not un- 
 like the Fibrillcz of a Feather joining to their 
 
 and before it paftes over the Articulation of the Oar- 
 puf arid under the Tranfverfe Ligament, itCom- 
 pofes a fbmewhat Flat Strong TendOn , running in 
 an Interftice in the Mtfculi Flexor Primi , and Secun- 
 di Internodii Pollicis , to its Implantation at the Su- 
 perior ‘Part of the Third Bone of the Thumb. 
 
 M, P, O, Flexor Primi & Secundi OJfis Pollicis: 
 It Arifes from the Ligamenttm Pranfoerfale Carpi, 
 'and Bones of the Carpus at the Bafis of the Mons 
 . Uundc , and Os Metacarpi that Suftains the Middle 
 
 Finger, and is Inferted to the Offa Sefamoidea of 
 the Second Internode, and partly to the Firft Bone 
 of the Th'unib. Its Actions are Various according 
 to the Diverfity of its Series of Fibres. So it Bends 
 the Firft and Second Bones of the Thumb either 
 Dire6Hy or Obliquely towards the Carpus and H'ola 
 Manus. 
 
 > ■ fc i - • . 
 
 ' N, N,. The Abdudor arid Part of the Flexor 
 Secundi Internodii Pollicis Rais’d together. 
 
 Q, The Ulnaris- Flexor Carpi: This like the 
 Radialis derives its Origin from the Internal Protu- 
 berance of the Os Humeri , as alfb from the Superior 
 and External Part of the Ulna , and is partly Inferted 
 in fbme Subjefts to the Fourth Bone of the Car- 
 pus ; but m6ft comm'only it paftes farther on , and 
 runs under the Tranfverfe Ligament, arid is Im- 
 planted to the Upper Part of the Os Metacarpi that 
 Suftains the Little Finger. Its Name denotes its Im- 
 ployment. 
 
 R, The Biceps left at its Infertion to the Radius, 
 
 S, The BrachidLus Inter ms. 
 
 T, The Internal Tubercle of the Os HumerL 
 
 * • 
 
 V, The Ulna made bare. 
 
 W, The Radius. 
 
 X, The Ligameiit between the Ulna and Radius. 
 
THE 
 
 SIXTY-NINTH TABLE. 
 
 EPRESENTS the External Mufcles lying on the Cubit > im- 
 ploy’d in Extending the Fingers » Thumb and Carpus. 
 
 1 he Skin with the Parts annex’d j Rais'd. 
 
 B, The Elbow •, which Bidloo Erroneoufly calls the External 
 
 /ipophyjis of the Os Humeri. 
 
 C j The External Protuberance of the Os Humeri., which 
 (in like Manner ) calls the Internal Apophyfts of that Bone. 
 
 D } F} The Radiatis Extenfor Carpi: This has Two Beginnings, and 
 does indeed reprefent Two diftin£t Mufcles; The Uppermoft 
 (F) arifes immediately above the External Protuberance of the Os Humeri , below the 
 Supinator Radii Longuss The' Other Beginning is beneath the former, either from the 
 Apex of the Extuberance of the Os Humeri, or Superiour Part of the Radius. Both its 
 Tendons, marching under the Extenfores Pollids, run under the Annular Ligarnent , 
 and are Inferred to the Superiour Part of the Ojja ‘Metacarpi of the Fore and Middle 
 Fingers. Vid.Tab.ji. F,I. 
 
 E, The Extenjor Carpi Ulnaris: This Arifes from the External Protuberance of the 
 Os Humeri, asalfo from the Upper Part of the t//»4,and is Inferred to the Metacarpal 
 Pone of theLittle Finger. If this and the Ulnaris Plexor, A6t . they move the Hand 
 Sideways towards the Ulnas arid in like Manner, if the Radialis Plexor and Extenjor, 
 Ad:, they move it towards the 
 
 G, Extenfor Digitorum.Communis , by fome ctWA.CnemocL^ilius} It fprings from the 
 Outward Extuberance of the Os Humeri between the Ext enfores Carpi, and its Tendons 
 pafs under the Annular Ligaments between the Lower Parts of the Ulna and Radius, 
 marching feparately over the Back of the Hand , do tranfmit Tendinous Filaments 
 to each other, before they pafs the.Firft Internodes of each Finger, and are Inferred 
 to the Firft, Second, and Third Bones of the Fore, Middle and Third Fingers. There 
 being no Force requir’d in Extending the Fingers, we need not wonder that the 
 Mufcles imploy’d in that Office are no larger in Proportion to their Antagonifts. 
 
 H , The Extending Mufcles of the Thumb , which are diftind;]y Expreft in the 
 
 following Tables. ^ ' 
 
 I, Part of the Tendon of the /W/c4ron 
 
 K Inferior, Abdudor Minimi Digiti. 
 
 K Superior, The Lower End of thsiUlna, next the Carpiu B, itsUpper Part call’d Olecranum. 
 
 L , The Annular Ligament. 
 
 M, Extenjor Minimi Digiti, Defcrib’d in the following Table. 
 
 N , Part of the Ulnaris Plexor. 
 
 O , The Anconms-: It Arifes Fleffiy from the Inferior and Back Part of the Os Hu- 
 meri, and growing Thicker as it Marches between the Superior Ends of the Ulna and 
 Radius, is Inferted to the lateral Part of the Ulna, a Thumbs Length below the Ole- 
 cranum, or Elbow. This Affifts in Extending the Cubit. 
 
 P, Part offhe Supinator Radii Longu's: This Arifes Broad andFlefliy from the Exter- 
 nal Part of the Os Three Finger's Breadth below the Termination of the Del- 
 
 toides; and Defcending Obliquely, it gradually leflens its felf,and makes a Flat, Broad 
 Tendon , which likewife grows Narrower till it’s Inferted to the External and In- 
 ferior Part of the Radius, near the Carpus. Vid. Pab. 68. C. 
 
 CL, Part of the Gemellus, which is fometimes continuous with the Anconms. 
 
 R , Part of the Brachims Internus. 
 
 S, oi ths Biceps Cubiti. 
 
 THE 
 
i 
 
 \ 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
 ti 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 

THE 
 
 
 SEVENTIETH TABLE. 
 
 > 
 
 ^^^f^^^^^IVERSMulcles which Extend the Fingers 5 and Thumb; 
 
 Ibmewhat Separated from each other and Rais’d. 
 
 A 9 The Firfl: Internode of the Fore-Fingen 
 B 5 The Firfl: Internode of the Little-Finger. 
 
 C Inferior^ The Second Internode or Bone of the Thumb. 
 Qt Superior 9 Mufctdus Extenfor '^ertii Internodii Pollicis : This 
 
 has a Broad partly Flefliy Origination from the Ulna, imme- 
 diately below the Beginning of the Extenjor Primi Intermdii, or 
 between it and the Indicator, as alfo from the Ligament be- 
 tween the 1 aft nam’d Bone and Radius 9 whence Defcending Obliquely becomes Ten- 
 dinous, as it Marches in a Proper Sinus on theTnferior of the Radius^ wherein 
 it’s Enclos’d by an Annular Ligament, palling over the Two Tendons of the RadUus 
 Extenfor9 to its Implantation at the Superior Part of the Third Bone of the Thumb. 
 DD , The Extenjor Digitorum Communis, 
 
 FF, ^c. Its Tendons palling over the Firfl: and Second Joints of the Fingers, here 
 fupported with a Pen. 
 
 GG , The Radialis Extenjor ftretch’d out with a, Pair of Compalles. 
 
 HH j The Ulnar is Extenjor* 
 
 . I, -The Anconms, .. .. ..... • - 
 
 K, The Extmfor Mimml Digki Proprius: This Arifes partly Tendinous at the Extre* 
 tnity of the External Protuberance of . the 0/ Humeri y and partly Flefliy from the Su» 
 penor Part of the UlnUy between the Extenjor Communis ’Digitorum y and Ulnaris Extenjor; 
 and becoming Tendinous as it pafles under the Hgamentum Annulare the Carpus y Vfh&ce 
 it is Divided intoTwo> fometimes. Three Tendons, which are again United near 
 their Infertions to the Firfl:, Second j and -Third Bones of the Little Finger. 
 
 L, Part of the Ulnaris Plexor, ' . ' ' 
 
 M > The Upper of the V/»4, ' “ ' ' 
 
 N , The JAtJculus Indicator t or Extenjr Indicts Propiusi This ^Arifes Flefhy from the 
 External Part of the Ulna next the Radius 9 immediately below the Extenfores Pollicis, 
 and in its Oblique Defccnt becomes Tendinous, Running under the Annular Liga- 
 ment on d. Sinus 9 in the Lower Part of the Radius 9 and pafles over the Os Metacarpi 
 Jndicis ,^oin^ with the Tendon of the Extenjor Communis Digitorum, and is Inlerted with it. 
 
 00 , The Extenfores Secundi teller tii Internodii Pollicis* 
 
 P , The Lower Part of the Ulna* 
 
 QQQs The Inter-Offei, 
 
 R, The AhduSior Minimi Digiti. 
 
 S, The AbduHor Pollicis ad Dorjum Manus* 
 
 N n 
 
 THE 
 
1 
 
 THE 
 
 SEVENTY-FIRST TABLE. 
 
 HEWS the Mufcles Employ’d in Extending the Carpus^ and 
 ^ Fingers^ Rais’d? and left at their Infertions. 
 
 A ) The kadius made bare. 
 
 B j The Vina made bare. 
 
 Cj The Upper End of the Radius^ Articulated with the Os 
 ‘Humeri, 
 
 D j The Ligament joining the Vina and Radius together. 
 
 _ ^ d^^fcalus Ulnaris Extenfor, 
 
 FjIjCCj Radialis Extenfor\ I, by Bidloo is Erroneoufly call’d Extenfor Indicis, 
 
 G, Supinator Radii Bredis: The Origin of this Mufcle is here well Expreft and its 
 
 Iniertion ? 68. D. 
 
 H , Part of the Extenfor Digitorum Communis, 
 
 K j Extenfor Adinimi Digit i Froprius, 
 
 L 5 Superior > Extenjor T^ertii Internodii Foliicis, 
 
 MMj The Bones of the Carpus. 
 
 NNN > The OJfa Metacarpi. • 
 
 OO^ Ext enf ores Primi & Secundi Internodii Follicis derive their Originations from 
 
 the Ulna y like the Extenfor Hertii Interrtodiiy and are Inferted to the refpe£live'Bones of 
 the Thumb. 
 
 ♦ ■ * * * o 
 
 P 5 Part of the Extenfor Communis Digitorum y together with the Indicator. 
 
 Q The Tendinous Origin of the Ulnaris Flexor ^ ciit from the Ulna. 
 
 R) The Ligaiiient Rais’d which Inclofts the OJfa Carpi at their Articulations ? with 
 the Radius. 
 
 S, The Addu&or Follicis ad Dorfum Manus: It Arifes from the Lower Part of the Os 
 Metacarpi of Fore-finger, and Defcends Obliquely to its Broad Termination at the Su- 
 perior Part of the Firfl: Bone of the Thumb. . .. . . 
 
 T? *Tl\\Q AhduSlor Minimi Digiti. ‘ 
 
 VVV> TihQ Jnter^OJfei. 
 
 - t ' 
 
 THE 
 
 I 
 
 < 
 
 ■m, _^'r, , t'-;. 
 
 

 
 huK'l 
 
 
 mmsmm 
 
 
 M 
 
 J 
 
>•’1: 
 ' :r 
 
 j 
 
 t 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 .'I 
 
 I 
 
 Id 
 
 I 
 
 ( 
 
 
 i 
 
 'i 
 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 

 
 
 ) 
 

THE 
 
 SEVENTY-SECOND TABLE 
 
 tl)c Arm 5 Cubit j and Hand are comprehended 
 • under the Title of the Whole Hand; fo the Thigh, 
 Leg and Foot, are in common callM the Foot. 
 The Bones of thofe Parts are Reprelented, 
 
 ^ Tab. 103, 104., 10)-. where we (hall fpeak of 
 the particular Denominations of the Parts lall mention^: 
 at prefent being to Explain the Mufcles , 
 which move the Bones; F'irft of the Mufcles j which move 
 Thigh-Bone. The Skin and Fat of die Buttocks being 
 Raised, the Mufcle, which Firft offers its felf to View, is 
 the Glutaus Major, here Rais’d and laid afide to fhew its 
 Inferior Surface (A.) The Superior or External Surface of 
 this Mufcle Appears Compos’d of divers Mufcles, in whofe 
 Interjlitia the Fat is Inferted, and requires an Artificial Ma- 
 nagement of the Knife in freeing the Mufcle of it, fo as to 
 leave no Part of the Fat beJiind, nor Wound the Flefliy Fi- 
 bres of the Mufcle. ^ 
 
 A,BB, C, The Glut<eus Major and Turn’d Down- 
 ward. This Mufcle is not well Defcrib^d by J 4 natomtfls , 
 they only mentioning its Flefhy Part here Expreii; befides 
 which, it has a Large Broad Tendinous Part , Springing 
 irom the Whole External Margin of the Spine of the Os 
 Ilium (Q O) uext t\\t Mufculus Communis Membranofus, 
 whence Marching over the External Part of the Gluiaeus 
 Medius (D); at the Great Trochanter (EE), it meets with 
 the Flefhy Part of this Mufcle, Ariling from the Pofterior 
 Part of the Spine of the Os llimn , hindermoll Part of the 
 ^crum Laterally, and Os Coccygis, and Cleaving to the 
 Broad Ligament that’s Extended between the Two lall men- 
 tion’d Bones and Tubercle of the Os Ifchium\ its Flefliy Fi- 
 bres Defcend Difgregately in an almoll Semicircular Manner, 
 and become Tendinous as they approach the Great Trochanter 
 where it’s United with its Firfl Defcrib’d Tendinous Begin- 
 ning, which togetherDefcendingovertheGreat^rorhW^’r, 
 joins with the Tendon of the Membranofus (of which here- 
 after,) and proceeds to Frame a Large, Thick, Strong 
 Tendon (C,.) Inferted to the Linea Jfpera on the Back of the Os 
 Temoris, near Four Fingers Breadth below the Great Rotator, 
 1 he FirR Defcrib’d Tendinous Origih of this Mufcle , do’s 
 not only ferve to fupport its Flefliy Body, but its Fibres Ex- 
 tending themfelves, Interfedl thofe of th.Q Membranofus as 
 they Cover all the Mufcles of the Tibia, do more Adequate- 
 ly Include thofe Mufcles, and Corroborate them in their 
 Adions ; as we have elfewhere Obferv’d of the Mufcles of 
 the Cubic and Fingers. When this Mufcle Ads, it draws 
 the Thigh diredly Backwards. 
 
 _ I was lately Confulted in the Cafe of a Fiflulous Ulcer a 
 little above the Great the tended Upwards, 
 and was at leafl Two Inches Deep from the Surface of tJie 
 Skin, and about Three Inches in Length: 1 could Difcover 
 the Bottom of the Sinus to be very hard like a Cartilage ; nor 
 was it at all fenfible to theTouchofthe Probe, as the Patient 
 Inform’d me; but on the contrary, told me, 1 then feetn'd to 
 
 Grate^ againjl the Bone, The Sinus had been divers times 
 Open d, and the hard Body at the Bottom ofit laid bare, but 
 the Wound could not be Cicatric’d : I OpenM it again , and 
 afterwards cut out the hard Cartilaginous Body which Co* 
 ver d the External Part of the Glutaus Medius\ the Wound 
 aiterwards Incarn’d, and was Cur’d in a few Days. This Pre- 
 ternatural hard Body was Fram’d in the Firfl Defcrib’d Ten- 
 dinous Part of the Glutaus Major, and the Blood- Veffels would 
 not Spring from it to afford Incarnation; nor would common 
 Elcharoticks Adt on it, wherefore it continued to lie Bare: 
 but after cutting it out thro’ the Blood- Velfels from the Sub- 
 jacent Mufcle , the Glutaus Medius Sprung up , and join’d with 
 diofe of the^ Membranes'under the Skin, by which means a 
 Lonnrm d Cicatrice was made. By this we may be Inform’d 
 now Ufeful Anatomy is in Surgery. 
 
 Gafe may happen on theTendinous Expanfion of 
 me Inferior Part of the Membranofus , on the Mufcles of the 
 Tibia and Tarjus, where dividing it only accordine; to its 
 Length may be fufficient. 
 
 D,EE,F, Glutaus Medius: This lies chiefly under the 
 lendinous Beginning of the Maximus, Arifing Flefliy from 
 almoft the Whole External Part of the Spine of the ///m , 
 whence Defcending becomes Thicker and Flefliy, and is In- 
 mrted (in a Semicircular Manner EE) by a Short Strong Ten- 
 
 ^n, to the Superior and External Part of the Great 
 Trochanter. 
 
 This Mufcle is. not only Employ’d in Extending the Thigh, 
 but is chiefly Serviceable in Turning it Inwards; and this 
 Action of It will Manifefl it felf, if in Time of Diffedtion 
 you give the TJiigh that Motion as it lies on the Table; you 
 may then 9 bferye the Fore-part of this Mufcle Notably Re- 
 laxt; and in Living Perfons when the Thigh is turn’d In- 
 wards , you may fee the Fore-part of this Mufcle Tumified , 
 which ought to be taken Notice of by Painters; or, if in 
 Performing that Adtion with your own Thighyou lay your 
 1 humb on this Mufcle , you may eafily Feel it move under 
 the Skin: Befides thefe Adlions, it’s alfo Employ’d in Strad- 
 hng or Pulling the Thighs and Legs from each other; it 
 Cooperating with tht Mufculus Membranofus in that Adlion. 
 
 G^ Part of the Triceps. 
 
 H, The Tyriformis or lliacus Externus. 
 
 1 1, Part of the Marfupialis. 
 
 K, The Great Crural Nerve. 
 
 'Lj ThQ y^ppendix of the Os Ifchium, whence the Mufclei 
 ^\"bing the Tibia and Mufculus Quadratus do Spring. 
 
 protended from the Os Sacrum to the Tu- 
 bercle of the Ifchium j or Os Coxendicis. 
 
 N, Part of the Os Sacrum, 
 
 GO, The Spine of the Os Ilium. 
 
 P , The Great Trochanter, 
 
 Externus, • 
 
 .J, Head of the Biceps FemorHi 
 
 S, i he Beginning of the Seminervofus, 
 
 
I'- 
 
 liv- 
 
 ..p 
 
 
 4 ' 
 
 
 THE 
 
 SEVENTY-THIRD 
 
 mm 
 
 I VERS Mufcles of the Thigh} (fc. 
 
 A} The Glutxus Major, 
 
 • B } The Medius } both being Rais’d and left at their Infertions. 
 
 C} The Glutms Minor in Situ: It has a Semicircular Broad 
 Beginning ixom the Dorfnm Ojftt llii , whence its Flefhy Fibres 
 Defcend to their partly Flefliy and partly TendinousTnfertion, 
 at the Superior Part of the Root of the Great T rochanter. < 
 
 This Performs the fame Office with the Medim^ mention’d 
 , in the Defcription of the preceding Table. 
 
 D}FiG,I,The Vyriformis } by fbme call’d Uiacus Externus , by Others Quadrigeminus Fri- 
 It Ariles Round and Flefhy from the Inferior and Internal Part of theOj Sacrum, 
 within the Pelvis of the Abdomen -) Defcending from thence Obliquely in the Great 
 Sinus of the Os Ilium (Tab. 99. Fig.2.F) above the Acute Procefs of the lfchium(lhid. G}) 
 and joins with the Glutms Medius heioxe it’s Inferted to the Upper Part of the Root 
 of the Great trochanter. This moves the Thigh fbmewhat Upwards and Turns it 
 Outwardi 
 
 E } The Os Sacrum. , 
 
 H} That Part of the MarJupialiS) call’d the Marfupium. 
 
 K } The Tubercle of the Os ifchium. 
 
 L. The Back-part of the px ///»»». 
 
 M} The G'teat trochanter. 
 
 N } The Muf cuius Quadratut Femoris: It Arifes Broad and Flefhy from the Epiphyfis of 
 the Os Ifchium, and pafles TranfVerfly of an equal Breadth and Thicknefs to its partly 
 Flefhy and partly Tendinous Implantation} at the Pofterior Part of the Os Femoris^ 
 below the Great t rochanter •. This turns the Thigh Outwards. 
 
 O } Divers Mufcles of the Hbk near their Origin. 
 
 THE 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 '•TTjJj'r-J 
 
 
 f-- \.:rr^-ftr^jr-fi 
 
 ri-' 
 
 -e " Tast 
 
 
 1 --^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t- S'- ■- 
 
 - ^ 
 
 ■V *>L * •'' 
 
 
 
 V,-. 
 
 *j£^- 3^ ' 
 
 A/'iv^r 
 
 ■bia 
 
 
 V. . 
 
 ««c 0 :^v.vrv:?.' 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 -,. .: '”»*r-4£K-.' 
 
 •... et-v’.-r*'-*' r* 
 
 
 
 •• • ^•~ 
 
 «.* •• >. - - .7 
 
 '*■ '5 i^-rr' 
 
 -i.^- 'tf-v-' . 
 
 - - . ; V' 
 
 • --A«#i - .»'Kr- ^ " I ^ - . -- 
 
 .M^ ’>t» • i '- - 1 » *» 
 
 -•i:; -‘-tr'i-'-V^-^^*" ^ 
 
 
 ‘ '.v^’Vs>- ' ':- - • V7v. • ,‘:‘ :y^.: 
 
 . S.^.-^'gf-- .'S-- 
 
 ■ *■- ' ■ ''i' ,..' '■ 
 
 ‘ .■ ■ -T- 
 
 - • 'i*. '/. '■ ■ji^’'?- 
 
 ■ '• -f:;: 
 
 ■'■% ■ 
 
 -r-. •-,- ‘ • 'V • : . . V »T-<’ A : ,, * ■. ,. 
 
 , •_ . * - •.-. * ■--••., v-^*^ - ,' ^ ■ '■ ' 0.1 »'^ ' ' -■ ••*'•* /.%’■■• ?;-*‘.^ * t'.: . 5 ,•;••< , •• i. , ^ .;^ ■,' 
 
 ' .y' o .-v- ''^■'' 
 
 •’^ ••■. y- .y:^.Ov.--::o^.;;;,v. ^ ' .' ^ ' 
 
 ■ j. ~ * “ ■*• * •'* I i' ' 4- «ii O » *■* 1 » ■■ ' A ‘ ' * ’■ » "*" '. 4 ’* ’'' . -4 
 
 *. *■ . v.^ . :•'■ ';• *■••-;. - • ’* ‘ * ..-. J-, I- ;■ . •, .' . ^ . .• -- . 
 
 ’f- '■•"’ 4 ’ A - •“ .- - 3i ' 4 '• V> . 4 ■■' 
 
 • ' -y -• •• y ■^•. '. ■ •#.' - . - • i ' • *•'' # -w: -v • 
 
 ' - 
 
 P- PMm.^ 
 
 ■ ■ ' ■ 4 > 
 
 vr -f ■- 
 
 *■ --Wt ^ - i -s tr ■ . ■*7'' ‘ 
 
 
 .Ti^ '«,j4 
 
 *->^y A-' 
 
 
 m 0 ••. 
 
 O', 
 
 .. I - . -■ ' -■. 
 
 :„0;iyy-y® 
 
 
 *-' ■■I 
 
 .■ -i'V 
 
 • A- -.K* • 
 
 
 
 
 rO '•■*'> -»*- 
 
 t i* 
 
 
 i'-vst’ 
 
 - -^‘' 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 4 - 
 
 • -.■ ■ -.f 
 
 '-. t '■ ; ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 ■ y W' 
 
 ■ ' 
 
 • '* .■‘^ '• 
 
 * • * 4 "» 
 
 ■■ .x-r. i.' .'{' 
 
 x -- 
 
 ; ' 
 
 ^ ’ • . 
 
 • ■- •• ^ .*■,■ 
 
 t 
 
 ■OVri-y'".' . 
 
 .» 
 
 1 . ■.. ‘ . 
 
 4 « 
 
 4 . • .* 
 
 A ■ 
 
 , ( 
 t - 
 
 ■t ' '- * 
 
 
 . * ‘ 
 
 • ^4 \ 
 
 * ' ^ ♦..» 
 . r • ■ r- ■* ^‘• 
 
 . «. • » 
 
 . . * 
 
 . . ■- ■ . ' 
 
 
 .7 • , 
 
 •' . .- r . 
 
 ,' ■-.'■*''s’ ' '• ■> 
 
 t 'll -^* '^2 . 
 
 . . . ' ' 
 
 '•.4 x 
 
 M 
 
 /.• . ). - . ... 
 y - 
 
 ’ * . t. 1 '* 
 
 ' , * 
 • •'»** 
 
 ■ **V*'0 . . 
 
 T ^r. - - 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 S-- 
 
 .■.->SS<./yV.:,X:V 
 
 i- <y »y. y. , 
 
 rf'>-‘- '-s>xi-** *. - . 
 
 > • • .:■.■■• 4 y^-: . ■' • 
 
 - ■'Sir:'?: '.-f: - 
 
 V • .*- • . 
 
 . ? -• ■ 4 • • \ 
 
 , • , ' . 
 
 ■: A -V,. 
 
 v's?.' *V ''CWViSf-w - ' 
 
 r - 4^ 
 
 IsWfl 
 
 ’wki 
 
 *- -■ 
 
 
 - 4 •'-: .■’ 'TStb^ ■- • 
 
 ■■ -4.y 
 
 „ s.-r. — 4 .' . •• 
 
 ,#^Vv- 
 
 . ■ ^•■v - A» ,.'“-y , 
 
 
 
 ^’Ttasast. 
 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 lEVERA’L Mufeles ImpIoyM in Moving the Os Femoris , Rais’d from their Origi 
 •nations ^ *and left at their Infertions. 
 
 A 5 The Ghitms Major , fcarcely Appearing under the Medius. . 
 
 B, The Glutdms Medius A from their Originations, and left at their 
 
 C^AnA Minor, j Infertions. . 
 
 '• D, The lliacus Exiernus , or Pyriformis hanging at its Infertion. ' " 
 
 ■E, Part of the Friceps. 
 
 F, G, The Marfupialis or Burfalis, by fome call’d Obturator Internus: It Arifes 
 Broad and Flefhy from the Os Ilium , Ifchium , Pubis , and Ligament that’s Ex* 
 tended in the Great Foramen of the Two laft nam’d Bones Internally; whence 
 pafTing Tranfverfly 5 it’s Infle6ted on the Sinus of the Ifchium N; on each Side of which, namely the 
 Acute O, and Obtufe Procefs P, Arifes its Second Flefhy Body, call’d Marfupium G; which. Covering 
 the Tendons deriv’d from its former Origin , Defcends Obliquely with them to their Infertion at the Supe- 
 rior Part of the Root 'of the Great Trochanter. 
 
 \Vhen this Mufcle A6ls, the Great Trochanter dire6ted towards that Part of the Ifchium N ', whereon 
 its Tendons are Infle6led, not unlike a Pulley; by which the Os Femoris is turn’d Outwards. 
 
 H , The Obturator Externus cut from its Origin at the Great Foramen (R) of the Os Ifchium ; its Name is 
 deriv’d from its Situation , its 'call’d Rotator Femoris Extrorfum from its life ; it has a Large Flefhy Begin- 
 ning from the External Parts of the Os Ifchium, Pubis, and Membrane that Covers the Foramen External- 
 ly, (oppofite to the Origin of the Marfupialis ) pafTing Tranfverfly Backwards, Leflens its felf ,and Grows 
 Tendinous at its Implantation to the Root of the Great Trochanter, 
 
 * I , The Head of the Os Femoris lying out of the Acetabulum , after the Ligamentum Latum Is cut off. , 
 k , The Round Ligament of the Femoris which is F alien’d to the Inferior Part or Margin of the Ace- 
 tabulum; whereby the Great Attrition af the Superior Part of the Acetabulum, with the Head of the Os Fe- 
 moris, is prevented in Walking, Running, and the like A6lions. 
 
 I, The Mucilaginous Gland Entertain’d in a particular Deprefliire. in the Bottom and Lower Part of the 
 Acetabulum; whereby the too Great and often Comprefliire of the Mueilage in Ordinary Motions of the 
 Thigh , is Prevented. 
 
 m , Some Remains of the Mucilaginous Glands on the Nebk of the Os Femoris , near the Conjunflion 
 of the Ligamentum Latum; which is here taken off, to Ihew the Head of the Thigh-Bone zti^Acltabuluni 
 of the Os Coxendicis. 
 
 K , The Os Ilium. 
 
 ' L, Tho, Os Sacrum, 
 
 ■ M , The Coccygis. ■ ‘ 
 
 * N , The Simis of the Os Ifchium in which the Tendohs of the Marjupialis pal(s. . 
 
 O, An Acute Procefs of the ^ 
 
 P, The Appendix of the Ifchium whence Springs the Bending Mufcles of the TiUti* ^ • 
 
 Q, The Lower Margin of the 
 
 R, The Great Foramen of the Os Ifchium and Pubis* 
 
 Pp 
 
 THE 
 
( 
 
 THE 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 fr- 
 
 I 
 
 
 I 
 
 SEVENTY-FIFTH TABLE. 
 
 XPRESSES divers Mulcles of the Tibia , 
 and fbme of thofe of the Thigh. 
 
 A, B, C,’ The Sartorius or Fafcialis Lou- 
 ghs 5 feu Longifimus Femoris ■: It • arifes 
 Sharp and Flefhy from the Fore-part of the Spine of 
 the Os Ilium , cJofe by the Mlufculus Communis of the 
 Membranofus , and Defcending Obliquely Inwards on* 
 the K-ctlus ^ and F^aflus Internus^ and over Part of 
 the Triceps of an unequal Breadth and Thicknels; it 
 meets with the Gracilis below the Middle of the Thigh 
 Internally , 'and Accompanies it in its Pallage over the 
 Internal and Inferior Head of the Thighi-bone ; where 
 it becomes Tendinous as it pafles under theStridln- 
 clofure of the Fafcia Lata , and is Inferred Four Fin- 
 gers Breadth below the Superior Part of the Tibia ■ 
 Internally ; it’s Employ’d in moving the Thigh and 
 Tibia Upwards fbmewhat Forewards , and Inwards j 
 in which Actions, the Upper-part of this Mufcle 
 Appears thro’ the Skin , which ought to be obfervM 
 by Painters ^ and Sculptors, 
 
 D, E, F, The Gracilis : It Arifes fbmewhat Broad , 
 partly Tendinous and partly Flefhy from the Os Pubis 
 Internally, between the Two Firfl Heads of the 
 Triceps and in jts ftraight Deibent on the Infide of 
 the Thigh, Leffens it felf, becoming Tendinous a 
 little above the Tendon of the lafl Defcrib’d Mu^le, 
 and is fb Inferted immediately beneath it to the 
 
 It Afhfis the Flexors of the Tibia. 
 
 G, 1 he ReBus : It Arifes Flefhy from a Promi- 
 nence of the Os Ilium ^ between the Fore-part of its 
 Spine and Acetabulum 2 b. pp. Fig. i- I,) thence 
 Defcends direftly between the y'ajius Externus and 
 Internus.^ over ^o,Crurms'. Its Fibres Externally 
 Defcend from a Middle Line Obliquely Laterally- 
 Internally they pafs according to its Length , and be- 
 come entirely Tendinous Four Fingers Breadth above 
 the Patella., where it’s United with- the Tendons of 
 the Two y'aJU and Cruraus^ and is Inferted with 
 them to the Tibia. 
 
 It AfTifls in Extending the Leg, as alfb in draw- 
 ing the Thigh and Leg Upwards. 
 
 H, The T^ajius Internus: It Arifes partly Ten- 
 dinous and partly Flefhy , at the Lima Afpera on the 
 Back-part of the Os Femoris from immediately be- 
 
 low the Lefler Trochanter , to Three Fingers Breadth 
 above the Inferior Appendix of that Bone Internally 
 and Laterally ; whence its Flefhy Fibres Defcend in 
 an Oblique and almofl Semicircular Manner , and on 
 a fudden becoming Tendinous, joins with the Ten- 
 don of the ReBus^ P^aftus Externus, and Crurms, 
 and is Inferted to a Prominence on the Upper 
 and Fore-part of the Tibia after joining with the Patella. 
 
 Its Office 'is the fame with the lafl nam’d Mnfcles. 
 
 I, The, jF^aftus Externus \ -Its Origin Externallyis , 
 
 Tendinous , Internally Flefhy from the Lower-part * 
 
 of the Great Trochanter , and Exterior Part of the 1 
 
 Lima Afpera of the Os Femoris ; whence its Fibres j 
 
 Defcend Obliquely Forwards , and on the contrary 1 
 
 become Outwardly Flefhy and Tendinous Internally, ; 
 
 and immediately becomes perfedly T endinous, joining I 
 
 with the Tendons of the Two laft Treated of i 
 
 Mufcles, and is Inferted with them (after joining with I 
 
 the Rotula) to the Tibia , as is above mention’d. 
 
 KK, Parts of the Triceps. 
 
 L, The PeBineus, by fbme call’d Lividus and j 
 
 Flexor Femoris’, it has a Thick Broad Flefhy Origin 
 from the External Part of the Os PeBinis, or Pubis, 
 between the Mufculus Lumbalis , together with the 
 Iliacus Internus , and Second Head of the Triceps', 
 whence Defcending Obliquely Backwards , becomes 
 a Flat Strong Tendon near its Implantation to the 
 Afperity, on the Poflerior Part of the Os Femoris, 
 immediately below the LefTer Trochanter, and the i 
 
 Termination of the Pfoas. This Ading together | 
 
 'with the Pfoas Magnus , 2 m^ Iliacus Internus, do not f 
 
 only Afliff thofe Mufcles in drawing the Os Femoris i 
 
 Upwards , but by its Oblique Curve Defcent from f 
 
 its Origin to its Infertion ; It-Diredfs the Thigh 
 fbmewhat Outwards, which is a provident Contri- 
 vance in Nature, leaf! in Walking, the Thighbones 
 by their .Oblique Pofition ffiould be Incident to turn 
 Inwards • wherefore this Mufcle is more particulary 
 Employ’d' in Dire6ting the whole Foot , viz. the 
 Thigh, Leg , and Foot Outwards , in a more Graceful 
 Step. 
 
 M , The Pfoas together with the Iliacus Internus, 
 near their Infertions. 
 
 N, The Ox 
 
 ! 
 
 THE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
r'‘*> id.- 
 
\ 
 
 i 
 
 

 
 |ii (« IW jp i 
 
 rnifmm 
 
 wr^ 
 
 
 iP!ipnMnPMiii«pp|p 
 
 *f 
 
THE 
 
 SEVENTY-SIXTH TABLE. 
 
 VERS Mufcles lying on the 
 Fore-part of the Thigh. 
 
 A, The Muf cuius Communis 
 of the Membranolus. 
 
 B, Part of its Tendinous 
 
 Expanfion Rais’d and Pinn’d 
 out; its call’d Membranofus 
 and Fafcia Lata^ from its 
 large Membranous Expan- 
 fion 5 Comprehending all the Mufcles of the Tibia , 
 together with Part of thofe of the Thigh : It hath an 
 Acute FIdhy Beginning from the Fore-part of the 
 Spine of the Os Ilium ^ between the Origination of 
 the Sartorius^ and Firfl Defcrib’d Tendinous Begin- 
 ning of the Glutcms Magnus^ being Dilated to a. 
 Flelhy Belly after an Oblique Defcent, it becomes 
 Tendinous Four Fingers Breadth below the Great 
 Trochanter y whence it Defcends Dire6lly over the 
 f^ajhis Externus^ to its Proper Termination at the 
 Superior appendix of the Fibula ; but in its Progrefs 
 thither, it is conjoyn’d with the Tendinous Expan- 
 fion of the Glutaus Magnus^ that Arifes from the 
 Spine of the Ilium , Covering the External Part of the 
 Glutdtus Medius^ and all the External Mufcles of the 
 Tibia , as well as thofe of the Thigh-bone , and Def 
 cending over the Patella , Comprehends all the Ex- 
 ternal Mufcles of the Tarjits and Toes, and joins with 
 the Ligamentum Annulare , which retains the Tendons 
 of the Mufcles of the Toes and Foot; Unlefs it may 
 be Fafcia Lata fliould End at the 'Lower 
 
 part of the Thigh-bone, or Superior Parts of the 77 - 
 bia and Fibula , and that the lafl: Nam’d Bones fhould 
 give an Origin to the Inferior Part of the Fafcia', 
 which feems to be Matter more of Controverfie than 
 Ufe. When this Mufcle A6ls, it draws the Leg 
 Outwards; its Tendon being join’d with Part of the 
 Tendinous Beginning of the Glut ms Magnus , having 
 a differing of Fibres Interfering each other, do 
 
 thereby Compofe a Strong Involucnun , as~' well In- 
 cluding ail the Common Mufcles of the Leg, as 
 Covering the Proper ; whereby thofe Mufcles are 
 Corroborated in their Arions. ’ ‘ 
 
 C, The Crureus or Femorcus: Its Ofigination is 
 Large and Flelhy on the Fore-part of theThigh 4 )one, 
 from between the Greater and Lefler' Trochanter , as 
 Appears Tab. 79. its Fibres Defcend diredly, and 
 become intirely Tendinous a little below the Opper- 
 part of the Tendon of the Ketlus , fbon joining with 
 that Tendon, together with thofe of the Two I^afli, 
 and Fixing to the Patella, is afterwards Implanted to 
 a Prominence at the Superior and Fore-part of the 
 Tibia. The Extending Mufcles of the Tibia are much 
 Stronger than their Antagonifis the Flexors, as Ap- 
 pears by their Magnitude and Conformation ; whether 
 in refpedl to their Variety of Series of Fibres in Gene- 
 ral, or Triple Order of thofe of the Kethis in Parti- 
 cular, and its Inclofure in the Fafcia Tendinofa: Nor 
 is this Conformation without fbme confiderable End 
 Defign’d by the Author of Nature; for fliould not 
 the Legs be Extended with a Force Exceeding the 
 Incumbent Weight, we fhould be continually liable 
 
 to an Inflexion at the Knees , thro’ the Preflure of 
 the Whole Body ; much lefs fhould we be able to 
 Tranflate the Body from one Place to another. But 
 the All-wife Archite6t of Humane Bodies has fb 
 Fram’d thefe Mufcles , as not only to make them 
 Ufeful in Supporting the Whole Body , and render- 
 ing them EfFe6lually Serviceable in Walking, Run- 
 ning , and the like : But thro’ the great Proportion of 
 Strength of thefe Extending Mufcles of the Tibia, 
 they are alfb Capable (upon Infledlion at the Knees) 
 by their fudden Acting to Extend the Legs withfucha 
 Force, as to remove the Whole Body from the Place 
 where it flood, as in Leaping : In which Adion , the 
 Extending Mufcles of the Back, namely the Sacrolum- 
 bales, Longifflmi Dorf, &c. and the Gaferocnemii o£ 
 the Feet do in like Manner Concur in Extending 
 thofe Parts : A likenefs of which is Reprefented in a 
 piece of Whale-bone, FtdeBorelL de Motu Animalium. 
 
 D, Part of the Sartorius. 
 
 E, The Tendinous Part of the Gracilis, 
 
 F, A Portion Rellus, as it Appears hanging 
 down. 
 
 G , The V'aftus Interms Rais’d and hanging down. 
 
 H , Part of the Vaftus Externiis in like Manner 
 Difleded. 
 
 I, The Firfl and Largefl Head of the Triceps , 
 which Arifes Broad and Flefhy from the Inferior 
 Edges and External Parts of the Os ifehium and 
 Pubis, and Defcending with an Oblique Order of 
 Fibres to its partly Tendinous and partly Flefhy In- 
 fertion to the Linea Afpera of the Thigh-bone im- 
 mediately below the Implantation of the Mufculus 
 Quadratus Femoris ; the Lower-part of this Head of 
 the Triceps Compofing a Strong Round Tendon, 
 Inferred to the Superior Part of the Internal and Low- 
 er Appendix of the Thigh-bone : The Second Head 
 of this Mufcle Arifes Tendinous from the Os Pubis, 
 but in its Defcent fbon becomes Flefhy, and joins 
 with the Former, near its Infertion to the Middle 
 Part of the Lima Afpera of the Thigh-bone : The 
 Third and lafl Beginning ot the Triceps, Springs 
 from the Inferior Part of the Os Pubis , between 
 the Origin of the lafl Defcrib’d Head , and PetUnms ; 
 and Defcending Obliquely, joins with the Firfl Head 
 near its Infertion to the.' Lima A /per a of the Thigh- 
 bone, immefiately above the Termination of the 
 Second Head. The Triceps moves the Thigh Vari- 
 oufly according to the Diverfity of its Beginnings ; 
 fb the Firfl Defcrib’d Part ofit draws the Thigh-bone 
 Upwards , Inwards , and fbme what Backwards ; the 
 Second and Third, Beginnings ofit, pulls the Thigh 
 more Inwards, and Turns it fbmewhat Outwards , as 
 when we put our Legs Acrofs each other. 
 
 K , Parts of the Pfoas , and Iliacus Internus. 
 
 L , The Mufculus PetUnms, 
 
 M , The Os Pubis. 
 
 N, The Blood- VefTels of the Thigh Ti’d. 
 
 O, T\\q Patella or Knee-pan. 
 
 P, The Inferior and Internal Part of the Lower 
 Appendix of the Thigh-bone. 
 
 Q, Part of the Tibia, 
 
 Q.q 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 1 '. 
 
 SEVENTY-SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 OME of the Mufcles of the Thigh and Leg Difledled from 
 their Originations, and left at their Inlertions. 
 
 ABC, CS'f. The Mufculus Biceps Femoris : BB 3 Its Two Heads 
 or Beginnings : C, Its Termination. , 
 
 D , The Semimembranofus , which in its Proper Situation is partly 
 cover’d with the Seminervofus (’Ej: It has its Tendinous Origin 
 from the Protuberance o(the Os Jfchium, andcompofingaBroadj 
 Flat Tendon in Half itsProgrefs, on the Backpart of the Thigh 
 it becomes a Round Flelhy Belly, lying under the Long Ten* 
 don of the Seminervofus'. About the Lower Appendix of the Thigh-bone (’Mj, thisMuf 
 cle is converted into a Strong Round Tendon, Running in a Channel on that Ap- 
 pendix, and is afterwards Inferred to the Superior and Back-part of the Tibia: This 
 Bends the Tibia, which AiSIion it Performs the more Advantageoufly by its Lower 
 Tendons, palling in a Channel on the Inferior Appendix of the Thigh-bone; which, 
 as a Puily not only Diredls it in its Office, but renders its Action in Bending the 
 Leg more V igorous. It mull be Granted , that if the Tendon of this Semimembranofus 
 had pall further on, and Terminated with thole of the Seminervofus , Gracilis, and Sctr- 
 torius, it would have rendred it capable of Performing its A6lion with Force; butin 
 regard the Number of Tendons here on this Internal Side of the Ham are already 
 Increas’d to Three, the Fourth could not well be admitted without fome Inconve- 
 niency, either in Performing its Office together with the Reft, or in the Figure of 
 the Part: Befides it leems to be no fmall Artifice in Nature, as well here in the 
 Leg, as in the Arm , to Furnilh both with Proper Mufcles, which Ihould Gradually 
 Bend them .• Thus the Shorter Beginning of the Biceps Femoris and the Mufcle now 
 Treated of, are Analogous to the Brachialis Intemus, Flexor Cubitis and this Contrivance 
 here feems the more convenient in relpedl ofWalking;in which a moderate Flexion 
 of one of the Legs is only Necellary , in Order to its Tranllation before the other; 
 
 E , The Seminer^ojus or Semitendinofus. 
 
 F j The Glutms Magnus Rais’d. 
 
 G, Part of the Gluuus Medius. 
 
 H, The Back-part of the Thigh-bone made bare. 
 
 I , The Vajlus Externus.^nxd^^ cover’d with the Tendinous Expanfion of the Mem- 
 
 branojus. 
 
 K, The Tendon of the Membranofus on the Vaftus. 
 
 ■ L,M,The Two Prominencies of the Lower Appendix of the Thigh-bone , of which 
 the Internal (M) is furrow’d to receive the Round Tendon of the Semimembranofus. 
 
 N j The Trunks of the Blood -V elTels cut off" in the Ham. 
 
 O , Part of the Crural Nerve. 
 
 PP, The Two Flelhy Beginnings of the Gaflerecnemius Externus. 
 
 THE 
 
 
',1 
 
 !'l 
 
 •'I 
 
 I, 
 
 1 
 
 !i 
 
 i, 
 
 li 
 
 ti 
 
 i: 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 ( 
 
 ( 
 
 \ 
 
 j( 
 
* 
 
 li' 
 
 \ 
 
 I 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
3<r 
 
 
 
 THE 
 
 SEVENTY-EIGHTH 
 
 TPRESENTS the Mufcles on the Back-part of the Thigh 
 
 partly free d from each other > and left at their Originations 
 and Inlerfions. 
 
 A , . Part of the Glut ms Major. 
 
 BB) Bleeps Femoris jn Situ : Jt having Two Beginnings ; the Sit* 
 perior and Longed: of which) Arifes from the Protuberance 
 of the Os ifchium (G) ) in its Defcent becomes Large and Flefhy. 
 and^ Lellening it felf) joins with the Inferior and Shorter Head* 
 which Springs partly Fleftiy and partly Tendinous from the 
 Lwea Ajjera of the 0/ fiwow, immediately below the Termination of the Glutms MagnuS} 
 foon alter thefe Two Heads or Beginnings of this Mufcle are United) it becomes 
 Tendinous as it Deicends in a Channel on the External Part of the Lower Appendix 
 of the Os Femoris, and is Implanted to the Superior Epiphyfts of the Fibula. 
 
 Befides the Office commonly Allign’d ) this Mulcle together with the Seminervofus 
 and Semimembranofus s it’s like.wife Imploy’d in Turning the Leg together with the 
 
 Foot) ©"c. Outwards in Sitting with the Leg Bended. . 
 
 CC, The Semimembranofus remov’d from its Proper Situation. 
 
 DD) The Seminervofus in like Manner Rais’d) and left^at its Origination and In- 
 fertion: This Arifes from the lame Protuberance of the Os Ifchium (Gj, with the Up- 
 per Beginning of the Biceps and Origin of the Semimembranofus (CC) ) and Defcending 
 Obliquely Inward after making a Flelhy Belly) Compofes a Round Tendon above 
 the Ham) which Deicends to its Infertion with the Gracilis and Sartorites ^ below the 
 Upper Appendix of the Tibia Internally. <, ; 
 
 £ ) The Pofterior Part of the Thigh-Bone. 
 
 FF) V^LVtS Ol th& Gaferocnemius Externus. , ■ . . 
 
 G ) The Protuberance of the Os Ifchium where the Bending Mufcles of the Tibk 
 above-mention’d do Arife. ' " : 
 
 H) Part of the ; ■ '/ ' • / . 
 
 I) The Great Crural NervOi - 
 
 . . .j a 
 
 I 
 
 ^ . . -V . J 
 
 > t 
 
 Rr 
 
 THE 
 
 
 
 ■ '■ 
 
 
 -m 
 
 Is 
 
 
 ■'i 
 
 «*.* I 
 
 . i 
 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 ^^^^I^^XPRESS ES Parts of fome Mufcles remaining on the Forepart 
 
 ^7 bbj A Portion oftheCr«««jftillremainingontheThigh-Bone. 
 C> The Internal Part of the j or Knee-pan. 
 
 D, The Infidje of the Tendon of all the Extending Mufcles of 
 
 - the T/foW United above the Patella. 
 
 of the Thigh-Bone. 
 
 AA, The Fore-part of the Thigh-Bone. 
 
 BB . Part of the Crureus Mufcle Rais’d from the Os Femoris. 
 
 EE , The Mucilaginous Glandules of the Knee -.The Situation of thefe Glandules 
 as well as others of this Kind, is fo Contriv’d in the fcveral Articulations of Bones 
 to which they belong, as that they are not liable to be Compreft by theAppofition 
 of the Bones in their Various Motions: Norare theyDeftitute of luchaCompreflure 
 as is Necellary to Accelerate their Mucilaginous or Slimy Juice, when Lodg’d 
 in their Excretory Tubes. The Tubes or Excretory Duds of thefe Glands, do not • 
 -Difcharge their Contents like thofe of the Fauces:, by open Apertures ; butareCarri’d 
 beyond the Surface of their Glands, and Frame a Fmbria or Fringe-like Appearance, 
 which hangs Loofe or Flaggy in the Sims's of the Articulations : This Contrivance 
 in thefe Excretory Tubes of the Mucilaginous Glands of the Joints, is not only 
 Necellary to Defend their Mouths from being Oppreft by the Mucilage contain’d 
 in the Sinus’s of the Articulations in its Endeavour to Return again ; but the too 
 Plentiful Excretion of this Mucilage is alfo prevented, and fuch a Quantity only 
 Emitted as is Necellary to Lubricate the Articulations in their Refpedive Motions. 
 Hence it Appears as in Violent Repeated Motions of the Bones , there is a greater 
 Expence of the Mucilage, fo there is a conftant Supply in Proportion to that Expence. 
 
 Articulation of the Thigh-Bone with the Hip, here cut from the Margin of the 
 Acetabulum i and left at its Connedion to the Neck of the Thigh-Bone. 
 
 H , Part of the Great Trochanter. 
 
 The Mufcles Adjacent to thefe Parts laft mention’d , are here fo confufedly Ex- 
 preft, as no Explanation of them can be Aflerted. 
 
 Hip-Bone. 
 
 G, Tht Ligamentum Latum, or Broad Ligament of the which Involv’d the 
 
 F, The Head of the Thigh-Bone taken out of the Acetabulum ^ or Cavity of the 
 


■s ahJ^^h -- ■"^4'^^' ‘'''^"^^ 
 
 .5;nA>WlM 
 
 as^sW 
 
 
 g^isSisisa! 
 
 
 
 J/T&. 
 
4 - 
 
 T H E 
 
 EIGHTIETH TABLE. 
 
 HE Mufcles on the Fore-part of the Leg lying under the 
 Fajcia Lata, 
 
 A, The Upper-part of the T/^wnext the which Com- 
 pofes the Knee. 
 
 B j The Tendons of the Mufcdi Perbnai in their Progrels towards 
 their Infertionsj as is Expreft in the following Table. 
 
 C, The Lower Appendix of the 'Fibula, call’d Malleolus Ex- 
 ternus. 
 
 Dj The Mujmlus T ihialis Anticus in Situ: Spigelius calls it Mujculus Catena thecuuk when 
 it is Divided, the Patient is Oblig’d to Ufe a Sling to Support the Foot for fome time. 
 I have more than once feen this Mufcle Divided , whether by Ignorantly Mis-applying 
 of Caufticks on Nodes of the Ttbia, or in the Cafe of a Fradure of that Bone , and 
 the Patient after fome Time has Recover’d the compleat Adion of Lifting up his 
 Foot, by the Extenfor Pollids Pedis , H: The Fibialis Anticus derives its Flefhy Origin 
 from the Lower-part of the Superior Appendage of the Fibia between its Prominence, 
 where the Great Tendon of all the Extending Mufcles of the Leg is Inferted , and 
 the Orio'ination of the Mujculus Extenjor Digitorutn Pedis Longus Jeu Magnus s it alfo con- 
 tinues a^Difgregated Flefliy Origination for near Two Thirds of the Superior Part of 
 the Externally Laterally , next the Fibula-,, which Compofing a Flelhy Belly, 
 LelTens its felf in Half its Progrefs,and Growing into a Strong and fomewhat Round 
 Tendon, Defcends Obliquely over the Inferior Part of the T/^/<*,and under the An- 
 nular Ligament,and is Inferted to the Superior and Internal Part of the Os Metatarjs Pollids, 
 T his pulls the Foot Upwards and Forwards, Diredly. 
 
 Ea ThQ Feronms Longus, . , .. . 
 
 Fj 'ThQ Extenfor Digitorum pedis Longus, 
 
 G 5 Part of the Tendons of the Extenfor Bigitorum JBrevis. 
 
 Hj The Tendon of the Mujculus Extenfor Pollids Longus, 
 
 I, Part of the Gajierocnemius Externus, 
 
 « 
 
 ‘ N.B. TW the Mufcles are Exprefi in this Figure under the Fafcia Lata; Mch like a Bandage 
 "retains their Tendons in their Proper Situation^ in Order to Perform their Offices in Extending the Toes 
 and dramng the Foot Upwards, In the follomng Figure the Fafcia Lata is taken off , and the Mufcles 
 are Reprefented more DifUnd^ being partly Separated ^ and their Tendons Raised, ’ 
 
 Part of the Gafterocnemius Internus is Expreft in this Figure bemeen Ej and I. 
 

 THE 
 
 EIGHTY-FIRST TABLE. 
 
 IVERS Mufcles on the Fore-part of the Leg, partly Divided from each other. 
 
 A, The Superior Apophyjis of the 'Tihia, to which the Tendons of the Ex* 
 tending Mufcles (after joining with the Patella) are Inferred, 
 
 B , The Upper appendix of the Fibula. 
 
 C , Part of the Fibia. 
 
 D, The Heel or Os Calcis. 
 
 E , The Muf cuius Fibialis ^nticus. 
 
 F, ThQ Extenfor Digitorum Magnus or Longus^ it being the Largefl and 
 Longed Mufcle that Extends the Toesi This hath an Acute Flefhy Beginning 
 Externally from the Inferior Part of the Upper Appendix of the Tibia next the 
 
 Fibula as alfb a Long Flefhy one from the Superior Part of the lafl: Nam’d Bone, and Leflening it felfin 
 Half its Progrefs on the Leg, it joins with a Second Broad, Difgregated Flefhy Beginning, continued for 
 near Half the Inferior Part of the Fibula ; where Defcending under the Ligamentum Annulare of the TaluSy 
 it is Divided into Five Tendons, Four of which are Inferred to the Third Bones of all the Leffer Toes; 
 but the Fifth is Implanted on the Superior Part of the Os Metatarji of the Little Toe; which Part of 
 it, Mefalius makes his Ninth Mufcle belonging to the Foot. 
 
 G, The Extenfor Digitorum Brevis : It Arifeth Flefhy from the External and Fore-part of the Oj Gz/r/j, 
 fbon Dilating it felf to a Flefhy Belly , which being Divided into Four Flefhy Portions , become fb rhahy 
 Tendons, paiTing over the Upper-part of the Foot, make Acute Angles with the Tendons of the Former 
 Mufcle, as they run over the Firft Iriterhode of each Lefler Toe , to their Infertions at the Superior Part of 
 their Second Internodes. 
 
 H ^ The Extenfor Pollicis Pedis Longus 6 ? Magnus : It being the Longefl and Largefl Extender of the 
 Great Toe: Its Beginning is Large and Flefhy on the Fore-part of die Fibula^ from immediately below 
 its Superior Appendix.^ to Four Finger’s Breadth above its Inferior one ; and Defcending under the Liga- 
 mentum Annulare of the Tarjus ^ between the Tendon of thd Tibialis Anticus ^ and the Tendons of the 
 Extenfor Pedis Longus , Marching along the Superior Part of the Foot ; it’s Inferted to the Upper-part of 
 the Second Bone of the Great Toe; its Name declares its Ufe. 
 
 I, The Peroneeus Primus feu Magnus in Situ : In the following Table it’s Rais’d from its Origin, and 
 left at its Infer tion. 
 
 K, The Skin on the Bottom of the Foot, call’d Planta Pedis taken off. 
 
 LL, A Style or Bodkin Supporting the Tendons of the Extenfor Digitorum Longus, 
 
 M, The Lo^^er Appendix of the Fibula^ call’d Malleolus Exierniis. 
 
 N, Part of the Bone, call’d Talus and Aftragalus made bare, fb that its Cartilaginous Surface that is 
 Articulated with the Inferior Part of the Tibia and Fibula^ may be feen. 
 
 O, The Mucilaginous Gland of the Entertain’d in the Large Cavity or InterJiitium^Ys2X£i^ be- 
 
 tween the Talus and Oblongs Tubercle of the Os Calcis \ the Ufe of which Cavity 2^6. Mucus ^ is taken 
 Notice of by Realdus " Columbus Lib. I. Cap. xxxii. to Moiffen the Articulation of the Bones, leaf! they 
 become Dry by their frequent Motion. 
 
 P, The Tendon of the Peronaus Longus Marching behind the Malleolus Externus^ in its Way to its 
 
 Infertion in the Bottom of the Fool . • . 
 
 Q, Part of the Tendon of the Teronms Secundus, 
 
 R, The Extenfor Tollicis Brevis in Situ. 
 
 S , Part of the Gaferocnemius Externus, 
 
 T , Part of the Internus, 
 
 N.B. That the Fafcia Membranofa which Helps to Compofe the Annular Ligament^ between the Two 
 Malleoli and Upper-part of the Foot or T arfus , commonly calPd the Injlep , is here taken off from its Conti- 
 nuance near Half the Lower-part of the Tibia, that of the Upper-part of the Leg or Tibia remaining on^ as 
 is ivell Expreft in this Figure^ 
 
 \ 
 
 : 
 
 ‘.f. 
 
 
 
I nil . 
 

 ; S -, 
 
 
f 
 
 
 ! 
 
 
 <1 
 
 
 
 ' '’H 
 
 
m 
 
 THE 
 
 EIGHTY-SECOND TABLE. 
 
 HE WS the Extending^ MulHes of the Toes, together with divers Imploy’d 
 
 in the Motion of the Foot Differed from their Originals, and left at their 
 1 endinous Iniertions. 
 
 3 The Infide of the Tihicilis u^nticus freeM from the T^ihici 
 
 by Ibme call’d SemifibuUus: It has an Acute 
 Flefliy Beginning from above the Middle of the External Part of the Fibula , 
 under Ae Flelhy Belly of the Peronms Longus, continuing to derive a Dif- 
 gregated Flefty Beginning from the Pofterior Sharp Edge of theEt^«/«, Com- 
 pofing a Fle% Belly; it Grows Tendinous as it palTes behind the Malleolus 
 
 - „ Exterms, under the Tendon of the Veroneeus Longus, and is Inferted to the 
 
 Superior and External Part of the Os Metatarfe of the Little Toe. 
 
 This draws the Foot Outwards. 
 
 T Longus, fo call’d becaufe it is the Firft that offers its felf to View, and the 
 
 Longeft Mulcle plac d on the Os Penne or Fibula;, it Ariles Externally Tendinous, and Internally Flelhy, 
 from above Half the Superior Part of the Fibula , Defcending fomewhat Backwards , Compofes a Strong 
 Flat Tendon which becomes f^ewhat Round as it Marches in a Channel on the Malleolus Externus \ 
 whence It s Inflea^ Forwards 8i. P,) Accoippaning the Tendon of the Peroneeus Secundus to its In- 
 fertion (m/MQ); where the Tendon of this Mufcle leaves it , and proceeds to March over the Or C«- 
 
 and under the whence it paffes in Pedis, between 
 
 ^e OJfa Cmetforma and Tendons of the Mufcles Bending the Toes , to its Implantation at the Superior and 
 Hindmolt Part of the Os Metatarfi of the Great Toe, as is Expreft, Tab. 86. Fig i M Ibid. Fig 2 F 
 
 This Contrivance in Nature in conveying the Tendon of this Mufcle, not only over ’the Lower Mppetl. 
 dixoi^Fsbula, but on the Or (as aRopeon a Double Pully) is very conflderable in refpeftto 
 
 Its Office; for fince the Ball of the Great Toe (to which Part this Tendon is Inferted) is Neceffarv for the Center 
 of Gravity to the Whole Body; it is an Inftance of the Sldll of the Divine Architeft fo d Difpofe of this 
 Inftrument, t^ich brings that Center towards a Perpendicular Bearing (which Neceffarily Projeftsfrom the 
 Fu ciment or Ttbta) by adding this Double Pully ; which Compofing Angles of Contortion do’s Recipro- 
 cally Augment the Force of making the Ball of the Great Toe Approach towards a right Bearing with the 
 
 Tibia; and by this means fuftains the Weight of the Body, tho’ it is not in a Direft Pofition with the 
 Gravity of the Whole. 
 
 D 5 The Extenfor Digitoriim Pedis Longus. 
 
 EEE, lie. Its Five Tendons Inferted to the Extream Internode of the Leffer Toes; Two of which go 
 to the Little Toe, as here Expreft. ® 
 
 e. One of the Tendons of the Extenfor Digitorum Magnus, Implanted on Os Metatarfi of the Little 
 
 Toe. 
 
 F, The Extenfor Digitorum Pedis Brevis. * ‘ - - 
 
 fff. Its Tendons. * " 
 
 G, Tho Extenfor Pollicis Longus ^ 
 
 H, The Extenfor PoUicis B revis. 
 
 I , The Tibia. 
 
 K, The Fibula. 
 
 LLL, The Bones of the Tarfus Conneded to each other, and the OJfa Metatarf, by Ligaments. 
 
 M, The Great Ligament of the Articulation of the Tarfus ,mth tho Tibia and Fibula Divided, tolhew 
 the Upper Cartilaginous Surface of the Os Tali or AJlragaluL 
 
 N N , The Mifculi Inter-OJfei lying between the Bones of the Metatarfus. 
 
 O, The Abdudor Minimi Digiti. 
 
 P , Part of the Flexor PoUicis Longus remaining in Situ on the Back-part of the Fibula. 
 
 Q, Part of the Gaferocnemius Internus. 
 
 R, The Trunks of the Nerves and Blood-VelTels which are Infervient to the Mulcles on the Fore-part 
 
 of the Tibia. ^ 
 
 S, The Ligament between the Tibia and Fibula which Diftinguifhes the Mufcles of the Fore-part from 
 thofe behind. ^ 
 
 1 
 
 1 : 
 
 Tt 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 ■ 
 
 EIGHTY-THIRD TABLE. 
 
 EPRESENTS divers External Mufcles 
 of the Leg and Bottom of the Foot. 
 
 A 5 The appendix of the Ti- 
 bia^ which Helps to Compofe the In- 
 ternal Lateral Part of the Knee. 
 
 B 5 The Body of the Tibia. 
 
 C, The Os Calcis. 
 
 D 5 Part of the Mufculus Popliteus Inferted to the 
 Upper and Internal Part of the Tibia. 
 
 E, The G after ocnemius Exterms ^ fo call’d, be- 
 caufe it’s the External Mufcle which Helps to Com- 
 pofe the Calf of the Leg : ftingius DifHnguilhes 
 
 this here ExprefI: , with its Companion on the Outfide 
 of the Calf, by the Name of Gafterocnemius ^ and 
 the Subjacent Mufcle, he calls Soleus^ from its Fi- 
 gure being like that of the Sole-Fifli , which Others, 
 as Spigelius, &c. call G after ocnemius Internus- This Ex- 
 ternal Mufcle is alfb call’d Gemellus^it being as it were 
 Double; it having Two Difl:in 6 l Flefhy Originations, 
 from the Superior and Hindmofl: Parts of each 
 Tubercle of the Lower Apendage of the Thigh-bone; 
 which in their Defcent are each Dilated into Two> 
 Large Flefhy Bellies : The Innermofl of which is 
 Thickefl: , and Largefl: ; each of thefe Flefhy Bellies 
 having a Differing of Fibres , join to each other, 
 
 near where they make a Broad Strong Tendon, 
 which Narrowing it felf, joins with the Great Ten- 
 don of the G after ocnemius Internus , Four Finger’s 
 Breadth above its Infertion to the Os Calcis. 
 
 Riolan Aflerts with Tefalius ^ That in the Two 
 Beginnings of this Mufcle, there are Two OJftcula 
 Sefamoidea ;wh\c\i we mufl Acknowledge v/ithMar- 
 chette , have hitherto Efcap’d our Obfervation , tho’ 
 it’s likely it may be fb in Aged Bodies ; as Appear’d 
 in a Subjed I lately DifTeded , on one Side only. 
 
 When this Mufcle Ads, the Foot is faid to be Ex- 
 tended or pull’d Backwards, which Motion of it is 
 very Neceffaryin Walking, Running, Leaping, and 
 Standing on Tiptoe, &c. Hence it is thofe that 
 Walk much, have thefe Mufcles Larger than others, 
 thro’ the frequent Ufe of them, and amongfl: whom 
 thofe that carry heavy Burthens , and efpecially Se- 
 dans ox Chairs in this Town; and thofe who wear 
 Low-heel’d Shoes have thefe Mufcles Remarkably 
 Larger than others. 
 
 F, The Tendinous Expanfion of the Mufculus^ 
 Plantaris free’d from the Bottom of the Foot. 
 
 G , The Perforatus , fb call’d , becaufe its Tendons 
 are Perforated like thofe of the Fingers. It is alfb 
 call’d Flexor Secundi Internodii Digitorum P edis , from 
 
 its Ufe , and Sublimis from its Situation : It Spf ingeth 
 from the inferior and Internal Part of the Os Calcis.^ 
 between the Mufculi Abdutlores of the Greater and 
 Leffer Toes, Dilating it felf to a Flefhy Belly ; after 
 it hath pafs’d the Middle of the Planta Pedis\ it is 
 Divided into Four Flefhy Portions , which become fb 
 many Tendons, and are Divided near their Termi- 
 nations to Admit the Tendons of the following 
 Mufcles or Perforatus , to pafs thro’ them to their In- 
 fertions ; thefe Tendons being United again , pafs 
 Underneath the Perforantes to their Implantations at 
 the Upper-part of the Second Bone of each Leffer 
 Toe. 
 
 HH, The Tendons of the Perforans pafTing thro’ 
 the Divifions of thofe of the Perforatus lafl Deferib’d. 
 
 I, The Tendon of the Flexor Pollicis Longus. 
 
 K , The Abdudor Pollicis , fb call’d from its Office: 
 It Arifes partly Tendinous and partly Flefhy from 
 the Internal and Lateral Part of the Os Calcis , and in 
 Half its Progrefs Compofes a Tendon which joins 
 with another Beginning, Springing from the Os Cunei- 
 forme Majus^ and Navicular e ; both Marching For- 
 wards make one Tendon at its Infertion to the Ex- 
 ternal Part of the Os Sefamoides of the Great Toe 
 -Laterally: It draws. the Great Toe frorn the reff. 
 
 L , The Abdullor Minimi Digiti; -this Mufcle is 
 Outwardly Tendinous and Inwardly Flefhy in its 
 Origin at the External Part of the Os Calcis , and be- 
 coming Tendinous in Half its Progrefs on the Out- 
 fide of the Foot; it joins a Second Flefhy beginning 
 of this Mufcle , Springing from the Superior and Ex- 
 ternal Part of the Os Metatarfi of the Little Toe, 
 makes one Tendon at its Infertion to the Upper-part 
 of the Firfl Bone of the Little Toe Externally Late- 
 rally. 
 
 M , The Internal Malleolus. * ■ 
 
 N, The Tendon of the Tibialis Anticus. 
 
 O , The Tendon of the Gafterocnemii. 
 
 P , Part of the Small Long Tendon of the Mufcu- 
 lus Plantaris , in its Defcent towards the Bottom of 
 the Foot. 
 
 Q, Part of the G after ocnemius Internus or Soleus. 
 
 • Note, That Part of the Flexor Digitorum Pedis 
 Perforans and Flexor Pollicis , may be Jeen in this 
 Pofition of the Part between M and Q ; but the 
 Membranes not being taken of {in the Subjell whence 
 this Figure was taken) thofe Mufcles are here Expreft 
 'very Obfcurely. 
 


THE 
 
 EIGHTY-FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 E P R E S E N T S the Mufdes of the 
 Hinderpart of the Leg , after the 
 Gajierocnemii are Dillefted from their 
 Originals , and left at their Inlertions. 
 A A, The Two Inferior Heads of 
 
 the Thighbone. 
 
 B , Part of One of the Semilanary Cartilages plac’d 
 
 in the Articulation of the Thigh-bone with the Tibia , 
 this Cartilage together with that on the other Side of 
 this Articulation , Frame Two Shallow Cavities on 
 the Tibia ^ which receive the Prominencies of the 
 Two Inferior Heads of the Thigh-bone: Thefe Se- 
 niilunary Cartilages are Thick and Large, Externally 
 towards the Surface of the Tibia, to which they are 
 Conne6led and Gradually become Thinner as they 
 Approach the Center of the Upper-part of the ; 
 
 their Figure very aptly Reprefents a Half-Moon; 
 their Office is very confiderable in preventing thofe- 
 frequent Luxations and Difibcations which this Part, 
 on very flight Occafions , would otherwile be Inci- 
 dent to ; for which End thefe Semilunary Cartilages 
 are Conneded to the Broad Ligament which Invefis 
 this Articulation; which Ligament is very well Ex- 
 prefl: in this Figure, it being partly taken off from 
 the Hinder-part of the Articulation, tofhew-theTwo 
 Heads of the Thigh-bone. 
 
 C, The Miif mills PopJiteus’, by fbhiO call’d Sub- 
 popliteus : It Arifeth with a Short Strong Tendon from 
 the External Head of the Inferior Appendix of the 
 Os Fefnoris , whence Defcending Obliquely over the 
 Jundlure , it becomes Flefhy or more and more Ex- 
 panding it felf, till it’s Implanted to the Superior Patt 
 of the Tibia Internally , immediately below its Upper 
 Appendix (a): This Mufcle not only AfTifis the reft 
 Imploy’d in Bending the Tibia, hut it is Advan- 
 tageoufly Situated to Antagonize the Biceps Femoris , 
 when the Leg or Knee is Bended in Turning the 
 Foot and Toes Inwards. 
 
 D, The Internal Part of the Tibia. 
 
 EE, Parts of the G after ocnemius Externus Dif 
 fe6led from their Originations. 
 
 F, The Inferior or Internal Surface of the Ga- 
 fterocnemius Internus\ where a very Elegant Dilpo- 
 fition of its Fibres are Curioufly Exprefi, which 
 Appearance I have frequently Obferv’d ; but in fbme 
 Subje6ls , and particularly in One I lately Difledted 
 a quite different Series of Fibres of this Mufcle Of- 
 fer’d: This Mufcle lies under the G after ocnemius 
 Externus and Part of the Plantaris ; it’s call’d Soleus 
 from its Figure ; its External Flefhy Part is Cover’d 
 with a Tranfparent Tendinous Expanfion, which 
 makes it Appear of a Livid Colour; it Arifes partly 
 Tendinous, but chiefly Flelhy from the Hindmofl; 
 Part of the Upper Appendix of the Fibula, and Back- 
 part of the Tibia, immediately below the Termination 
 of the Subpopliteus , and Increafing to a Large Flefhy 
 Belly Compos’d of Various Orders of Fibres, all 
 which being United into a Tendon, join with the 
 
 Tendon of the External Mufcle^ and are Inferted td 
 the Superior and Hindmofl Part of the Os Calcis. 
 The Talus together with the Toes being as it were 
 a Leaver to the Whole Body^ ought therefore to 
 be Attended with Mufcles of great Strength to Ex- 
 tend them ; wherefore we find thofe Mufcles fb much 
 to Exceed their Antagonifl the Tibialis Anticus, as 
 well in the Advantageous Conflrii6lure of their Dif- 
 fering Series of Flelhy Fibres, as their Magnitude 
 and Irifertion at the Extremity of the Os Calcis by 
 which means they are not only rendred Serviceable 
 in Walking, Running, and the like; but do alfb Sup- 
 port the Tibia in Standing, leaft the Weight of the 
 Body fhould make them Incline Forwards at their 
 Articulations with the Bones of the Feet. 
 
 GG, The Plantaris left at its Orgination; or 
 which I rather believe , after Difiedlion from thence , 
 and Rais’d, is there again Fafin’d; its Proper Situation 
 being between the G afterocnemius Externus and In- 
 ternus', the Latter of which Mufcles could not with- 
 out Difficulty be taken from its Origination , as is 
 Reprefented in this Table ^ and the Plantaris left: 
 This Mufcle is fb call’d becaufe its Tendon is Expanded 
 in the Planta Pedis , like that of the Palmaris in the 
 Palm of the Hand : It Arifes Flefliy from the Superior 
 and Back -part of the External Head of the Thigh- 
 bone , immediately under the Outmofl Beginning of 
 the Gafterocnemius Externus ; whence Defcendirig 
 Obliquely between the Two Gafterocnemii , Com- 
 pofes a Thin, Long, Flat Tendon, which pafles 
 Oiit from between the Flefliy Bellies of the lafl nam’d 
 Mufcles , and Defcends Internally Laterally by their 
 Great Tendons (as is Exprefl in the preceding 
 T able P,) and Marches' over the Os Calcis , Expand- 
 ing it felf on the Sole of the Foot; where it almofl 
 Infeparably Adheres to the Flefhy Body of the 
 Mufculus Flexor Digitorum P erf or atus is Inferted 
 
 on both Sides the Firfl Internodes of each Lefler 
 Toe, and fbmetimes to that of the Great Toe. 
 
 The Office of this Mufcle is very Obfcure; its Ten- 
 dinous Expanfion on the Bottom of the Foot j is 
 chiefly Serviceable in Defending the Subjacent 
 Mufcles, Tendons, Nerves, and Blood- Veflels, 
 from being Comprefl in Standing, Walking, 
 
 N.B. In feme Bodies the Flefhy Beginning and Long 
 Tendon of this Mufcle is wanting. 
 
 g. The Tendinous Expanfion of the Plantaris 
 feparated from the Bottom of the Foot. 
 
 H , A Large Nerve jn its way to the Bottom of 
 the Foot and Toes. 
 
 I , The Beginning of the Flexor Pollicis in Sittu 
 
 K K , Part of the Peroneus Secundus. 
 
 L, ‘ The Beginning of the Perforans in Situ. 
 
 M , The Abduthr Pollicis. 
 
 N, The Skin and Fat taken off the Heel and 
 Bottom of the Foot. 
 
 Uu 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 eighty-fifth table. 
 
 LL the Mufcles Reprefented in the Preceding Table Rais’d 
 from their Originals y and left at their Inlertions. 
 
 A> The Inferior Part of the lAufculus Popliteus atitslnfcrtion 
 to the Internal and Upper Part of the , 
 
 3} The Internal Part of the Knee. 
 
 B» The Great Bone of the Leg call’d 
 C » The Leller Bone call’d FiMa. 
 
 D D j The Two Beginnings of the Gafterocnemius Extemust 
 Ej its Conjundinn with the Internal Gafterocnem Mufcle. 
 
 FF> The Mufculus plac’d between the External and Internal Gaftarocneni 
 
 Mufcles. 
 
 G, The T^ihialis Po/licusjo call’d from its Situation on the Back-part of the it’s 
 alfo call’d Nautimsy from the Ufe which Mariners make of it in Climbing up their 
 Malls ; it’s plac’d under the Plexor Pollids Longus and Part of the Perforans Digitorum Pediss 
 in fome Subjeds it feems-to have Two Flelh^ Bellies: This Mufcle remains undivided 
 between the Bones after the Circular Incifion for Amputations of the Leg below 
 the Knee: It Springs from a partly Tendinous and Flelhy Origination at the Superior 
 and Back- part of the Fibula, as alio from the Ligament between the Pibiamd Fibula', 
 whence Defcending> becomes Tendinous as it runs in a Sims on the Back-part of the 
 Lower Appendage of the Tibia call’d Malleolus Interms, under an Incloling Ligament > 
 and IS Inferted to the Os Plaviculare’. This Draws the Foot Upwards and Inwards. 
 
 Hj The Perforans or Flexor Tertii Internodii Digitorum Pedis', It hath an Acute Flelhy 
 Origination from the Back-part of the Tibia y immediately under the SubpopUteusy 
 having a Double Order of Flelhy Fibres United to a Middle Tendon like the Flexor 
 Pollids Longus y but ceafes to be Flelhy as it Marches behind ihs Malleolus Jnternus y Run- 
 ning in a Channel over the Internal Part of the Os Caldtsy and under its Incloling 
 Ligaments; in Half its Progrels through the Bottom of the Foot, its Tendon is Di- 
 vided into Four, which March through the FilTures of the Tendons of the Perforatus 
 I , and are Inlerted to the Third Bones of the Leller Toes. 
 
 I, The Perforatus in SitUy Defcrib’d Tab, 85- 
 
 K, The Flexor Pollids Pedis Longus is an Antagonill to the Extenfor Longus', It Ariles 
 oppolite to it from the Back-part of the Fibula y with a Double Order of Flelhy Fibres 
 palling to a Middle Tendon,- it ceafes to be Flelhy as it pafles over the Jundure of 
 the Talus, running through a Channel on the Internal Part of the Os Caldsy its Ten- 
 don Hill Marches under the Tendon of the Muf cuius Flexor Digitorum Longus Perforans, tO 
 which it moll commonly joins, and pafles in a Depreflure made in the Flexor Pollids 
 Brevis ("Elgantly Exprell in this Figure) to its Infertion at the lafl: Bone of the Great 
 Toe: Its N^me Declares its'Office. There are many remarkable Parts Exprell in this 
 Figure, which have been already Explain’d in the preceding Tables, as the Os Calds 
 made bare, the Malleolus Inttrnus, the Mufculus Abdudor Minimi Digiti, &c. Wherefore 
 we lhall not Infert particular Charaders of them here, as we have done in the 
 foregoing Tables. 
 
■ 
 

 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 

T86 
 
 s 
 
 \ 
 

 THE 
 
 EIGHTY-SIXTH TABLE. 
 
 ^^Sgi^XHIBITS all the Mufcles \vhich Appear 
 M in the Bottom of the Foot , after the Ex- 
 
 » panfion of the Plantaris is remov’d. 
 
 ABC, Mufadus Lumbricalis ^ by 
 fbme call’d Carnea Maffa in Planta Pedis ; It Springs 
 Flelhy from the Internal Part of the O f Calcis , and 
 Growing Tendinous, joins with the Tendons of the 
 Perforatus; where Growing Flefhy again, Divides 
 its felf, and Compofes the Four Mufculi Limbricales 
 FFE, (properly fb call’d from their Figure); all 
 which become Tendinous at their Infertions to the 
 Internal Parts of each Lefler Toe, Laterally next 
 the Great Toe: It is alfb call’d Flexor Primi Inter* 
 mdii Digitorum Pedis ^ from its Ufe. 
 
 aaa. The Tendons of the Perforans Running 
 thro’ the Fiflures of the Muf cuius Perforatus ; which 
 is here Dille6ted from its Original , and left at its 
 Infertions to the Lefler Toes, that of the Little 
 Toe being wanting. 
 
 D, Part of the Flexor Pollicis Longus. 
 
 G, The AbduCior Minimi Digiti Pedis cut from 
 its Firfl Original at the Os Colds , and left at its Se* 
 cond , at the Metatarfe Minimi Digiti. 
 
 H 5 Part of the Abduthr Pollicis. 
 
 I , The Flexor Pollicis Pedis Brevis in its Proper 
 Situation. 
 
 K, 'Tho. Tranjverfalis Pedis 'm like Manner 
 
 L , Parts of the Inter-OJfei. 
 
 M, Part of the Tendon of the Peroneus Longus ^ 
 in its Way to its Infertion in the Bottom of the Foot. 
 
 N, The Heel-bone. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 A , Between C C , and D , The Flexor P ollicis 
 Brevis: This, as Appears in the preceding Table, 
 feenis to be Divided into Two Parts, by the Ten- 
 don of the Long Mufcle Bending the Great Toe 
 paffing over it: It Arifeth from the Os Cuneiforme 
 Medium , and Marching over the T ermination of the 
 Peroneus Longus , is Implanted to the OJfo Sefamoidea 
 of the Great Toe, which Bones are (like the 
 afterwards Tied to the Second Internode of that Toe. 
 Its Name declares its Office. 
 
 B, The Abdudor Minimi Digiti cut from its 
 
 Origin and Pinn’d up. 
 
 AAA A, The Mufculi Inter-OJfei in Situ^ fbme- 
 
 what Rais’d. * , 
 
 CCC, Part of the Abdudor Pollicis, and Flexor 
 
 Brevis. 
 
 D, The Addudor Pollicis: This Arifes partly 
 Tendinous and partly Flefhy from the Inferior Part 
 of the Os Cuneiforme Fertium, after Compofing a 
 Flefhy Belly, is Leflen’d at its Infertion to the Part 
 of the Outermoft Os Sefamoides of the Great Toe: 
 Its Denomination Exprefles its Ufe. 
 
 E, The Franfverfalis Pedis, fb call’d from its 
 Situation: It Arifeth Tendinous from the External 
 Os Sefamoides of the Great Toe, and becoming a 
 Flelhy Belly in its Progrefs over the Firfl Interno- 
 des of the Two next Toes, it is Leflen’d at its In- 
 fertion to the Inferior Part of the Os Metatarf of 
 the Little Toe: Its Office is to bring the Lefler Toe 
 towards the Greater. 
 
 F, The Tendon of the Peroneus Longus at its 
 Termination. 
 
 G , The Os Calcis. 
 
 N. B. Parts of the Tendons of the Perforatus and 
 Perforans , are Expreji at their Terminations on the 
 Bones of the Toes* 
 
 fig- 3 - 
 
 A A , ^c. The Eight Mufculi Inter-OJfei of the 
 Toes, according to Bidloo and Others; the Firfl of 
 which lying on the Little Toe, we choofe to call 
 from its Office , Flexor Primi Internodii Minimi Digiti, 
 it not lying between the Metatarfal Bones like the 
 reft : Its Rife being from the Superior Part of the Os 
 Metatarf Minimi Digiti, it pafles Dire6Uy to its In* 
 fertion in the Firft-Bone of the Lefler Toe. The 
 Inter-OJfei are in Number Seven , they derive their 
 Names from their Situation , and may each deferve a 
 Proper .Appellation from their Ufe: The Firfl next 
 to the Mufcle laft Defcrib’d , may be call’d Addudor 
 Minimi Digiti', the Second is the Largeft, and 
 draws the next Toe towards the Lefler, and may be 
 call’d Abdudor Auricularis; the Third Antagonizes 
 the Former, and is an Addudor of that Toe; the 
 Fourth is an Abdudor Medii Digiti ; the Fifth is an 
 Addudor of the fame; the Sixth is Addudor', and 
 the Seventh an Abdudor Indicis Pedis : Their Origi- 
 nation , Progrefs i and Infertion , maybe feen Expreft 
 in this Figure. 
 
 B B , C C , Divers Mufcles of the Great T oe which 
 are contufedly Difpos’d. 
 
 D , The Abdudor Minimi Digiti. 
 
 E, The Tendon of the Peroneus Longus, at its 
 Implantation to the Os Metatarf of the Great Toe. 
 
it 
 
 "i!' 
 
 -.vy;'-: 
 
 THE 
 
 EIGHTY-SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 ‘AVING Examin’dthe Mufcles oftheLimbsandmoftofthofe 
 of the Head? Trunk and other Parts of the Body? and taken 
 Notice of many of the molt Remarkable Ligaments in divers 
 Articulations of the Bones: We come next to View the Whole 
 Compages of the Bones when Dried? call’d the Mem\ the 
 Fore-part of which is Reprelented in this Table. If you Exa- 
 mine the Proper Situation of each Bone ? you will find none 
 of them plac’d in a Perpendicular Bearing to each other: Above 
 Two Thirds of the Whole Head ? Projefts from its Articulation 
 with the Vertebra of the Neck: The Whole Ribs and Sternum which Compofe the 
 Fore-part of the ‘Thorax ^ together with all its Vifcera, as well as the Vtfcera of the 
 Lower Belly, Projed: from theVertehra of the Back and Loins: The whole Po- 
 fitions are Horizontal, Support the Arms, by their Connedtions with the The 
 
 Articulations of the Thigh-bones are not Perpendicular to the Grand Fulciment of 
 the Head and Trunk; (i.e.th.& y/ho\eVertebraf) but are plac’d before it. The Thigh- 
 bones Stand Obliquely Inwards, and fo do the Ttbk, tho’ not in fo great a Manner. 
 We Stand either on the Extremity of the Os Calds, and Ball of the Great Toe toge- 
 ther; or elle on the Ball of the Great Toe only, as on Tip-Toe. 
 
 A, The Forehead-bone Divided into Two Parts, by means of a Continuation of 
 the Longitudinal Suture, which may be feeri in divers Subjedts as hcrcExpreft; nor 
 do’s fuch an Appearance Determine the Sex as fome pretend. 
 
 B, The Bregma. 
 
 C, The Temple-bone call’d 
 
 D, The Yoke-bone or Os Jugale Compos’d of Two Procefles; the one deriv’d 
 Backwards from the Os Squamojhm, the other Forwards from, the Firfl: Bone of the 
 Vpper Jaw. 
 
 E , ' The Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 F , The Lower Jaw-bone. 
 
 G , The Teeth call’d Incifbres, 
 
 H, The Firft Rib near its Articulation with the Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 I , The ClavkuU on the Right Side. 
 
 K , The Procejfus Coracoides Scapula on the Left Side. 
 
 L, TheJ/frwworBreaft-bone* 
 
 MM, The Seven True Ribs. 
 
 NN, The Five Ballard Ribs, caW A Notha or Spuria. 
 
 O O , c. Divers of the Twelve Vertebra of the Back. 
 
 PP, es’c. Four of the Five Vertebra of the Loins; the Uppermoll being hid by the 
 Cartilages of the Ballard Ribs. 
 
 Q, , The Os Ilium. 
 
 R, Its Cpnjundlion, with the Os Pubis in the Acetabulum. 
 
 S, IPho Os Pubis. 
 
 T, The Oj Sacrum. 
 
 V , The Upper -part of the Offa Pubis ^ behind which, is 
 feen in this Poution. 
 
 W , The Os Humeri or Shoulder-bone. 
 
 X, The Ulna, Exprell in its Whole Length in the Left Arm. 
 
 Y , The Radius-, between which and Z, are contain’d the Eight Bones oftheC<ir/>«j'. 
 
 *Z, The Bones of the Hand, particularly thole of the Metacarpus. 
 
 1 , The Thigh-bone. 
 
 2 , The Patella or Knee-pan. 
 
 3 , Tihe Tibia. 
 
 4, The Fibula. 
 
 5,,, The Bones of the Foot. 
 
 the Os Coccygisi not to be 
 
 
 THE 
 

 

 
 
 
,T H E 
 
 EIGHTY-EIGHTH TABLE. 
 
 iS the Back and Side of a Humane SceUton. 
 
 What has been faid in the preceding Page relating to the 
 Pofition of the Bones* with refpe6t to their Bearing on each 
 other, feems better Explain’d in the Figure of this Table: 
 Whereby it Appears, if the Mufcles which draw the Head 
 Up, or Backwards, as well as thole plac’d on the Back-part 
 of the Whole Spine, were not very Large as well as Numerous, 
 the Trunk of the Body as well as the Head, would be con- 
 tinually lubje£b to fall Forwards. Nor could we Stand, much 
 lels Tranllate the Body from one Place to another, if the Extending Mufcles of the 
 Thigh-bones, thofe of the Tthu and. Feet, were not very Strong, as is elfewhere 
 taken Notice of in the Delcription of thofe Mufcles. Hence we may ealily Con- 
 ceive, why we can with lels Difficulty continue a Progreffive Motion for a longer 
 Time, than in a Standing Pofture; the Former being an Alternate Acting of moll 
 of the Mufcles; the Latter a Continued or Tonic A£bion of fome feys^ Mulcles only. 
 Hence alfo we may be Inform’d, why the greateft Part of the Gravity of the Whole 
 Body is fuftain’d by one Leg only in Standing, rather than with both at once: And 
 divers other Th/momma of which my Time at prefent will not give leave fo much as to 
 make mention. 
 
 A, The Forehead-bone. 
 
 B, The Bregma 
 
 ■ C, The Temple-bone. 
 
 D, The Yoke-bone. 
 
 ■ E,'The Bone of the Occiput’, near E is the Mammiform Procefe. 
 
 F, The Bones of the Upper-Jaw. 
 
 G, The Lower Jaw-bone. 
 
 . H, The Fourth Bone of the Upper-Jaw which Conftitutes the greateft Part ofthe 
 Roof of the Mouth. 
 
 mil, Five of the Spines of the of the Neck; theUppermoft Arifing 
 
 from the Second Vertebra, being Short and Double, do’s not Appear in this Pofture. 
 1 1 Inferior , The Spines of the Two Firft Vertebra of the Back or Thorax. 
 
 KK, The reft of the Spines of the Vertebra of the Back, 
 
 L L , Thofe of the Loins. 
 
 M , The Firft Rib. 
 
 N , The Scapula or Shoulder-blade. 
 
 ; n , Part of the Clavicula Articulated to the Spine of the Scapula. 
 
 ■ O , The Internal Part of the Sternum or Os PeHoris. 
 
 PP, ©"f. The True Ribs. 
 
 QjT? Some of the Inferior or Baftard Ribs. 
 
 R , The Os Ileum , 
 
 S, The Sacrum) 
 
 T, The Ifchiumy 
 
 V , The Coccygis. 
 
 W, The Internal Part of the Os Pubis. 
 
 X, The Os Humeri or Shoulder-bone 
 
 Y , The Ulna. 
 
 Z, The Radius. 
 
 I , The Bones of the Hand. 
 
 2 , The Thigh-bone. 
 
 3 , The Patella. 
 
 4, The Ttbia. 
 
 5, The Pibula. 
 
 6 ) The Bones of the Foot. 
 
 A Particular Delcription of each of thefe 
 
 Bones,' may befeen in the Explications 
 of the following Tables. 
 
 Yy 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 EIGHTY-NINTH TABLE. 
 
 HIS and the Three following Tables Reprefent 
 the Bones of the Skull, and thofe of the Upper 
 ' and Under Jaws. 
 
 The Bones which Compofe the Skull are the 
 0 [fa Fronth , Sincipitis ^Occipitis ^Temporuntf 
 _ Sphenoides and Crihriforme : Of thefe the Four 
 
 Firft areefteem’d Proper to the Skull; the Two Latter arefaid 
 to be Common to the Skulland Upper Jaw. The Bones of the 
 Upper and Under Jaws will be more'particularly Treked of 
 in Tab. pz. 
 
 'Fig. I. 
 
 The Convex Fore.parts of the Forehead-bone, with thofe 
 of the Upper-Jaw and Os Sphenoides ^ tls they Appear Se- 
 parated from the reft of the Bones of the Skull. 
 
 A, The Forehead-bone whofe Superior Margin , Sutur’d 
 with die OJJd Sincipitis^ Compofes near Two Thirds of 
 a Circle. 
 
 , BBB, Parts of the Superior or Table which fticks 
 
 out with Sharp Edges and Points, which are receiv’d in the 
 Inter jUtia of the like Fram’d by the Of[a Sincipitis. wlftch 
 Conjundtion is call’d Sutura. 
 
 CC, The Lower-part of the Frontal-bone, Compofin^ 
 the Superior Part of the Orbit of the Eye. ® 
 
 D , A Procefs of the Os Frontis near the Great Canthus 
 of the Eye. 
 
 E , Anodier Procefs of die fame Bone towards the Leffer 
 Canthus. 
 
 F, Part of the Os Cuneiforme join’d to the Frontal-bone 
 
 by Bidloo call’d Two Eminencies of the laft nam’d Bone * 
 on both Sides towards the Temples. ’ ’ 
 
 G, In this as well as the reft of the Bones of the Skull, 
 may be feen divers Foraminula^ for the coming in and going 
 out of Blood- Veffels, whether belonging to tht Dura Mater 
 and Common Integuments of the Skull, orZ)/>/o? of the Skull 
 itfelf. . 
 
 H, That Part of the Os Frontis ^ where a Cavity is Fram’d 
 containing a Pituitous Membrane, which is continuous with 
 that of the Foramina Narium^ and Helps to Separate Part 
 o: the Mucus that is Excreted at the Nofe. This Cavity is 
 often Divided with a Septum OJeum; as Appears inTab.pi. 
 Fig. 2. In fome Humane Skulls this Cavity fcarce Appears, 
 in others it is very Large, efpecially in thofe who have 
 Projefting Eye-brows. Thofe that take much Snuff may 
 liave Part of it, get up into this Cavity, and there Lodge, 
 and prove Pernicious. In Quadriipedes thefe Cavities are 
 Large and Divided by divers Bony Partitions , and Com- 
 municate with each other by Various Apertures: In Sheep 
 I have frequently found in thofe Cavities divers Large Mag- 
 gots , not unlike the Great Eruca Terrejiris. In Cows , 
 Bulls , thefe Cavities are very Large ; in thefe Animals 
 the Pituitary Membrane whicli Invefts thefe Cavities , fre- 
 quently becomes Inflam’d and Thickned; whereby the 
 
 is Pent up in thefe Cavities , and caufes a Difeafe in thofe 
 Animals, call’d the Staggers for which the Country People 
 (particularly in Suffex) perform this following Operation, 
 and the Animal is prefently reliev’d. 
 
 The Head of the Beaft being held in a convenient Pofture, 
 and the Operator Furnifli’d with a Mallet and Large Broad 
 Chifel: With One or Two Stroaks he drives his Chifel into 
 the Os Fronth which Compofes this Cavity; this done, 
 Jie raifes up the Bone with its Superjacent Parts, by means 
 of the Chifel ; then with his Fingers he Separates tiie Pituitary 
 Membrane from the Bone, and draws it out* This done, 
 he prefently Deprelfes the Rais’d up Parts with his Hand ; 
 and the Divided Bone afterwards Unites, and the Animal is 
 feldom Troubled with the like Difeafe afterwards. 
 
 This Membrane fill’d with FituitaU\\tw tell you) is a Wa- 
 ter-bag lying on the Brain. ^ ^ 
 
 The reft of the Bones Expreft in this Figure are Explain’d 
 Tak pi. Figi i. ^ ^ 
 
 Fig. %. 
 
 -The Internal Concave.Parts of the fame Bone Rcorefent- 
 ed in the Preceding Figure. ^ 
 
 A, That Part of the Os Frontis which receives the Fore- 
 part of the Brain. 
 
 BB,The Saw-iike Appearance of the Os Frontis after Dis- 
 
 jundlion from the Bones of the Sinciput^ at the Coronal Suture* 
 CC, The Superior and Fore-part of the Os Cuneiforme\ 
 join’d to the Frontal-bone. 
 
 DD, The Internal and Anterior Procefles of the Oi 
 formey which Help to Compofe the Sella Equina , or Turcica * 
 in tliis Sell the Pituitary Gland is Lodg’d ; the Contorted 
 Trunks of the Carotid Arteries pafs by it on each Side in 
 their Way to the Brain, where they fend out divers Small 
 Branches which Help to Compofe the Rete Mirabile : This 
 Procefs gives way to the Optick Nerves intheirProgrefsto 
 the Eyes. 
 
 FF Inferior i Two Internal Long Proceffes of the Os 
 Sphenoides join’d with the Os Frontis. 
 
 FF Superior, The Impreflio ns which the Blood-Veflels 
 make in the Frontal-bone in their Diftributioa on the T)ura 
 Mater. 
 
 G, An Internal Procefs continued from the Os Cribrofunt 
 or Ethmoides , Diftinguiftiing the Right Side of the Frontal- 
 bone from the Left. 
 
 H, That Procefs of the Os Cribrofum, call’d CriJlaGallL 
 
 II, The Internal Part of the Os Cuneiforme or Sphenoides 
 
 next the Brain. 
 
 K, The Lower-part ofthe Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw, 
 which Compofes the Roof ofthe Mouth, by fome call’d Os 
 Falati. 
 
 LL, The Frocejfus Fterygoides or Aliformis. 
 
 MM, The Internal and Back-parts of the T wo Firft Bones 
 of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 N, Part of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw, in which 
 the Upper Teeth are Faften’d. 
 
 GO, Two of the Dantes Molar es left in both Sides of 
 the Upper Jaw. 
 
 P , The Septum of the Foramina Nariunt. 
 
 That Part of the Os Cuneiforme that was join’d to the 
 Occipital Bone by Synchondrofis, which Conjunction becomes 
 intirely Bony in Aged Bodies. 
 
 R, TheTwo Hinder Procefles ofthe Oi Sphenoides, which 
 Compofe the Back-part ofthe cdlVd Ephippium. 
 
 N. B. Between CD, and\, on either Side, is Exprejlthe 
 Second T erf oration of the Os Sphenoides or Large Rima', thro* 
 which pafs the Third Fourth , Sixth, and a Branch ofthe 
 Fifth Fair of Nerves, together with divers Blood-FeJJels ^ 
 particularly a Large Branch of the Carotid Artery and Fein\ 
 which Latter is Figured T^h.p.Fig.z.F. The other l^ovzmtn, 
 here Exprejl immediately under the lajl mention'd, or between 
 it and the Proceffiis Pterygoides (L), is reckon'd the Third 
 Foramen of the Os Cuneiforme, which a Branch ofthe Fifth 
 
 T air of Nerves pajfes out of the Skull: The reft ofthe Foramina of 
 the Os CnnQifiormQarethe FourthjFifth, Sixth, and Seventh^ 
 the Firfl of thefe namely the Fourth is Fxprejl in the Firjl Figure 
 of this Table, and again in Tab. 92. Fig. i. I, within tho 
 Orbit of the Eye, and in Fig. z. of the fameTahle{W) ; by 
 this Foramen, or rather LargeKhnd./ike the SecondForsunen. 
 (made by the Fourth Bone ofthe Upper Jaw and 
 pafs the Branches of the Third, Fifth and fome of the Sixth Fair 
 of NerveSi nfter paffing thro* the Secrnd'^ocmitR, totheAdja^ 
 cent Mufcles and Barts, together with Large Blood-Feffels 
 of both Kinds , efpecially to the Temporal Mufcle. The Fifth 
 Foramen^o/ the Os. Cuneiforme., is Compos'd at its meeting of 
 the Os Petrofum and Occipitale, Exprefl 'Tdb. 92. Fig. 2. 
 X, X; which External Aperture there Reprefented % is partly 
 fil'd with a Cartilage , but its Internal Foramen Tranfmits 
 the Carotid Artery to the Lateral Fart of the Sella Equina; 
 which Artery Firfl enters the Cranium by the Os Petrofum, 
 as Appears in the lafl mention'd Figure (Z Z) ; by this Foramen 
 the Jntercofal Nerve paffes out of the Skull. The Sixth Fer^ 
 f oration of the Os Sphenoides is Defcrib'd in the lafl men- 
 tion'd Table and Figure (Y), and is Compleatly fill'd by a 
 Branch of the Fifth Fair of Nerves: The SeventhYoc2xatn 
 of this Bone is Externally Laterally Adjacent to the Sixth, 
 and is mofl commonly of an Oval Figure', by it a fmall Branch 
 ofthe Carotid Artery paffes to theOurM^ttr, Accompanied 
 with a Fein Running Far allel withit', which Frame thofe Swlci 
 in the Bone, Exprefl in this Figure {FF Superior), and in 
 that ofT^h. 91. Fig. 2. FF. 
 
 THE 
 

 
 
 
 
 
iiniVr^ T- • ■'-"-Mfii— i- 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 4H 
 
 i 
 
 ■••i 
 
THE 
 
 NINETIETH 
 
 Six Firfl: Figures Reprefent the Internal and External 
 Surfaces of the reft of the Proper Bones of the Skull • 
 when Separated from each other at their Sutures. * 
 
 i- 
 
 The Bone of the Sinciput or Bregma of the Right Side. 
 A A, The External Convext Part of the Bre^a^ Cir- 
 
 cumfcrib’d by 
 
 BB, The Coronal Suture in the Fore-part, joining it to the Or /ro«/w; 
 
 C C , The Sagittal Suture in the Superior Part , by which the Right 
 and Left Bregma art Diftii^uifh’d; 
 
 D D , The Lambdoidal Backwards, by which it is Connected to the 
 Os Occipitis. 
 
 D, A, B, The Inferior Side of the Bregma y on which the Superior 
 Part of the Os ‘Temporumy and Part of the Os Cuneiforme Refts. 
 
 Fig. 2. ' 
 
 The Internal Surface of the Left Sincipital-bone next the Dura Mctter 
 and Brain. 
 
 h Pi. y The Internal Concave Part of the Os Sincipitis. 
 
 B, C, D, The Furrows which the Blood- Veflels of the 
 
 make on the Internal Surface of this Bonej where may be obfcrv’dmany 
 Foramina thefe Veffelshave, for their Entrance into the Meditulliumoi 
 the Bone; fometimes we have feen thefe VefTels Perforate the Cranium 
 Lircftly , in more than in one or two Places, efpecially towards the 
 (^ciputy where Two of their Large Foramina are commonly to be 
 ■Obferv’d on the External Surface of the Bone; but here alfb they 
 fbmctimes pafs Obliquely into the Meditullium : The Number and 
 [Magnitude of thefe Foramina hr the Blood- Veflels, may be feen to Increafe 
 near the Impreffion which the Longitudinal Sinus makes in theCranium. 
 
 E E , That Part of the Bregma that was Contiguous to the Os Tern- 
 foraky and Upper-part of the Os Sphenoides. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 The Occipital Bone Separated at its Conjunaion from the reft of the 
 - Bones of the Cranium. 
 
 A, The External Convext Surface of the Occipital- bone, where the' 
 Mufcles Extending the Head, are Implanted, and Part of the Mufculus 
 Cucullaris do’s Arile. 
 
 B, The Firfl Great Foramen of the Occipital-bone, by which the 
 Medulla Oblongata Defeends out of the Cranium into the Great Cavities 
 of all the Vertebra. 
 
 ^ CC, Two Deprefs’d Protuberancles of the Occipital- bone, which arc 
 receiv’d into the Shallow Cavities of the Firfl Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 D, Two DeprefTures Fram’d at the Origin of the Mufeuli Rebii Mi- 
 nor es of the Head. 
 
 E, A Third Foramen Appearing in the Internal Part of the Left Side 
 of the Os Occipitis ; by which the Nerve of the -Ninth Pair on that Side 
 pafles out of the Cranium y that'of the Right Side not Appearing in this 
 Pofition of the Bone. The Second Foramen oi xh&Os Occipitis y is Fram’d 
 at its Conjundlion with the Os Femporum , and Helps to Compofe the 
 Specus which receives the Bulbous Part of the Lateral Sinus y at the 
 Beginning of the Internal Jugular Vein. 
 
 Fig. 4. ' ■ 
 
 The Internal and Concave Part of the Os Occipitis neXt the Dura 
 Mater y on Part of the 'Cerebrum and Cerebellum. 
 
 A, B, G, A Rifirig in the Bone Fram’d Collateral to the Lower-part 
 of the Longitudinal Sinus , where it meets with the Two Lateral Sinufs’s. 
 
 D F, Two DeprefTures parting to each Side from the Inferior Part of 
 the lafl mention’d Rifing; in which the External Surface of the Late- 
 ral Sinufs’s are Entertain’d. 
 
 E, That Part where the Longitudinal and Lateral Sinufs’s meet, 
 which Conjunction is call’d Forcular Herophili, 
 
 GGy Divers Foramina by which the Blood-Veflels enter the Medi- 
 iullium of the Bone. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 fhe External Surface of the Os Temporale or Squamofum of the Right 
 Side, when frcc’d from the Os Occipitis y Sincipitis y and Cuneiforme. 
 
 A, The Meatus Auditorius y being the continued Paflage from the 
 Concha (Expreft Tab. 12. Fig. i. C, D,E,) to the Membrana Tym- 
 pani: In this Meatus (by fbme call’d Alveare Auris y and Porus Auditor 
 riusy ) is contain’d the Glandulous Membrane , in which the Cerumen 
 commonly call’d the Ear-Wax, is Separated from the Blood; which 
 Membrane is frequently Ulcerated , being very liable to Obflrudtions in 
 Its Circulating Blood and Separated Matter, by rcafon of the vafl Num- 
 bers of Veflels that are Neceflary in the Compofition of its Glandulous 
 Structure j here alfo Arife Excrefcencies, fome of which we have feen 
 very much like thofe of the Foramina Nariumy commonly call’d Polypi 
 from their Figure: Others I have Obferv’d to be likeMulberics , and the 
 Patient has fuffer’d great Pain when they Have been but touch’d with a 
 Probe: Neyenhdefs I have frequently Confum’d them with Cauflicks, 
 and the Patient has recover’d his Hearing. Thefe Excrefcencies laid 
 mention’d commonly Arife after Tmpoflumations on the Glandulous' 
 Membrane of the Ear. 
 
 . B, A Sinus cover’d with a Cartilage, which receives the Head of the 
 Long Procefs of the Lower Jaw, by the Mediation of a Cartilaginous 
 Body, Defcrib’d in our Appendix Fig. 8. S, T. 
 
 That Parc of the Os Temporale plac’d between the Os Occipi- 
 tale and Cuneiforme y call’d the Third Procefs of that Bone, in which 
 the Internal Organs of Hearing are contain’di 
 
 . Second Procefs of the Or Squamofum or Temporale y which 
 
 jbining with the Procefs of the Firfl Bone of the Upper Jaw, Compoies 
 that Bone call’d Jugale. , tir j > r 
 
 F , The Firft Procefs of the Temple-bone, call’d Maftoides or Mam- 
 rmformCy whole Internal Part is Cavernulous j and Opens into the Tym- 
 panum. 
 
 _ ^ G, That Part of the Temple- bone which is Contiguous to the 
 Os Ocetpitis. ° 
 
 G , H, That Part of the Temple or Squamous-bone plac’d on the 
 Os Sincipitis. 
 
 H, C, The other Side Sutur’d with the Os Cuneiforme, 
 
 Fig. 6 . 
 
 The Internal Face of the Os Squamofum next the Brain. 
 
 A, The Procefs of the Temple- bone, and may ht czVPdi Procefu^ 
 Petrofus y as Well from its Appearance as Compadlnefs ; wherefore the 
 Whole Temple-bone is by fome call’d Petrofum. In this Procefs are 
 contain’d all the Internal Organs of Hearing between A and C: As the 
 Membrana Tympani, the Tympanum y the Mufculus Obliquusytht Mufculus 
 Internus and Mufculus Stapedis i the Incus y MalleuSy Stapes and ojficulum 
 ^artum-y the Meatus a Palato ad Aurem-y the Foramen Ovale and Ro^ 
 tundumi the, Labyrinth and its Vefiibulum-y Three Semicircular Du6ls, 
 and the Cochlea y together with its Lamina Spiralis y and the Expanfion 
 of the Auditory Nerve within the Labyrinth and Cochlea. 
 
 BB, That Part of the Os Squamofum which cleav’d to the Bone of 
 the Sinciput. 
 
 d, The Foramen by which the Auditory Nerve Enters the Os Petro- 
 fum y in its Way towards the Labyrinth and Cochlea. 
 
 Having already faid fomething of the Meatus Auditorius and the Mem- 
 brane which Invefls it; the Order of Parts would require our next 
 Examination of the Membrana Tympaniy and the Mufcles within the 
 Cavity of the Tympanum , &c. but the fucceeding Figures Reprefenting 
 ^he Four Little Bones of the Labyrinth ; Cochlea , and their Foramina 
 only ; we mufl Profecute the Order fet before us , and refer to our Ap- 
 pendix to what properly belongs to this Place. {Viz.) The Mufcles of 
 the Internal Ear and Membrana Tympani. 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 The Labyrinth of the Left Ear of a Fatus. 
 
 A, B, CC, The Three Semicircular Duds Clear’d of the Mem-' 
 branes and Part of the Os Petrofum ; in which Bone they are entirely 
 Inclos’d ill the Adult , and no Marks of their Trads Appear .ns in the 
 Foetus. 
 
 D, That Part of the Os Petrofum in which the Cochlea is contaiii’d 
 Part of which is here Expreft, Broken up. * 
 
 Fig. 8. 
 
 The Labyrinth and Cochlea of the Left Ear. 
 
 A, B, C, The Three Semicircular Duds whole Cavities are Invcftcd 
 with a Membrane, in which the Auditory Nerve is Expanded: The 
 Extremities of thefe Duds Open into the Vefiibulum of the Labyrinth 
 * or Cavity irrimediately within the Foramen Ovale y Figur’d in our Ap- 
 pendix : One of the Spiral Duds of xbtCochleaoXio Opens into the Vefiibulum. 
 
 D, Part of the Open’d , which confills of Two Spiral Duds ' 
 
 or One Dud Divided by a Bony Septum y which from its Figure is 
 call’d Lamina Spiralis: One of thefe Duds (as above Noted) Opens in- 
 to ihQ Vefiibulum of the Labyrinth, at its Bafts \ the other in like Manner 
 Ends its Bafis at the Membrane within the Foramen Rotundum. The 
 Auditory Nerve is Expanded in like Manner in the Cochlea y as in the 
 Labyrinth. 
 
 Fig. 9. 
 
 The Four Little Bones of the Ear contain’d in the Tympanum y taken 
 out, and Reprefented in their Proper Articulations with each other. 
 
 A, The Malleus y the Depreft Head of which, is receiv’d in the 
 Shallow Cavity of the Incus. 
 
 B, The Incus y Articulated with the Stapes by the Mediation of the 
 Os Orbiculare. 
 
 C, The Stapes. 
 
 • • • • i^^Thc Oj Orbiculare or Fourth Bone of the Tympanum. 
 
 Thefe Bones we ftiall Figure in Situ in our Appendix. 
 
 Fig. 10 . 
 
 The Malleus taken from the reft of the Little Bones of the Ear: 
 with Parts of Two of its Mufcles remaining to it. 
 
 A, ., The Roundiih Depreft Head of the Malleus. 
 
 B, .., A Ligament which Cbnneds the Head of the Mrte to ih^Incusl 
 
 C , The Neck of the Malleus. 
 
 ^ ^ > The Two Procefles , of the Malleus y in which the External and 
 Internal Mufcles are Inferred: Befides thefe Procefles, its Long Produc- 
 tion call’d the Manubrium or Handle rht Malleus y is Remarkable : 
 which Adheres to the Infide of the Membrana Tympani. 
 
 The Incus in whole Lower- part (as its here Figur’d) is a Shallow 
 Depreflure which receives the Roundifli Head Malleus : Its Two 
 Procefles arc here well Expreft ; of which the Shorteft refts in a Sinus 
 of the Os Petrofum y within the Tympanum^ but the Longer is Arti- 
 culated with the Stapes y by the Mediation of the Os Orbiculare. 
 
 The Stapes fo call’d from its Figure, whole Bafis Refts on the Margin 
 of ibt Fene fir a OvaliSy as is here Expreft, and the Os Orbiculare lying 
 under it; which Latter is Delineated fonaewhat bigger than the Life, 
 
 Zz 
 
 the 
 
THE 
 
 NINETY-FIRST TABLE. 
 
 Fig, 1, 
 
 HEWS the External Convex Surface of the Upperrpart of 
 the Skull, and its Proper Sutures, Elegantly Expreft. 
 
 A, B, The Forehead-bone , by fome call’d Oj CbrcW?, 
 recmdumi and Os Puppis. 
 
 C, The Os Sincipitis or Vertichi by fbme call’d Bregma ^ either 
 from the foft moift Brain lying under it, or from its thinmoift 
 Conftitution in Infants, and fometimes in the Adult. 
 
 D. Part of the Os Occipitis, by fome call’d Bafdare, Os Prora» 
 Os Memor 'u and Os Pjxidis. 
 
 EE , The Coronal Suture. 
 
 F , The Sagittal Suture or Sutura Longitudinalis', 
 
 GG, The Sutura Lamhdoidet, 
 
 Tho’ the Sutures here Expreft are Regular according to their Common Appear- 
 ance, yet in divers Subjeifts we find Nature fport very confiderably ; fometimes the 
 Longitudinal Suture is Double, at other times it palles Obliquely towards the Co- 
 ronal Suture, and in fome Subjects it Frames an Os triquetrum at its Conjunction with 
 : the Coronal Suture,, or elfe divers fmall Bones of Various Figures; the like may be 
 fometimes Oblerv’d in the Sutura Lamhdoides, as alfo in the Coronal Suture; of which 
 Latter, the Figure here gives a Specimen on the Right Side* 
 
 . - • Fig, 2, 
 
 The Internal Concave Surface of the Upper-part of the Skull when Saw*d from 
 
 its Bafis, ■ „ ^ 
 
 A A, The Ihfide oi tht OJJd Bregmatisl - ,• 
 
 BBB, The Sutures as they Appear withinfide the Skull Approaching to a fimple 
 ftraight Line, which Conjunction of Bones is calfd Harmonia. 
 
 C, The Internal Part of the Os Brontis, 
 
 E , A Portion of the Infide of the Os Ocdpitis, 
 
 FF, The Channels Fram’d by the Blood-Veffels of the Dura Mater: Thefe In- 
 fculptures or Furrows of the Bone, I found very Large in the Skull of a Perfon I 
 lately Diffefted,who Died ApopleClick , in whom the Blood-Veffels of ^^TiuraMater 
 were proportionably Augmented to the Magnitude of a Goofe-Quill. In this Sub- 
 ject divers Large Fovea Appear’d in the Skull, breaking out as it were from the Im- 
 pfeffion of the Longitudinal ^inus\ One of which Fovea exceeded Half an Inch in 
 its Diameter* When the Top of the Cranium was oppos’d to the Light, the Fovea 
 above mention’d, as well as the Large Furrows of the Veffels Appear’d Tranlparent, 
 not unlike the Horn commonly madeUfe of in Lanterns; nor indeed did the Thick- 
 nefs of the Skull in thofe Parts much exceed it: By this, we may be Inform’d with 
 ' what Caution we ought to Ufe the Firepan in Perforating the Skull , elpecially near 
 the. Longitudinal Suture, as alfo Laterally on the Bregma, where thofe Veffels ufually 
 take their Courfe; and that more efpecially when the Patient has fuffer'd under^Ha- 
 -bitual Head-Aches, which was Remarkable in the Perfon laft mention’d , even from 
 ' his Infen cy ; for doubtlefs thefe Cavities and Furrows have an early Date, from an 
 Irregular Formation of the Blood-Veflels; whence the Refluent Blood is SubjeCl to 
 be Retarded , and the Neighbouring Parts as the Pericranium, &c. fuffer Tenfion and Pain. 
 
 B Superior ’and E, The Channel or Impreflion which the Longitudinal Sinus 
 makes in the Middle and L^pper-part of the SkulL according to the Length of the 
 Sagittal Suture. 
 
 THE 
 
f 
 
 
 {?!- 
 
 
 yiKiliili* 
 
 

 amMi 
 
 
 w 
 
 > 
 
 ♦ , 
 

 
 
 ■panmipi 
 
 ^iiippiMiim 
 
 * 
 
T 
 
 NINETY-SECOND TABLE. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 HEWS the Fore-part of the Skull, in which Part of the 
 Proper Bones of the Skull already Defcrib'd, and divers of 
 thofe of the Upper Jaw and the Bones of the Lower Taw 
 are well Expreft. * 
 
 A,B,C, The Firft Bone of the Upper Jaw , confti- 
 
 of its Lelfer the Orbit of the Eye, and Part 
 
 That Part and Cheek: B, 
 
 ^ D XK which Compofes Part of the Ox Jugale. 
 
 chrymal. b ^PP!" may be Call’d Ox La- 
 
 nJr^c tU Anfina from the Two Fmila Lachrjmalia ^ 
 
 panes thro ^ mto the Foramina of the Noftril on that Side , together with a 
 ranch ol the Fourth Pair of Nerves, and fome Remarkable Blood-Velfels. 
 Anatomhb difagree in their Defcriptions and Number of the Bones of 
 r jPP^*'.J^wj Galen in Libel, de OJJib. reckons XL De FOninm VChIX. In 
 IntrodHamo fve Medico Galeno ^dfcripto XII. to which Latter refaliusSuh- 
 icribes; but C.W«r mentionsXIIL and at the fame time in his Defcription 
 Two’ Pair and Others, and inftead of rhem'^adi 
 
 Noftrils- We“ .T*" *'““■ “I}’** Spmghfi, plac'd within the 
 Aar , id „“"u Defcription, being fo very 
 i n wi fi T T Appearance of moft, if not all situlls; nor 
 Tn« of u has added, fo that the 
 
 /I? ,f. T Jaw are XV in Number; mc. the VI. Pair oS 
 
 mi, the T'^o O fa Spongiofa and Septum Narium o£ Columbus him call’d 
 lor^ from the likencfs it has to a Plow-Share or Coulter. 
 
 In f ^ in this Figure, 
 
 r in th^ of Tab. Fig. r. by reafon of the Forelhorten’d Site (as 
 Painters Term It) Its m‘, m this Pofition of the Cranium: This Third 
 ^one ot the Upper Jaw is commonly of a Quadrangular Figure and very 
 T in, plac d within the Orbit : The precife Place of its Situation is For- 
 wards, adjoining to the Second Bone of the Upper Jaw, or Os Lachrymale: 
 Backwards It fometimes Touchesxhe Ox Cuneiforme at One Angle only: 
 
 Above it s Sutur’d with the Os Frontis; Below with the Fourth Bone of 
 the Upper Jaw. 
 
 Upper Jaw, which is the Largeft of all 
 1 Compofing the Lower-part of the Orbit j thegreat- 
 
 elt Part of the Palate, and containing all the Upper Teeth in its Sockets; 
 
 VPCT^"' is join’d to the Lower-part of the Forehead-bone, the Bone 
 oI the Nofe , and Second Bone of the Upper Jaw ; Laterally of theFirft 
 Bone of the Upper Jaw; Backward to the Third, and Dx Cuneiforme, 
 and Laftly to its Fellow : The Large Foramen of it (here Expreft imme- 
 tiiately under the Orbit of the Eye) ferves to Tranfmit a Branch of the 
 Fifth Pair of Nerves to the Mufcles of the Lips, The Second , Third, 
 u ^ ^ are in Common with it and other Bones; of 
 
 thefe, the Firft is Compos’d at its Conjunftion wdth the Os Lachrymale (D) 
 the Second with the Ox C«««>r«f;(I) the Thirdatits Conjundionwith 
 Its Partner near the Dentes Incifores Fig. i. G;and the Fourth at its Con- 
 jundlion with the OsPalaxi (Ibid. Fig. z. hh) Backwards: It has a Large 
 Cavity which Opens into the Foramen of the Nofe ; in the Lower-part of 
 which Aperture the Ox Spongiofum, mention’d hy Realdus Columbus, is plac’d: 
 This Cavity is call d Antrum Maxilla Superioris; by Ibme call’d Antrum 
 JFghmorianum,iox what reafon I know not, fmee ’twas Defcrib’d long before 
 Di. Highmote y as Appears by f^eJklmSy Columbus^ B^nhinus ^ &c. 
 
 ’ r * Fifth Bone of the Upper Jaw, which with its Partner Com- 
 pofes the Upper Bony Part of the Nofe, its Sutures or Coni undf ions with 
 the other Neighbouring Bones and Figure are here fo well Expreft that 
 It needs no other Defcription. 
 
 G, The Septum JVarium whoCe Bony Fore-part here Expreft, is Com- 
 pos d partly by the Ox Cribriforme , and partly by a Procels of the Fourth 
 Bone of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 FI, The Sixth Bone of the Upper Jaw or Ox Spongiofum", this audits 
 Partner are mention d by Columbus, and call’d Spongioja: Thefe we have 
 conftantly obferv’d to be Diftindt Bones in Humane Skulls , as well as in 
 thofe of Quadrupedes ; in which Latter , thefe Ojp^ Spongioja have a very 
 Remarkable Difpofition; they being Broad, Thin, Bony Bodies, Roll’d 
 up very much like a Piece of Paper, Expreft Tab. 6 i. Fig. z. DD : Nor 
 is this Involuted Difpofition of thefe Bones only in Quadrupedes , but in 
 Humane Bodies alfo it s fo Dilpos’d (tho’ not fo much Turn’d in) and 
 Cover’d every where with the Pituitary Membrane, which Invefts the 
 Infide of the Foramina TFartHm^ on which the Branches of the Olfactory 
 Nerves are Expanded. ^ 
 
 I , A Chink or Foramen Compos’d by the Os Cuneiforme , together with 
 the Fourth Bone, and Part of the Firft Bone of the Upper Jaw; common- 
 ly call’d the Fourth Foramen of the Os Sphenoides , or the Third Foramen o£ 
 the Fourth Bone of the Upper faw. 
 
 K, The Ox Frontis, 
 
 L, Part of the Left Bregma. 
 
 M , The Ox Squamojum or Temporale. 
 
 Fig. z. 
 
 The Inferior Surface of the Bajis of the Skull. 
 
 A , The Ox Occipitis. 
 
 B , Part of the Bregma. 
 
 C , That Part of the Ox Temporale call’d Procefus MammillariSi 
 
 U, The Ox Jugate Compos’d of a Procels of the OsTemporum and 
 Firft Bone of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 E, The Four Dentes Incifores. 
 
 F, Inferior, The Eight Dentes Mo/ares , Four on each Side. 
 
 The reft are the Two Dentes Canini. 
 
 G , The Fourth Foramen of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 G, F, The Lower-part of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw next 
 the Palate, by fome therefore call’d Ox Palati.. 
 
 , Seventh Pair of Bones of the Upper Jaw, call’d Ofa Palati; 
 
 thele Bones are Perforated on each Side (h h) near the Dentes Molares; 
 which Perforation is in Common with the Fourth Bone of the Upper 
 call’d the Fifth Perforation of that Bone , as abo”e mention’d. 
 
 . ^ ^ones of the Upper Jaw make Fourteen on each 
 
 Side, to wl ich Realdus Columbus adds another which has no Partner, and 
 IS reckon d .he Fifteenth Bone of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 I, The Fifteenth Bone of the Upper Jaw, by Columbus liken’d to a 
 Coulter or Plow-Share, making the Back-part of the Sepiu n Narium. 
 
 K , The Procefus Pterygoides or Aliformis, reckon’d the F.rft of t! eEx* 
 tcrnal Procefs’s of the Os Sphenoides. 
 
 The Mufeulus Pterjfgoideus Internus , Arifes from the Internal Part of the 
 Sinus of thefe Procefs’s, Fid. App. Fig. 8. g. 
 
 B > The Lower-part of the Proccj|7«x , or Appendix Styloides ; its Uppcr- 
 part,being Broken off on both Sides in this Figure. 
 
 Left Si of the Meatus Auditorius in the Os Temporale , of the 
 
 N , The Stnus of the Os Petrofum or Temporale ,^\fich receives the Head 
 ol the Long Procefs of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 ) Two ProcclTes of the Os Occipitis Articulated with the Firft Fer^ 
 tebra of the Neck. 
 
 P, The Anterior Appendix or Procefs of the Os Occipitis; by Fefingiusm 
 
 his Animadverfions on his Figures of Chap. XIII. Erroneoufly caU'd Os 
 Sphenoides. ^ 
 
 The Procefus Aiammiformis ox Majloides of the Os Temporum, on the 
 Left Side. 
 
 RRR, The Great Foramen of the Ox Occipitis, by which the Medulla 
 Oblongata paffes out of the Skull. 
 
 SS, The Alperities and Sinuses of the Bones of the Occiput, made by the 
 Infections of the Mufcles Moving the Head. 
 
 TT , The Internal Parts of the Firft Bones of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 VV , The Fourth Foramen of the Ox Cuneiforme; Vid. Fig. 1. 1* 
 
 W , Part of the Ox Cuneiforme next the Aliform Procefs. 
 
 XX , The Rfth Foramen of the Ox Cuneiforme , Compos’d at the Meeting of 
 that Bone with the Os Petrofum, and Fore-part of the Occipital-bone on both 
 Sides. 
 
 Y , The Sixth Foramen of the Ox Cuneiforme at the Root of the Procefus Ptery^ 
 goides , by which a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves pafs out of the Skull. 
 
 Z Z , The Foramina of the Ofa Temporum , by which the Carotid Ar- 
 teries Firft Enter the Bafs of the Skull. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 The Inferior Part of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 a. The Internal Part of the Lower Jaw, whence the Mufeulus MyU-^ 
 hjoideus do’s Arife. 
 
 b, A Large Foramen in the Internal Part of the Lowerjaw, by which the 
 Blood- VelTels and a Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves pafs to the Teeth, 
 Fig.x. b. The External Foramina of this Bone, by which the Branches 
 of thofe VelTels pafs out of the Bone again to the Mufcles of the Lips. 
 
 C , A Fore-lhorten’d Appearance of the Procefus Corona of the Lower 
 Jaw, call’d the, Short Procefs. 
 
 he. The Head of the Long Procefs of the Lower Jaw call’d Condj- 
 lus , which is Articulated with the Ox Temporum by the Mediation of 4 
 Moving Cartilage; Vid. App. Fig. 8. T, S. 
 
 F> The Cervix or Neck of the Long Procefs of the Lowerjaw* 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 The 'Teeth of the Upper and Lower Jaw of one Side only , when taken 
 out of their Alveoli or Sockets. 
 
 A A, ^c. The Dentes Incifores i 
 
 BB, The Canini; 
 
 CC, &c. The Mclares, 
 
 1 - 
 
 The Right Side of the Lower Jaw in which the Alveoli or Sockets: 
 after the Extracftion of the Teeth, are iteprelented. 
 
 Aj The Procefus Corona, to which the Temporal Mufcle is fixt. 
 
 B , The Procefus Condylus, 
 
 C C, The Alveoli or Sockets of the Teeth. 
 
 Fig. 6 .^ 
 
 A A, 'ef-c. Divers Teeth Broken or Divided Varioufly, to Ihew their 
 Internal Cavities or Sinus’s, 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 One of the Grinding Teeth in like Manner Broken to Exhibit its Inter- 
 nal Strufture , Figur’d much Bigger than the Life. 
 
 A, The External Stony Part. 
 
 ® Bony Stria of the Tooth Divefted of its Stony Cortex, 
 
 C, The Internal Bony Part of the Tooth becoming more Porous, as ic 
 
 Approaches its Middle Cavity. ° 
 
 D , The Middle Cavitv or Hollow of the Tooth , Cover’d with a Mem- 
 brane on which the Blood- VelTels and Nerves of the Tooth areDiftributed- 
 by which the Tooth derives the Matter which makes it Germinate and re- 
 pair that lofs It fuftains by frequent Ufe on its Cortical or Stony Part: Thus 
 when one Tooth is wanting in either Jaw , the Oppofite Tooth Grows 
 Longer for want of its Refiftance in Maftication. When this Internal Mem- 
 brane within the Cavity of the Tooth is Expos’d thro’ the Breaking away 
 of the Upper-part of the Tooth , it is moft Exquifitely fenfible to the Touch 
 
 A ^ Liquor ; and very frequently a Carnous Fungus will 
 
 Arile from it : In thefe Cafes the drawing out of the Tooth is the beft Remedy 
 
 E, The External Membrane lying on that Part of the Tooth within the 
 Socket or Alveolus: They who Doubt of the Exiftence offuch a Membrane 
 may be fausfied therein; After a Tooth is drawn from a Living or lately 
 Dead Body , and laid in Water for fome Days, this Membrane will be very 
 Confpicuous even to the Naked Eye. 
 
 F , The Bafs of the Tooth; 
 
 G , The Apex of one of its Roots where the Blood- VelTels Arifing 
 from the Twx of the Alveolus or Socket, are Expreft, Running into 
 that Part of it which lies within the Alveolus. 
 
 Fig. 8. 
 
 The Stony Parts of the Teeth of a Foetus, which lying within the 
 Jaw-bones, are Cover’d with the Perioflium, as Appear’d in the DilTedion 
 I fometime fince made of a Humane Foetus, Vid. Tab. loi. LL. 
 
 A A , The Stony Capfula of one of the Dentes Incifores. 
 
 B B , That of the Caninus, 
 
 C C , cfc. The Superior Stony Parts of the Denses Molares in a Foetus', 
 
 Fig. p. 
 
 'The Os Hyoides or Bone of the Tongue , together with Two ProcelTes 
 of the Scutiformal Cartilage. 
 
 A, The Middle Bone of the Ox Hy aides, 
 
 B, Its Superior Part next the Tongue, 
 
 C , Its Internal Concave Part towards the Fauces, 
 
 L Superior Long Procefs of the sJutlformal Cartilage of 
 
 the Left Side loofly Tied to the Extremity of the Ox Hyoides of the fame 
 Side; that of the Right Side is not Letter’d in this Figure. 
 
 E, One of the Two Lateral Bones which Helps to Compofe the Ox 
 Hyoides, Aaa THE 
 
 •> ■ 
 
NINETY-THIRD TABLE. 
 
 ROM the Bones of the Head, we Pafs to thofe 
 which Support it and the Trunk of the Body. 
 (viz-) The Bones of the Neck, Back, Loins, 
 Os Sacrum and Coccygis\ all thefe together have 
 generally obtain’d the Name of Spina* Since it’s 
 Kecelfary the Head and Trunk of the Body.lhould be vari- 
 oully MovM, it was therefore Kequifite their Supporter 
 Ihould not Confift of One Bone only, but that it Ihould be 
 Divided into many, which are call’d Vertebra', of thefe, 
 there are Reckon’d Twenty-four : {viz.) Seven of the Neck; 
 Twelve of the Back, and Five of the Loins. In fome Sub- 
 je( 5 ts we have Found butSix^r/^^r^rbelongingtotheNeck; 
 in another we Found Thirteen of the Thorax, and as many 
 Ribs ; as Appears in a Skeleton now Hanging in the Middle 
 of the Anatomical Theater of the Surgeons of London; The 
 like 1 don’t Doubt may, or has been Obferv'd of the Loins: 
 The Inferior Part of the Spine is Compos’d of the 
 . and Coi'cjgis* 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 The Inferior Part of the ¥irl\ Vertebra of the Neck, call’d 
 ^t/as , becaufe it Supports the whole Head. 
 
 Aj Its Fore-part: 
 
 B, Its Back-part, wanting a Spinal Procefs: 
 
 CC, Its Tranfverfe Proceffes Perforated to Tranfmit the 
 Cervical Artery and Vein. 
 
 DD, Two Oval Procelfes, whofe Surfaces are Smooth 
 and Cover’d with a Cartilage, which Proceffes move to either 
 Side on, thofe of Fig. 3. BB. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Upper-part of the Firll Vertebra of the Neck* 
 
 A, The Infide of the Back-part of the Firfl Vertebra of 
 the Neck next the Medulla Spinalis. 
 
 B, The Outfide and Fore part of the fame Vertebra: 
 
 CC, Two Proceffes whofe Two Shallow Cavities are Ar- 
 ticulated with Two fomewhat Convext Prominencies of the 
 Os Occipitis, Tab. pi, Fig. 2. OO; in which Articulation 
 the Head is Mov’d in Nodding Fore* wards, Back-Wards and 
 Side- ways. 
 
 D , A Sinus in the Upper-part of this Vertebra , in which 
 the Contorted Trunk of One of the Cervical Artery, paffes 
 towards the Great Foramen of the Os Occipitis. 
 
 N.B. It is NeceJJdry the Great Foramen of this Firfl 
 tebra 0/ the Neckjhould be much Larger than any of the In- 
 ferior , lea fl the Beginning of the Medulla SpmTXisjhould be In- 
 commoded in Turning the Head to One Side', in which Adion , 
 this Firjt Vertebra Moves with the Head on the or Tooth- 
 like Frocefs of the Second Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 The Superior Part of the Second Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 A, The Tooth-like Procefs on the Fore-part of this Se- 
 cond Vertebra Inferced behind the Fore-part of the Firfl 
 Vertebra (A, B, Fig. 1,2.) vdiofe Apex A, is Faftnedby a 
 Ligament to the Margin of the Fore-part of tJie Great Fora- 
 men of die Os Occipitis: Vid. Append. Fig. 8- E. 
 
 BB, Two Procefs’s, whofe Cartilaginous Surfaces are of 
 an Oval Figure, and Correfpond to thofe of Fig^ i. DD. 
 whereby the Rotatory Motion of the Head is Perform’d. 
 The other Remarkable Parts of this Figure may be known 
 by the Explanation of the Following. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 Tke Inferior Part of the Second Vertebra of the Neck: 
 
 A, The Tooth-like Procefs call’d Epijlropheus. 
 
 B, The Inferior Surface of the Fore-part of the Second 
 Vertebra, join’d to the Superior and Fore-part of the Third. 
 Fig. -i:. C. 
 
 CC, Its' Tranfverfe Proceffes Perforated to Tranfmit the 
 Blood- Velfels , as in Fig. i. CC. 
 
 DD, Its Two Oblique Defcending Proceffes plac’d on the 
 Two Oblique Afcending of Fig. y. A- 
 
 E, The Internal Part of the Second Vertebra next the 
 Medulla Spinalis. 
 
 F , Double Spinal Procefs , to which the Superior 
 Mufculimterfpinales are Inferted. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 The Superior Part cf the Third Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 A, One of its Oblique Afcending Proceffes. 
 
 B, Its Tranfverfe Procefs Perforated like as in the Two 
 Firfl Vertebra. 
 
 C, The Superior Part of the Body of the Third 
 on which the Inferior Part of the Second is Plac’d. 
 
 N. B. The Reft of the Figure may be Vnderflood by the Ex- 
 planation of the Freceding. 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 The Lower Part of the Third Vertebra of the Neck *, 
 
 A , Its Oblique Defcending Procefs : 
 
 B , Its Tranfverfe Procefs Perforated as above Noted. 
 
 Ftg. 7. 
 
 The Superior Part of the Firfl Vertebra of the Back. 
 
 A, Its Tranfverfe Procefs not Perforated like thofe of the 
 Neck. 
 
 Bj Its Spinal Procefs on the Back-part. 
 
 C, A Shallow Deprelfure on the Fore-part of the Tranf- 
 j verfe Procefs which Receives the Tubercle of the Firfl Rib. 
 
 Vid. Tab. 94. Fig. 2. B. 
 
 ’ D , One of the Oblique Afcending Proceffes j which Re- 
 ceives the Defcending of the Lafl Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 I E, The Sinus, in which fome of the Axillary Nerves pafs 
 out of the Specus or Great Foramen of the Vertebra. 
 
 Fig* 8. 
 
 The Inferior Part of the fame Firfl Vertebra of the Back 
 or Thorax .* 
 
 A 5 Its tTranfverfe Procefs ; 
 
 B , Its Spinal Procefs. 
 
 C , A Shallow DeprefTure in the Tranfverfe Procefs , to 
 which the Second Tubercle of the Firfl Rib is Connedled : 
 
 D, Its Oblique Defcending Procefs, Receiv’d by the 
 Afcending of the Next Vertebra. 
 
 After Taking out the Vijeera from the Cavity of the Thorax 
 of the Late Earl of Feterborough , I was Defir’d by One of 
 his Phyficians Dr. Johnfton (who conflantly Attended his 
 Lordfhip fome Time before his Death} to Examine the V er- 
 tebra of the Thorax, becaufe his Lordihip did not only Com- 
 plain of very Great Fains about the Eighth and Ninth Ver- 
 tebra of that Part , and particularly the Right Hypochondrium j 
 &c. but One of the Spinal Procefs’s of thofe V ertebra was 
 
 Obferv’d to be very Prominent fome Weeks before his Death; 
 
 nor could he Endure any Motion of the Trunk of his Body: 
 Befides at that Time the Lower Limbs were Deflitute 
 of Motion, as well as Exquifite Senfe of Feeling. On Freeing 
 the Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna 2nid Dudus Tho- 
 racicus from the Fore-parts of the Vertebra of the T nor ax , 
 
 I Found a Tumor, whofe Thick Hard Membrane was chiefly 
 Fram’d of the Ligaments of the Vertebra: I Divided the 
 Tumor, and a Brownilh Colour’d Matter Flow’d from it: 
 On farther Examination I Found the Upper and Fore-part of 
 the Ninth, and in like Manner the Lower Part of the Eighth 
 Vertebra of the Thorax Qoaivim d and Gone; info much that I 
 could without Difficulty put the Top of my Fore-finger into 
 the Foramen, and Feel the Medulla Cover’d with its 
 
 Membranes only. I Doubt not but Part of the Matter con- 
 tain’d in this Tumor, had Defcended into the Lower-part of 
 the Specus of the Vertebra of the Loins and Os Sacrum (fmee 
 it lay Open) whereby the Inferior Nervous Diftributions 
 were affedted , and their Proper Office Perverted ; but Decen- 
 I cy Forbid our Scrutiny in this Cafe, fince the Bodies of 
 tiiofe Vertebra mull have been Cut away with a Chiz,el to have 
 made fuch a Difcovery. 
 
 Fig^ 9* 
 
 The Upper-part of One of the Vertebra of the Loins : 
 A, Its Tranfverfe Procefs: The Reft of its Parts may be 
 known by the Explanation of the Fifth and Seventh Figures. 
 
 Fig. 16. 
 
 The Inferior Part of the fame Vertebra of the Loins, 
 whofe Explanation may be Refer’d to Fig. 8. 
 
 Fig. II, 12. 
 
 The Superior Parts of the Two Lower Vertebra of the 
 Loins ; 
 
 A A, Their Tranverfe Procelfes: 
 
 BB, Their Oblique Afcending Procelfes: 
 
 CC, The Bodies of the Vertebra. 
 
 DD, Their Spinal Procelfes. 
 

I 
 
 ■ 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 n—L- r?- 
 


 THE 
 
 NINETY-FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 [HE Ribs are Twelve in Number on either Side; fometimes 
 we have found Thirteen, at other times but Eleven on each Side; 
 and frequently Twelve on one Side and Eleven on the other: 
 The Seven Superior are call’d. The True Ritsi which are join d 
 with the Sternum or Os PeBoris^ by the Mediation of Cartilages. 
 The Inferior Ribs are the Noth^^ SpurU, or Baftard Ribs. The 
 Nine Superior Ribs have a Twofold Articulation to the 
 Vertebra of the Back; the one Collateral to the Fore-parts 
 of the Bodies of the Vertebra \ the other to the Fore-parts 
 of their Tranfverle Proceffes. The Two and fometimes Three Inferior Ribs, are only 
 Articulated to the Bodies of the Vertebra^ and don’t touch their Tranfverfe ProcelTes. 
 The Lowefl: and Laft Rib has not its Cartilaginous Extremity Fatten’d to its Superior 
 Rib, as the rett of the Battard Ribs have, but its Extream Point gives an Origin to 
 Part of the Oblique Defcending Mufcle of the Abdomen. 
 
 Bg. t 
 
 The Inferior Part of the Firtt Rib of the Right Side. 
 
 Bg . 2 . 
 
 The Upper-part of thfe fame Rib. 
 
 AAj That Fart of the Firfl- Rib next the 
 
 BB, Its Protuberance Articulated in a Sims of the Tranfverfe Procels of the Firft 
 
 Vertebra. 
 
 CC, Its Little Head receiv’d in a Sinm of the Anterior Bodies of the Firft Vertebra, 
 Laterally. 
 
 DD , Its middle Broad Flat Part. 
 
 3 ‘ , 
 
 The Lower-part of the Sixth or Seventh True Rib of the Right Side. 
 
 Fi£. 4 ' 
 
 The Superior Patt of the lame Rib. 
 
 AA, That Extremity of the Bony Part of the Rib join’d to the Cartilage, plac’d 
 between it and the Sternum. 
 
 BB } The other Extremity Articulated to the Vertebra of the Back Laterally. 
 
 C, A Tubercle Articulated to the Tranfverfe Procels of the Vertebra. 
 
 E ) Tig. A Sinus Fram’d in the Inferior Part ,of the Rib for the PalTage of the 
 Blood-Velfelsj which ought to be avoided in Perforating the ‘Thorax, in Cafe of an 
 £mpyema, &c. 
 
 5 - 
 
 The Lower Edge and Internal Part of the Eleventh Rib of the Right Side. 
 
 Tig. 6. 
 
 The Upper Edge , and Part of the External and Internal Parts of the lame Rib. 
 
 Fig. 7 , 8 . , 
 
 The Internal and External Parts of the Twelfth Rib. 
 
 Bbb 
 
 THE 
 
 
THE 
 
 NINETY-FIFTH TABLE. 
 
 EPRESENTS the Soapulz^ Ckvicuh and Os Pedoris , or Sternum. 
 
 Fig. 1 . 
 
 The External Convext Part of the Left Scapula or Shoulder-blade. 
 
 AB , The Outfide of the Scapula a little Arch’d or Convext. 
 
 C 5 The Spina Scapulc^ \ 
 
 D ; Its Extremity call’d Acromion ^ Articulated to the Extremity of the Clavicula. 
 
 E, The Procejfus Coracoides or Crow’s-Bill-like Procels ^ by fbme call’d An- 
 cyroides or Anchorlike. 
 
 F, The Procejfus Brevis ^ or Short Procefs of the Shoulder-blade which re- 
 ceives the Head of the Arm-bone. 
 
 The Reft of the Parts which Cireumfcribe the Scapula^ are Explain’d in the Following Figure. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Internal Concave Part of the Right Shoulder-blade. 
 
 ABB, Various Eminencies on the Inftde of the Scapula^ whence ^eYhxe^o^i^eMufculusSiihfcatularis 
 take their Origin. . - 
 
 C, The Inferior Angle of the ^ ~ • 
 
 D , T he Superior Angle of the Scapula. 
 
 E Superior The Proce[jus Coracoides. • ■ 
 
 FFG, The Foramina for the Blood- Veftels> which pafs In and oiit from ^e Meditullium of the Bone. 
 
 G Inferior , The Sinus of the Short Procefs of the Scapula , in which the Head of the Os Humeriis receiv’d 
 G Superior , The Internal or Lower Part of the Acromion of the Scapula. 
 
 H, The Cervix or Neck of the Short Procefs. 
 
 N. B. From C to is calPd the Bafts Scapulte • From D F, the Cofta Superior; From^to C ^ the Cofta 
 Inferior Scapulae. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 The Superior Part of the Right Clavicula or Channel - bone : Some call the Clavicula., Offa Humerorum* 
 They are alfb call’d Furcula, 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 The Inferior Part of the Left Clavicle. 
 
 A, That Part of the Clavicle Articulated to the Superior Part of the Os PeSloris or Sternum.^ in which 
 Articulation a Cartilaginous Body is placM not Unlike that of the Lower law with the Os Femporuni. JFid. 
 App. Fig. 8. S , T. 
 
 B, That Extremity of the Clavicula join’d to the Acromion of the Scapula by Two almoft Plain Carti- 
 laginous Bodies appos’d to each other, and Conne6led by Ligaments: This Conjun6lion of the Clavicle 
 with the Acromion of the Shoulder-blade we have more than Once feen fiiffer a Diflocation: when the 
 Patient has fallen from fome High Place, and the Top of the Shoulder or Acromion of the Scapula has 
 Firft come^to the Ground. The Scapula with the Arm in fiich Cafe will be Depreft , and the Outmdft 
 Extremity of the Clavicle will be feen to Arife up : This Diflocation we Mention , becaufe we dori^t find 
 it taken Notice of (or at leaft not commonly) by Authors. 
 
 C, The Middle Superior and External Part of the Right Clavicula. 
 
 D, The Middle Inferior and External Surface of the Left Clavicula, The Ufb of the Clavicula 
 to fupport the Scapula , together with the OJJa Humerorum. 
 
 Fig. y. 
 
 'J he External and Forepart of the Os PeSloris or Sternum., whofe Appearance in the Adult Differs very 
 much from that of the Foetus , as may be feen Fab. loi. 6. In Aged Bodies it’s intirely United into One 
 Bone; in fbme Adults it’s divided into Two; in others (as in this Subje6l) it has Three Diftin6l Bones. 
 
 A, The Superior and Largeft Bone of the Sternum. 
 
 B , A Sinus which receives the Internal Round End of the Clavicula. 
 
 C, the Superior Part, or almoft Semicircular Sinus of the Sternum, 
 
 D, The Middle Bone of the Os PeSloris. 
 
 E E E , The Sinuses in the Middle Bone of the Sternum Laterally; in which the Cartilaginous Extremities 
 of the 7 'rue Ribs are Receiv’d. 
 
 F , The Lower Bone of the Sternum ; the Extremity of which is commonly Cartilaginous, and call’d Cartilago 
 Mucronata or Enfformis', Externally it Frames that Cavity call’d Scrohiculus Cordis or Heart-pit, commonly 
 call’d the Pit of the Stomach: The Pains of which Part are call’d they Affefting the Upper Orifice 
 
 of the Stomach call’d Cardia^ where the Plextfs^s ofthe Upper and Lower Stomach Nerves are made, 
 
 THE 
 
saOtElsai: 
 
0 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 ► 
 
 I 
 
 k 
 
 
 
I 
 
 r 
 
 !: 
 
 3 I 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 !l 
 
 A 
 
 H 
 
 f 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 I I 
 
 ii ' 
 
 I 
 
I 
 
 THE 
 
 NINETY-SIXTH TABLE. 
 
 EPRESENTS the Bones of the Arms, toge- 
 ther with the Two Bones of the Cubic: Thefe, 
 together with thofe which Compofe the Hand 
 Keprefented in the Following Table, are com- 
 monly call’d the Bones of the Whole Hand; 
 but are properly Divided as above. Firfl; of the Bone of the 
 Arm, which is properly that Part between the Elbow or 
 Cubit and Shoulder; the Whole Arm Comprehends the 
 Bones of the Cubit* 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 A, The Fore-part of the Os Humeri of the Right Arm; 
 
 B, The Round Head of its Upper y^ppendix Cover’d with 
 a Cartilage, which is Articulated with the Scapula hy Ar- 
 throdia. 
 
 C, The Circular Sinus ofthe Upper-part of the 
 
 to which the Ligament Involving the Juncture, together 
 with the Tendons of the Mufculus Suprajpinatust Infra- 
 JpinatuSy Teres Minor and Subjcapularis are Inferted. 
 
 DF, Two Prominencies of the Shoulder-bone. 
 
 E, A Sinus Fram’d between the Two lafi: Mention’d Pro- 
 minencies, wherein the External Tendinous Beginning or 
 Head of the Mufculus Biceps is Receiv’d. Fid. Tab. 65”. 1. 
 
 G , A Convext Protuberance of the Lower Appendix of 
 the Shoulder-bone , which is Receiv’d in a Shallow Concave 
 Deprelfure on the Superior Extremity of the Radius 
 
 HK, That Part of the Os Humeri^ that’s Articulated to 
 the Upper End of the Ulna by Ginglymus. 
 
 I, The Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeri, from 
 which the Grcateft Parc of the Mufcles Bending the Fingers 
 and Carpus, together with the Mufculus Tr.onator Radii \ 
 Teres and Palmaris Longus, do Arife. 
 
 L, An Interftice between the Lower Appendix of the Os 
 Humeri and its Internal Protuberance. 
 
 N , A Large Foramen for a Blood-veflTel of the Bone. 
 
 I was lately Call’d to a Boy about 10 or 12 Years of Age, 
 who Four or Five Days before, in Playing with his Com- 
 panion, Receiv’d fuch an Injury in One of his Arms, as he 
 could not afterwards Moye it Forewards or Backwards , 
 much lefs,Lift it up towards hisHead ; but had all tlie Adlions 
 of his Cubit and Fingers , as we commonly Find in thofe who 
 have Dillocated the Os Humeri from the Scapula : After Exa- 
 mining the Shoulder, and Finding no fuch Diflocation; by 
 Moving the Arm, I Found the Bone near the Shoulder 
 Grate very much^ which I Guefs could be no otherwife chan 
 theUpper Appendix of the Divided form the Bone. 
 
 I then Reduc’d it to a Good Figure, and after Applying a 
 Plailler T)e Sapone to Attenuate the Excravafaced Blood , I 
 Roll’d lit up, and he has Continu’d Eafie ever fince. The 
 Tingling, as he Told me, he had at his Fingers Ends ^ and 
 Violent Pain in his Shoulder, Leaving him. I don't Find 
 Authors Mention fuch like Cafes where the Appendages of 
 Bones are Broken off in Young Bodies ; but lam Perfwaded 
 from ocher Examples as well as this ; fuch Accidents often 
 Happen, and are not commonly Known by Surgeons. 
 
 N.B. Thefe FraBures of Bones at their Appendages in 
 Toung Bodies, are fooner United, than when the Middle- 
 parts of Bones are Broken. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Hinder-part of the Left Shoulder-bone. 
 
 M, A Cavity, in which the Superior and Back-part of the 
 Ulna {Fig. 3, 4. CF), call’d Olecranon, is Receiv’d in an 
 Extenfion of the Cubit. 
 
 NNN, The Foramina for the Blood- VelTels, which Pafs 
 to and from the Marrow, and Internal Parts of the Bone. 
 
 Fig. 3, 
 
 The T)lna or Os Cuhiti of the Right Arm. 
 
 AB, Its Internal Side, next the Trunk of the Body. 
 
 C, Its Superior Part or Olecranon Articulated with tile 
 Os Humeri. 
 
 D, Its Inferior Part, whofe Lateral Smooth Surface is 
 Receiv’d in a Sinus, at the Inferior Parc of tlie Radius La- 
 terally. 
 
 EF, The Semicircular Sinus of the Ulna which Receives, 
 and is Receiv’d by the Two Prominencies and Sinus of 
 the L.owtr Appendix of tJie Os Humeri, (^Fig. i.KH,) 
 which Articulation is call’d Ginglymus. 
 
 G, The Inferior and Lelfer Acute Procefs of the Ulna, 
 call’d Stjloides. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 That Side of the Left Ulna next the Radius. 
 
 A, An almoft Semicircular of the Ulna, in which 
 
 the Upper Head of the Radius, Fig. y, 6. BB, is Receiv’d 
 Laterally. ^ 
 
 BC, Its External Side next the Radius', B, its Lower 
 End next the Carpus', C, its Superior (call’d Olecranod') 
 towards the Os Humeri. 
 
 D, A Smooth Prominence at the Lower End of the Ulna, 
 
 ' which is Receiv’d in a Sinus of the Radius, as above-noted. 
 
 Fig. 3. D. 
 
 E, The Anterior Procefs of the T)lna, which Frames the 
 
 Semicircular Articulated With the Os Humeri, Fig. i* 
 
 ' KH; This Procefs is Receiv’d in a Sinus at the Inferior and 
 Fore-part of the Os Humeri, (Exprefl Fig. 1. above K H) 
 when the Cubic is Bended. 
 
 F, The Superior and Pofterior Procefs of the Ulna in 
 like Manner, Framing its Upper and Semicircular (y/wMJ, which 
 Procefs is Receiv’d in the Cavity (A1 , Figi x.) of the Inferior 
 and Back-part of the Os Humeri, in an Extenfion of the 
 Cubit. 
 
 G , Part of the Lelfer Shai‘p ProceB of the Vina, call’d 
 Stjloides. 
 
 r 
 
 tig-S- 
 
 The Hinder-part of the Radius of the Left Cubit. 
 
 - A, The Neck t\iQ Radius : ' 
 
 B, Its Superior in whofe Upper Concave 
 
 (not Exprell in this Figure) Receives the COnvext Tubercle 
 of the Inferior Appendix of the Os Humeri, Fig. i. G. 
 
 C, D, The Inferior Part of the Radius, which is Articu- 
 lated with the Bones of ih^Carpus, Expreft, Idb.^j.Fig.x, 
 
 E, A Sinus in the Radius Laterally wdiich Receives the 
 Inferior Head of the Ulna, Fig. 3, 4. DD. 
 
 F, Another Sinus on the Inferior P irt of the Radius , in 
 which the Tendon of the Mufculus ExtenforTertii Int ernodii 
 FolUcis and Indicator, is Entertain’d. Fid. Tab. 70. C, 
 
 Fig. 6 . 
 
 The Fore-part of the Right Radius. 
 
 A, Its Tubercle a little Below its Neck, to which the 
 Round Internal Tendon of the Mufculus Biceps is Inferted. 
 Fid. Tab. 6y, I. 
 
 B, A Smooth Cartilaginous Outfide of the Superior Part 
 
 or Head of the Radius', which is Receiv’d in an almoft Se- 
 micircular Sinus 0^ the Upper End of the Vina, Fig. 4 A, 
 By this Articulation of the Radius with the the For- 
 mer, i.e. the is Render’d Capable of Turning on the 
 
 Vina, like as on an Axis, the Ulna at that Time Remain- 
 ing Unmov’d ; which Motion of the Radius together with 
 the Hand , is Call’d either Tronation or Supination : Pronation 
 is Perform’d when the Palm of the Hand is Turn’d Down 
 and the Back ofitis Uppermoft; and on the Contrary , when 
 the Palm is Turn’d tip and the Back is Undermofi; , it’s Call’d 
 Supination. 
 
 C D , The Lower-part of the Radius Articulated with 
 tlie Ofjd Carpi. 
 
 N. B. The Foramina of the Blood-Fefjels of the Bones are 
 well Exprefl in this Table. 
 
 
 Ccc 
 
 THE 
 
 1 
 
THE 
 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 ■f- 
 
 4f - 
 
 [ 
 
 NINETY-SEVENTH TABLE. 
 
 
 DEMONS TjR A T E S the Bones of the 
 Hand properly fo call’d. 
 
 %• I- 
 
 The Internal Parts of the Bones of the 
 Hand , next the Palm. 
 
 Thefe are Diftinguifli’d into Three Parts ; viz. 
 The Carpus or Brachialis^ (i, 2, 3, 4? 
 Metacarpus or Pqftbrachialis (E E E) ; and the Fingers 
 (F G H I) ; Firfl of the Bones of the Carpus or Wrift : 
 Thefe are Eight in Number, and Compos’d of Two 
 Orders or Ranks of Bones; of which' the Firfl Rank 
 is commonly reckon’d to have Four i, 2, 394^ 
 Two Firfl of thefe Bones jointly Compofe a Smooth 
 Convext Surface , Cover’d with a Cartilage which is 
 receiv’d in a Shallow Sinus at the Inferior Part of the 
 
 Radius^ Tab. 96. Fig. 5, 6. CD; which Articula- 
 tion is call’d dkrthrodia : The Third Bone here Ex- 
 prefl , do’s not Help to Compofe the Articulation of 
 either Bank, but is Faflen’d on the Fourth by a Li- 
 gament , which Conjundlion is call’d Syndejinojis ; the 
 life of this Third Bone, is to Help to Support the 
 Tranfverfe Ligament, under which the Tendons 
 Bending the Fingers pafs : The Fourth Bone (plac’d 
 between the Second and Eighth ) do’s not Compofe 
 either Rank , whether Articulated with the Radius or 
 Metacarpal Bones, but is Inferted between theT^yo 
 Ranks: The Fifth Bone here Exprefl , is not properly 
 to be reckon’d among thofe of the Two Ranks , but 
 like the Fourth is plac’d between them , and is Ar- 
 ticulated to the Firfl Bone of the Thumb ; which 
 Articulation may be call’d Synarthrofis : The Sixth 
 Bone here Exprefl, ought to be reckon’d the Se- 
 venth , the Sixth not being Exprefl in this Figure , 
 but is Reprefented in Fig. 2. This may be proper- 
 ly reckon’d the Firfl of the Second Rank , to whofe 
 Lower Part the Metacarpal-bone of the Fore-Finger 
 is Articulated : The Seventh Bone of the Carpus (here 
 Sign’d the Sixth as above Noted) like the preceding , 
 is Articulated with the Metacarpal-bone of the Middle- 
 Finger , and may be properly Efleem’d the Second 
 Bone of the Second Rank or Order : The Eighth 
 Bone of the Carpus (here Sign’d Seventh and Eighth) 
 is the Third and Lafl Bone of the Second Rank : 
 The Lower-parts of the Metacarpal-bones of the 
 Little and Ring-Fingers, are Conjoin’d to thisEigth 
 Bone of the Carpushy Synarthrojis : The Upper-parts 
 of the Three Bones of the Second Rank lafl Treated 
 
 of, (not Unlike the Two Firfl of the Firfl Rank) do 
 Conjun(5lly Frame a Convext Oblong Smooth Sur- 
 face on their Upper-parts , which is receiv’d in a Con- 
 cave fitted for it, fram’d by the Inferior Parts of 
 the Two Firfl Bones of the Firfl Rank: This Arti- 
 culation made by the Two Ranks of Bones of the 
 Carpushy may alfb be call’d Arthrodia. 
 
 A BCD, The Four Bones of the Metacarpus ^ 
 whofe Upper^parts are Articulated to the Sixth, 
 Seventh and Eighth Bones of the Campus by 
 narthrojis ^ and their Inferior Parts with the Bones 
 of the Fingers , by Arthrodia. 
 
 E E E , The Inter Pitia of the Metacarpal-bones, 
 wherein the Mufctdi Inter-OJ]ei are plac’d ; the Inter- 
 nal Parts of thefe Bones towards the Palm are Con- 
 cave , as Appears in this Figure ; but their External 
 Parts towards the Back of the Hand are Convext , 
 as is Reprefented by Fig. 2 ; the like may be Ob- 
 ferv’d in the Bones of the Fingers and Thumb. 
 
 FFF, ^c. The Firfl Internodes, or Bones of 
 the Fingers and Thumb. 
 
 GG, The Second Internodes. 
 
 HHH, ^c. The Third and lafl Internodes of 
 the Bones of the Fingers and Thumb. 
 
 1 1 K K , The Articulations of the Bones of the 
 Fingers with each other, and the Two lafl Bones 
 of the Thumb, is by Gingly?nus\ but the Fingers 
 are Articulated with the Metacarpal-bones by Arthro- 
 dia^ as above Noted. 
 
 9, 10, II, The OJfa Sefamoidea\ of which Ten 
 are faid to belong to each Hand, viz. Two of the 
 Thumb plac’d on the Inferior and Internal Part of 
 its Firfl Bone F ; the other Eight are in like Manner 
 plac’d on the Inferior and Internal Parts of the OJfa 
 Metacarpi. In Young Bodies thefe Bones are not 
 found, as in Others. They are apt to be loft in 
 Freeing the Bones , whether by Boyling or otherwife. 
 
 Fig. 2 
 
 The Bones as they Appear on the Back-part of 
 the Right Hand; for whofe Explanation ConfultFi^. i. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 12, 13, 14, If 9 16, 179 189 19 9 The Bones of 
 the Carpus Separated from each other. 
 

 r. 
 
 .‘>y- 
 
 'I 
 
 
iHiiiiiiiili 
 
f 
 
 

THE 
 
 NINETY-EIGHTH TABLE. 
 
 E come now to the Two Bones which Com pole the Lower* 
 part of the Spina , namely the Oj Sacrum and Coccjgts. 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 The Outfide and Back-part oftheOj Sacrum Compos’d of 
 Four or Five Bones like Vertebra in the Foetus ^ all which are 
 United in the Adult j and fome Marks of their Conjunction on- 
 ly Appear, efpecially on its Internal Concave Part. 2 . D. 
 
 . AAA , Some V eftigia or Marks of the Conjunctions of the 
 
 Afcending and Defcending Procelles ofthe Five which Compofe the Oj 
 
 BBBB, The ForammaVx^xx\A\y] the laft mention’d TranfverfeProcefles, and chiefly 
 fill’d with a Cartilaginous Body; fome fmall Branches of Nerves only paffing out of 
 them to the 2 \dujculus Giutaus Aiaximus, * 
 
 CCC 5 DD , The Smms Fram’d on each Side the Os Sacrum > by the Meeting of its 
 Tranfverfe Procefles. 
 
 E, The Superior Surface of the Upper-part of the Os Sacrum, on which is plac’d 
 the Laft Vertebra of the Loins. 
 
 F) Specus or Gre^t Foramen o£ the Sacrum., being continued from that of the 
 VerteFraoi the Back, by which the Nerves that Help to Gompofe the Cauda Equina 
 Defcend to their Egrefs, thro’ the Internal Foramina of this Bone, Fig. i. BBB. 
 
 GG, A binus Fram’d in the Oblique Afcending Procefs of the Firft of the 
 Os Sacrcumy which receives the Oblique Defcending Procels of the Laft Vertebra of the 
 Loins. 
 
 HH, Thole Parts of the Sacrum join’d to the OJfa Ilium by the Interpofition of a 
 Cartilage ; which Conjundfcion is call’d ^nehondrojis: 
 
 1 1 , The Spines of the 
 
 kk. Two Proceffes of the Sacrum, Connected to the Two Procefles of the Of 
 Coccyges , Fig. 3 . A , B. 
 
 Figc 2. . . : 
 
 The Infide or Fore-part of the Os Sacrum. 
 
 AAA, The Smooth Infide of the Five Vertebra which Compofe the Os Sacrum. 
 BBB, The Foramina by which the Nerves pals out from its Specus. 
 
 CC, D D, The partly Cartilaginous and partly Bony Connexion of the Vertebra. 
 
 of the Sacrum. 
 
 E, The Inferior Part of the Sacrum join’d to the Upper-part of the Os Coccygisi 
 
 Pig- 3 - 
 
 The Back-part of the Os Coccygis, Compos’d of Five Bones join’d to each other by 
 
 Synchondrofis. 
 
 A, B, Two Alcending Procefles of the Os Coccygis, join’d to thefe of the Sacrum, 
 
 Fig. i.kk. 
 
 I, 2 , 3,4, 5 , The leveral Bones which Frame the Os Coccygis. 
 
 Ftg. 4. 
 
 The Internal Part of the Os Cocygis ,whoCe Characters are Explain’d in the preced- 
 ing Figure. 
 
 Ddd 
 
 THE 
 
THE 
 
 NINETY-NINTH TABLE. 
 
 HE Internal Concave Surface of the Os Inmminatumt which in 
 the latus is Manifeftly Compos’d of Three Bones; but become 
 fo United in the Adult » as that no Marks of their Cartilaginous 
 Conjundtion do’s than Appear. This Bone is by fome call’d Ilium > 
 OsCoxendicis, At\dOs Anch/e, mdfoVOeXXTaesLumbare : For the better 
 Defeription ofit> Anatomifts have given diftindt Names to the 
 feveral Parts of it> which Appear in the Fastus, as follow. 
 
 A BCD} That Part of the Os Imominatum, call’d Ilium'. 
 AAA) The Internal Concave Part ofit> which the ikfoyewAw 
 lliacHS Internus is plac’d » call’d Cojla llmm, 
 
 B ) The Spine of the Ilium. 
 
 C , The Foramina of the Blood-Veflels which pafs into its Meditullium or Internal Part. 
 
 D , That Part of the Os Ilium join’d to the Sacrum by a Cartilaginous Interpolition , 
 which Conjundtion is call’d Synchondro/ts. 
 
 E ) That Part of the Os Innominatum , call’d Os Pubis or PeBinis. 
 
 F, The Great Foramen of the Os Jfehiumy Compos’d by that Bone in Conjundlion 
 with the Os Pubis. 
 
 G , The Fore-part of the Os Pubis. 
 
 H> The Third Part of the Os Innominatum, call’d Os ifehium and Os Coxendicis. ■ 
 
 I) A Prominence of the Os Ilium y whence the My cuius ReBus Fmoris do’sArife: 
 Fid. Fab. yy. G. 
 
 Fig. 2* 
 
 The External Convext Surface of the Os Innominatum: 
 
 ABB 5 Its Cavity, wherein the Head of the Oj is receiv’d? c2l\\ d AcetabH>* 
 
 lum and Fixisu 
 
 A, A Sinus Excavated in the Inferior Part of the Acetabulum^ in which the Mucila- 
 ginous Gland is plac’d: Vid. Fab. 74 . 1 . 
 
 The Ligamentum Rotundum^i^t d Fab. 74* Arifes from the Lower-part of the 
 tabulum towards its External Margin; whence it palfes Upwards to its Termination in 
 the Head of the Os BmorisiV/h\ch Difpofition of that Ligament, is no fmall Artifice 
 in Nature? in preventing too great a Coalifion of the Superior Part of the Acetabulum 
 with the Head of the Thigh-bone , in Walking? Running, ^c. as before Noted. 
 
 BB? The External Margin of the Acetabulum^ whence the ligamentum Latum do’s 
 Arife; which Ligament is Implanted in the Neck of the Os Femorls. 
 
 CDE? Tht Dorfum Ilium. 
 
 D Superior i The Spina Ilium, 
 
 EE? Divers Procefles towards the Back-part of the Ilium its other Side?Ex- 
 
 prefl: in the Former Figure D? is join’d with the Sacrum. 
 
 F? A Sinus of the Os llium<i in which the Mufculus Pyriformis paflTes towards its Implantation 
 
 G ? An Acute Procefs of the Ifehium. 
 
 H ? An Appendix of the Ifehium^ to which a Ligament Arifing from the Os Sacrum is 
 Faften’d: From this Appendix the Mufculus Quadratus Femoris, and the Mufcles Bending 
 the Fibia, do Arife. 
 
 I ? That Part where the Os Ifehium] oins with the Os Pubis. 
 
 K? The Oj Pubis or PeHinis. 
 
 L? The Great Foramen of the Ijchium and Pubis. 
 
 N. B. FheFhreeBones^hichCompofetheOslxinoxXiiXiZtUVXl) allmeet and joinin Acetabulum 
 
 THE 
 

 V' 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
r 
 
 
 
’ll II ■ ■! 
 
 4 
 
 i 
 
 T. JOO. 
 
THE 
 
 HUNDREDTH TABLE. 
 
 |HEWS the Bones of the Fcetus of one 
 Month to Seven Months after Conception. 
 Fig, I. 
 
 A Skeleton of a Fo^Uis about a Month af- 
 ter Conception ; in which the Cartilaginous Rudi- 
 ments of Bones have divers little Bony Specks or 
 Offifications in the Arms and Legs. 
 
 Fig, 2. 
 
 The Skeleton of a Fcetus of Six Weeks , in which 
 the Rudiments of the Bones of the Artus or Limbs 
 do Appear in Bony Specks , fbmewhat Larger than 
 thofe of the proceeding Figure; the ClavicuU being 
 Intirely Bony. 
 
 Fig- 3 , 4 - 
 
 The Fore and Back-part of the Skeleton of Foetus 
 of about Three Months; in which the Beginnings of 
 all the Bones Appear. 
 
 Fig. f. 
 
 The Skeleton of a Fxtus of about Four Months; 
 in which the Bones with their Cartilaginous Appen- 
 dages do Appear , without any confiderable Dif- 
 ference (except in Magnitude) from thole in the T wo 
 proceeding Figures. 
 
 Fig. 6 . 
 
 The Back-part of the Skeleton of a Foetus of about 
 Four Months after Conception. 
 
 In the Embryo,^ or Firfl Rudiments of the Foetus 
 within the Womb; thofe Parts which afterwards be- 
 come Bones, are than Intirely Cartilaginous , tillabout 
 the End of the Firfl Month after Impregnation ; at 
 which Time divers Bony Specks or Oflifications be- 
 gin to Appear about the Middle of the Larger Bones 
 of the Limbs , efpecially in the Claviculdt, Two 
 Months after Conception , the Whole Head do’s not 
 afford any Bony Appearance , except the Third Pair 
 of Bones of the Upper Jaw, and the Two Bones 
 which Frame the Lower Jaw, which about this Time 
 Appear Difhn6l. The Middle-parts of the ClavicuU 
 are Bony after the Firft Six Weeks. The Shoulder- 
 blades are without any Proper Figure about the Se- 
 cond Month after Conception, at which Time their 
 Offifications begin in their Middle-parts : About the 
 Third Month their 5 pinal Procefies begin to be Bony, 
 as well as their Coracoidal and Short Procefies : Near 
 this Time the Whole Spine , or p^ertebra of the Neck , 
 Back , Loins , Os Sacrum and Coccygis , begin to be 
 Bony. The Sixth Vertebra of the Back Internally , 
 fbme Bony Specks in each Vertebra Appear , and 
 Gradually Lefien themfelves to the Fifth Vertebra of 
 the Neck; the like Offifications may be Obferv’dto 
 become Lefs and Lefs in each , towards the 
 
 Lower-part of the Spine , to the Third Vertebra of 
 the Os Sacrum. The Incurvation or Bending Forwards 
 of the Whole Spine at this Time, is Remarkable. 
 The Four Upper Vertebrcz of the Neck, afford 
 fbme Bony Appearances Laterally, about the Third 
 Month; near which Time the Bodies of the Three 
 Upper VcrtebrdL of the Os Sacrum feem to Frame 
 One Bone, but its Lateral Parts are not Bony till the 
 Fourth Month; at which Time the Bodies of the 
 
 Third and Fourth Vertebrae of the Neck begin tt) 
 Appear. The Fifth and Sixth Month , the, Epiflropheus 
 or Second Vertebra of the Neck has a Boriy Speck ; 
 but its Tooth-like Procefs is yet Cartilaginous: The 
 Fore-part of the Atlas or '^ith^iVertebra'vi yet want- 
 ing. The Os Coccygis is Cartilaginous till about the 
 Eighth or Ninth Month; at which Time ^ inks In- 
 ternal Part, call’d its Body, Two Ofleous Specks 
 Appear about the Bignefs of Two great Pin’s' Heads* 
 All the Vertebra of the Spine of the Foetus (at this 
 Time) Appear Compos’d of Three Bones; Firffthat 
 of the Bodies of the Vertebra Forwards; Secondly 
 its Two Lateral Parts which Frame their Tranfferfe 
 Procefies : Their Spinal Procefies not Appearing Bony 
 till fbme Time after the Partus ; whence (as Spigelius 
 Obferves) Rope-Dancers, Tumblers, ^c. by early 
 Praaice whilfi: they are Children, the Spines of the 
 Back-bone give way to the Inflexion of tkmx Vertebra 
 Back- wards; the common Pofition of the Spines being 
 Obliquely Defending, they do thereby incline more 
 Horizontal, and their Points are alfb rendred more 
 Obtufe. 
 
 The Os Innominatum about the Second Month after 
 Conception is Cartilaginous, except that Part of it 
 call’d Ilium , where it Frames the Upper-part of the 
 Acetabulum , it has a Bony Speck about the Bignefs 
 of a Common Pin’s Head. In the Fourth Month the 
 Os Coxendicis or Ifchium.^ (another Part of the Os 
 Innominatum) has a Bony Appearance, where it meets 
 the Ileum within the Acetabulum , not exceeding the 
 Head of a common Pin in Magnitude ; the like may 
 be Obferv’d of the Os Pubis Acetabulutn : 
 
 Thefe Three Bones which Compofe the Innominatum ^ 
 remain Diflinguifh’d in the Foetus by a Cartilaginous 
 Interpofition , which continues till the Seventh Year, 
 at which Age thofe Cartilaginous Marks Difappean 
 In the Second Month all the Ribs except the Firfi: 
 and Lafi^are fb harden’d , that the Channels (Expreff 
 Fig. 4. Tab. 94. E, ) or SimVs for the Intercofial 
 Blood-Veflels and Nerves, Appear. 
 
 The Time of the Offification of the Sternum is 
 uncertain ; but Eujlachius is mifiaken in faying , It’s 
 altogether Cartilaginous in Children Newly Born* 
 Kerckringius affirms he never Difle6fed a Foetus of Four 
 Months, but. he found fbme Little Bony-Bodies ill 
 the Sternum. Their Number and Figure Varying in 
 mofi: Subje6ls, we need not fay more of them in 
 this place. The Offificatibn of the Artus is very Early , 
 as Appears by the Firfi and Second Figures of this 
 Table, where the Mjddle-parts of the Bones Firfi 
 Appear in little WMte Specks a Month after Con^ 
 ception , as aboVe Noted ; but fbme of their Appen-^ 
 dages are Intirely Cartilaginous for fbme Months after 
 the Birth. The Eight Cartilages of the Carpus become 
 Bony fbme Time after the Birth* The Appendages 
 of the Bones of the Metacarpus and Fingers , conti- 
 nue Intirely Cartilaginous fbme Months after the Birth ; 
 the like may be Obferv’d of the Feet rnd Toes; the 
 Patella in like Manner are Intirely Cartilaginous fbme 
 Months after the Birth* 
 
 £ee 
 
 T II E 
 
THE 
 
 HUNDRED & FIRST TABLE. 
 
 'E PRESENTS the Fore^parts of the Bones of a Fcetus of Nine Months. 
 
 A 5 The Fronticuliis fram’d at the Meeting of the Bones of the Sinciput and 
 Frontal Bones, it being a Dilcontinuation of thole Bones in the F(ztus\ which 
 continues in the Infant for Divers Months, and fbmetimes Years. 
 
 BB, The Two Frontal-bones. 
 
 . CC, Parts the. Bregma OY Sincipital-bones. 
 
 DD, The Sagittal Suture Extended to the Upper-part of the Nofa 
 EE, The Coronal Suture; they are call’d Sutures in Relpe6t of their Ap- 
 pearance in the Adult , but here in the Foetus they rather feem to Deferve the 
 Term Harmonia'^ they Approaching to fimple Lines, and are not Indented till 
 the Bones become Hard; but fince a Membrane Interpofes, Spigelius calls this 
 Conjundtion in Infants Synymenjis^ 
 
 F, The Cartilage of the Nofe cut off; 
 
 G, Its Septum. 
 
 H H , The Upper-jaw, or properly the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 II, The Two Bones which Compofe the Lower Jaw; 
 
 R , Their Suture , or more properly their Conjundtion by Synchondrojis, 
 
 LL, The External or Stony Parts of the Teeth, yet lying within their Alveoli or Sockets, and Co- 
 ver’d with the! PerioJHum of the Jaw-bone: The Time of their Breaking forth is uncertain, and theOrder 
 they Appear in, is commonly well known; yet in this too they fbmetimes vary, and the Dentes Cmini 
 Appear before the Incifores ; if their Eruption is Tedious, the Gums thro’ frequent Ufe are fb harden’d, 
 as to Occafion ill Symptoms; in which Cafe not only the Gums, but the Periojiium., which at that Time 
 immediately Covers the Upper-parts of the Sockets, is to be Divided by a Sharp Inffrument; whereby 
 the Imprifbn’d Tooth is fet at Liberty , and the Tenfion of the Perioflium Reliev’d. In Pradlifing this 
 Operation, we ought to have Regard to the Time of the'Eruption of thofe Teeth we cut upon; forthofe 
 only ought to have their Gums and PerioJHum Divided, which Appear fbmewhat Prominent: By too early 
 Dividing of thofe Parts they Unite again, and their Cicatrice Renders tliem more Obflinate to the Eruption 
 afterwards , efpecially if the Periojlium its felf was not Divided before. 
 
 M , The Left Clavicle. 
 
 N, The Internal Part of the Right Scapula. 
 
 O , The Acromion of the Scapula join’d with the Extremity of the Clavicle. 
 
 P , The Cartilaginous Appendix of the Os Humeri. 
 
 Q, The Os Humeri. 
 
 RR, The Ulna. 
 
 S S , The Radii. 
 
 TT, The Cartilages which Compofe the Bones of the Carpus on both Sides. 
 
 V V , The OJJa Metacarpi , whofe Extremities are Cartilaginous. 
 
 W W , The Bones of the Fingers , whofe Knuckles or Appendages are Cartilaginous. 
 
 X, The J^ertehra of the Neck; 
 
 Y, Thofe of the Back; 
 
 Z, Thofe of the Loins, 
 t. The 05 Sacrum. 
 
 2 , The Coccygis. 
 
 3 , The Ileum. 
 
 4 , Ifchium. • ' 
 
 5 , Pubis. 
 
 6. 6 , The Sternum with Divers little Bony Bodies. 
 
 7.7, TheTrue-ribs. * - 
 
 8 , 8 , ^c. The Baftard-ribs. '' * 
 
 9 , The Enfiformal Cartilage of the Sternum* 
 
 10, The Thigh-bone; 
 
 11, Its Trochanter Major yet Cartilaginous. 
 
 12, The Trochanter Minor in like manner Car- 
 tilaginous. 
 
 , 13 , The Cartilage which makes the Patella. 
 
 14, The Tibia. 
 
 15 , The Os Sura or Fibula. 
 
 16 , The Cartilages which make the Bones of the 
 Tarjus. 
 
 17, The OJfa Metatarji. 
 
 18, The Bones of the Toes, which are Cartilagi- 
 nous at their Extremities, like thofe of the Fingers. 
 

 
 
I 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 

THE 
 
 HUNDRED & SECOND TABLE. 
 
 Part or Proceft of it j call’d Fctrofnm* 
 
 F F j The Lower Jaw. 
 
 Gj The Os Jugate. 
 
 HH) The Seven Vertebra of the 
 Neckj 
 
 II 5 Twelve of the Thorax, 
 
 K K 5 (fc. Five of the Loins , without 
 their Spinal Procefles. 
 
 Lj The Right Scapula. 
 
 M> Part of the Right CUvkula. 
 
 N N 5 The True Ribs. 
 
 O O 5 ^c. The Baftard Ribs. 
 
 P 5 The Os Humer 'u 
 The Vina. 
 
 R > The Radius. 
 
 S > The Cartilages which Compofe the 
 Bones of the Carpus. 
 
 S the Back-part of the Skeleton of a Foetus of Nine Months. 
 
 A 5 Part of the Sagittal Suture. 
 
 BBj The OJJa Bregmatis. 
 
 C C > The Sutura Lambdoides'". 
 
 D, The Os Occtpitis which commonly in the Foetus is Divided 
 into Four Bones; Three of which Appear in this Figure; the 
 Fourth lying between the OJfa Petroja , and is join’d to the Os 
 Sphenoides, Tab. 92. Fig. 2. P. 
 
 E, The Os Temporum or Squamofum, not yet join’d with that 
 
 T) The Bones of the Metacarpus. ^ 
 
 Vj The Bones of the Fingers. 
 
 W> The Os Sacrum^ 
 
 X y The lleumy 
 Y > The IJchium, 
 
 Z> The Pubis, 
 
 I, The Thigh-bone. 
 
 2j The Cartilaginous Appendages of 
 the Lower-part of the Thigh-bonej and 
 Upper-parts of the Tibia and Fibula. 
 
 35 The Tibia, 
 
 4j The Fibula* 
 
 5, The Cartilages which Frame the 
 Bones of the Tarfus. 
 
 6 y The Bones of the Metatarfus* 
 
 7 y The Bones of the Toes. 
 
 N. B. There are divers Remarkable Parts of this Figure, as mil as of the preceeding Tablcy ^hich 
 have efcap'd Lettering: As the Spmes of Scapulae 5 Cartilaginous Appendages of the Off^Ilurntriy 
 \]\nxy Radii, Femoris,^ Tlbix, Fibula, ^c. hut moft of thefe being already LetteV don other 
 Figures of the Bones, m jhall Omit their Repetition on thefe, fince the Additional Letters already made 
 on thefe Figures, are fo LLumerous. 
 
 t 
 
 •r 
 
 \ 
 
 ^ i 
 
 I1 
 
 f 
 
 Fff THE 
 
THE 
 
 HUNDRED & THIRD TABLE. 
 
 HE Bones of the Inferior Artus or Limbs are Divided into the 
 Thigh} Shank} and Foot. 
 
 Tig, 1 . 
 
 The Fore-part of the Left Thigh-bone. 
 
 A, The Upper Appendix of the Thigh-bone > call’d its Head, 
 cover’d with a Cartilage, which is receiv’d in the Acetabulum oi 
 the Os Innominatum^ Tab. 99. Fig. 2. ABB. 
 
 The Round Ligament Arifing from the Inferior Part of the 
 Acetabulum , is Inferted near the Middle of this Head of the Thigh- 
 bone, Tig, 2 , B. This Articulation of the Thigh-bone with the Hip-bone, is call’d 
 
 Enarthrofis, 
 
 B, The Trochanter Major ^ which in Young Bodies Appears join’d with a Cartilage 
 to the Thigh-bone, and is therefore call'd an Epiphyfis or Appendix, 
 
 C, The Cervix or Neck of the Os Temoris, to which the Ligamentum Latum is¥zG:en'd* 
 
 DE, The \n£eviov Appendix of the Os Temoris ^ Framing Two Heads: The Smooth 
 
 Cartilaginous Surface which Appears between them, receives the Internal Surface of 
 the Patella^ Fig. 4. 
 
 F j A l^ims whence the Muf cuius PopUteus has its Tendinous Origin. 
 
 Tig* 2, 
 
 The Poflerior Part of the Right Thigh-bone. 
 
 A , Its Head. , 
 
 B , A little Depreflurc , where the Ligamentum Rotundum is Implanted. 
 
 C, The Lefler Trochanter^ to which the MufculusPfoas^Lndlliacushtemusy are Inferted. 
 
 DE, The Two Inferior Heads of the Thigh-bone, which are receiv’d in Two 
 
 Shallow Depreflures, Fram’d by Two Semilunary Cartilages , plac’d on the Supe- 
 rior Part of the Tibia: The Sinus between thefe Two Heads, receives a fm all Pro- 
 minence on the Upper-part of the Tibia ^ efpecially in its Flexion: This Articulation 
 of the Thigh with the Tibia is by Ginglymus, 
 
 F, The Great Trochanter^ where the Muf cuius Pyr if or mis, Marfupialis, Obturator Externus ^ 
 land Parts of the Glutei Medii ^ Lviinimi^ and Quadratus Temorisy are Inferted. 
 
 GGj The Line a Afpera , to which Part of the Muf cuius Quadratus Temoris, Gluteus 
 Maximus, and the Greateft Part of the Triceps are Inferred: The V ajius Ext emus and ln» 
 ternus , do chiefly Arife from the Linea Afpera, 
 
 In fome Bodies efpecially Aged, we find Two OJfa Sefamoidea on the Superior Parts 
 of the Two Lower Heads of the Thigh-bone DE: The Office of which, is to De- 
 fend the Bending Tendons of the Tibia from too great a Collifion on thofe Heads of 
 the Bone, which they would elfe be Subje6t to: The like Oflification I have more 
 than once Obferv’d in the Tendon of the Peronaus Longusy at its Contortion over the 
 Os Calcis towards the Bottom of the Foot. 
 
 Tig* 35 4’ 
 
 The Former Figure Reprefen ts the External Rough Part of thePatella-^ the Latter 
 the Internal Smooth Surface of the fame Bone cover’d with a Cartilage; which is 
 applied to the Fore-part of the Jun£ture of the Os Temoris with the Tibia, where it’s 
 Faften’d by the Tendon of all the Extending Mufcles of the ‘I wherefore by 
 Spigeliuj its Conjunftion is call’d Syntenofis, The Ufe of the (by fome call’d 
 
 Mola, Scutum -i Os Scutiforme, &c.) is to prevent the Thigh-bone from Thrufting out 
 Forwards, efpecially in Walking down any Steep Place, and from Preffing on the 
 Tendons of the Extending Mufcles of the Tibia: It alfb Defends the Articulation of 
 the Thigh and efpecially in Kneeling; and like a Pully A£ts on the Lower 
 
 part of the Os Lemoris, to Extend the Tibia when Inflected. 
 
 
 THE 
 

 ft 
 
 ♦ 
 
I#"-'-. , 
 
 > . 
 
 '“.Vlu. 
 
 . v 
 
 ..'<' '5;- 
 
 
 ' -.5^' ■ 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 * >r 
 
 
 
 *i.. -f<- •t'’f 'V 
 
 *r 
 
 ?:./«&.. >. 
 
 y'! .'.^. y, # 
 
 fees; 
 
 r 
 
 h‘\ .' >•■. ‘TT'rtT- 
 
 
 
 •" "■ "-'C 
 
 /• ■f-i' ■ • - 
 
 Sf.;*' •<'*:A>r ' • • vSc-^St'.^t,-;..:-,-. : ^^,.•ns. '. 
 
 ■- ,■■■• '- M V-;- -.. .. " 
 
 5fv ^ 
 
 ^t:\ 
 
 >>.^-V-^- .- .^. . 
 
 ... ..,...■ 3^.':'-^- 
 
 ’■y ^. '■ 
 
 
 m 1 ■ 
 
 J rir.® K ■ 
 
 ■4t^ •'-3-‘*:--«Uit; v /'- .. V - ''T^' - i- 
 
 .■#c.^ . • <^' ... "V-'v 
 
 « •• _ . .ji. •- •• 
 
 
 ■ ' .v',-“-'-i^-.‘ . .'V~ -' 'i_^. .';- • ■'; '. . -■ . 
 
 y-f. . ' ■ ^ . :;• . 
 
 '•'•• . 7 l> ' • 
 
 
 
 . ■•«?'• • ‘.•‘' • '. rr- , V • ' 
 
 ' ■ '.- ■» .-V -. 
 
 
 . . , 
 
 ■»"•-■ ■ -~'-'i. -3^^ ' ,,i;. 
 
 
 - Jf-- ■ ^ 7 ^’ 
 
 ■V '■ ^ . 
 
 • , • ' ' . ., • -. -v.,i . • ■ i ' ; r ' ?• • •'. 
 
 t 4 ^—^' ^ M - ■* ^ - t|,. V- 
 
 'V^." 
 
 . . • , 'V- 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 ■A- V 
 
 T- >2 -Jf. •.-t0l. 
 
 ■ ^ .* 
 
 ^ Ip 
 
 . V 
 
 - 
 
 r^i» .-I'lr > *■ 
 
 
 
 '•i 
 
 
 
 
 I'.. ,tt. 
 
 
 -r^'.v vVX- -Vv-: 
 
 
 --■ <• ; 5 -. ..-^y , 
 
 • .< ■ 
 
 
 
 ■ Vi 
 
 
 
 
 ■■'A 
 
 
 -V .-i' 
 
 
 
 r;i 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 ^ iy < 
 
 .,• W’w 
 
 \/ 
 
 
 
 
 
 (• 
 
 
 
 ^ •3' 
 
 ..-J 
 
 <• . 
 
 'i-. ■ 
 
 f; 
 
 -c-x-sr? 
 
 
 
 
 
 • > .'lif' 
 
 :i' 
 
 .I?" 
 
 V 
 
 r 
 
 :*•••«■ 
 
 -," •::V 
 
 
 'A ■;; 
 
 .• 
 
 rjf jj'.r 
 
 
 i- > 
 
 W e 
 
 
 
 
 ^ • 
 
 
 
 ir."' . '• .' 
 
 
 r:^ 
 
 i' - < 
 
 - ♦ r. 
 
 ■ ■ i- ^ 4 :. 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 « Y ’ 
 
 
 ..;«v / 
 
 fr; J 7 ?. Jrr-^' 
 
 ■> ' i. .', ‘ ' • ■ / 
 
 ..Vir^ r-v 
 
 ■y_ -»*-<»,- 
 
 
 
 
 
 » ■ V : ^ 
 
 
 !l 
 
 :■» » . -- 
 
 «yVcf ■ 
 
 ' . y«»vr-. 
 
 V- 
 
 i. • :'i. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . f ' 4 ^^«S 
 
 ■ 
 
 . ',’ 'M. 
 
 
 
 
 c\‘' 
 
 
 ■ s” 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Lv^'y ^v.- , 
 
 -■ .»*-%? *r -:^^"' 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 
 ‘ /, 
 
 
 
 -v^r^'br. 
 
 • ^ ' :■ r:- - -. ^^^■r: <V': - . .-.-v ' -:=.iir X ^ 
 
 
 
 'I" 
 
 
 <-.-*#sSiSS3 
 
 ' * 
 
 
 .’,r :;■■ -''f.^r^'- 
 
 .'■^y 
 
 
 
 
THE 
 
 HUNDRED & FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 I Fore-part of the Right Tibia, or Majm to^file of the Leg. 
 
 V Fore-part of the Tibia, call’d 
 
 Its ^pwa» 
 
 i^rominence on the Upper^part of the Tibia, to 
 is Inferred Tendon of the Mufcles, Extending the Leg , 
 
 ^ in the Middle of the Upper Appendix of the 
 
 'nbta, to which a Ligament is Inferred, proceeding from the 
 
 Thicrh p n or between the Heads of the Lower- part of the 
 
 1 nigh-bone , Expreft Bg. 2 . m the preceeding Table. ^ 
 
 t., Ihe Matieolm Internw, Fram’d by the Lower Appendix of the Tibia, 
 
 The Back-part of the Left Tibia. 
 
 DijitL ftl. d” Ir.*! 
 
 B , A Prominence in its Upper J^nSx , to which a Linament is Faften’d contt 
 nned from the between the Two Heads of the Lowa Ape,xSx of thco JZZ, 
 
 Par^’oAe bIL“ fe 
 
 F; “* “ * Upper-pattof the 
 
 ^ ^ ^ Fz^. 
 
 The Back-part of the Left Bbula with its Lower End Uppermoft, it’s alfo call’d 
 
 Os Sura, Canna Minor , Foffile Minus, and Os Perone, 
 
 A A, The External Part of the Fibula, 
 
 ’ ft? ''thence the Mufculus Peronaus Longus do’s Arife. 
 
 U C, The Two Extreams of the Bone, properly fo call’d. 
 
 D , Its Lower Appendix which makes the Malleolus Externus. 
 
 E , Its Upper Appendix. 
 
 Z«^^«T,^d?s?rife°^ theK^«4*, whence the Upper-part of the Mufculus Flexor Pbllicis 
 
 Fi^. 3 . ^ 
 
 ABC, ^C. The Internal Part of the Right Fibula next the Tibia, with its Lower 
 End Uppermoft , as m the Former Figure • 
 
 D, A Smooth Cartilaginous Surface of the Lower Appendix of the Fibula, which is 
 
 Entertain d in the Smus of the Lower-part of the Tibia, Fig. 2 C • and Touches rbe 
 Os Caleis Externally Laterally. Vid. Tab. ioy. Ptg.i. A ^ ’ Touches the 
 
 F , The Superior Part of the Bone next its Appendix. 
 
THE 
 
 hundred & FIFTH TABLE. 
 
 E come now to the Bones of the Foot it felf: Thefe like thofe of the Hand are 
 Divided into Three Parts , viz. The Bones of the Tarfiis^ Metatarfiis^ and thofe 
 of the Toes. The Tarjiis is Compos’d of Seven Bones, which in this Table’are 
 Reprefented Separated from each other; the 
 
 I , Is the AJiragahs or Talus ^ by fome call’d Os Balijltz; 
 
 2" The Os Calcis,, Calcaneus ov Pedis Calcar'^ 
 
 3, ^ The Os Spmgiojum^ call’d Cuboides Os Tejfera^ Grandinojim andjPo/)i- 
 morphon'y 
 
 4, 5, 6, TheThi&eOJfa Cuneiformiay 
 
 7 The Os Navicular eoc Cymbiforme\ it’s alfb call’d Scaphoeides, 
 
 I. 
 
 The Upper-part of the Bones of the Right Foot, when join’d to each other with Wires m their 
 
 Namwl External Lateral Smooth Side, Cover’d with a Cartilage which touches the 
 
 Internal and Lower-part of the Inferior Appendix of the Mbula , call’d Malleolus Exterms : B , The hTper- 
 part of the Os Calcis , Cover’d with a Cartilage which is receiv’d in zSinus of the Lower Appendix of the 2 tha. 
 
 C, T\\q Os Calcis. . ' ' \ 
 
 D, The Os Navicular e. 
 
 E , The Os Spongiofum or Cuboides. ^ 
 
 F G H , The Three OJfa Cuneiformia. 
 
 • I K L M N , The Five Offa Metatarfi or Second Divifion of the Foot. 
 
 i 2 3, to 13, All the Bones of the Toes according to Bidloo^ but we fufpea the Second Bone of 
 all the Lefler Toes was wanting in the Subjedb, by which this Figure was Delineated^ fbriamperfwaded 
 
 tbe Painter follow’d the Life very flri6tly , as appears by the Figure. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 The Bones of the Inferior Part or Bottom of the Right Foot, 
 
 A B , Part of the AJiragdus. 
 
 C, The Os Calcis. 
 
 D, The Os Naviculare, 
 
 E , The Os Spongiojum or Cuboides. 
 
 G H , Two of the 
 
 I K L M N , The Offa Metatarfi. 
 
 00, The Offa Sefamoidea of the Great Toe. 
 
 N.B. The Bones of the Toes (as Exprefi in the Former Figure) ^wanting their Second, Internodes. 
 
 3 - 
 
 One of the Nails. 
 
 A, The Upper-part of the Nail, commonly call’d its Root. 
 
 B, Its Side, which was Border’d with a Protenfi on of the Cuticula. u r 
 
 C, Its External Convex Part, where its Series of Fibres Appear Extended according to its Length, from 
 
 Al. to C 
 
 D, its Limbus or Extream Part, which Projefts over the Top of the Finger or Toe. 
 
 The Nails Arife from their Subjacent Parts, call’d their Roots, Fram’d of a ComplicatiM ofNervesand 
 Blood- VelTels 1 whence Horny Fibres or Tubes Arife, and being United, Compofethat Hard Body call d 
 the Nail. The Horny Fibres which make the Outfide or Convex Surface of the Nail, Arife from the 
 Lower-part of its Root next the Second Internode of the Finger; the reft of the Horny Fibres which Arife 
 from the Superior Part of its Root towards the Top of the Finger; fucceffiyely make the Internal Concave 
 Surface of the Nail : So that the Extremity of the Nail which Extends it felf beyond Ae Top of the Finger, 
 is Fram’d of all the Fibres which Arife from the Surface of its Root, and is much Thicker than its other 
 Extream towards its Root: Hence it happens that the External Surface towards the Root of the Nail is 
 Protruded Forwards towards its Top; as may be Obferv’d if you Mark the Lower-part oftheN ml towards 
 its Root, you will fee it advance to the Top; which at Length is either Worn away or cut ott. When 
 anyCorrofive Matter (as in a Paronychia ox the like) deftroysthe Tender Roots of the Horny hibers, the 
 Nail neceflarily falls off; but neverthelefs it will Bud again , and a New Nail will Cyowin its place; which 
 commonly do’s not prove fb Beautiful as the Former, whether occafion’d by too early Ufi^ it, orits being 
 
 Expos’d to the External Air, or feme inconvenient Covering made Ufe of, to Defend it from Outward ln)uries. 
 
4 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 JO 
 
 :> ' 
 
 
 mkmfiwmi. 
 
 
 
 ■■■■■>> 1 
 
 'v 
 
 
 

 ' V’ 
 
 
A P P N D I 
 
 B ^ 
 
 Reprefenting the 
 
 EXTERNAL MUSCLES. 
 
 And Divers P A R T S 
 O F 
 
 HUMANE BODIES 
 
 Which are either Omitted j or not well Expreft in the Preceeding 
 
 TABLES. 
 
 Done after the L I F E. 
 
 Hhb 
 
1 
 
 I 
 
 / 
 
 o 
 
 •i 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 j 
 
 i 
 
1 
 
 [ 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 <^ 4ji 
 

 : r; 
 
 If 
 
 f 
 
 \ 
 
 I 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 THE 
 
 FIRST TABLE. 
 
 Fig- I - 
 
 . t. » . . . 
 
 EPRESENTS the External Mufcles as they Ap- 
 'pear in their Proper Situation on the Fore- part of the 
 Body, after the Skin, Fat, and Membranes arc taken 
 off, together with the Mufculus Quadratus Colli lying 
 on each Side the Neck, and Tendinous Exparifion of 
 the Mufculus Membramfus ft dm' the Fore-parts of the 
 Thighs. 
 
 1 , The Mufculus Frontalis. 
 
 2, The Orbicularis Palpebrarum. 
 
 3 , The Elevator Labii Superioris , and Dilatator Al<e Nafi, 
 
 4, The Elevator Labii Superioris Proprius. 
 
 5 , Part of the Elevator Labiorum Commums. 
 
 6 , The Orbicularis feu Sphinbler Labiorum. ‘ _ 
 
 7, The Deprejfor Labii Inferioris Proprius. 
 
 8 , The Deprejfor Labiorum Communis. 
 
 9 , The Zygomaticus Jeu Difiortor Ons> ^ , 
 
 JO, The Buccinator. ^ •, 
 
 c 1 1 , The temporalis. 
 
 12, The Maffeter. 
 
 a, The Parotid Salival Gland. 
 
 b, The Os Jugale. 
 
 c, The Salival Dudt, where it Arifes from the Parotid Gland, and 
 
 paffes over the Mufcle, whence it Marches thro’ the Mufculus 
 
 Buccinator to its Orifice in the Internal Membrane of the Mouth , againft 
 the Dentes Molares. 
 
 d , The Lower Jaw-bone made bare. 
 
 e, The Infertion of the Right Maftoid Mufcle, to the Procefus Mam- 
 
 miformis. 
 
 13, The Geniohyoideus. 
 
 14, 14, The Majtoidei^ where their Two Beginnings are Expreft on 
 each Sidej the One from the Top of the Sternum and the Other 
 ■from the Clavicula f: The Termination of the Right Mafloid in the 
 Proceffus Mammillarh c , is alfo Expreft. 
 
 I f , The Sternohyoideus of the Left Side , that of the Right not being 
 Figur’d. 
 
 16, 16, The Marching under the Maftoid Mufcle. - 
 
 17, 17, Parts of the Scalenus. 
 
 1 8 , Fart oF the Elevator Scapula. 
 
 19, 19, Parts of the trapezius or Cucullaris^ on each Side Inferred to 
 the Clavicula. 
 
 20, The Deltoides. ^ . 
 
 21 , 21 , The Two Pe£toral Mufcles.' 
 
 f , f, The Clavicula. 
 
 . g. The LTppcr-part of the Os Pebloris or Sternum. 
 
 h, ’ The Scrobiculus Cordis at the Lower-part of the Sternum'. 
 
 22, The Biceps Humeri. 
 
 23, 25, Coracobrachiales. , 
 
 24, 24, Parts of the Brachiales Fleuores. 
 
 ' 25, 2f , Parts of the Brachiales Extenjores. 
 
 i, A Branch of the Axillary Nerves, which pafle between the Inter* 
 nal Protuberance of the Os Humeri k, and the Olecranum or Elbow. 
 
 k, The Internal Protuberance of the Os Humeri. 
 
 l , The Large Trunk of the Axillary Artery, which is frequently 
 Prickt by bold Blood- Letters. 
 
 m, A Thin Membranous Tendon Springing from the Mufculus Bi- 
 ceps Humeri, which is Expanded over all the External Mufclcs on the 
 Cubit. 
 
 26 , Part of the Brachialis Flexor. 
 
 27, Pronator Radii Teres. 
 
 28 , 28 , Radialis Flexor. 
 
 2p, 29, Palmaris Longus. 
 
 30, 30, Parts of the Mufeuli Flexores Secundi Internodii Perforati, 
 
 31 , 31 , The Ulnaris Flexor. 
 
 32, 32, The Supinator Radii Longus in both Arms. 
 
 3 5 , Part of the Radialis Extenfor. 
 
 34, A Tendon of the Flexor Tertii Internodii Pollicis, 
 
 . 3y, 3y, The Jbdublor Pollicis on both Hands. 
 
 n, The Ligament urn Annulare of the Carpus. 
 
 0,0, The Tendinous Expanfion of the Palmaris Longus. 
 
 36, The Caro Mufculofa ^adrata. 
 
 37, The AbduSlor Minimi Digiti. 
 
 38, 38, The Fleftiy Parts of the Obliquus DeRendens Abdominis on 
 both Sides, 41 , 42, q , q, their Tendons Running over the RebtilQt\\Q 
 'JJnea Alba. 
 
 3P, 3p, Parts of the LatiJJimus Dorft on both Sides. 
 
 40, 40, Parts of the Serrati Major is" Antki. 
 
 41 , 41 , The ReSli Abdominis, as they Appear under the Tendons of 
 the Two Oblique Mufcles. 
 
 p, Tht Linea Alba. « 
 
 q, q, The Tendons of the T^wo .Oblique Mulcles, call’d Linea Semi- 
 lunaris, before they March over the ReRus to the Linea Alba. 
 
 r, r. The Fore- parts of the Spines of the OJfa Ilia. 
 
 s, s. The Glandula Inguinales-, neither thefe Glands, nor thofe in the 
 
 Axilla , call’d Glandula Axillares, arc any where mention’d in the pre- 
 ceding Defcriptions : Their Office is to receive the Lympha from all the 
 Inferior Parts, and Difcharge it again by their Exporting Lymphe-Dufts 
 in its Way towards the Thoracick-Du6t. If any Parts of the Legs or 
 Thighs are Difeas’d, as in an Anafarca, with an Eryftpelas , Abcefs , 
 Exulceration, clpecially with a Caries of the Bone, and the like; yoU 
 will moft commonly find the Inguinal Glandules Tumid and Hard : The 
 like may be Obferv’d of the Axillary Glands , when the Mamma, Arms, 
 Cubits, or Hands arc in like Manner Affeftcd. The Intumefcence of 
 thefe Lymphatick Glands, in the Cafes above mention’d, is caus’d by the 
 Vitiated Lympha, arifing from the Difeas’d Parts, not paffing the;^9?f«/dr 
 Clandulofa', whence a Tumor is begun, and is Ifill Increas’d by the Ac- 
 ceffion of the fucceding and the Whole Gland becomes Diftcnded 
 
 to a vaft Magnitude ; as Appear’d m the Cafe of the Late Sir IViUiam 
 Cranmer, in whom, after Death, I found the Glandule of the Right In- 
 guine to Weigh above Six Pounds, and the Trunk of the Crural Artery 
 paffing thro’ the Lower-part of it. Tho’ the Surface of this Tumified 
 Gland feem’d to have Matter Fluftuating in divers Parts of it, yet no other 
 than a Glandulous Appearance Offer'd on Dividing it Varioufly, The 
 like Intumefcence of the Inguinal Glands happen’d after Caftration, in 
 a Hernia Carnofa of the fame Side, which in like Manner prov’d Fatal* 
 In the Cafe of an Anafarca of one Leg, on which an Eryftpelashzpptn'd, 
 1 found the Inguinal Gland on the fame Side very much Indurated and 
 fomewhat Diftended. When the Excoriation from ihcEryfpelas began to 
 Abate of the Flux of Matter, the Inguinal Gland above became more 
 and more Diftended; at length the Outward Skin on it began to look 
 Red, and foon after Impofthumated: After the contain’d Pus was Difcharg’d, 
 1 could pafs my Probe very Deep into divers Interftices of the Gland , 
 in which the Matter was Lodg’d; all which Sinus'* s after fome Weeks 
 Clos’d by the Ufe of Deficcative Topicks , with convenient Bandage , 
 without Hard Tents or Dozils. In this Cafe the Patient took divers Dofes 
 of Calomel, and Strong Purges. The like Intumefcence of rhefe Glands 
 alfo happens in Venerial Cafes, efpccially when the External Parts of the 
 Penis are Ulderated , as 1 have elfewhere taken Notice of. 
 
 t. The Os Pubis. 
 
 uu. The Procefles of the Peritoneum Covering the Spermatick Veffcls, 
 as they Defcend to the Tejies. 
 
 42, The Pyramidales. 
 
 43 , 43, The Mufculus Communis Memhranofus on both Sides, Part of 
 its Tendinous Expanfion of the Left Side being Expreft, Faften’d to 
 the Upper Appendix of the Fibula x. 
 
 44, 44, The Sartorius on both Sides. 
 
 47 , Part of the Glutaus Medius made Tumid by the Great 
 
 46, 4<S, The Reitus Femoris on both Thighs. 
 
 47, 47, 'The Vafli Externi. 
 
 48, 48, The Fafli Inter ni. 
 
 49 , Part of the PeBineus. 
 
 50, 50, The Great and Firft Defcrib’d Heads of the Triceps on both 
 Sides. 
 
 51, fi. The Gm/ 7 /j partly Expreft on both Sides. 
 
 w w, The Patella or Knee-pans. 
 
 X, Part of the Tendon of the Memhranofus , Inferted to the Upper 
 Appendix of the Fibula. 
 
 y , The Right Tibia made bare* 
 
 z , The Malleolus InternuSi 
 
 *, The Malleolus Externust 
 
 •ff. The Annular Ligament of the Tarfui. 
 
 y2, The Tibialis Anticus. 
 
 73, 5*3 , The Extenfor Pollicis Pedis Longus on both Feet. 
 
 54, Part of the Peronaus Secundus or Semifibuleus. 
 
 yy. Part of the Peronaus Primus or Fibuleus. 
 
 y6 , f6. Parts of the Gafterocnemius Externus on both Legs. 
 
 57, Part of the Flexor Tertii Internodii Digit or urn Pedis Perforans. 
 
 y8. Part of the Gafterocnemius Inter nus. 
 
 5*9, The AbduUor Pollicis. 
 
 60, Part of the Extenfor Secundi Internodii Digitorum Pedis, or Fx* 
 tenfor Brevis. 
 
 61 , The Tendon of the Extenfor Pollicis Brevis. 
 
 62, The Extenfor Tertii Internodii Digit or urn Pedis Longus'. 
 
 lii . APPEN- 
 
ti' 
 
 cyf T T E N 7) 1 X 
 
 THE 
 
 S E CON D T A B L E. 
 
 
 Fig. I. 
 
 ’HE External Mufcles and other Parts as they Ap- 
 pear on the Back-part of a Humane Body Rafter 
 the Skin 5 Fat, and Membranes are remoY^* 
 1 3 The MufcuJus Temporalis. 
 
 ^ 5 The Orbicularis Palpebrarwn,^ 
 
 3 5 Part of the Zygomaticus. 
 
 4, The DepreJJbr Labiorum Communis:^ 
 
 5 5 The Maffeter. 
 
 6 , Part of the Mafloideus. 
 
 7, Part of the Elevator Scapula. 
 
 ' 8 j Part of the Splenius. 
 
 9, The Occipitalis. 
 
 10, lo, iG, The Cucullaris or Trapezius ^ on both Sides. 
 
 2. j ThQ Os Bregmatis^ 
 
 b, The Occipitis, 
 
 c , Part of the Sagittal Suture , or Longitudinal Suture. 
 
 d , The Lambdoidal Suture. 
 
 e, The Os Jugale. 
 
 f, The Parotid Salival Gland. 
 
 Under this Parotid Salival Gland , are plac’d divers Lym- 
 phatick Glands , which receive Lympha from their Importing 
 Lymphe-du^ts, Arifing from the Neighbouring! Parts as well 
 as the Parotid Salival Gland it felf. Befides mefe Lympha- 
 tick Glands immediately under the Parotides, there are ftill 
 others of the fame kind below them, lying near the Jugular 
 Veins, and are continued to the Clavicula ;2\\ thefeTranfmit 
 Lympha ( by their Exporting Lyraphe-dudts ) either to the 
 Subclavian Glands , or to the Upper-part of the Thoracick- 
 duft immediately. Thefe Lymphatick Glands become Tu- 
 mid in Scrophulous Cafes , and may be happily remov’d by 
 Inciiion , and no great Flux of Blood follow ; which Pradlice 
 is Preferable to the Application of Efcharoticks which are 
 commonly made ufe of. I have at this Time a Patient in 
 whom not only the above mention’d Superior Lymphatick 
 Glands of the Left Side were Diilended, but the Parotid Sa- 
 lival Gland of the fame Side was very much Indurated , and 
 not a litte Diftended alfo; in the Middle of which Indura- 
 tion of the Parotid Gland , I found an Aperture whence the 
 Spittle Flow’d in no fmall Quantity, in Maftication: In 
 Prelfing the Part near the Aperture, I found the Spittle Gufli 
 out, which had Lodg’d it felf between the Skin and the Gland. 
 After the External Skin was Divided , I could plainly fee the 
 Spittle Arife from divers Interllices of the LobuU of the 
 Gland; when he Chaw’d any Thing, the Spittle Flow’d on 
 his Handkerchief (/>rr Stillicidiumj) which he v^as wont to hold 
 under his Ear to receive it. The Sinus"' s from whence the 
 Spittle was Difcharg’d being thus laid Open , the Quantity of 
 Spittle which Flow’d foon Abated ; the Fungous Flefli being 
 remov’dby the Application of Gentle Efcharoticks , the Flux 
 of Saliva Leffen’d. He Drinking of a Decodfion Sarfapa- 
 rillaiCbinafLig.GuiacumySccSorhh commonDrinkjand Eating 
 ofaveryDryingDietjfuchas Biskets, Almonds, and the like. 
 
 Aquapendens in Treating of the Wounds of the Cheeks, 
 mentions a clear Water not unlike the Tears of the Eyes, 
 which he faw Flow from a very fmall Hole when the Patient 
 Eat ; to which he adds , Unde ^ quomodo effluat^Ego certe nefeio. 
 
 The Accurate tells us (from Roonhuy fea. Dutch Wri- 
 ter) of a Patient in whom the Spittle Flow’d from an Ulcer 
 in the Cheek, not unlike that above mention’d : Nor was the 
 Flux of Spittle Abated, and the Ulcer brought to a Cicatrix 
 without a Drying Diet, as the Incomparable Nuck takes No- 
 tice. A Flux of Lympha fometimes happens in Wounds of 
 the Limbs, where the Lymphe-dudfs are Wounded. After 
 Letting Blood in the Flexure of the Cubit, I faw ("the next 
 Day) avail Quantity of Lympha had Stain’d the Sliirt which 
 lay over the Orifice, and about the Arm; the next Day af- 
 ter , the Flux of Lympha Abated , and the Orifice fbon after 
 Clos’d. Perhaps a great Part ofthat Thin Matter call’d Gleet, 
 which we find fome Days after Amputations , or large 
 Wounds 3 Flows from the Divided Lymphe-dudls as well as 
 Nutritive Tubes of the Part. When Lymphe-dudls are 
 broken in Old Ulcers , and the Flux of Lympha do’s not ea- 
 fily Abate, tho’ the Patient is confin’d to a Drying Diet. The 
 like Difficulty attended die rellraining of the Flux of Lym- 
 
 14, 
 * * 
 
 pha when a Lymphe-dudl was Open’d inaniflue in the Leg) 
 as was Communicated to me by Mr. Bernard and Mr. Guddier 
 both Experienc’d Surgeons of this Town; in which Cafe a 
 Drying Diet Ilopt the Flux, and the Ulcer was foon after Ci- 
 catric’d ; tho’ many Deficatives Topicks , as well as Adtual and 
 Potential Cauteries ^ had before prov’d Ineffetlual. By this 
 we may fee (however fome endeavour to Difparage Anatomy) 
 how Ufeful it is in the Pradice of Surgery, 
 g 5 The Spine of the Seventh Vertebra of the Neck. 
 
 h , h. The Tendons of the Cucullaris on both Sides Inferted 
 to the Spines of the Scapula. 
 
 i, i, The Extremities of the Spines of the Scapula y to 
 which the CJavicula are Conneded. 
 
 kk. The Lower Angles of the Scapula, 
 
 1 1 , The Bafis Scapida. 
 
 mm, H^hoGppQr Appendices oi tho ^Ina, caSPdiOlecrana. 
 nn. The External Protuberance of the OJfa Humerum, 
 where the Radii are Articulated , and the Mufcles Extending 
 the Carpi and Fingers to Arife. 
 
 00, The inferior Appendix of the Ulna next the Carpus. 
 The Mufculus Deltoides of the Right Side. 
 
 12, The Infrafpinatus on both Sides. 
 
 13 , Parts of the Rotundi Minor es. 
 
 14, The Rotundi Majores. 
 
 *5i> Tho LatiJJimi Dor ft. 
 
 Their Tendinous Parts pafling o^ortlao SacrohmbalsS 
 and Dorfi Longiffimi. 
 
 16, 1 5 , Parts of the Rhomboides on both Sides, near their 
 Infertions to tho Bafis of the Shoulder-blades, II. 
 
 17 > 17 > The Gemellus, or Biceps Externus on both Arms. 
 185 18, Parts of the Brachiales. 
 
 * 9 j ^ 9 > Parts ofthe Supinator Radii Longus on both Sides. 
 
 20, 20, Tho Anconeus : 
 
 21, 21, The Radialis Extenfor on either Cubit, 
 
 22 > 22, Tho Extenfor Digitorum Communis : 
 
 2.3 1 2,3 , The Extenfor Minimi Digiti: 
 
 2,43 24, The Ulnaris Extenfor: 
 
 2<y, ; Parts of the Terforatus or Flexor Secundi Inter • 
 
 nodii Digitorum. 
 
 26, 263 The Ulnaris Flexor on both Cubits. 
 
 27 , Parts of the Tendons of the Radialis Flexor & Talmarisl 
 283 283 The Adduflores Minimi Digiti on either Hand. 
 29, Tho Addudor Tollicis ad Dorfum Manus. 
 
 30 3 The. Extending Mufcles of the Thumb. 
 
 31, 31, Parts of the Oblique Defcending Mufcles of the 
 Abdomen on both Sides. 
 
 32, The Glutaus Major. 
 
 33 > 33 s Parts of the Glutaus Medius on both Sides. 
 
 34, The Flefhy Part ofthe Membranofus or Mufculus 
 Communis Membranofus. 
 
 pp , The Back-part of the Spines of the Offa Ilia. 
 
 q, The Os Sacrum 
 
 r, A Prominence made by the Great under the 
 
 Tendinous Expanlion of the Glutaus Major, 
 
 f, f, The Great Crural Nerves as they Defcend in the Ham. 
 t3 The Upper Appendix of the Fibula. 
 uu. The Lower appendix ofthe Fibula, call’d Malleolus 
 Externus. 
 
 w 3 The Lower Appendix of the Tibia or Malleolus Internus. 
 X, The Tendon ofthe Gajlerocnemius, 
 y. The Oj Calcis. 
 
 35 ", Sfs Parts of the Vafli Externi. 
 
 26, 36) The Biceps Femoris on both Sides. 
 
 37 > 37 j The Seminervoji or Semitendinofi. 
 
 38, 38, Tho Semimembranoft. 
 
 39 > 39? Parts of the Triceps Femoris on both Sides. 
 
 40, Part of the Gracilis on the Thigh. 
 
 41 , Part of the Sartor ius on the fame Thigh. 
 
 42 3 Part of the Vdflus Internus on the fame Thigh alfo. 
 
 43 , 43 3 The Gajterocnemii Externi. 
 
 443 44, The Cover’d with tJie Ten- 
 
 dons ofthe Externi. 
 
 4J 3 The Peronaus Longus. 
 
 46, 46, Tho Abdudor Minimi Digiti on both Feet. 
 
 47 , Part of the Tendon of the Extenfor Digitorum Longus 
 on the Right Foot. 
 
 APPEN- 
 
 4 
 
/ 
 

 I 
 
 i 
 
 } 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ! 
 
 ■ f 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 ‘ i 
 
 I 
 
 { 
 
 
 
 ,-V_; 
 
 
 
 


 1 
 
 \ 
 
 
T T E Unix. 
 
 THE 
 
 THIRD TABLE; 
 
 3 ‘ 
 
 >riE?VS the Trunk* and large Ramif5cations of all the Arteries of a Humane 
 ' with Wax, and Difplay’d after Diffeftion. 
 
 1 , Ihe Aorta, ox Arteria Magna, cut from its Origin at the Orifice of the 
 
 Left Ventricle of the Heart. ^ 
 
 2, Ihe Irunk of the Great Coronal Artery of the Heart Arifing from the 
 Beginning of the ; the Rife of the LelTer Coronal Artery , not Appearing 
 in this Pofition of the Arteria Magna. 
 
 . h* Canalis Arterio/us Fill’d with Wax , by Injefting it into the Aorta : This 
 Anfes from the Upper Parc of the Trunk of the Pulmonick Artery fnear its Two Ramifi- 
 cations which pafs into the Lungs) and after an Oblique Defcent under the Beginning of 
 the Aorta , Empties it felf into the Upper Part of its Defcending Trunk, as here Expreft28. 
 Befides this Communication between the Right Ventricle of the Heart of a Foetus , and Ar^ 
 term Magna; there is another call'd Foramen Ovale , by which Part the Blood, at its Entrance 
 into the Right Ventricle, pafles into the Pulmonicic Vein, and the Left Ventricle of the 
 Heart, thence to the -^orta. Hence it Appears, That the Blood which Flows into the Right 
 Ventricle of the Heart of the , Paffes immediately (by the Canalis Artertofus') to the 
 Arteria Magna , as well as the Blood of the Left Ventricle (which is Receiv’d immediately 
 from the Cava , or Right Auricle of the Heart) into the Pulmonick Vein , and Left Ventricle: 
 
 So that the Blood in the which Runs into the Right Ventricle, pafles immediately to the 
 by the Syjlole of the Heart as well as the Blood of the Left Ventricle; Nor do’s any 
 Part of the Blood of the Right Ventricle pafs into the Left; Or any Blood of the Left Ven 
 iricle firft pafs the Right , as in the Adult. Hence the Heart in the Foetus may be faid to have 
 but One Ventricle in Eifeft , fince the Blood which pafles One , do’s not come into the 
 Other, before It airives at the Aorta. After the Birth , when the Infant has Receiv’d Air into 
 the Lungs (and_ their Vefctcum remain Diftendpd , and the Ramifications of the Pulmonick 
 Arteries and Vein confequently are more Difplay’d) the Blood then begins to pafs their Ex- 
 tremities, m^ore freely than before; and the Arterious Channel at length becomes neglefted, 
 r” 'hejormer becoming a Ligament, and the Latter Clofing up. 
 
 Children, often produces many Difordcrs, as 
 Inflammation of Divers Pars of the Head, Neck, and Lungs; in which Cafes , Bleeding is 
 of great Ufe: Of this, I have met with many Inftances in the Diffeftion of Children. I have 
 often found the Foramen Ovale open in the Adult: The Canalis Arterio/us, for what I have 
 oblerv’d, clofes fooner than that Foramen. 
 
 4,4- The Subclavian Arteries, Arifing from the Arteria Magna, to which the Axillary Ar 
 teries, and thofe of the Anns (23, 23,) are continu’d. 
 
 Arteries Arifing from the Aorta, between the Subclavian Arteries. 
 Arteries , Arifing from the SubclavicuU, which pafs thro’ all the 
 Ir nfverfe Proceffes of the Vertebras of the Neck, from whence they are freed. 
 
 Mufchs ^and^cirnduks^ Lower Part of the Face, Tongue, Adjacent 
 
 ^ Temporal Arteries Spring from the Carotides, and giving Bran- 
 
 SulcS juid! 
 
 Occipital Arteries , whofe Trunks pafs clofe by the Mammiform Procefs, and 
 are Diftributed on the Hinder Part of the Hairy-Scalp, where they are Inofculated with the 
 Branches of the Temporal Arteries. ^ 
 
 12. Div^s Arteries, which carry Blood to the Fauces Gargareon and Mufcles of thofe Parts 
 
 r Arteries, as they pafs the iJWrf of the Skull to the Brain. 
 
 I4H4- rhofe Parts of the Carotid Arteries, where they pafs by each Side of the Sella Turd- 
 ta, where Divers Small Branches do Arife from them, and help to Compofe the Rete Mira- 
 bile, which is more confpicuous in Quadrupedes than Men. 
 
 JS- Fhe Contortions of the Vertebral Arteries, as they pafs the Tranfverfe Proceflesof the 
 Firft Vertebra of the Neck , towards the Great Foramen of the Os Occiphis. I have more than 
 once taken Notice , That the Cavities of thefe Arteries, where they are Contorted , have been 
 Larger than ^eir Inferior Trunks ; whereby the Impetus *of the Blood mult neceflarily be 
 very inuchLeffen d, as well as by their Contortions only. In Quadrupedes the Angles of thefe 
 
 are more Acute, which in them is the more NeceflTary 
 Blood at their Extremities, by Reafon of the Horizontal Pofition 
 
 of their Trunks. 
 
 16. The Vertebral Arteries, where they Afcend on the Medulla Oblongata, towards the 
 Annular Protuber.ince, or 
 
 J7> ^7- "Fhe Communicant Branches between the Carotid and Vertebral Arteries; in this 
 Subjeft, fomewhat Larger than we Commonly find them. 
 
 18, i8- I he Ramifications of the Arteries within the Skull; the Larger Trunks of which lie 
 between the Lobes of the Brain , and in its Sulci, From the Extremities of thefe Arteries of 
 the Brain are Continu’d its Veins, whofe Trunks vary much in their Pofition from the Arte- 
 ries . They Entring the Brain at its Rafis , and Diitributing themfelves , as above noted; 
 whereas the Trunks of the Veins are Extended on the Surface of the Brain , and Difcharge their 
 Blood into the Longitudinal Sinus. Nor do’s the Veins of the Brain Accompany its Arteries 
 at their Ingrefs , as in other Parts; Or the Arteries and Veins of the Dura Mater, pafs the 
 fame Foramen in the Rafis of the Skull. 
 
 10, 19. The Arteries of the Larynx Thyroid Glandules, and Adjacent Mufcles and Parts, 
 Arifing from the Subclavian Arteries 
 
 20, 20. Others Arifing near the Former, which convey Blood to the Mufcles of the Neck, 
 and Scapula. 
 
 21, 21. The MammarU, which Arife alfo from the Subclavian Arteries, and Defcend on 
 the Cartilages of the 'True Ribs Internally, about Half an Inch diftant on each Side the Os 
 Fedoris, ox Sternum. Some Branches of thefe pafs thro’ the Peftoral, as well as Intercoftal 
 Mufcles, and give Blood to the Mamma, where they meet vuth fome Branches of the Inter- 
 coftal Arteries, to which they are Inofculated. Thefe Mammary Arteries join with the Large 
 Trunks of the Epigaftricks (57.57-) alfo, by which Means the impetus of the Blood in Inte- 
 guments oi the Abdomen, is carry’d on with moreP'orce; the Extremities of the Intercoftal 
 and Lumbal Arteries do alfo Inofculatc with each other, as well as with 'Thefe. 
 
 22,22. The Arteries of the Mufcles of the Os Humeri, and fome of thofe of the Scapula. 
 
 23. 23. Thofe Parts of the Large Trunks of the Arteries of the Arms, which are liable to 
 be Wounded in Opening the Vena Rafilica, or Innermoft of the Three Veins in the Bending 
 of the Cubit, (See Fig. 1. of this Appendix between 26. and , m ,) where the PrecifeProgrefs of 
 this Artery is Expreft. 
 
 24. 24. 'The Divifions of the Arteries of the Arm below the Flexure of the Cubit. 
 
 25. A Communicant Branch of an Artery, Arifing from the Trunk of the Artery of the 
 Arm, above its Flexure at the Cubit, which is Inofculated with the Arteries of the Cubit be- 
 low. In fome Subjefts you will not find This Communicant Branch, as here reprefented; in 
 whom there are divers Smaller Branches of the fame Kind. By thefe Communicant Branches 
 (of the Upper Part of the Brachial Artery with thofe of the Cubit) the Blood ftill paiTes, tho’ 
 fhe 'Trunk (23) is firmly Ty'd, which is done in taking up the Artery , as it’s call’d when’tis 
 Wounded ,in theCaufe of an Aneurifmd. Befides firmly 'Tying the Trunk of the Artery above 
 the Place where it is Wounded; it is alfo NecelTary to tie it in like manner below, lealt the 
 Blood Convey’d by the Communicant' Branches to the Inferior Trunk , ftill pours out at the 
 Wound of the Artery from below, in a Retrograde Manner- 
 
 26. The External Artery of the Cubit, which makes the Pulfe near the Carpus. 
 
 27. The Arteries of the Flands and Fingers. 
 
 28,28. The Defcending Trunk of the Arteria Magna. 
 
 29. The Arteria Bronchialis, Springing from one of the Intercoftal Arteries; It fometimes 
 Arifes immediately from the Defcending Trunk of the Aorta , at other times from the Supe- 
 rior Intercoftal Artery, which Springs from the Subclavian. 'Thefe Bronchial Arteries Inofcu- 
 late with the Pulmonary Arteries , as I have elfewhere taken Notice , and which I fince find 
 is mention’d and Figur’d by the Accurate Ruyfch, Epifl. Anatom. 6. Fig. 5. c,c, c. 
 
 30. A Small Artery Springing from the Fore-part of the Aorta Dejeendens, palling to the 
 Cula .- Ruy/ch tells us of Branches of Arteries from the Superior Intercoftal , which go to tlie 
 Quia, 
 
 31* 31- 'Fhfi Intercoftal Arteries on each Side the Arteria Magna Defetndens. 
 
 32. The Trunk of the Arteria Coeliaca, from whence Springs 
 
 33. 33. The Hepatick Arteries, and 
 
 34. The Arteria Cyftiea , lying on the Gall-bladder, 
 
 35. 'The Arteria Coronaria Ventriculi Injeriar, 
 
 36. The Fylorica , 
 
 37. 37- The Epiploica Dextra , Sinifira , and Media, Springing from the Coronaria. 
 
 38; 'The Ramifications oftheCoronaryArtery, which embrace on the Bottom of the Stomach. 
 
 39. 'The Coronaria Ventriculi Superior. 
 
 40, 40. The Phrenick Arteries, or the Two Arteries of the Diaphragm; that of the Left 
 Side Ajifing from the Trunk of the Arteria Magna, the Right Springing from the Coeliaca. 
 
 Splenick Artery, Arifing from the Coeliaca: This is Contorted fn 
 the Adult, as it appears Tab. 36. '-oniorted in 
 
 going to the Upper Part of the Duodenum and Pancrear, the Reft 
 
 4 “I'® Artery in its Paffage to the Spleen 
 
 43* The Trunk of the Arterta Mefenterica Superior, Turn’d towards the Right Side ^ * 
 
 44,44. The Branches of the Superior Mefenterick Artery, freed from the Small Guts • herf. 
 
 the Vinous Anafiomofes, the Bran^ches of this Artery make in the Mefentery , before thev ar- 
 rive at the Inteftines , may be obferv’d. ^^tcxiicry , oejore iney ar- 
 
 45- The Inferior Mefenterick Artery , Arifing from the Arteria Mama 
 
 46. A Rema^able Anaflomofts of this Inferior Mefenterick Artery, with the Sunerior 
 
 nuVs'c^Jlon? Inferior Mefenterick Artery. a's\hiy 
 
 48, 48. Thofe of the ReElum. 
 
 49, 49. The Arteries of the Kidneys. 
 
 50, 50, The Vertebral Arteries of the Loins. 
 
 being Mil-J “"■“"'I “ T'A*. «= fo Small a. to efcape 
 
 52, The Arterta Sacra. 
 
 53, 53- The Iliace. 
 
 54, 54- The Rami lliaci Exttrni: 
 
 A /Vo ilittci interni; which are here Larger in the Foetus proportionably , than in the 
 
 Adult, by Reafon of their Conjunftion with the Two Umbilical Arteries ^ ^ 
 
 56, 56. The Two Umbilical Arteries cut off. 
 
 Arteries , which Afcend under the Right Mufcles of the Abdomen, 
 and are Inofculated with the Mammaru , as above Noted. * 
 
 External Iliack Arteries, paffing between the Two Oblique Mufcles 
 
 59, 59. Branches of the Internal Iliack Arteries, which Convey Blood to the Eitendinir and 
 
 Obturating Mufcles of the Thighs. ^ i^xtending and 
 
 60, 60. The Trunks of the Arteries, which pafs to the Penis. 
 
 61, 61. The Arteries of the Bladder of Urine. 
 
 62, 62. The Internal Arteries of the Pudendum , which with thofe here Expreft of the 
 Perns . make the Hypogafirick Arteries in Women The External Arteries of the PudenLm 
 Arife from the Upper Part of the Crural Artery , which is immediately below the Eni^ftrick/ 
 
 63, The Pents Diftended with Wind , and Dry’d. ^ pigaltricks. 
 
 64, 'Fhe Gians Penis. 
 
 65- The Upper Part or Dorfum Penis, cut from the Body of the Penis, and Rais’d to Shew 
 the Corpora Cavernofa Pents. 
 
 Corpora Cavernofa Penis, Freed from the O/fa Pubis, and Ty’d after Inflation 
 Body 7^thJpf°h ^i»is, as they Appear Injefted with Wax, in each Cavernous 
 
 68. The Capfula , and Septum of the Corpora Cavernofa Penis. 
 
 69. The Crural Arteries. 
 
 70. 70. 'Fhe Arteries, which pafs to the Mufcles of the Thighs and TibU: The Nomina- 
 
 non of each Mufcle in this Place would be Tedious, and of nS Ufe; wherefore I Ihall pafs 
 Them by here, as I have done in the Arms; it being fufficient, we know, theProgrefs of the 
 Great Trunks , to avoid Wounding them in Chirurgical Operations , or to find them on Oc- 
 cafion : We fliali begin firft with the Defeription of the Trunk of the Arteries of the Arm. 
 So foon as the Subclavian Artery has paft the Clavicula, it marches thro’ the Axilla, where- 
 fore Its calld Axtllarts, whence it’s Trunk Defeends between the Mufculus RrachUus Inter' 
 nus and Externus,oxi the Infide of the Arm, and is Divided below the Bending of the Cu- 
 • j Figure; it Parting with Several Branches to the Neighbour- 
 
 ing Mufcles, and Parts it Pafles by; Their Diftribution not being alike in any Two Sub- 
 jefts 1 have hitherto Examin’d, or in the Right and Left Sides of the fame, as appears in 
 this Figure. Tho the Progrefs of their Large Trunks are commonly Uniform; yet in that 
 too , they pry confiderably , and the Trunk of the Artery at the Flexure of the Cubit fome- 
 times pns Collateral with the Vena Rafilica , tho’ it moft commonly palTes Under that Vein ‘Of 
 this , Thofe that Let Blood ought to take Notice , and that the VefTel they See or Feel has 
 no Pmlation , before they thruft their Launfet into it. Nor can I omit a Ufeful Obfervation 
 iP , u Operator before He applies his Ligature on the Arm , 
 
 Ihould firft feel for the Artery , becaufe afterwards its Pulfation cannot be fo eafily Difeover’d; 
 
 A ^-11 a" which is Obvious. After Amputation , above the Elbow , the Trunk of the 
 Axillary Artery only, affords any Confiderable Flux of Blood: In Amputations below the El- 
 bow, we find Two, fometimes Three, and Four Confiderable Trunks, which may require 
 Tying Vp; the Manner of which Praftice is fo well Dcfcrib’d in the Works of Ambrofe Pary 
 
 u- Thing of it in this Place, tho’ it has been moft commonly Difus’d in 
 
 this Kingdom till of Late; the many Conveniencies of which Praftice will (I don’t doubt) 
 mfficiently Recommend it to a General Ufe , as well in other Impetuous Fluxes of Blood as 
 in thofe after Amputations. After the External Iliack Artery (54.) is paft out of the Cavity 
 of the Abdomen, it obtains the Name of the Crural Artery, (69-) and Defeends obliquely on 
 the Crural Vein, on the Fore-part of the Thigh, immediately Under the Mufculus Sartorius- 
 About Four Fingers Breadth above the Knee, thefe Two Large Blood Veflels pafs thro’ the 
 Lower Part of the Mufculus Triceps to the Ham , (71.) here the Vein is Plac’d Above the Ar- 
 tery as in other Parts, and fo Defeends to the Foot, after being Divided in Three Branches 
 as is Expreft in Fig. 72. * 
 
 71. Fhat Part of the Crural Artery, which pafTes the Ham. 
 
 72. The Three Large Trunks of the Arteries of the Leg. 
 
 73. The Arteries of the Foot, 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 The Extr^emities of the Veins and Arteries, as they Appear by aMicrofeope in theTranfoa. 
 rent Fin of a Living Grig. 
 
 A A, The Fin of a Grig, lying in a Glafs Tube. 
 
 B B, The Cartilaginous Extremities of the Ribs, on which the Fin is Extended. 
 
 C C, The Small Scratches, or Streaks we commonly find in the Glafs Tube. 
 
 , Branches of the Arteries, Proceeding from their Larger Trunks in the Body of 
 
 the Grig , Conveying the Blood to the outmoft Margine of the Fin. 
 
 Extremities of the Arteries, Continu’d to the Veins, wherein One Globule of 
 the Blood only moves before another. Befides thefe Communications of the Veins with the 
 Arteries, there are ftill others which are Larger, wherein more than two Globules can pafg 
 togeWer; Thofe are every where Interfpers’d with the LefTer, as plainly appears in the W 
 and Tail of the Flounder, Fig. 5. F. 
 
 F F , The Veins which convey the Refluent Blood to the Heart. 
 
 G G, The Magnitude of the Area, taken by the Microfcope. 
 
 Fig. 5. 
 
 The Extremity, or outmoft Margin of the Side-Fin of a Small Living Flounder view’d 
 with a Microfeope. * 
 
 A A, 'Fhe Cartilaginous Extremities of the Ribs, on each Side of which, the Trunks of 
 the Great Blood VefTels pafs. * 
 
 B B , The Arteries. 
 
 C C , The Veins. 
 
 D D, Their LelTer Extremities Continu’d to each other. 
 
 E E, The Large Branches of Veins and Arteries, Inofculating with themfelves. before 
 they arrive at their Extremities. 
 
 F F, The Larger Conjunftions of the Veins and Arteries , at the outmoft Margin of the Fin. 
 
 G G, The Area which the Microfeope took in , as it appears to the Naked Eye 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 Reprefents (according to our Conception) the Origination of the Lymphedufts from the Ex- 
 tremities of the Blood VelTels. 
 
 A, The Small Branch of an Artery, 
 a a , Its Extremity Continued to the Vein. 
 
 - B, The Branch of a Vein. 
 
 C, A Lympheduft Arifing from the Extremities of the Blood VelTels, either by the Me- 
 diation of DivetsVefscuU , or Small Tubes; which have Apertures into the Sides of the Blood 
 VelTels. 
 
 Tig. 7. 
 
 The Manner of the Origin of the Exaetory Dufts , from the Extremities of the Blood VelTel* 
 
 A, The Artery. 
 
 B, The Vein. 
 
 C, A Branch of the Du 5 ius Excretorius. 
 
 d d, The Extremities of the Blood VelTels. 
 
 e e. The Extremities of the Excretory Tubes , at their Rife from the Pores in the Sides of 
 the Blood Veflels, before they Unite in the Branch of the Duft. 
 
 Kkk JPPEN^ 
 
^ T T E N T> I X 
 
 THE 
 
 FOURTH TABLE. 
 
 8 . 
 
 H S the Bafis of the Skull with the Firft Vertehra of the Neck remaining on it, 
 together with divers Mufclesand other Parts. 
 
 A,B,CC,DD,TheFirfl Vertebra of the Neck: A, its Fore part, behind which, 
 the Tooth-like Procefs of the Second Vertebra is plac’d; B, its Back- part wanting 
 a Spinal Procefs where the Mujeuli ReSIi Minores Foftm Kx\k', CC, The Tranl^ 
 verfe Proceffes: DD, Two fomewhat Oval ProcelTes of the Firft Vertebra , 
 which Move Sideways on the like Proceffes on the Upper Part of the Second 
 Vernbra ot the Neckv 
 
 E, ACavity immediately behind the Fore-part of the Firft Fenc’d with a ftrong Liga- 
 
 mFncBackwards next the Medalia Spinaiis, in which the Tooth-like Procefs of the Second Vertebra 
 Tab. 93. Fig. 3, 4. AA, is receiv’d. 
 
 p’. The Great Ter amen, through which the Medulla Spinalis Defeends from the Head. 
 
 G, A Small Mufcle, which from its Pofition I call Reblus Lateralis: I firft met with it in Diffedlion, 
 fome time fince, and afterwards found it was partly Mention’d by G 4 i«», and Defcrib’d by 
 pns ; It Arifes from the Superior Part of the Extremity of the Tranfverfe Procefs of the Firft 
 Vertebra of the Neck, and Afeends direftly to its Implantation in the Or Ortiyim ; when it A£bs, 
 it Nods the Head Laterally. 
 
 H, The Mufculus ReSlus Anterior Minor, fo call’d from its Progrefs, Situation and Size, it 
 being much lefs than the Reblus Major ,Tzh. 18. LL. It Arifes from the Fore-part of the Firft 
 Vertebra, and is Inferred to the Appendix of the Or Orti/iir/'f; This with its Partner Nod the Head 
 Forewards , and may be term’d Anmeentes. 
 
 II, The Perforations in the tranfverfe Proceffes of the Firft Vertehra, in which the Trunks 
 of the Vertebral Arteries and Veins Pafs. 
 
 KK, The Trunks of the Vertebral Arteries in their Contorted Paffage between the Tranfverfe 
 Procefs of the Firft Vertebra and Great Tor amen (F) of the Os Occipitis. 
 
 LL, The Mamiform Proceffes. 
 
 M M, The Cartilages of the Meatus Auditorius. 
 
 N N, A Probe Inferred into the Palate ad Aurem, This Paffage from the admits 
 
 the Air to Pafs from thence into the Cavity of the Tympanum, whereby the Memhrarea Tympani be- 
 comes more Diftended,and the leaft Impetus of the outward Air Shakes it .together with its little 
 Bones that are Contiguous to it. Befides this Paffage into the , there is another Paffage 
 
 out ot it , by the Upper Part of the Membrana Tympani into the Meatus Auditorius , by which fome 
 in holding their Noftrils and Mouths , and forcing up their Breath , can move a fmall Feather orthe 
 J'lame of a Candle , when held near the Outward Ear; in others it’s ftill Opener , and they can Blow 
 Smoke out at their Ears. Pho this Paffage thro’ the Tympanum is not commonly fo Open as in the 
 Firft Cafe , yet naturally theie is a Small Paffage by the Upper Part of the Membrana Tympanimto 
 the Meatus Auditorius , which feems neceffary , to the End when the Tympanum is Fill’d with Air, 
 any Sudden Impetus ot the External Air fhould not Violate the Membrana Tympani. The Meatus 
 is Palate ad Aurem do s not only Convey Air into theTyw/>d»«w , but (conftantly remaining Open) 
 it Admits of a Fluftuation of the Contain’d Air of the Tympanum , as well as a Frefti Supply : If this 
 Paffage is Straiten’d, a Difficulty of Hearing neceffarily Follows; if it is totally Obftrufted, a 
 Deatnefs;in which Cafe, the Taking of Sneezing Powders gives Relief. 
 
 O, The Glandulous Membrane Continu’d from the Joramina Narium to the Infide of the Fauces- 
 PP, The Procejfus Styloides. 
 
 Q, The Carotid Artery Cut of near its Entrance into the Os Fetrofum. 
 
 RR, The Lower Parts of the OJJa Jugalia. 
 
 S, A Cartilaginous Body lying in the Depreffure of the Os Temporum, where the Proceffus 
 Condylijormis of the Lower Jaw is Articulated. 
 
 T,'The fame Intermediate Cartilage of the Articulation Rais’d. 
 
 ■V, The Smooth Sinus in the Os Temporale, which Receiv’d the laft mention’d Cartilage 
 t, Part of the Mucelaginous Gland of this Articulation, Cleaving to the abovc-mehtion’d Cartilage. 
 W, The Upper Parc of the Os Temporale Cut off. 
 
 X, The Os Occipitis , in like Manner Saw’d off. 
 
 Y, The Muf cuius Occipitalis, as it Arifes from that Part of the Or Occ//)im, where the Mufcles 
 of the Head are Inierted, whence Mounting it,foon becomes Tendinous , and Marches on the 
 , where it’s Join’d with the Tendon of the Frontalis :\Jn\e(s it may be Suppos’d, that the 
 Occipital and Frontal Mufcles are One Biventral Mufcle, Arifing from the Occiput and Inferred 
 to the Lower Part of the Skin ot the Fore-head , and being Faften’d to the Hairy- fcalp. Moves it 
 Forewards and Backwards, as well as Lifts up the Lower Part of the Forehead with the Eyebrows. 
 ZZ, Ihe Ihinner Part oflhs Os Occipitts , where the Mufcles of the Head are Inferred, 
 a, The Gargareon Supported by the Probe ,NN, Inferred into the Meatus a Palate ad Aurem. 
 bb, T.he little Glandules, which Appear in Cutting the Fauces from hence, 
 
 CC, The Extremity of the Procejfus Pterygoides , or more properly the Extremity of a Small 
 SJendei Procefs above the Procejfus Pterygoides in this Pofition of the Skull ; finceAnatomifts in 
 Defcribing the Mufcles of the have call’d this Ftoctk Pterygoides or Aliformis ,we{hs.\\ ftill 
 Retain the fame Name, tho’ the Aliform Proceffes Expreft, Tab. 92. Fig. 2. K, are Diftinft Pro- 
 ceffes, and no ways like thefe, 
 
 dd. The Mufeuli Sphenopterygojlaphilini, fo call’d from their Origin , Procefs, and Infertion: they 
 are aUo ail'd Pterygopalattni and Sphenopterygopalatinr, they AiiHe Fleffiyfrom an Acute Procefs of 
 the Os Sphenoides Expreft Appen. Fig. 15. H. whence they Pafs to the Procejfus Pterygoides, cc, where 
 they become Tendinous, and are Refit 6led over thofe Proceffes to their Infertions on the P'ore-part 
 of the Gargareon: When thefe Aft, they Draw the Fore-part oftheG4rj4rf«» towards the Pterygoid 
 Proceffes, whereby it’s pull d fomewhat Upwards, as well as f'orewards. 
 
 ee, The Sphenoftaphilitti Thefe Arife from the fame Proceffes of the Os Sphenoides with the for- 
 mer, and are Inferred on the Backtpart oftheG<ir^4r«<r»Oppofice to the former. Thefe Draw the 
 KJvula Upwards and Backwards , whereby it Prevents the Afcent ot the Aliment into the Foramina 
 JHarium in Deglutition , as it Happens in thofe in whom the Uvula is wanting. 
 
 f. The Mufculus Pterygoideus Fxternus Left at its Origin , at the External Part of the Procejfus 
 Pterygoides, as well as the Upper Part of the Or Sphenoides it telf; whence it Paffes Backwards to its 
 Infertion at the Neck ofthe Procejfus Condyloides of the Lower-Jaw. When this and its Partner 
 A ft they Draw the Lower Jaw P'orewards .whereby the Fore-teeth of the Lower-Jaw are Driven 
 beyond thofe of the Superior, aS Falloppius Obferves. 
 
 g. The Mufculus Pterygoideus internus alfo Free’d from the Lower-Jaw , and Left atits Origin: 
 Tab. 15. Fig- 2. N. It’s Reprefented at its Infertion. 
 h, Some Appearance of the Septum Narium Backwards, 
 ii, The Dentes Molares. 
 kk, The Canini. 
 
 ], The Incifores. 
 
 m, The GlanduU Labiorum , as they Appear in the Infide of the Upper Lip. Under the In- 
 ternal Membrane of the Mouth; each of thefe Glands has an Excretory Duft , which Perforates 
 the Membrane of the Mouth at a fmall Papilla , by which aSalival Humor is Emitted into the 
 Mouth: The like Glands may be feen on the Infide of the Cheeks, 
 n, The Tip of the Nofe. 
 
 o, The Hairs of the Palpebrt. Fig- 9. 
 
 fhe External Surface of One of the GlanduU TonJilU or Amygdala, where the many large 
 Foramina of its Excretory Dufts Appear, by which its Pituitous Matter is Difcharg’d into the 
 Fauces , which joins with the Aliment in its Defcent to the Gula. 
 
 Fig. 10. 
 
 The Receptaculum Chyli Fill'd with Quick-filver, with the Neighbouring Lymphatick Glands 
 remaining in their Proper Situation , together with the Adjacent Parts ; as I could make a Sketch 
 of them whilft I was Dernonfirating the Parts ofa Humane Body to fome Worthy and Ingenious 
 Gentlemen, when Profeffor liidloo favor’d me with a Vifit. 
 
 A A, The Kidneys. 
 
 aa. The Emulgent Veins, of which that ofthe Right Side fs Lower than the Left. 
 
 B, The Afccnding Trunk of the Vena Cava Diftended with Wind; the LowerPart of which 
 is Compreft by the Iliack Artery of the Right Side, 
 b, The Trunk of the Vena Cava Cut from its Entrance into the Liver and Ty’d. , 
 
 CC. Parts ofthe two Iliack Veins, which may be feen Diftended with Wind below the Right' 
 Iliack Artery, as the Vena Cava is above; The External Iliack Veins , as well as the Crural Veins , lie 
 immediately under theTrunks of the Arteries that Accompany them, till they Pafs by the Lower Part 
 ofthe MuJculusTriccps and Os Femoris , to the Hatn , 'wheietheVem is Uppermoft and the Artery 
 Paffes Underneath, after the fame Manner the GreatTrunks of Veins and Arteries dot n other Parts. 
 This Contrivance in Nature of Placing theTrunks ofthe Iliack and Upper Parts ofthe Crural Arte- 
 ries on the Veins, is an Admirable Artifice to Accelerate the Afeention of the Blood to the Fe»4 
 Cava and Heart, as it Arifes from the Inferior Parts, by means ofthe Pulfation of the Arteries. If 
 you Inject the Arteries with Wax and afterwards Fill the Veins with the fame , you wil fee by the 
 Figure oi the Wax Contain’d in the Veins , wl^c Effeft the Pulfations of the Arteries have on them, 
 in Order to Promote the Afeention ofthe Reouent Blood from below. In this Compreffure made 
 by the Iliack Artery ofthe Right Side, on the Inferior Part ofthe Vena Cava its Contain’d Blood is 
 Forc’d to Afcend towards the Heart, the Valves in the Crural Veins OppofingitsDefcend;By this 
 means alfo the Pondus ofthe Refluent Blood from below is Leffen’d , to the End its Motion may 
 be the better Carri d on at the Extremities ofthe Veffels in the Legs and Feet, and a Kind ofa Pul- 
 fation made by the Vena Cava , whereby the Lymphatick Lumbal Gland RR, lying between it and 
 the Bodies ofthe Vertebra is gently Compreft, of which hereafter. 
 
 DD, I he Afcending Trunk ot the Vena Cava below the Kidneys. 
 
 dd, The Iliack Arteries. 
 
 li, 'The Ttuiik of the Cceliaca Arterla Cut off. 
 
 F, The Trunk of the Mefenterica Superter in like Manner Cut off. 
 
 e e , The Arteries of the Tefler, the Right Appearing at its Origin from the Trunk of tbeAr- 
 teria Magna D ; the Left Faffing thro’ the Lumbal Gland , Q- 
 ff. The Spermatick Veins near their Entrance into the Trunk of the Vena Cava ofthe 
 Right Side , and Emulgent Vein of the Left; where there are Valves Plac’d, which Hinder 
 the Defcent of the Blood from thofe Large Veffels into thefe Veins, 
 g g, The Upper Parts of the Ureters Diftended with Wind ; 
 
 hh, Their Lower Parts , as they Pafs to the Bladder of Urine not Extended : About thefe 
 Parts of the Ureters , as they Defcend over the Iliack Arteries , we frequently find them Di- 
 lated by Reafon of the Pulfation of thofe Arteries , which Prevents the free Defcent of the 
 Urine* and efpecially Stones and Gravel, both which often Pafs them: Tho’ more than once 
 I have Seen One of the Ureters complcatly Obftrufted by Small Stones in this Part, 
 i, Some Fat Remaining on the Ureter, as it Paffes out of the Kidney. 
 
 G G , The GlanduU Renales or CapfuU AtrabiUres in Situ. 
 
 HH, The Lower Fleffiy Part of the Diaphragm, which Arifes from the Vertebra ofthe Loins. 
 I , The Fijfura of the Diaphragm , in which the Gula Paffes tO the Stomack. 
 
 K, The Bladder of Urine Diftended with Wind. 
 
 L, The Urachus Turn’d down. 
 
 M M , The Mufeuli Pfoa Magni. 
 
 N, Tlie SacculusChyliferous or Receptaculum Chyli (Expreft A. Fig, ii.) as it Appears when Fill’d 
 with Mercury , after freeing the Vena Cava , B , from its Accompanying the Arteria Magna , D. 
 
 O, A Large Trunk of the Vena LaHea Secundi Generis, by which the Mercury was Injefted. 
 
 P, The Tube which Convey’d in the Mercury. 
 
 Q Q , The GlanduU Lumbalis of the Left Side, Lying partly on the Trunk of the Arteria Magna, 
 R R, The Right Lumbal Gland, Lying partly under the Trunk of the Vena Cava. 
 
 S S, Some Communicant Branches of Lymphedufts between the Two Lumbal Glands, 
 f f. The Lymphedufts Arifing from the Inguinal Glandules,.(if;>. Fig.i. S S. as well as Divers other 
 Lymphatick Glandules Lying on the Iliack Branches ofBlood-Veffels (CC dd :) Thefe Difcharge all 
 the Lympha , arifing from the Inferior Parts into the Lumbal Glands, whence it Paffes immediately 
 into the Receptaculum Chyli , and is afterwards Convey’d by the ThoracickDuft(F/^. ii. MM. )into 
 the Subclavian Vein (Fig. 12. HL.:) This is the Ordinary Courfe ofthe Lympha, arifing from the In- 
 ferior Parts in its Way totheMafs of Blood again. Hence it Appears , the of the Inferior 
 
 Parts Meets with the Chyle in its Receptaculum , whereby the Chyle is there not only farther Dilat- 
 ed, but its Afeention is Accelerated towards the Subclavian Vein , by an Additional from 
 
 the Afcending Lympha. 
 
 Here we can’t but take Notice of a Confiderable Artifice in Nature in the Difpofition of thefe Lym- 
 phatick Lumbal Glands, whereby the Progrefs of the Lympha is Promoted towards the Receptaculum 
 chyli. As the Lymphedufts Pafs from the Inferior Parts .they Accompany the Trunks of the Arte- 
 ries, by whofe Continual Motion of and Diajiole , the Afcent of the Lympha is Promoted as 
 
 well as the Blood; but when the Lympha Arrives at the Lumbal Glands, the Pulfation of the Afcend- 
 ingTrunk of the GreatArterybeingnotfufficient(byreafonthofeGIaodsaremuchLargcrthanthe 
 ExteriorSurface of that Artery can give a SutableImpuIfe to;) One ofthe Lumbal Glands RR, is 
 Plac’d under the Vena Cava B, or between itandtherme^’r^ Lumbares ,hy vihlch its VeficuUax* 
 gently Compreft, and their Contain’d Lymphai%?\xfKd on towards the Receptaculum Chyli. 
 
 1 ' T, The Spermatick Vein and Artery on both Sides Involv’d in the Duplicaturc of the 
 Peritomum as they Pafs towards the Tejles. 
 
 Fig. n- . 
 
 The Lumbal Glandules with the Receptaculum Chyli and Part of the ThoracickDuft, ve. 
 Fill’d with Mercury and Free’d from the Body. 
 
 A, bb, The Receptaculum Chyli Coxnpos’d of ThxeeTxanVs-, One ofwhichA, is very Large 
 
 Expreft at N , Fig. 10. the other Two are much lefs , and lie immediately under the T runk of the 
 Great Artery D ,Fi^. 10. ThisDivifion of the CAy/i into Three Trunks has not been 
 
 taken Notice of, which Makes me Sufpeft the Deferiptions we have hitherto had of it, have 
 been Taken from Quadrupedes; where by Reafon of its Horizontal Pofition , it is likely One S4C- 
 culus Chyliferus may be Sufficient; but in Men, in whom theThoracick Duft, and Receptacu~ 
 
 Inclines to a Perpendicular Pofition , it feems to be a neceffary Contrivance that it fhould 
 be Divided into Three Channels (pfpecially before it intirely Paffes under the Trunk of the 
 Great Artery) the better to Support the Chyle and Lymph in their Afcending Progrefs. 
 a. The Trunk of a Lympheduft Arifing from the Diaphragm. 
 
 B, The DuSius Thoracicus above the Diaphragm, where it Paffes between the Defending 
 Trunk of the Arteria Magna and Bodies of the Vertebra Thoracis', which Difpofition of it is 
 very neceffary, to the End the Pulfation of the Artery may continually Prefs this Duft, and 
 thereby Haften the Afcent of its Contents. 
 
 C, A Trunk of One of the Vaja Lailea Secundi Generis, Expreft Fig. 10. 0 , by which the 
 Mercury was Injefted. 
 
 c, A Confiderable Double Valve, which Hinders a Retroceffion of Chyle and Lympha in 
 this Lafteal Veffel. 
 
 D , The Surface of the Left Lumbal Gland Plac’d on the Arteria Magna. 
 
 d. Another Small Trunk of the Vafa LaSlca Secundi Generis, with aSmall Gland of theMe- 
 fcntcry, from whence it Arifes. 
 
 E , The Lymphedufts , which Arife from the Inferior Parts and Empty themfdves into 
 the Left Lumbal Gland. 
 
 F, The GlanduU Lumbalis of the Right Side Plac’d under the Vena Cava. 
 
 G H, The Lymphedufts of the Inferior Parts, which Empty themfdves into the hft men- 
 tion’d Gland. 
 
 I, A Large Lympheduft, which Difeharges its felf into the Receptaculum Chyli Maius. 
 
 K L, The Communicant Branches of Lymphedufts between the Right and Left Lumbal 
 Glandules. 
 
 M M, The Thoracick Duft where its Valves, which Hinder the Defcent of the Chyle 
 and Lympha, are faintly Expreft. 
 
 N N, Divers Divifions and Inofculations of this Duft, whereby the Afeention of the Chyle 
 may be the better Carri’d on. 
 
 0 , Divers Lymphedufts , which Arife from the Lymphatick Glands on the Back-parts of 
 the Lungs, and are the Exporting Lymphedufts of thofe Glands; their Importing Lymphe- 
 dufts Spring from the Lungs themfelves and Adjacent Parts. 
 
 Fig. 12. 
 
 The Thoracick Duft at its Entrance into the Subclavian Vein , with its Lymphedufts In- 
 jefted with Wax. 
 
 A, The Thoracick Duft where it Leaves the Defending Trunk of the and Ac- 
 
 companying the G«i/j as it Paffes towards the Left Side of the Bodies of the Upper Vertebra ofthe 
 Thorax , in its Way to the Subclavian Vein , where that of the Former Figure is Cut off and Ty’d. 
 
 B B, Two Lymphedufts, v/hich Sprang from the Thymus, 
 
 C, A Divifion and Inofculation of the Thoracick Duft. 
 
 D, A Large Lympheduft, whofe Extremities Arife partly from the Thymusand partly from 
 the Right Subclavian Gland. 
 
 E, The Left Subclavian Lymphatick Gland. The Subclavian Glands (tho’ not Mention’d by 
 any Author I Know of) are Two Large Glands Plac’d under each Clavicle, and feem to be 
 One of thofe Belonging to the Concatenation of Glands of the Internal Jugular Vein : They 
 Receive their Importing Lymphedufts from the Mufcles of the Neck and Glands laft Men- 
 tion’d on the Jugular Feins, and perhaps from the Thyroid Gland, 
 
 F G, The Exporting Lymphedufts ofthe Subclavian Gland, which Empty themfelves into 
 the Thoracick Duft.. 
 
 H, The Large Trunk of the Thoracick Duft near its Entrance into the Subclavian Vein. 
 
 1 , The External and Superior Part of the Subclavian Veini 
 
 K, Part of the Axillary Vein not Fill'd with Wax from the Thoracick Duft by Reafon of 
 the Valves. 
 
 L, Parts of the Internal Jugular and Cervical Veins Cut off. 
 
 M , The Wax Injefted by theThoracick Duft Cut Tranfverfely, with the Trunk of the Vein 
 as it Paffes towards the Heart. Fig. 13. 
 
 A Lymphatick Gland with its Importing and Exporting Lymphedufts Fill’d with Mercury. 
 A, The Gland «hofe Veficula are Diftended with Mercury. 
 
 E,The Importing Lympheduft, by which the Mercury was Injefted into the VeJicuU Glandulo/a; 
 D D, Its Ramifications before they Enter the Gland. 
 
 C C, The Ramifications of the Exporting Lymphedufts, as they Arife out of the Gland and 
 Unite in One Trunk, Call’d, 
 
 B , The Exporting Lympheduft, which Paffes either into the Receptaculum immediately, 
 or Thoracick Duft, or elfe into another Lymphatick Gland. 
 
 Befides this Communication of Lymphedufts by the Mediation of Lymphatick Glands; the 
 Trunks of the Lymphedufts themfelves are frequently Inofculated with each other , and tho’ they 
 commonly Enter into the aext Lymphatick Gland (where they Meet with a Freth Supply of 
 Lymph Separated from the Blood-veffels of the Gland, as well as an Impetus from thence) 
 yet it fometimes Happens there is a Communicant Branch from the Importing to the Export- 
 ing Lympheduft , as Appears in the Following Figure. 
 
 Fig, 14 - 
 
 A , The Gland Fill’d with Mercury as in the Foregoing Figure, 
 
 C, The Importing, 
 
 B, The Exporting Lympheduft. 
 
 DD, The Communicant Branch. 
 
 JPPEN‘ 
 

 
 
 S'V 
 
 it' * 
 
 ■ 
 
 : V-»r ■ 
 sS ‘a' ' 
 
 jy 's ^ ^ 
 
 
 y* r 
 
 
 -^^.y. - fy -.>Kn:^^v- . ^ ^ » 
 
 4 -., ^s^.’ i-.- . 
 
 t-.* • 
 
 . riK ;. . -:; 
 
 '~'L 
 
 
 
 '■ 
 
 - ^ fc I - -'r • 
 
 ^ 
 
 •e-.C 
 
 »* *i ' 
 
 ’*-ik ■ ^ V 
 
 
 ■■- -'/I 
 
 
 
 J — 
 
 i j*; A.-" 
 
 
 
 
 ■: ? 
 
 r • Va'^ 
 
 
 -J, 
 
 V 
 
 4' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ’'A*' 
 
 J.V . 
 
 :.: t ■>'-'" '■ A'’''. 
 
 ■"•t 
 
 A\ 
 
 ,T, 
 
 
 
 »-•- :->v*'^ ■^;•^^ 
 
 ^ '^t-T '=PJ' — • • 
 
 
 ^***^ • 
 
 •« .S5A'^||k ./ i r>A- 
 
 >. 
 
 
 p^.^' '"■'' 
 
 F*'^' W . A * . 
 
 1^ . A -r • v*- ^ . r 
 
 t. i f f- . ••- > •.,./. 
 
 a :£:;v . 
 
 ' - ' ' <* ' •^" ■ ■ 
 :•*■ . ?::!J ' -^7- ■ 
 
 - •* . - * < .* • ', -^ ' 
 
 x*4«. A 
 
 
 - *BC?' ' • ■- *• . •■ ••■?--•• r . . - -- 
 
 •■••*.' rf- • -; ' ,'./ j- i-^ -c'.- .. ^ ‘.-v^ ;• 
 
 
 
 
 ■ ' :a 
 
 
 Bit ■ 
 
 >- 
 
 ■ X. *''V- 
 
 •' 1c. 
 
 
 
 
 , ■ .f - >-, 
 
 ^ j. > - 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 % 
 
 \*. .. -X#-' : . 7.y^7-^ -■■■ ■' 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 r-7-'7^7-7^7 ■-' 
 
 . ..r ^ ^ -Vy * • . / ‘ - - '■• 
 
 
 
 
 T*/. 
 
 
 ■ >^;: ^ -7^" ■ ' 
 
 ■ ■■', ■- -¥f< -<: . ■ . 
 
 "i 
 
 r?^-7 \ .. ■ 
 
 X • ■ . W-: . ';x' ■ 
 
 -A' 
 
 -'-■-'S’ 
 
 
 ■jfij-V, »■ 
 
 i 
 
 .. 
 
 
 ' '•'’*^:xx • * 
 
 
 ::-^"'x 
 
 
 X -A ' X„.- 
 
 ’ :'r ^-■ 
 
 
 
 t <?* - 
 
 - 
 
 ..'i/ 
 
 
 . .fts? .1:?'' ■ ,.x'. -•;' X 
 
 .tsr- 
 
 • • -» -^. -»w. • .^- 
 
 - A-r. ■>'' ^ 
 
 •v3Lr -^.- £^ -. .:-^ 
 
 r^>-^vr.v;v 
 
 
 r f 
 
 »• 0.‘ - /?- 
 
 ^‘"-• 
 
 
 ’'' ./a^a^- . a’ ■ 
 
 . .--'-A/:?- - ~ 
 
 „rr- -'Av 
 
 -.X , A-'- V, 
 
 
 .^3 
 
 ^4' ."-'.a;.- 
 
 vi^xr-- .. ■ • 
 
 
 
 -•i.'.'';rv^>v'’ 
 
 
 i, #'*.• .. .. ' • ?! • •*•' ' X ,-".v -• •.•?r' ' «^> • 
 
 
 ' ^-'^V^.X'C.-' 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 P' i^iiC 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 

 
 A T T E N Tt 1 X 
 
 F I F T 
 
 THE 
 
 H T A B L 
 
 E. 
 
 %I5- 1 
 
 (IVERS Parts of the Organ of Hearing of a Man. 
 
 A , The External Cofnvext Part of the Os Tmporale. 
 
 B, Part of the Os Sihcipiti's, 
 
 C, The ProceJJus Majloides Continuous with the 
 Os TinipoYUfn. 
 
 D, Part of another Pfocefs of the Os temporah, 
 ^lich makes the OsJugaU. 
 
 E» The Frocejfus St'yloides. 
 
 Y Part of the Os tettiporufn , behind which the Carotid Ar- 
 tery'p^ff^® towards the Brain. 
 
 GG, Patt of the Os Sphenoides. 
 
 H , An Acute Procefs of the Os Sphenoides, whence the Mnfcles 
 of the Gargareon Spring. 
 
 I, A perforation between the Os Sphenoides vtsdiTmporum ,hy 
 which the BuHus a Palato pafles into the Tympanum. 
 
 K , The Sixth Foramen of the Os Sphenoides which is near the 
 Root of the Frocejfus Fterygoides; by which a Branch of the Fifth 
 pair of Nerves paifes out of the Cr4w;«w. vid.Tab.g2.Fig. 2. Y. 
 
 a, The Upper-part of the Forus Audit orius or Paflage from the 
 External Ear. 
 
 bb, The Breaking off of the Bone which Compofes the Lower- 
 part of the Meatus or Forus Auditorius. 
 
 c, The Mufculus Externus Auris, by fome call'd LaxatorExternus. 
 This Small Mufcle is plac’d under the Glandulous Membrane of the 
 Forus Auditorius , which Separates that Matter call’d the Ear-Wax 
 ItsBeginning isFleihy on the External Margin, atthe Upper-part of 
 the PtfWjfoon becoming Tendinous, paffes to its Broad Tendinous 
 Expanfion on the External Surface of the MembranaTympani.When 
 it Afts , it draws the Membrana Tympani towards a Plan Outwards , 
 together with the Handle or Long Procefs of the Malleus\hY which 
 ifieans the Great Concuffion made in the Outward Air, is Hindred 
 from Violating the Membrana Tympani', which at that Time is 
 Reiaxt. 
 
 d, The Long Procefs of the Malleus, ca.\Yd its Manubrium ,\yir\g 
 immediately under theMembrana Tympani, and is Contiguous to it. 
 
 e , The Membrana Tympani or Thin Tranfparent Membrane , 
 commonly call’d the Drum of the Ear. 
 
 f, A Sinusin the Os Temporum for the Articulation of the Frocejfus 
 Condyloides of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 g , The Conjunftion of the Os Sphenoides with the Or Temporum. 
 hh. The Edges of the laft mention’d Bones Saw’d off. 
 
 * The Suture between the Os Temporum and Sincipitis. 
 
 Fig. 16. 
 
 The Organs of Hearing as they are made to Appear on the Inter- 
 nal Parts of the fame Bones ,Reprefented in the foregoing Figure. 
 
 A A , The Inlide of the Lower-part of the Os Sincipitis which lies 
 on the Upper-part of the Os Temporum next the Brain. 
 
 aa. The Channels in the Bone which Receive the Blood-Veflels 
 lying on the Dura Mater. 
 
 B , Part of the Os Occipitis. 
 
 bbb. The Conjundtion of \h& Os Temporum with the Bones of 
 the sinciput and Occiput , call’d Sutura Squamofa. 
 
 CC, The Os Temporum next the Brain. 
 
 c, That Part of the Os Temporum or Frocejfus Fetrofus of that 
 Bone, which Touches the Ameriot Appendix of the Os Occipitis. 
 
 D , Part of the Os Sphenoides. 
 
 d, That Part of the Os Sphenoides at the Upper-part of the Pro- 
 ceps Fterygoides. 
 
 £ , Part of the Os Jugale. 
 
 e, The External Semicircular Duft of the Os Petrofum Open’d j 
 Expreft at k , Fig. 1 8- 
 
 F , The External Surface of the Os Petrofum , to which the Dura 
 Mater firmly Adheres. 
 
 f f , The External Lamina of the Os Petrofum cut off with a Chi- 
 zel, to IhewtheTwo Internal Mufcles of the Malleus ,? an ofthe 
 Cavity ot the and the Articulation of the Malleus with 
 
 the Incus , with the CavernuU of the Os Petrofum which Communi- 
 cate with thofe of the Frocejfus Majloides. 
 
 G, A Channel on the Or Petrofum, in which the Superior Long 
 and Narrow 5 i»«i ofthe Dura Mater, paflTes from the Seilafurcica 
 to the Tortuous Part of the Lateral Sinus. 
 
 g, The Perforation in the Proceps Prrro/»r , by which the Ca- 
 rotid Artery paffes in a Tortuous Manner towards the 5«//4r«m- 
 ca to the Brain. 
 
 H, . . . The Head of the Malleus Articulated with the Bajis of 
 the Incus. 
 
 l. .. The Bajis of the Incus and its Short Procefs in Situ. 
 
 K . . . The Mufculus Obliquus or Semicircularis Auris ; this Du 
 Verny Defcribes inftead of the Laxator Externus Expreft at c , in the 
 preceding Figure: It is plac’d in a Proper Furrow ofthe Bone which 
 is above the Bony Part of the Channel , from the Palate to the Ear , 
 whence it Marches Obliquely to its Infertion at a Small Acute Pro- 
 cefs near the l^eck of the Malleus .-When it Afts, it draws the 
 Handle ofthe Malleus Sideways towards the Os Jugale', whereby 
 it Affifls the fe?terriai Mufcle, in making the Membrana Tympani 
 capable of Refitting' any great Impetus made in the Outward Air , 
 from Injuring that Meihbfane. 
 
 L... The Mufculus Iritirhus Tympani Auris: The FlelhyPart 
 of this, like the Former, is Inclos’d within a Bony Channel of the Os 
 Petrofum ,\yirig on the Upper Side ofthe Bony Part of the Duft 
 A Palato ad Aurem, as here Exprett; when it is Advanc’d to the Up- 
 per Side of the T^tmpanum , it is Converted into a Small Tendon 
 which paffes out of its Bony Channel , not unlike a Rope from a 
 Pully to the Oppofite Part of the ,a;nd is Fatten’d to the 
 
 Long Procefs of the This Mufcle JArifeS from that Part of 
 
 the Os Sphenoides tfiat Touches thfe Os FetroJum,and Helps io Frame 
 the Aquedu 6 l or Meatus a Paldio ad Aurefn. The Strong Mem- 
 brane which Lines the Botw Channel in which this Mufdfe.is En- 
 tertain’d, paffes out with its Tendon fd. the Internal Actttp Prdtefs 
 ofthe Malleus , where the pte'cedifig Mufcle is Ihped. Flacentmus 
 feeing the Tendon ofthe Former Mufcle at itS IhfertiOn , and not 
 Difcovering that Mufcle, fuppds’d if hefdrig’d to the Mdfcle latt 
 mention’d, which he Defcribes and Figures with Double Jendjnous 
 Terminations. When this Internal Mttftle of Eujldihiiis Afts , it 
 
 draws the Long Procefs ofthe Jtfa'iifAr tdwifds the Edramtn Ovale 
 
 and Rotundum; whereby the External Surface of tl^ Mirhbrand 
 Tympani becomes Conciiire , and the Merr:bY^ne rt felf ihuch Ex- 
 tended, which is Neceffafy when Sounds are LoW^; 
 
 lA ,TheForame^oftheOs Sphenoides , by Which a Branch of the 
 Fifth Pair of Nerves, paffes out of the Skull. - . . 
 
 N , The Fotdmen of the PfoceffUs PetrifUs of Os Fetrofum , by 
 which the Auditory Nerve paffes to the Ofgah of Hearing. 
 
 Pig- I?;. 
 
 The Extefhhl Surface Of the Os Tefnporuih of the Right Side 
 of a full Growh F^tus. _ /-?. .. 
 
 AAA, Its Superior and Anterior Margin wMch Was Gohtiguous 
 to the Os Sincipitis and Sphenoides : _ 
 
 B , Its Potterior Part which Touches the Os Occipitis. 
 
 C, ' A Large Foramen by which the Blood-Veffels Enter the Bone ; 
 this Foramen Appears at the Root ofthe Mammiform Procefs of the 
 
 Adult ; which Procefs do’s not Appear in the Foster. 
 
 D A Procefs of this Bone in theFxtus at the meeting ofthe Os 
 Sincipitis, with the Os which is not Confpicuous in the 
 
 Adult. 
 
 E, Part of the Os Jugale cut off. 
 
 F , The Sinus in which the Condyloid Procefs of the Lower 
 Jaw, is Receiv’d. 
 
 G, That Part of the Os Temporum, call’d Frocejfus Fetrofus’, 
 wherein the Three Semicircular Dufts and Cochlea are Excavated. 
 
 H , .. The Lohg Procefs of the Incus which is Articulated to the 
 Upper -part of the Stapes, by the Mediation of the Os Orbiculare. 
 
 I , . . . The Os Orbiculare and Stapes , Articulated to the Extremi- 
 ty of the Long Procefs of the Incus. 
 
 K . . . . The Long Procefs of the Malleus which is Connefted to 
 the Internal Surface of the Membrana Tympani. 
 
 By this mutual Articulation of the Four Little Bones of the Tym- 
 panum with each other , and the Conneftion of the Internal Surface 
 ofthe Membrana Tympani, to the Long Procefs of the Malleus', 
 whatever Motions are made by the Outward Air which fhakes that 
 Membrane, the Malleus is neceffarily Mov’d , confequently the in- 
 cus and Stapes :~idow the Bajis ofthe Stapes exaftly Covering the 
 Foramen Ovale , the Air contain’d in the Labyrinth and Cochlea , is 
 thereby neceffarily Agitated, and the Effefts of the Various Tre- 
 mulous Motions of the Stapes , are Reprefented to the Expanfions 
 ofthe Auditory Nerves, in the Labyrinth and Cochlea. 
 
 L , The Circulus OJfeus of the Foetus. 
 
 M. .., Part of the Cochlea in Situ, Open’d. 
 
 N. . .. The Tendon of the Mufculus Stapedis Defcending from 
 the Of Petrofum, to its Implantation on the Upper-part of the Stapes , 
 whereby it Draws the Stapes Upwards towards the Forafnen, and 
 Shuts it. 
 
 O, The Stapes. 
 
 P, The Ojftculum §}uartum or Orbiculare. 
 
 Q ,The Mufculus Stapedis Free’d from its Bony Pipe , Excavated 
 in the Os Fetrofum ,nezi theBottom. of the Tympanum. The Pipe 
 which contains the Fiefhy Part of this Mufcle is Lefs than the Sixth 
 Part of an Inch in Length, and is much Larger than the Foramen, 
 by which its Tendon paffes to its Implantation in the Stapes. 
 
 R-,- The. Bajis of the /«r«f where the Head of the Malleus is 
 Articulated ; 
 
 S. - - Its Short Procefs which Refts on the Of Petrofum ; 
 
 T , - Its Long Procefs that is Articulated with the Stapes. 
 
 V. - The Head of the Malleus which is Articulated with the litcus. 
 
 W. . . That Part of the Long Procefs of the Malleus, where ! 
 the Internal Mufcle of the Tympanum of Eujlachius is Inferted. 
 
 X. . The External Acute Procefs of the Malleus ,whexe it Be- 
 gins to Cleave to the Membrana Tympani; 
 
 Y --Its Internal Acute Procefs, to which the Mufculus Obliqttus 
 or Externus of Du Verny , is Implanted. 
 
 Fig. 18. 
 
 The Internal Face of the fame Or Temporum next the Brain , 
 Reprefented in the preceding Figure 
 A , The Internal Concave and unequal Surface of the Bone next 
 the Dura Mater, 
 
 B , Part of the Os Jugale. 
 
 C . The Porous Subttance .ofthe Bone as it Appears iftei: It’s cut 
 away to fhew its Cavity , call’d Tympanum. 
 
 D. The Potterior Part of the OsTerrrporum t^hich Touches the 
 Occipital Bone. 
 
 E . The Extremity of the Proc'eJJus Fetrofus next the Aiifeflor 
 Appendix of the Os Occipitis. 
 
 F . .. The Lower-part of the Annulus Ojfeus. 
 
 G . . . Part of the Mufculus Obliquus AUris ■, left at Its Inifertion, 
 
 H . - . The Long Procefs or Handle of the Maiieus. 
 
 I. .. Part ofthe /»c«j where it’s Articulated With the 
 
 K . . . The Os Petrofum cut away into the Cavity of the Tympa- 
 num F, G, H, I, K, The tympanuhi Open’d : Befides the Membrane 
 of the Tympanum sit the Extremity of the Meatus Auditorius', the 
 Cavity of the Tympanum is Lin’d With a Thin Tranfparfent Mfem- 
 brane,which ( I am apt to think ) is alfo Extended on the Malleus, 
 Incus, Os Orbiculare, and Stapes, fince the Accarite Ruyfch has 
 Obferv’d divers Blood-Veffels on thofe Bones. 
 
 k. The Superior or External of the Three Semicircular Dufts 
 Free’d from the Adjacent Part of the Os Petrofum , and Open’d. 
 
 l . The Middle Semicircular Duft alfo Clear’d and Open’d 
 
 m . . . . Part of the Third and moll Internal Semicircular Duft 
 alfo partly Open’d. 
 
 n , The Foramen by which the Audito^ Herve Enters the Os 
 Petrofum. 
 
 Fig. ig. 
 
 The Salival Glandules of the Lower Jaw, together with thofe 
 under the Tongue, Diffefted. 
 
 A A , The Two Inferior Maxillary Glands , which are Repre- 
 fented in Situ, Tab. 15. Fig. i. MM, Compos’d of divers 
 Inclos’d in One Membrane. 
 
 BB, The GlanduU Sublihguales Cover’d with their Gomihon 
 Membrane; One of which Glandules is Reprefented in Situ, in 
 the laft mention’d Table , Fig. 2. W. 
 
 CC , The Trunks ofthe Two Arterifes which Spring from the Ca- 
 rotids , and Convey Blood into the above mention’d Salival Glands. 
 
 D D, Two Branches of Arteries, Afifingfrorn the latt mention’d 
 Trunks , which pafs to the T ongue. Befides the Branches now men- 
 tion’d , each of thefe Large Trunks fbhds out another confiderabie 
 Branch ExpfettT-j^. 12.F/.J.4.F. vvhich is Employ’d on theMiifcles 
 of the Face. 
 
 E, The Trunk of the Vein Afifihg from, the E^tfeinities of the 
 Arteries of thofe Glahds, and thofe of the Neighbouring Parts. 
 
 F , A Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves. 
 
 G G , The Salival Dufts of the Inferior Maxillary Glatids j as 
 they pafs to their Excretory Pores at the Extremity of each Papilla 
 plac’d under the Tongue. 
 
 HH, The Two latt mention’d , where the Excretory 
 
 Dufts ofthe Sublingual Glands alfo empty themfelvesat the Hme 
 Pores with the Two Saljyal Dufts. This Pfotfufidn of the Salival 
 Dnft-s Which Frame the Papllli , Is a neceffary Contrivance to Hin- 
 der any Particle of the Matticated Aliment frdm Ehtrihg thofe 
 HdePs, of the E:tcfeted Sdlli/a ffom Repaflingthem. 
 
 I , The Saiival Duft of the Right Side Open’d according tO its 
 Le'ffgth, and Expahded. 
 
 K , A Small Stone as it Appear’d lying in the above mention’d 
 Daft: It vt^as of a bright Yellow CoIoUf, not unlike that of 
 AttripigmeniUrri. In Diffefting thefe Parts the Leflfef End of it 
 happen’d to Break oft, as it is here Exprett. 
 
 ^ Fig. 26. 
 
 The Internal of Back Side ofthe Ldrynx, With the AfperdAr- 
 ierid and Part of the Bronchia. 
 
 A, The Concave Part of the Epiglottis as it Appears when 
 Pinn’d up. 
 
 a a, Divers Small Glands at the Root of the Fpiglo/m, which are 
 Cover’d with a Loofe Membrane which makes the Glottis , and is 
 Continued to that of the Inflde of theMotith , Fauces , and Gula. 
 
 B B , The Extremities of the Os Hyoides. 
 
 CC, The Ligaments which Fatten them to the Two Superior 
 Long Proceffes of the Scutiformal Cartilage. 
 
 DD,The Internal Concave Part of the Scutiformal Cartilage, 
 bb, The Two Long and Superior Procefles of the Scutiformal 
 Cartilage. 
 
 CC, The Superior Parts of the Arytanoidal Cartilages which l 
 
 were Cover’d with the Loofe Membrane above mention’d, and | Semen into the Urethra 
 
 Compofe the Glottis. 
 
 d. The Back part of the Annular Cartilage. 
 
 EE, The Mufeuli Cricoarytanoidai which Open the Aryls- 
 noidal Cartilages cc, by Drawing them Backwards. 
 
 F, The MufeulusArytmoidius which Draws the Two Aryttenoi- 
 
 dal Cartilages nearer each other, and Streightens the ' 
 
 G, The Cartilaginous Part of the Wind-Pipe Forewards. 
 
 HH, The Potterior and Membranous Part of the Wind-Pipe 
 
 next the Gula. 
 
 ee, Divers Small Glands which Appear on this Membranous 
 Part of the Wind-Pipe, and Beginning of the Bronchia. The Ex- 
 cretory Dufts of thefe Glands, I am perfwaded , Difcharge thdm- 
 felves into the Wind-Pipe and Bronchia , and ferve to Moitteft 
 their Cavities, and Defend them from the Infpired Air, whence A- 
 rifes Part ofthatMoitture which isRejeftedin Expiration; a great 
 Part of it Arifing alfo from the Saliva , as the Air paffes the M outh ; 
 whence it happens , lefs Moitture paffes with the Expired Air by the 
 Foramina Narium only , than when we Expire thro’ the Mouth ; and 
 confequently the Halitus is more or lefs Wet, as the Mouth is more 
 or lefs Open'd. 
 
 ff. The Beginning of the Bronchia. 
 
 The Glands above mention’d are moft commonly Affefted in 
 Catarrhs , and moft of thofe Defiuftions on the Wind-Pipe which 
 caufe frequent Coughing. 
 
 Fig. 21. 
 
 A Portion of the Wind-Pipe Open’d and Pin’d out to fliew ift 
 Inflde. 
 
 A A, Its Cartilages Divided according to the Length of the 
 Wind-Pipe. 
 
 E, Us Internal Membrane Compos’d of Longitudinal Fibres, 
 Rais’d : This Draws the Cartilages nearer each other, and Shortens 
 the Wind-Pipe. 
 
 CC, The Tranfverfe Order of Fibres lying on the Membra- 
 nous Part of the Wind-Pipe next the G«i4: Thefe Pull the Extre- 
 mities ofthe Little Semicircular Cartilages of the Wind-Pipe nearer 
 each other, whereby they Strengthen its Canalis. 
 
 Fig. 22. 
 
 The Larynx or Upper-part of the Wind-Pipe after the Scat!- 
 formal Cartilage is taken off, as it Appears Laterally. 
 
 A , The Epiglottis ; 
 
 B, Its Root cut from the Tongue. 
 
 C, The Arytaenoidal Cartilage. 
 
 D , The Back-part of the Cricoidal or Annular Cartilage ; 
 
 d , Its Fore-part which Appears immediately under the Thyroif. 
 
 E, The Mufculus Cricoarytsnoidius Pofiicus. 
 
 F, The Thyroarytanoidius Free’d from the Scutiformal Cartilage, 
 and left at its Infertion to the Arytaenoidal Cartilage Laterally. 
 
 G, The Cricoaryt&noidms Lateralis ; it Arifing from the Carti- 
 lage Cricoides , and is Inferted to the Arytanoides. It Affifts with itS 
 Partner in Opening the Glottis or Arytaenoidal Cartilages. 
 
 H , Parts of the Wind-Pipe. 
 
 Fig. 23. 
 
 The Larynx together with a Portion of the Wind-Pipe. 
 
 A , The Epiglottis , by which the whole Larynx is Sufpended , 
 v^hich makes it Appear much longer in this than in the preceding 
 Figure. 
 
 B , That Part ofthe cut from the Root ofthe Tongue. 
 CC, The Sides of the Scutiformal Cartilage drawn from each 
 
 other ; 
 
 a a, Its Superior Long Proceffes Tied to the Extremities of the 
 Of Hyoides 
 
 b. One ofits Two Inferior Short Proceffes Cleaving to the An- 
 nular Cartilage. 
 
 c. One of the Arytaenoidal Cartilages (which Compofe the JRi- 
 mula of the Larynx ,) Cover’d by the Glottis. 
 
 d d , The Annular Cartilage. 
 
 D, A Portion of the Wind-Pipe. 
 
 E, The Membranous Part of the Wind-Pipe which Touches 
 the Gula , as it Defeends to the Stomach, 
 
 e, The Mufculus Cricoarytanoidms Pofiicus. 
 
 f, The Cricoaryttnoidaus Lateralis. 
 
 g, TheThyroaryt&noidius Anfmg from the Internal Concave Part 
 
 of the Thyroid Cartilage , and is Inferted to the Backpart of the 
 Arytaenoidal Cartilage above the Infertion ofthe Cricoarytsnoiditus 
 Lateralis: This and its Companion on the other Side Afting to- 
 gether, Draw the Two Arytaenoidal Cartilages nearer each other, 
 and Streighten the Ri'mula .- They Aft in Deglutition , whereby any 
 Part of [Aliment is effeftually Hindred from Defcending in- 
 to the Larynx, hy the Aflittanceof the Epiglottis, which at that'fime 
 ekaftly Covers the Thefe Mufcles are fo Strong in fome, 
 
 who by adequately doling this Paffage to the Wind-Pipe . can fiiffet 
 Liquors pour’d into their Mouths to pafs the Gula , without the Afti- 
 on of Deglutition , or the Afiittance of the Epiglottis ; as ’tis evident 
 ifthey hold their Mouths Open and their Tongues Depreft , whilll 
 a Quantity ofLiquor Defeends from thence into their Stomachs. 
 
 The Ufe of the Epiglottis is to Cover the Glottis in Deglutition , fo 
 that the Aliment may Defcend over it into the Gula and Stomach. 
 Nor has the Ffig/omr any Mufcles toDeprefsit in that Aftion . but 
 when the Tongue is Elevated, the Epiglot is neceffarily Depreft : 
 Hence it is , when the Tongue is very much Intumified > as it is fre- 
 quently in thdfe ^ho are in great Salivationi ) the free Aftion of De- 
 glutition is Hindred, and the Patient is neceflitated to Swallow even 
 Fluids very leafurely , and not without Difficulty, efpecially if the 
 Tongue is fo Dittended, that it cannot bt Contain’d vkithin the 
 Teeth. 
 
 Fig. 24. 
 
 The Upper-part of tfie Tongue as il Appears when taken out 
 with its Proper Mufcles. 
 
 A, The Tip of the Tongue. 
 
 B, Its Root Free’d from the Epiglottis znd Os Hyoides.^ 
 a a. The Vdous Nervous Bodies of the Tongue, which ttand 
 
 Obliquely from the Apex or Tip of the Tongue towards its Roof. 
 
 b b , The Glands plac’d at the Root of the Tongue , whofe Ex- 
 cretory Pores may be feen to Open in thfeir Middle , whence a Sali- 
 val Humour is emitted, not unlike the Glands ofthe Fauces and 
 toParhtha Narium , and thofe plac’d in the Cheeks and Lips, 
 
 CC, the Mufeuli Ceratoglojft Exprett /» , Tab. 14. Fig. i. 
 
 D D , on one Side. 
 
 D D . The StylogloJJiin like Manner Exprett, Tab. ibtd. Fig tbtd. C. 
 
 Fig. 25. 
 
 The VeftcuU Seminales with Pan of the Deferens, and their 
 common Duft which paffes thro’ the Frofiata into the Urethra, 
 Open'd* 
 
 A A , Part of the External Surface of the VeficuU Seminales , 
 where the Ramifications of Blood-Veffels are Confpicuous to the 
 Naked Eye. 
 
 B,C, The Larger Cells of the VeJlcuUSemtndles and Vas Deferens! 
 
 D , The Vas Deferens Open’d. 
 
 b,cc. The Lefiei Cells of the vas Deferens andVeJicuU Seminales 
 
 within the Larger. , r , • , 
 
 E, The Place where the Vas Deferens and Vepcula Seminales 
 
 Communicate with each other. 
 
 F, The common Duft of the VeficuU Seminales and Vas De- 
 ferens which paffes thro' the GlanduU FroJi at t, and Difeharges 
 
 Lll 
 
 dlPPEN^ 
 
s 
 
 T T E N 73 I X 
 
 THE 
 
 IXTH TABLE. 
 
 Tig. afi. - 
 
 ?EPRESENTS the Internal Sur6ice,j&f the Bajis of 
 the Cranium , with the Inferior Fart of the Dura 
 Mater remaining on it, done immediately after 
 the Brain was taken out; the Blood^Veflels being 
 firll Injefted with Wax. 
 
 A A, The Edges of the Skull, as they Appear 
 when its Upper-part is Saw’d off. 
 
 BB , Part of the Dura Mater lying on the bajis of the Skull. 
 CC’ The Two Lateral Sinujes fill’d with Wax in their Declive 
 9nd Tortuous Progrefs , to their Egrefs at the bajis of the Skull. 
 
 dd. The Two Superior Long which Communicate be- 
 tween the Circular Sinus 22, and Lateral Sinujes, 
 
 c e , Two Inferior fhort Sinujes , which alfo Difcharge themfelves 
 into the Two Lateral Ones as their Egrefs. 
 
 f,The Os Crijia Galli or Middle Procefs of the OsEthmoides or Cri- 
 krt)jum,by which the Olfaftory Nerves pafs to theForamina Narium. 
 
 g g , Divers Blood-Veffels of the Dura Mater, not Injected with 
 Wax , by reafon of their Smallnefs. 
 hh. The Firll Arteries of the Dura Mater not fill’d with Wax. 
 i i,The Second Branches of the Arteries of the Dura A/4/er .•Thefe 
 Arife from the Carotids before they Enter the Skull , and pafs 
 thro’ a fmall Foramen Reckon’d a Fifth of the Or , at the 
 
 ilootofan Acute Procefs of that Bone, whence the Mufcles of the 
 Gargareon Spring : After thefe Arteries Enter the Skull , their Larger 
 ^ranches lie on the Exterior Surface of the Z)«r«;v/4rer, as Exprefl 
 Tab. 6. Fig. 1, 2, and 4, which are Entertain’d in Furrows on the In- 
 ternal Surface of the Cr<J»i«w , Expreft Tab. 91. Fig. 2. FF : As the 
 Branches of thefe Arteries become flill more and more Divided, and 
 iefs on the Upper-part of the Dura Mater , fo their Channels on the 
 Top of the Skull fcarce Appear; nor do any of them Enter the Lon- 
 gitudinal , as Dr. has well Obferv’d, Befides thofe 
 
 Branches of thefe Arteries which carry Blood to the Dura Mater, 
 there are others alfo which convey Blood to the MeditulUum of the 
 Skull AA, and dolnofculate with the Arteries of the Hairy Scalp. 
 The Branches of thefe Arteries on the Dura Mater, are Accompanied 
 with Veins , which do not pafs out of the Cranium at the fame Perfo- 
 ration where the Arteries Enter’d, but leave them where the Inferior 
 and Foremofl Angle of the Bregma Touches the Os Sfhenoides and 
 Tttnjorum Internally , and afterwards pafs between the Two Inter- 
 nal Long Proceffes of the Os Sphenoides and Os Frontis , and March 
 cut at the Second Perforation oitho Os sphenoides or Large R;V»4 , 
 Tab.ig. 2.CD,I. Nor do the Larger Branches of thefe Blood- 
 Veffels always continue their whole Progrefs between the Skull and 
 Dura Mater, but Parts of them March in Bony Inclofures of the 
 Skull , efpecUlly at the Inferior Angle of the Bregma above men- 
 tion’d , and afterwards pafs out again in their Ufual Manner ; Nor are 
 the Perforations in the Os Sphenoides always Regular where thefe 
 Arteries of the Dura Mater Enter : They fometimes Marching thro’ 
 the Sixth Perforations of the Sphenoides , where the Branches of the 
 Far Siuintum Nervorum pafs out; at other times their Perforations 
 are at the Conjundtions of the Or Sphenoides with the OjfaFetroja, 
 Between the Acute Proceffes of the Firit nam’d Bone, and Perfora- 
 tions of the Latter where the Carotid Arteries Enter the Skull. 
 
 k , The Third Branch of the Arteries of the Dura Mater Enter the 
 Cranium , where the Eighth Pair ofNerves pafs out : I don’t remem- 
 ber I ever faw any Branches of Veins Accompany thefe Arteries. 
 Befides thefe Arteries of#ie Dura Mater , I Aon’t doubt but on a 
 
 the Progrefs of the Third , F ourth , Fifth , and Sixth Pair ofNerves. 
 
 7.7, The Hard and Soft Trunks of the Auditory Nerves En- 
 tring the Os Petrojum. 
 
 8.8, The Eighth Pair of Nerves or Par Vagum , together with 
 the Acceffory Nerves (•f'i') Accompanying them at their Egrefs. 
 
 •F-F, The Acceffory Nerves. 
 
 9.9, The Ninth Pair of Nerves. 
 
 Fig. 27. 
 
 The Trunk and Three Branches at One of the Nerves of the 
 Fifth Pair within the Cranium, 
 
 A, The Trunk , 
 
 B , Its Ganglion , 
 
 C, Its Foremofl Branch Exprefl at V, in the preceding Figure, 
 pafllng out ofthe Skull at theSecondPerforation of the Os Sphenoides -, , 
 
 D, Its Middle Branch fomewhat Iefs than the other Two, which 
 
 thro’ the Os Ethmoides (oo,K|. 26.) thefe Medullary Bodies are 
 Converted into as many Nervous Fajdculi, as there are Perforations 
 in that Bone , which are afterwards Expanded on the Glandulous 
 Membrane that Invefls the Foramina Narium. 
 
 2 , 2, The Second Pair ofNerves , call’d 0;>r;ci, or Seeing Nerves: 
 Thefe Arife from the Two Large Medullary Protuberances of the 
 Brain , call’d Thalami Nervorum Opticorum, Exprefl in the following 
 Table, cc,F;^ 30. and pafllng over the Cr«r4 Medulla Oblongata ^ 
 March to their Conjunftion here Exprefl F; after parting from each 
 other again , they foon pafs the Firft Foramina of the Os Sphenoides 
 P P, App.Fig.i6. where the Great Branches of the Carotid Arte- 
 ries lie Contiguous to them ; whence it happens in any great Plethora 
 ( as after plentiful Drinking or the like) thefe Arteries by reafon of 
 their Turgefcence,foPrefs on the Optick Nerves , as to Diflort the 
 Courfeof their Fibres, and make Objefls feem Diforder’d. Some 
 
 paffes out at a Diflintl Foramen ofthe Os Sphenoides, Collateral to the | Branches of the Blood-Veffels are Vifible to the Naked Eye as they 
 Sella Turcica , and is Reckon’d the Third Foramen of that Bone Ex- j Bodies of thofe Nerves , and arc Confpicuous alfo on 
 
 prefl Tab. 89. Fig. 2. 1 their Expanfions within the Bulb of the Eyes , which Compofe the 
 
 E,The Third Branch of this Nerve , which paffes the Sixth Per- 
 
 foration ofthe sphenoides. 
 
 Fig. 28. 
 
 The Bajis ofthe Brain with the Large Trunks of its Blood-Veffels 
 of both Kinds Injefted with Wax , fome of their Ramifications being 
 clear’d ofthe Pia Mater , together with the Ten Pair of Nerves of 
 the Brain , and a Portion of the Medulla Spinalis , &c. 
 
 A A, 'TheForemofi. 
 
 BB, The Hindmofl Lobes oftheBrain. 
 
 C C , The Cerebellum which in this Subjedl was very Large. 
 
 D D , The Two Lateral Sinujes cut off after their Declive and 
 Tortuous Progrefs, Exprefl in the Firll of the Two precedent Fi- 
 gures CC, 5,5. 
 
 EE, The Trunks of the Vertebral Arteries as they pafs the 
 Tranfverfe Proceffes of the Firfl Vertebra of the Neck , in their Tor- 
 tuous Progrefs thro’ the GttstForamen of the Os Occipitis , to the 
 Medulla Oblongata and Brain. Vid. Append. Fig- 8. KK. 
 
 P , The Vertebral Sinus or Large Vein , in whole External Mem- 
 brane the Wax is Extravafated, which makes it Appear with an Un- 
 equal Surface, as here Exprell. 
 
 GGGGG, A Continuation of the Dura Mater Divided ac 
 cording to its Length; One Side lying on the Medulla Spinalis, 
 the other being Rais’d and Pinn’d out. 
 
 a, A Foramen to whofe Margin the Upper Broad Part of the In- 
 fundibulum isFallen’d , and Opens into it , infomuch that if you take 
 out the Brain with the Infundibulum remaining to it, and Inferta 
 Blow-Pipe into the Fourth Ventricle , you may thereby not only 
 Diflend that and the Two Lateral Ventricles with Wind, but you 
 will alfo fee the InfundibulumBx^tmA be Diflended alfo. 
 
 bb , Two White Protuberances behind the Infundibulum. 
 
 CC, Two Large Branches ofthe Carotid Arteries cut off, before 
 they pafs between the Foremoll and Hinder Lobes ofthe Brain. 
 
 dd, Two Communicant Branches between the Carotid and Cer- 
 yical Arteries , by which the Latter chiefly became fill’d with Wax , 
 it being Injefted into One of the Trunks of the Carotid Arteries on- 
 ly of One Side : Hence we may be Inform’d, not only of the Inofcu- 
 lations of the Large Branches of the Carotid Artery of the Right 
 Side with thofe of the Left , but of their Communications alfo with 
 the Vertebral Arteries , as they pafs the Tranfverfe Proceffes of the 
 Vertebra ; the Wax in fuch an Injedlion pouring out by the Verte 
 
 diligent Search , many more may be found ; and in fome Subjects j brals ; as I have had occafion more than once to Obferve by Injefling 
 fome of thefe may be wanting, efpecially thofe in whom divers Bran- thefe Arteries as above mention’d , after the Head together with the 
 
 ches pafs the Upper-part of the Skull near the Longitudinal Suture ; 
 q)fwl)ich,we commonly find Two Remarkable Ones towards the 
 Occiput , as has beet) taken Notice of, Tab. 90. Fig. 2. 
 
 L , The Great Foramen of the Os Occipitis , by which the Me- 
 dulla Oblongata paffes to the Specus in the Vertebra. 
 
 m m , Some Veins of the Dura Mater which Communicate with 
 the Inferior Short Sinus's. 
 
 n , Part of the Os Jugale. 
 
 00, The Os Ethmoides ot Cribriforme , by which theOlfaftory 
 Nerves pafs out of the Cranium. 
 
 P P , The Optick Nerves cut off at their Egrefs. 
 
 ,q q , The Great Branches of the Carotid Arteries cut off at 
 their Entrance into the Cavity of the Skull. 
 
 r,One of the Nerves ofthe Third Pair on the Left Side, made 
 bare from the Duplicature of the Dura Mater , in which it paffes 
 before it Marches out of the Skull with the following Pair. 
 
 ss,The Fourth Pair of Nerves Free’d from the Duplicature lafl 
 mention’d, and Turn’ up at their palling the Second Perforation of 
 the Of Sphenoides or Large Rima , Exprefl Tab. 89. Fig. n between 
 C,D,I. 
 
 tt. The Fifth Fair ofNerves on the Right Side Expanded, be- 
 fore it is Divided into Three Branches, on the contrary Side its 
 Trunk is Whole, Vid. Fig. 27. 
 
 V,The Upper and Foremoll Branch ofthe Fifth Pair ofNerves on 
 the Leftside, before it paffes out ofthe Skull at the Second Perfo- 
 tion of the Os Sphenoides , with the Third , Fourth , and Sixth Pair of 
 Nerves, 
 
 w , "I he Nerve of the Sixth Pair on the Left Side Free’d from the 
 Duplicature of the -D«r4 Mater, in which it is Inclos’d at a confide- 
 jable Diflance before it Accompanies the Third, Fourth, and Fore- 
 mofl Branch ofthe Fifth Pair ofNerves at its Egrefs, 
 
 x, The Intercoflal Nerve of the Left Side, Compos’d of Two 
 Branches from the Fifth Nerve ,and joining with the Body ofthe 
 Sixth in this Subjeft, whether this Difpofition is Conflant,! mufl 
 fonfefs my late Enquities have not afforded me an Opportunity of 
 Obferving. 
 
 y, TheTwo Branchesol the Fifth Pair ofNerves which Help to 
 Compofe the Intercoflal Nerve, 
 
 z z , The Contortion of the Carotid Artery Collateral to the 
 Sella Turcica, 
 
 1.1, ’The Glandula Pituitaria lying in the Sella Turcica. 
 
 2.2, The Circular sinus or Vein Environing the Pituitary Gland , 
 and was Firll taken Notice of by Dr, Ridley, 
 
 3 , The Infundibulum in whofe Infide , I conceive , the Trunks of 
 Exporting Lymphedutls pafs from thePinial Gland ; befides which, 
 the Inmofl Cavity of the Injundibulum it felfTranfmitsthe Aqueous 
 Humour of the Ventricles of the Brain into the Pituitary Gland , 
 where it joins with the Lympha above mention’d. ’ 
 
 4.4, Two Arteries taken Notice of by which pafs out 
 
 of the Cranium to the Glandulous Membranes of the Foramina Nit- 
 fium and Neighbouring Parts. 
 
 5.5, The Bended Parts of the Lateral Sinufes as they pafs that 
 partof the Cranium ,v/heie the Os Temporum, iincipitis , and Occi- 
 pitis meet. 
 
 , Part ef tb? x>ura Mater Rais’d and Reclin’d Laterally , to ffiew 
 
 Vertebra ofthe Neck have been taken from the Body. 
 
 ee ee. Two Large Branches of the Cervical Artery fometimes 
 feeming as tho’ they came from the Communicant Branches ; from 
 theForemofl of thefe chiefly Spring the Arteries of the Plexus Cho- 
 roides ; from the Two Hindmofl Arife thofe Branches which go to 
 the Choroeid Plexus ofthe Fourth Ventricle ofthe Brain, 
 f, Two Little Branches of the Carotids, 
 hh. The Two Trunks of the Vertebral Arteries which Com- 
 pofe the Cervical, 
 g , The Cervical Artery. 
 
 i i , The Spinal Artery which by reafon of the Retrograde M otion 
 ofthe Wax, or fome Coagulated Blood in it near the Vertebral Ar- 
 tery , was not fill'd with Wax as the reft. 
 
 k, A Small Branch of an Artery Running between the FafcicuU of 
 the Nerve of the Ninth Pair, on the Right Side near their Originals. 
 
 1 ! , Parts of the Crura Medulla Oblongata , immediately before 
 they meet at their Conjunftion under the Pons Varolii. 
 m m , The Annular Protuberance or Pons Varolii. 
 n, That Butt of the Caudex Medullaris ox Medulla Oblongata ott 
 the Right Side, call’d by Willis and VieuJJenjius, Corpora Pyramidalia, 
 o . That Part on the fame Side, call'd Corpus Olivare. 
 p , A Branch of the Carotid Arteries which Divide the Two 
 Anterior Lobes of the Brain from each other ; from whence 
 Spring fome Small Branches which Accompany the Olfaftory 
 Nerves at their Egrefs by the Os Cribriforme, Fig. 26. 4, 4. 
 
 q q , Little Branches from the Cervical Arteries which Run under 
 the P/4 Mater that Covers this Part, and fometimes pafs further to 
 the Plexus Chor aides in the Fourth Ventricle , and Cerebellum. 
 rrrr. Other Branches pafllng into the Annular Protuberance, 
 ss. The Two Firft Medullary Proceffes ofthe Cerebellum which 
 are continued to the Protuberantia Annularis , and feem to Com- 
 pofe Part of it: The Two Second Proceffes of the Cerebel are 
 Exprell Tab. 10. Fig. 1. SS. 
 
 tt. The Veins on the Cerebellum which pafs according to its 
 Sulci or External Furrows which Vary very much in their Progrefs 
 from thofe of the Brain it felf, 
 
 vvv. Other Veins Varioufly Diftributed on the Cerebel which 
 Empty themfelves into the Lateral Sinus's. 
 
 w w , The Sulci of the Brain , in which large Branches of Veins 
 and fometimes Arteries may be feen 
 XXX, Their Capillary Branches as they Appear under the Pia 
 Mater on the External Cortical Surface of the Brain. 
 
 l, 2,3, 4.5, The Ten Pair ofNerves of the Brain, with 
 
 Seven of thofe of the Spinal Marrow. 
 
 I, I, The Firft Pair of Nerves of the Brain, call'd Par Olfa- 
 Slorium , they are much Larger in Brutes , and are Hollow ; which 
 Hollownefles Communicate with the Ventricles of their Brains, 
 butdonot Appear fo in Humane Bodies. They are call’d Procejjus 
 Mammillares , from their Appearance in Quadrupedes, By theut- 
 moll ScrutinythatExaftAnatomizer of thefe Parts, Dr- Ridley and 
 my Self could make , we never Difeover’d but One Original to each 
 of thefe Nerves ; which is from the Under and Foremoft Part of the 
 Crura Medulla Oblongata , whence they pafs in an Oblique Manner 
 for fome Space between the Fore and Hindmofl Lobes ofthe Brain , 
 and March out from thence as Appears in the figure ; As they pafs 
 
 3,3 , The Third Pair of Nerves pafllng out between the Two 
 Branches of the Cervical Artery eeee; thefe Arife from the Upper 
 and Fore-part of the Annular Procefs, where the Crura Medulla 
 Oblongata meet: Nor do the Beginnings of thefe Nerves Appear till 
 the Blood-Veffels above mention’d and Pia Mater are remov’d: 
 They Enter the Duplicature of the Dura Mater on each Side the Pi- 
 tuitary Gland , as Exprefl Tab. 9. Fig. 3. HH, and pafs out ofthe 
 Skull with the following Nerves, to the Mufcles ofthe Eyes, 
 wherefore thefe are call’d Par Oculorum Motorium. 
 
 5.4, The Fourth Pair ofNerves of the Brain as they Appear after 
 
 their Progrefs between the Cerebrum and Cerebellum iThe-^f Arife 
 Remote from their Appearance in this Figure , even at the Back- 
 Side of the lo.Fig. i.vv. In taking out the 
 
 Brain you’ll find them under the Fore-part of the Second Procefs of 
 the Dura Mater near the Sella Turcica : They March into the Dupli- 
 catureofthe .D/<r4 immediately under theFormer,and pafs 
 the Second Foramen of the Os Sphenoides with them into the Orbita 
 Oculi : They are call’d Par Patbeticum , either becaufe fome Bran- 
 ches ofthein pafs to the Oblique Mufcles of the Eye , or that confi- 
 derable Branches (if not their Whole Trunks) pafs the Trochlea 
 Cartilages of the Eyes. 
 
 5.5, The Fifth Pair are very Large in their Originals, at the 
 Upper and Lateral Part of the Procejfus Annularis , near the Peduncu- 
 lus or Second Procefs of the Cerebellum. In taking out the Brain 
 from the Bajis of the Skull, you’ll find thefe Nerves immediately 
 under the Pathetick : Nor can you well fee them to cut them off ( in 
 this Operation ) unlefs you Firft Divide the Second Procefs of the 
 Dura Mater , -where it’s Faften’d to the Extremity of the Inner Pro- 
 cefs ofthe Os Petrofum ; After they pafs over the Extremity of the 
 laft mention’d Procefs theyFrameGangleons.and each is Divided 
 into Three Branches Reprefented in the preceding Figure. 
 
 6 ,6. The Sixth Pair ofNerves are about the Bignefs of the Third, 
 and Arife from the Hinder-part of the Ann ular Procefs , not far from 
 the Bafis of the. Corpora Pyramidalia-, as they pafs on the Annular 
 Protuberance , fome Branches ofthe Cervical Artery run over them: 
 They Enter the Duplicature ofthe D//r4 Mater below the Former. 
 Vid. Tab. 9. Fig. 3. N N, and pafs over the Extremity of the Internal 
 Procefs ofthe Petrofum with the Former, as is Reprefented F/j. 26. w. 
 
 7, 7, The Seventh Pair are the Auditory or Hearing Nerves, 
 each of which are Compos’d of Two Nerves ; the One being Hard , 
 the other Soft , which have Diftinft Originals : The Former or Hard 
 Trunk Springing from the Medulla Op/o»j4/4; the Latter or Softer 
 Arifing very Remote from it, being continu’d from divers Bright 
 Medullary Fibres that Appear in the Fourth Ventricle oftheBrain, 
 whence they Creep on the Sides of the Caudex Medullaris , till they 
 meet with the Harder Trunk, which they Accompany to theO/4 
 Fetrofa , Fig. 26. 7, 7. The Soft Nerves being Expanded within the 
 Labyrinths and Cochleas of the Organs of Hearing ; whilft the Hard 
 Trunks pafs thro’ the Bone , and Expand themfelves in a Larger 
 Field ,as the Accurate Vieu]fensB.epre'fents them. 
 
 8, 8, The Eighth Pair ofNerves or Par Vagum; each of thefe have 
 Tenor Twelve Nervous F/^r;7/4 Springing from the Medulla Oblon- 
 gata, immediately below the Annular Procefs m,m, and under the 
 Corpora olivariaoo , or between them and the Third or Cordal 
 Proceffes of the Cerebellum, Tab. 10. Fig. i. WW, whence they 
 March Accompanied with divers Small Blood-Veffels ofboth Kinds, 
 to their Egrefs with the Lateral Sinus's 8,8, Tig. 26. where they meet 
 with the Spinal Acceffory Nerves * * which go out with them , and 
 are Diftributed as VieuJJens has Exprefl them. 
 
 9,9, The Ninth Pair ofNerves , whofe Various Originals of the 
 R’ght Side differ from thofe of the Left : They continue to derive 
 their Beginnings at Various Diftances from the Upper-parts ofthe 
 Corpora Olivaria , to Half an Inch in Length on the Caudex Medulla- 
 ris ; fome of the Fibres of that on the Left Side , palling over the Ver- 
 tebral Artery of the fame Side , when thofe of the contrary Side pafs 
 from under it: After pafling a Ihort Space, thefe Nervous Fibres 
 Colleftively pafs the Third Perforation of the Or Occipitis. Vid. Tig. 
 16. 9, 9. Tab. 9. Fig. 3. R R. Tab. go. Fjg. 3. E. 
 
 k , A Small Branch of the Vertebral Artery which I have fee* 
 Injefted with Wax , and pafs out with One of thefe Nerves. 
 
 * * The Spinal Acceffory Nerves as they Afcend from under the 
 Vertebral Arteries to the Par Vagum: They Arife much Lower from 
 the Medulla Spinalis than Vieujjens deferibes them , even from the 
 Formoft and Hindmofl Beginnings of the Seventh Pair ofNerves of 
 the Neck (16) and in their Collateral Afcent to the Spinal Marrow , 
 they Hill receive New Roots from ail theNervous Origins they pafs 
 by , except thofe ofthe Ninth Pair ofthe Brain- 
 10, The Tenth Pair ofNerves ofthe Brain on One Side, or more 
 properly the Firft ofthe Neck, which pafs out between the Firft 
 Vertebra ofthe Neck andthe Os Occipitis. 
 
 n, 12,13, 14, 15,16, 17, The reft of the Nerves of the Neck, 
 which pafs out between the Vertebra facceSwel'f. 
 
 • Tig. 29. 
 
 A A , Part of the Cerebellum; 
 
 a a , Its Second Proceffes which Help to Compofe the Annular 
 Protuberance. 
 
 B B , The Crura Medulla Oblongata cut off from the Brain. 
 
 C C, The Annular Procefs Divided thro’ its Middle , its External 
 Surface(mm , in the precedingFigure) being cut off withaRazor, 
 oriarge fliarp Knife. 
 
 b b , The Cineritious and Medullary Stria which Appear in thi* 
 Seftion of the Annular Protuberance, 
 c ,The Middle Medullary Traft to which the Lateral Stria run. 
 d d , The Cineritious Part ofthe Medulla Oblongata under the Cor- 
 pora Pyramidalia : In this Seftion the Corpora Olivaria are Divided, 
 e , The Left Chordal Proqcfs partly in situ. 
 
 4PPEN. 
 
/ 
 
 h' 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 I 
 
 y 
 
 s 
 
 (■ 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 ^ mw ir ^ 
 
 '{^ '\ \ \ 
 
 tWJ. 
 
 r?i'^j^i5Y!yvY<w^ • 
 y-yrtt-i^.'S,-.’ K\,. ,vy\ W ijw^^ 
 
 '^^>‘'7.\S^.^ 
 
 
 
 •Siijiiii 
 
 «>»S!>!< 
 
 
 i iS^ : 
 
 !• > W • 
 
 
 
 
 j. 
 
 ^* 
 
 Po 
 
 
 J 
 
 ! 
 
 ) 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 ]l 
 
 ; 
 
 •• ■ 
 
 i.: 
 
 • V.JL' 
 
 . I Bi *■ Vr*r^--^ 
 

 
 yip p ; y - -p. 
 
 I I ir~ ififar ~ 
 
 
 / 
 
 M '■'^anJcr- ^uckt J’;u/-' 
 * 
 
 
T> 
 
 I X, 
 
 aX T T E N 
 
 THE 
 
 SEVENTH TABLE- 
 
 Fig. 30. 
 
 HE Brain lying on its Bafts after its Two He- 
 mifpheres are cut off, and the 'Blood- Veffels In- 
 jected with W ax; the Cerebellum remaining intire. 
 
 A A, The Inferior Part of the Fornix it 
 Appears when cut from its Roots b,b.and turn’d 
 Back, with Part of the Corpus Callofum remaining on it. 
 
 aa. The Blood-Veffels that Appear on this Inferior Sur- 
 face of the Fornix. 
 bb. The Roots of the Fornix. 
 
 cc. The Thalami Nervorum Opticorum or Beginnings of 
 tlie Optick Nerves. ° 
 
 A A; The Corpora Striata; that of the Left Side re- 
 maining Whole ; the Right being Divided to fhew its Strix. 
 
 dd , The Crura Fornkis where they begin to Wind down 
 on the Sides of the Crura MedulliC Oblojigat<£: Thefe 
 Crura of the Fornix are call’d Hyppocampi or Bombycini. 
 
 The Flexus Chor&ides whoCQ Arteries Arife from the 
 Firft Branches of the Cervical Artery ee, Appen Fk a8 
 f. The Meeting of the Flexv at the Root ofthe /’om'.r,’ 
 where its Two Veins pafs to its other Part gg. 
 
 gg. The other Part of the Flexus Choroidfs\ whofe Ar- 
 teries Spring from the Second Branches of the Cervical Ar- 
 tery, join’d with the Firft by Communicant Branches; which 
 do not Appear here, by reafon they lie under the Cr«r^ 
 Fornkis dd. 
 
 hh. Two Veins which Arife fronv the Upper parts of the 
 Flexus Choroides , and pafs the Third Ventricle to the other 
 ^ Flexus gg, near the Nates and Tejles. 
 
 The Branches of the Carotid Arteries cut off, as 
 diey Appear Injeded with Wax, and paffing between the 
 Cortical Foldings of tiie Brain. 
 
 k , A Branch of a Vein which paffes according to the 
 
 Length of the Corpus Striatum of the Left Side, and Dif- 
 charges its Blood into the Veins of the Choroides; 
 
 that of the Right Side being taken away to (hew tlie Stria. 
 
 l, Part of the Rima of the Tliird Ventricle that do’s fome- 
 what Appear under the Vein, h. 
 
 m, A long Medullary Tradf between the Corpus Striatum 
 and Thalamus Nervi Opt id ^ call’d by Dr. milis^ Froceffus 
 Medullaris Tranfverfus. 
 
 nnnn. The Centrum Ovale of Fieujfens. 
 
 o , That Part of the Corpus Callofum by FieuJJens^ call’d For- 
 nix V ^ra , between which , and the Fornix p, is plac’d the Sep- 
 tum Lucidum^ Dividing the Fore-part ofthe Right Ventricle 
 of the Brain from the Left. This Septum by fome call’d Speculum^ 
 is a Continuation of the Inward Membrane which Invefts the 
 Two Superior Ventricles, meeting in their Upper-parts not 
 unlike the Fleur a on the Sternum^ where it Compofes the Medi- 
 ajlinum , and Divides the Cavity of the Thorax. In the Upper- 
 part of this Septum I have more than once feen its Duplicature 
 fill’d with a Watrifli Humour in Hydropick Brains, as VieuJ- 
 fens alfo takes Notice. 
 
 O , The Fourth Sinus of the Bur a Mater fill’d with Wax. 
 
 P, The Longitudinal Sinus cut off, where it meets the 
 Fourth and Two Lateral Sinufes, call’d Torcular Herophili. 
 
 QQ, The Two Lateral Sinufes^ alfo Extended with Wax. 
 R, A Vein fill’d with Wax on the Second Procefs of the 
 Bura Mater. 
 
 r. Some Branches of Veins as they Appear on the Second 
 Procefs of the T>ura Mater. 
 
 p, The Fornix z\xt off near its Two Roots. 
 
 qq, SomeLymphe-du(ftsontheP/r:rajCbomVr^ which Ac- 
 company the Vein hhh, in t\\€ieX 7 xy to xXizGlandulaFinalis 
 not feen in this Figure ; that Gland being plac’d under the 
 Fornix A, a, with thz Nates mdiTeJieSy-xihZxorQilTab. lo. 
 Fig. I. a, O, O, P, P. 
 
 Thefe Lymphe- duels perhaps were feen by that Accurate 
 Anatomift Monf. Beddevold^ in Examining an Ox’s Brain ; of 
 which he Communicated an Account to the Accurate Nuck^ 
 as Monf. Beddevold himfelf told me, and Appears in an 
 Epiftle at the End oC Nudes Adenographia Curiofa.Vidifxys he, 
 Ly mphaticum in Cerebro Bovino , quod examine tuo {ut Originem 
 Jdas^ Infer tionem) erit Bignifimum. Nan longedGlandula Fi- 
 neali,, a qua Ramos forte habet incumbit Flexui Choroideo 
 ad infundibuli latera fefe extendens. 
 
 S S S S , The Cerebellum Cover’d with the Second Procefs of 
 the F>ura Mater in its Upper-part, and the Bura Mater it 
 felf on the Hinder-part. 
 
 ff. Some Branches ofVeins which Appear fill’d with Blood 
 on the Bura Mater ^ Covering the Back-part of the Cerebel- 
 lum; which vary in their Courfe from thofe Subjacent Velfels 
 on the Fia Mater., which are immediately Diftributed on the 
 Cerebellum it felf, and faintly Appear in thofe Stro^ks running 
 fomewhat Parallel with the Lateral Sinufes% 
 
 T T, Parts of the Vertebral Arteries. 
 
 V V, The Vertebral Sinufes on which the Wax Appears 
 Extravafated , as in Fig. 28. F. 
 
 The Back-part ofthe Cover’d with 
 
 the Bura Mater. 
 
 X X , A Probe Supporting the large Veins ofthe Flexus Cho- 
 roides in the Third Ventricle ofthe Brain. 
 
 ttt The Medullary; 
 
 * * * The Cineritious Part of the Brain. * 
 
 Fig. 3 [ . 
 
 The Back-part ofthe Cerebellum cut thro’ its Hinder-part 
 and Reclin d Laterally ; togetlier with a Portion of the Me- 
 dulla Spinalis. 
 
 AAA, The Cerebellum Cover’d with the P/a only 
 where its Circular in which its Large Blood- Velfels pals * 
 are Expreft, together with divers Arborious Ramifications 
 of Blood- Velfels, which Dcculfate thofe of its Suki as they 
 March under the Fia Mater. 
 
 B B , The Branching of the Medullary Part of the Cerebel- 
 lum., as it Appears when Divided. 
 
 Vermicular Procefs on the Back-part ofthe Cerebellum 
 
 CC, The Two Pathetick Nerves near their Origin. 
 
 c c , The Nates ; ° 
 
 dd. The Tefles^ in whofe Surfaces the Blood- Velfels A p- 
 pear Diftributed under the Fia Mater. ^ 
 
 f, The Glandula Finealis which we take to be a Lymphatick 
 Gland, ReceivingZj'//2ph^7 from the Lymphe-dutfts ofthePlexm 
 Choroides, and Difeharges it into Exporting LympheSs 
 which pafs the Third Ventricle ofthe Brain, to the 
 bulum and Glandula Fituitaria ; the Manner we Conceive thefe 
 Lymphe-dutfls pafs the Infundibulum , is on its Internal Surface, 
 and fb pierce the Pituitary Gland ; it being unufual in the 
 Pradice of Nature for Lymphe-dudls before they Arrive at the 
 Receptaculum Chyli to Difcharge their Contents in large 
 Cifterns jto be again tranfmitted by narrow Conduits to the 
 Thoracick-dudt, as it muft do, if as fome Conceive, the /;i- 
 fundibulum it felf is a meer Lymphe-dudt, which in fome 
 meafure I am apt to think with Dr. Ridley it do’s ; as I have 
 already intimated. Append. Fig. 26. 3. 
 
 ^^^S^The Firft Pro celles ofthe Cerebellum which pafs towards 
 
 e. The Tranfverfe Procefs which Unite the Two Firft Pro- 
 
 ceffes of the Cerebellum , whence the Pathetick Nerves take 
 their Rife.’ 
 
 h h , The Third, or Cordal Procelfes Arifing from the Cere- 
 bellum , and Defcend on both Sides the Medulla Oblongata. 
 
 11, Some Bright Stria which Appear in the Fourth Venl 
 ^icle of the Brain , and Help to Compofe the Medullary 
 1 runks of the Auditory Nerves; thefe fometimes have Various 
 Originals from the Upper-part ofthe Fourth Ventricle; at other 
 Times fome of thefe Stria Arife Lower than here Expreft. 
 
 kk, 11, n. The Fourth Ventricle Open’d and Expanded. 
 
 o, The Beginning of the Medulla Spinalis. 
 
 p p, The Accelfory Nerves. 
 
 qq, Thofe Parts of the Tenth Pair of Nerves which A rife 
 from the Back-part of the Medulla Spinalis. 
 
 mm. Parts of the Eighth Pair of Nerves where they meet 
 the Accelfory Nerves. ^ 
 
 Fig. 3x. 
 
 The Lower Jaw with fome of the Mufcles ofthe Under 
 Lip remaining to it. 
 
 A, The External Left Side of the Bone made bare. 
 
 B, The Froceffus Condyliformis. 
 
 C , The Frocejfus Cor one. 
 
 D, An Acute Procefs, on the Internal Part of the Lower 
 Jaw beyond the Bentes Molares, under which the Trunks 
 of Nerves and Blood-Velfels pafs into the Me dituUium of the 
 Bone, and give Branches to each Tooth, 
 
 d. Some Branches of the fame Nerves and Blood-Veffels 
 Afarching out of the Bone again to the Mufcles, Glands, 
 and Membranes of the Lower Lip. 
 
 E, The Infide of the Lower Lip Cover’d with its Proper 
 Membrane. 
 
 F F , The Inner Face of the Mufculus BeprelTor Labii Infe^ 
 rioris Froprius. Fid. Tab. ix. Fig. y. H, 
 
 GG, Some of the Small Salival Glandules which Appear 
 immediately under the Membrane E. 
 
 HH, Thefe Mufcles I could never find Defcrib’d by any 
 Author, tho’ they are conftant in Nature, or at leaft in all 
 thofe Bodies I have ever look’d for them. I call themEleva- 
 tores Labii Inferioris Fropriifroxa their Office. They Spring 
 Flefhy from the Fore-part ofthe Lower Jaw, immediately 
 under the Gingiva of the Bentes Jncifores. and Defcend to 
 their Infertionsin theSkin, which Compofes die Chin ; When 
 they A(ft, they Draw up the Skin oi; die Chin, and make it 
 Appear Varioully Indented, 
 
 Mmm 
 
 AFFEN- 
 

 ‘p T E N “D I X 
 , THE 
 
 eighth table. 
 
 ^ - 'Eg. 33- ^ . 
 
 Mufcles of the Face as they Appear af- 
 ter the Skin, Fat, Membranes, and 
 Quadrati Genarwn are taken olf. 
 
 A A , The MufcuU FrontaJes. 
 
 B , The Orbicular es Palpebrarum. 
 
 ^ _ C, The Mufculus Dilatator Ala Nafi. 
 
 "d The Elevator Labiorum Communis. 
 
 j Xhe Elevator Labii Superioris Proprtus. 
 
 V F ^ ThQ Sphin&er Labiorum. 
 
 GG, The Zygomatici feu Dijlortores Orts, 
 
 TT H * The Detreffor Labiorum Communis. 
 
 I , The Depreffor Ldbii Inferioris Froprius. 
 
 K, The Buccinator. 
 
 L, ThQ Temporalis. ^ 
 
 Elevator Auricula. 
 
 Majfeter. 
 
 b’, Th^Cardlage^W^ ^uricala free’d ffom the Skin. 
 
 DuEafsalimlis Superior of the Parotid Gland, as 
 it Defcends over the Majfeter thro' the Buccinator into the 
 
 ^ee^l^ A Branch of the Carotid Artery which pafles thro’ 
 
 the Inferior Maxillary Gland, 
 f Part of the Lower Jaw Bone made Bare, 
 r Part of the Inferior Maxillary Gland. 
 
 O, Part of the Mufculus Biventer in Situ. 
 
 P , The Mafloideus. 
 
 CL> Part of the Cucullafis. 
 
 R, Part of the Elevator Scapula: 
 
 S S , Parts of the MufcuU Sternoh^oidet. 
 
 T T> Parts of the Coracohyoidei. 
 
 Ftg. 34 
 
 The Left Eye with its Mufcles free’d from the Orbit and 
 
 The Bulb of the Eye Fill’d with Wax! . . ^ 
 
 a a . The Optick Nerve in like manner Diftended with Wax. 
 B, A Portion of the Superior and External Margin oi the 
 
 Bone of the Orbit next the Nofe. , _ , , . , . , ^ 
 
 b . . .5 A fmall Cartilage call’d the Trochlea , m the 
 
 'Long Tendon of the Superior Oblique Mufcle (D) palles 
 
 tO(hs ofthelnferiorandExternalMarginof^e Or- 
 
 bit, where the Mufculus Obliquus 7w/fr/or (I) takes its Origin. 
 
 D, The Obliquus Superior's it Arifes from the Interior 
 Part of the Orbit, and palfes thro* the Tmb^ b... to its 
 Infertion on the Back-part of the Bulb of the Eye. This 
 Contortion of the Tendon of this Mufcle renders it capable 
 of drawing the whole Bulb of the Eye Outwards, and turn- 
 ing its Papilla Downwards. 
 
 "ii. , The Mufculus Atollens. 
 
 F> The Abducens. 
 
 G, The Deprimens. 
 
 II, The Adducens. ^ . r i. -r .. 
 
 1, The Obliquus hfer tor, whofe Origin fromthe External 
 
 Margin of the Inferior Part of the Orbic , renders it capable 
 
 of performing the fame Adtion in Oppofition to the Tro- 
 chkaris or Obliquus Superior , i. e. of drawing the Pofterior and 
 Lateral Part of the Bulb of the Eye towards its Origin, 
 whereby the whole Eye is drawn Outwards , and its Pupilla 
 turn’d Upwards; elfe the Projeftion of the Eyebrows would 
 hinder our looking Upwards , unlefs the Head at the fame 
 Time was drawn very much Back. 
 
 Befidesthefe Proper Offices of the Two Oblique Mufcles of 
 the Eyes , they have conjundlly a very ufefull common Office 
 in holding the Bulb of the Eye as it were on an Axis^ they 
 prevent its being drawn Inwards , when any of the Streight 
 Mufcles Aft; by which means , each performs its proper Of- 
 fice in turning the Eye either Upwards, Dowmwards or Side- 
 ways ; which is no Inconfiderable Artifice in Nature. 
 
 • Fig. 3?- 
 
 Reprefents the Inferior Part of the Skull with its Baps 
 uppermoft ; the Left Side of the Lower Jaw together with 
 the Firft Vertebra of the Neck audits Mufcles Ariling from 
 it, remaining to the Occiput. 
 
 A , The Left Side of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 B, The Mufculus Pterygoideus Internus^ in Situ. 
 
 C, The Foramen of the Fourth Bone of the Upper Jaw, 
 by which a Large Branch of the Fifth Pair of Nerves pafles 
 to the Mufcles of the Face, andaBranchof the Carotid Ar- 
 tery to the Inner Cavities of thefe Bones i as you fee them 
 ■Expreft in the preceding Figure. 
 
 D, The Mufculus Depreffor Labii Superioris Proprius 8? 
 Conflridor Ala Nap^ here cutfromits Infertion to the Upper 
 Lip, and left at its Origin from the Gums of the Upper Jaw. 
 
 d, Part of t\\Q Elevator Labii Inferioris Propriusltk to its 
 
 Origin from the Lower Jaw. 
 
 e, That Part of the Inferior Margin of the Orbit, where 
 the Inferior Oblique Mufcle of the Eye Springs, Expreft in 
 the preceding Figure at C. 
 
 E, Th^OsJugale. 
 
 ff. The Styloidal Procefles of which that of theRightSide 
 is broken off, wliich frequently happens by means of the 
 Rope after the Common Execution of Malefaftors. 
 
 GG, The Mammiform Procelfes. 
 
 H , The Firft Vertebra of the Neck remaining on the Occiput. 
 
 gg. Two Procefles of the Firft of the Neck , which 
 
 are Articulated with the like Procefles of the Second. 
 
 h. The Extremity of the Tranfverfe Procefs of the Firft 
 
 i, T\\q Mufculus Annuens or ReBus Minor AnticuSyE^pet^ 
 fomewhat Forelhorten’d in Appen. Fig. 8. 
 
 k. The ReBus Lateralis or Abnuens Lateralis. 
 
 I, The Obliquus Superior Capitis. 
 
 m, The Mufculus Re Bus Minor Poflicus^ 
 
 l , The Auricula or Outward Ear. 
 
 n , The Lobe of the Ear cut off. ^ t , 
 
 o, That Part of the Superior Orbit where t\\Q Trochlea 
 
 is Faften’d. 
 
 K K. The Os Occipitis. 
 
 L , The Os Squamofum. 
 
 M , The Os Front is. 
 
 N , Part of the Os Sphenoides. 
 
 APPEN 
 
cJ T T E -N T) I X 
 
 THE 
 
 NINTH TABLE- 
 
 Fig. 36. 
 
 HEW S divers Mufcles Employ’d in the Motions 
 of the Head and Vertebra of the Neck, which 
 Appear on the Back-part. 
 
 A, Part of the Hairy Scalp remaining on the 
 Fore-part of- the Head. 
 
 B, The" Os OccipitiSy made bare. 
 
 C, Part of the Mufculus Splenius left at its Tn- 
 fertion. 
 
 a. Part of the Os Jugale. 
 
 DDD, '[he Afufculus Complexus Kskis’d from its Infertion, to Ihew 
 its Inhde. 
 
 E E , The Re 5 U Majores , that on the Right Side remaining ia Situ , 
 that of the Left hanging down from its Origin. 
 
 FF, The Obliqui Superiores, in Situ. 
 
 GG, The Obliqai Jnferiores, in Situ. 
 
 HH, The ReEli MinoreSy allb in Situ. 
 
 b, The Procejfus Mafioides ot the Left Side, made bare. 
 
 c, The Back-part of the Firft Vertebra of the Neck, made bare, 
 
 d, Part of the Complexus Inferred to the Mammiform Procefs , by Ea/- 
 loppiusxm.de a Diftind Mufcle, which with its Correfponding Pait on 
 the other Side, he reckons the Third Pair of Mufcles of the Head. 
 
 I III, The Spinales Colli, that of the Left Side remaining in Situ, 
 the Right being Rais’d from its Inferior Parc, and Turn’d to One Side, 
 to fhew its Subjacent Mufcle the Tranfverfalis Colli. 
 
 K, The Fr an fver falls Colli \fh\eh AxKes from the Tranfverfe Procefles 
 of the Inferior Vertebra of the Neck, and is Inlerted to the Spinal Pro* 
 cedes of its Superior Vertebra. 
 
 L LL, The Mufeuli Interfpinales Colli ; Thefe are not taken Notice 
 of by Authors , tho’ they are Diftindt Fair Mufcles as they are here 
 Reprefented : It was for thefe Mufcles the Spinal ProcefTes of the Ver- 
 tebra of the Neck are made Double: They draw the Spinal Procefles 
 nearer each other, when we pull the Head very much Back , as when 
 we would look on the Zenith. 
 ceee. The of the Double Spinal Procefles. 
 f , The Extremity of the Spine of the Firft Vertebra of the Thorax. 
 
 Fig. 37. 
 
 Reprefents Part of the Organ of Hearing of a Calf, where a Small 
 Bone C Diftindt from that plac’d between tne Long Procefs of the Incus 
 and Stapes) may be feen in the Tendon of the Mufculus Stapedis. 
 Schelhamer tells us of the like Bone found in Ibme Animals lying in the Ten- 
 don of the Internal Mufcle of the Ear, Defcnb’d hy Ei^achius-, but 
 whither he has miftaken h ^ox the Mufculus Stapedis, no Opportunity 
 has hitherto given me occafion to Obferve. The Knowledge of this Small 
 Bone in the Tendon of the Mufculus Stapedis of a Calf, was Communi- 
 cated to me by the Ingenious Dr. jidare , but there is no fuch Contri- 
 vance in Humane Bodies. 
 
 A A , Part of the Os Petrofum. 
 
 B , The Foramen Rotundum. 
 
 C, The Stapes on the Foramen Ovale. 
 
 ■ E, The Mufculus Stapedis lying bare in the Cavity of the Tympanum', 
 it not being Inclos’d in a Bony Channel in this Animal, as in Humane 
 Bodies. 
 
 F, The Small Bone in the Tendon of the Mufculus Stapedis , which is 
 plac’d on a Rifing of the Os Petrofum, on which it Adis as on a Pully, 
 by which means it draws the Stapes from the Foramen Ovale. 
 
 G, The Cochlea Open’d. 
 
 Fig. 38. 
 
 The Back-parts of the Mufcles of the Pharynx and Oefophagus. 
 AAA, That Part which Compofes the Pharynx, _ 
 
 BB, The Mufculus Pterygopbaryngeus : This is Erroneoufly Divi- 
 ded into Two Pair of Mufcles by Authors , as Appears by Tab. 34 * 
 Fig. 3, 4- ^hex Bourdon: It has Two Thin Flelhy Origins from the 
 Roots of the Procejfus Pterygoides , and in a Semicircular Manner Em- 
 braces the Back-part of the Glandulous Membrane of the Fauces <ss well 
 as the TonftUa. When it Adts in Deglutition, it not only Straitens the 
 V Fauces, but Comprefles the TonftUa , as well as the Lefler Glands of the 
 Fauces, and Forces out their contain’d Matter at the fame Time, to join 
 with the Aliment in its Defcent to the Stomach ; this Mufcle Adts in 
 like Manner in Secretion or Hawking up any Tenacious Matter, whcthei 
 Log’d in the Fauces or Excretory Dudbs of the TonftUa. 1 chufetomake 
 this a Diftindt Mufcle from the Oefophageus , not only becaufe its Extend- 
 ed on that Part call’d the Pharynx , but it Adts Dillinct from the Oefo- 
 phageus', for when this is Contradted in Deglutition, that is Dilated. 
 CC, The TonftUa. 
 
 DD, The .Mufeuli Stylopharyngei which draw the Fauces Lpwaxdi 
 and Dilate them. 
 
 EE, The Oefopharyngeus or ConflriSlor Gula. 
 
 F , Part of the Superior Long Procefs of the Scutiformal Cartilage, 
 whence the iaft mention’d Mufcle partly Arifes. 
 
 G , The Mufculus V tginalif Gula , Cover’d with its External Mem» 
 brane. The Fibres of this Perforated Mulcle ofthe have a Double 
 Order of Fibres; the External Defcend according to their Length , the 
 Internal Parts Obliquely; the Former feem to Arife from the Arytnoidal 
 Cartilages under the Glottis ,oi.x\d pafling fomewhat Obliquely to the Back- 
 part of the Gula , Defcend to the Stomach ; the Latter Order of Fibres 
 feem to be a Continuation of the ConftriSlor and Defcend Obliquely 
 to the Upper Orifice of the Stomach. The Office of this Mufcle is to 
 Prefs the Aliment after Deglutition into the Stomach, to which, by its 
 own Weight it is apt to Defcend in Humane Bodies j but in Quadiu- 
 pedes the Pofition of the Gula being Horizontal , this Mufcle is Com* 
 pos’d of a Double Order of Spiral Fibres , mutually Intercufl'ating 
 each other ; as it is Defcrib’d by Dr. Willis and Others. 
 
 Fig. 39. 
 
 A portion of the Intejlinum Duodenum Difterided with Wind. 
 
 A, Its External Membrane, continued from the Peritoneum Rais’d. 
 
 B , The External Surface of the Gut with the lafl; mention’d Mem- 
 brane remaining on it. 
 
 G, The External Longitudinal Fibres of the Inteftine. 
 
 D , The Orbicular or Circular Fibres plac’d immediately under the 
 Former , which by Dr. Cole are thought to be Spiral , and a continued 
 Thread from one Extream of the Gut to the other, by which means 
 the Pcriftaltick Motion of the Inteftines are continued. 
 
 By what I could ever Obferve in Examining thefe Fibres, whether 
 after Boylingor not, I mufl: confefs I could never be fatisfied whither 
 they are Continued and of a ^iral Difpofition , nor indeed is it poffible 
 to Untwift a Single Fibre if they were fo Difpos’d , by reafbn of its 
 Smallnefs and Collateral Adhefion to each other , by means of their 
 Blood-Veflels ; but on the contrary they rather Appear on very ftridt 
 Examination , to be Semicircular , Ibme longer and others Ihorter ; by 
 which means they more Adequately bring the Sides of the Inteftine nearer 
 each other, in Order to drive on its Contents. Befides this Office of the 
 Mufeufar Fibres of the Inteftines, by their Reciprocal Co-operation, 
 they not only Comprefs their Subjacent Glands , and Drive out their 
 contain’d Mucus to join with the Aliment ; but by Collaterally prefling 
 each Side of the Guts, they Open the Mouths of the Ladeal-Veflels to 
 receive the Chyle, 
 
 Fig. 40. 
 
 Reprefents a Portion of the Intejlinum Jejunum Diflended with 
 Wind; its External Membrane and Mufcular Fibres being taken off. 
 
 A A, Some of the Semicircular Fibres ftill remaining on the Inteftine. 
 
 CC, Divers Small Glands fcatter’d at Various Diftances between the 
 laft mention’d Clufters of Glands. 
 
 . We are beholding to the Learned Wepher and the Accurate Peyer, 
 for the Difeovery of thefe Clufters of Glands of the Small Guts, as well 
 as thofe Solitary Glands fcatter’d up and down in the Large Guts: Tho* 
 Dr. Willis and Others had mention’d a Glandulous Membrane of the 
 Guts, yet it Furnifht us with no tollerable Idea of their Exiflence and 
 Office. They are fupplied with Blood- Veffels, Nerves and Lymphedudts, 
 in Common with the Inteftines and Excretory Du6ts of their own ; but 
 I can by no means think the Nerves Import any Part of the Matter ^ 
 which thefe Glands Difcharge by their Excretory Pores, into the Cavity 
 of the Inteftine. 
 
 Peyer takes Notice that thefe Glandulous Clufters are plac’d in that 
 Part of the Gut, Oppofite to its Connedtion with the Mefentery, but 
 you will frequently find them near the Menfentery ; yet I never found 
 them in that Part of the Gut, to which the Mefentery is Connedbed. 
 
 The Matter they feparate from the Blood , and Difcharge by their 
 Excretory Pores into the Cavity of the Gut, is very Tenacious, and 
 fince its Compreft from them by the Pcriftaltick Motion of the Guts, at 
 the very inftant the Alimentary Contents arepaffingby, it affords us 
 no mean Argument, that it cannot fo join with them, as to render any 
 of the Chylous Particles more fit to pafs the Mouths of the Ladleal 
 Veffels ; but that it only ferves as a Vehicle to thofe Contents of the 
 Guts, and Defends the Inward Villous Membrane from being Offended, 
 either by Scarp Humours, or any Acuminated Bodies which often pafs 
 that Way. 
 
 The Glands of the Caecum, Colon and ReSlum , which are Analogous 
 to thefe of the Small Guts, differ very much from them in Figure and 
 Situation; the Former lying in Clufters, whereas thefe from their Ap- 
 pearance, Peyer and Others call Solitary Glands ; they being Small, 
 Lentiformal, and very Numerous, plac’d from each other at Various 
 Diftances , not unlike the Stars in the Firmament. 
 
 All thefe Glands of the Inteftines, as well as thofe of the Stomach, 
 Liver, and Pancreas, are Affedlcd with Cathartick Medicines, and Help 
 to Difcharge the Matter Evacuated by Stool j by AffeSled, I don’t mean 
 that the Purging Medicine beftows any Particles, immediately as it pafles 
 by them into the Cavity of the Gut ; but tint after its Particles arc 
 paft into the Blood by the Chyle Du6bs, it meets with a Fit Strainer in 
 the Parts laft mention’d , as well as thefe Glands by which it paffts oft 
 again with the Serous Part of the Blood. 
 
 finis. 
 
 N nn 
 
i 
 
 b 
 

 
i 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 i' 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
CUL CONSERVATION 
 
 # IV035